Reading edition · RyanLPeterman

The Engineering Judgment Library

A field guide to workplace politics, leadership, visibility, and career growth.

73 sections retained: 24 core sections and 49 focused selections; 33 sections omitted from the previous 106-section edition.

A career grows through useful work and through the people who recognize, support, and depend on it. This edition focuses on navigating workplace politics, working with managers and sponsors, making impact visible, and leading across teams.

Seven thematic parts connect promotion decisions, organizational change, difficult conversations, mentoring, delegation, and the stories that make scope and judgment clear. Mixed interviews retain the relevant passages and enough context to understand their examples. Mathematical theory, coding exercises, implementation tutorials, and unrelated financial or lifestyle material are omitted.

The speakers’ advice remains attributed and reflects their recorded experience. Timestamp links return to the original discussion, and auto-generated captions may contain errors. Use the examples to understand a situation rather than assume every company or manager behaves the same way.

Part

Understand power and workplace politics

Read the incentives behind decisions, protect your scope, and handle political pressure without giving up your judgment.

Section 01 · interview

Ethan Evans: Corporate Politics, Reorgs, Promotions, and Leverage at Amazon

Former Amazon VP Ethan Evans explains how empire building, reorgs, scope fights, firings and promotions actually work, and how to use influence, timing and careful wording to get what you need.

Politics as a skill: motives, narratives, leverage and relationships (Ethan's view)

Ethan Evans, a former Amazon vice president, returns for a second conversation with Ryan and argues that corporate politics is a learnable skill set rather than an optional extra. In Ethan's account, reorgs, promotions, scope fights and firings are shaped by incentives, stories and relationships as much as by technical merit. His advice is to read other people's motives, prepare careful wording before a hard conversation, build leverage so that a request is hard to refuse, and treat the person across the table as a human being rather than an obstacle. The examples are Ethan's own experience at Amazon and with coaching clients. Figures, legal points and claims about other companies are his recollection or second-hand reports, not verified facts.

What is empire building, and why does it persist at large companies?

Ethan Evans

Ethan defines empire building as focusing on raw headcount rather than on what a team does or the impact it has. He says it exists because it is rewarded, and it is rewarded because counting people is the easiest thing to do. Impact is subjective: one leader may think a project was hard and another may think it was easy. Nobody can argue with the fact that one manager has 42 people and another has 17.

Ethan adds that some companies write headcount thresholds into the criteria for promotion. High performers given such a target will find a way to hit it, including by claiming they need people or by taking over other groups, and they will rationalize that to themselves.

Can managers be promoted on impact rather than on how many recursive reports they have?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says it is possible but takes more effort, because a manager's impact is fuzzy. A leader must decide what counts most: operational performance, features shipped, or whether those features make money. He gives the example of one product that directly earns revenue and another that is infrastructure keeping systems up. Comparing the two is hard.

Value judgments are also harder to defend than headcount. Telling someone that a peer was more impactful tends to make them angry unless they happen to agree. Ethan says that is why impact assessment is dangerous and gets done less than it should.

Do written headcount thresholds exist for senior manager, director and VP at Amazon?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says no thresholds were written down while he was there. They existed as whispered numbers. After he left, people he coached at Amazon told him that the director number had become 90 in some organizations. Ethan became a director in the early days with 22 people. By the end of his career he sensed that the company wanted about 75 or 80.

Ethan points to an irony: one Amazon leadership principle says there is no bonus for additional headcount, yet once a number is written down, reaching it carries a pay reward that he describes as several hundred thousand dollars a year. He has heard of bosses placing people under a leader for six months to cross the threshold, then returning them. Ethan calls that insanity.

After the promotion, must the leader keep those reports?
Ethan Evans

Not strictly, Ethan says. At Amazon there is a grace period of six to nine months if a leader can tell a story about how the team will regrow. He knows of no company that systematically down-levels people. Instead, a leader whose team is no longer director scope is told to find a director-level role, which the boss can arrange in the same organization or by moving the person. Ethan has seen headcount shuffled this way at Amazon and elsewhere.

Do reorgs often carry a second, unstated motive, such as getting someone promoted?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says there is always something else going on. Leaders know that too many reorgs cost them people, so they wait as long as they can. When they finally act, they ask how to get everything they want: how to give less to someone they would like to see move on, set up a high performer, and keep key people. Once the business case is settled, he says, the question becomes what else can be loaded onto the ship before it leaves the dock. He notes that people often come to him saying a boss told them they were being placed under a peer so that the peer would have enough scope for promotion.

Because a reorg is usually large enough that someone will audit it, Ethan says the leader must build a narrative: the reorg rewards the deserving, meets the business goals, and any pain lands on people who are not top performers. He recalls his own reorgs as mostly about retention, asking who he must keep and who he could live with losing. He cannot recall putting someone in a role expecting them to quit, but he can recall using a reorg to give a person at risk of leaving something more attractive.

What usually triggers a reorg?
Ethan Evans

Ethan names two main triggers. The first is a change in the business, such as a new market, an acquired company to blend in, or a new project. The second is a cascade: someone else quit or was moved. Several times in his career his own boss left, and he could go up if judged ready, move under someone different, or the role could be backfilled. At Amazon he says he never saw a backfill happen; he was always moved under another leader.

When his leader left while Ethan ran the Prime Video team, he was moved from an engineering VP to a business leader. That leader said early on that he did not want to run engineering. Ethan feared the worst, but says the leader became one of his best managers and they had a great run. He adds that being the guinea pig for a non-technical leader can be demoralizing, and he is fairly sure he was sometimes placed under people in order to stretch them.

Is the hidden chess of selling different parts of a reorg to different people avoidable for managers?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says a manager can work around it by reorganizing purely on business goals and ignoring people. He expects that to cost the manager people, because some employees are more ambitious or demanding than others. The leader is aware of what each stakeholder wants to hear and which parts of the plan can be sold to whom.

Does the squeaky wheel get the grease in reorgs and promotions?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says there is truth in the old saying, and that people do not like this harsh fact. If two people perform about equally and one has made clear they are thinking of leaving, a manager may reason that the loyal one will wait another six months. That manager then uses those six months to save the other person. It is not meant to hurt the quiet employee, Ethan says, but that person can fall behind simply for being nice.

He often tells coaching clients that they are very nice and that, in this context, it is not a compliment. Ethan does not say people need to be jerks. Pushy people get more up to a point, and beyond it they antagonize and get less. In a reorg, he adds, a leader may serve the pushy people first because that keeps the whole team intact, while assuming the quiet people will be fine.

How should a leader respond to a manager who is clearly empire building to reach promotion?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says the leader should first have a trusting relationship, then talk privately and honestly. He would say that he understands the manager is empire building and trying to reach a goal, but that this particular request goes too far. Then he tries to turn the discussion into problem solving: how can they reach the goal by a defensible path?

Ethan prefers this to a flat no, which would frustrate the manager and start an argument. He admits he is not always successful, since some people want what they want right now and have no patience.

How did Ethan tell his own manager that he expected to be promoted?
Ethan Evans

Ethan was a senior manager with 22 people and wanted to become a director at Amazon. He told his manager, Neil, that his career was very important to him and that he needed to understand how important it was to Amazon, because if it was less important to Amazon than to him, he would need to think about that. Ethan says nobody can argue with a statement that his career matters to him, and the last line signals he has options without being a direct threat. He was promoted.

Ethan's general point is that there is a middle ground that makes clear what you want and that you will consider other options, without being a threatening jerk. He adds that the right message depends on the workplace. Amazon was sharp-elbowed, so this line was not offensive there, while it would be in some other places. Part of the answer, he says, is finding a place where you look like a sweet person in the mix.

Did demanding high performers ever irritate Ethan so much that he refused them?

Ethan Evans

Ethan gives two answers. First, if a very demanding person has become a net negative, a flat no will usually make them quit, even for a lesser job, because they are driven to get what they want. There is a calculation about which answer produces the result the leader needs.

Second, Ethan preferred to make a deal. He would tell a high performer that he would help them get what they wanted if they delivered exceptional results on what he needed. He says he always followed through, with one early-career exception that he still regrets after about twenty years.

Can you give an example of a deal you made?
Ethan Evans

Ethan's vice president told him, as a director, that his team was too expensive and he should open a low-cost offshore development center. The boss did not name a country, so the whole problem fell to Ethan, who did not want to travel the world setting up teams.

Ethan approached a senior manager he knew who wanted to become a director and was an Indian living in the United States. He asked whether that manager would move to India to start a center, and said the center could become the platform for a promotion to director. The manager moved for three years, and Ethan then used his independent work to write a story showing director-level accomplishment, and he was promoted. Ethan stresses that the deal was made years before it paid off.

What if circumstances change and you can no longer deliver on such a deal?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says that if he had been reorganized or fired, he would have told the person that he no longer had the power to deliver, though he would support them as far as he could. He cannot recall a case where he failed this way. He thinks most leaders are professionals who can tell the difference between not coming through and being unable to.

Do managers keep a queue of who is up for promotion next?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says there is a line, and big companies often have a policy on it. At Amazon, HR tracked a forward-looking slate of promotions by half-year, with names projected at six, twelve, eighteen and sometimes twenty-four months. There was a sense of whose turn it was, though he says there was no strict quota in his time.

He says someone he coached at Google described a strict quota, for example two people moving from L8 to L9 in an organization in a given half. Ethan notes that this is a second-hand report. In his view, quotas appear mainly at rare, expensive senior levels, where a position such as staff, principal or distinguished engineer can cost around a million dollars a year. Early-career levels usually have no quota.

How should a leader handle someone in the organization who tries to take scope from a colleague?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says this has become more common as growth has slowed. When a company is growing quickly, as Amazon did for much of his tenure, it is easier to get new people than to fight over existing ones. In flat-headcount companies, he describes more cannibalism. His answer is that a leader cannot let a team member act as a pirate who captures another person's ship, because that leaves the leader looking clueless and no longer in charge. The leader has to find the person a path, convince them to wait, or, if they turn toxic, let them become the one who leaves.

Ethan notes that blatant self-service is restrained by the risk of getting caught. His advice to people who want more is to tell their manager in advance that they are interested and ready to step up if an opening appears, and that they intend to stay. Reorgs shake things up, and managers worry about placing someone in a role who then leaves. Ethan says a person who signals they will stay becomes the most reliable candidate, not necessarily the best.

Is that a better way to ask for scope than saying give me that team?
Ethan Evans

Ethan agrees. He says there is a polite fiction that can also be true: the person wants what is best for the organization and understands that the best path up is to be valuable to the leader. Telling a manager that whatever the reorg brings, the person will be there for them sounds selfless, even though the underlying message may be that the person wants more scope and will take whatever is available. One sounds like a pirate ship and the other like a servant, but both mean the same thing.

Doesn't that feel conniving?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says it can be conniving, but it does not have to be. Someone can honestly tell a manager that they want to grow and will do whatever is needed to grow, and that can be both honest and strategic.

Did you take on scope that way yourself?
Ethan Evans

Ethan describes working toward VP under a leader who had no other engineering managers and kept being handed engineering work. Ethan built trust with that boss and was given everything, ending up with about eight different functions and 200 people. They included technical work for the reverse logistics of used video games, game downloads, the start of Amazon's Appstore, and a business-to-business effort to sell office supplies in bulk. Ethan says he did not particularly want to grade video games or ship pallets of paper, but saying yes to everything was a win-win. Ryan notes the similarity to the offshore story: the boss had work he did not want and passed it to a high performer.

What is the simplest rule for getting promoted?
Ethan Evans

Ethan repeats advice from a former Amazon senior vice president, now at Walmart, that the simple way to get promoted is to solve problems for your boss. A boss who values you does not want to lose you, and most people are just punching the clock. Ethan says that even a self-interested boss will want to keep the people who help them.

What about engineers who create scope by finding a problem nobody asked them to solve?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says that can also work, and that he recommends both paths: ask your manager how you can help, and also think about what you could do on your own. His example is custom-printed t-shirts, which he says Amazon now sells at over a billion dollars a year. Ethan helped start the business and funded the first team out of his Appstore organization. His boss asked what t-shirt printing had to do with the Appstore.

Ethan told his boss that he saw a big business there and needed 10 people out of 800. If he could not spend about one percent of his resources on something he believed in, Ethan said, that would be micromanagement. The boss disagreed but agreed. Ethan says about 790 of his 800 people worked on what his manager wanted and 10 on his own bet, and that a leader who runs side projects must shut failures quickly and keep a good hit rate. His summary is that there are multiple paths to the top, and he tried them all: be the helpful person, and also be the inventor.

How are reorgs used to manage certain leaders out?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says in practice a leader puts the person on something they do not want to work on and claims it was the only seat available. He tells of an early Amazon group where leaders owned Prime Video, Prime Music, the Kindle and an ingestion pipeline. One leader was given database maintenance, quality assurance and a few small items, and joked that his group was Other. The VP objected to calling it the garbage can, but Ethan believes the VP expected that leader to leave. The leader, calm and a team player, was reportedly still at Amazon twenty years later.

Ethan's view is that giving a pushy, overly ambitious person the Other seat can create a vacancy within weeks. He himself tended to fire people directly, but he calls the bad-seat move classic and not unique to Amazon. In Japanese culture, as Ethan understands it (he says he is not an expert), a window seat signals exile from the center of action, the opposite of how Americans see a corner office.

Can a vice president build an organization that rewards the nice people who wait their turn?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says to some degree, but he points out that the broad organization he described was itself a garbage can he opted into, taking all the leftover work. He sees two problems with rewarding only nice people. Some nice people do not want more, and ambitious people tend to become more vocal. Vocal people also will not simply become quiet because he rewards niceness; they will look for somewhere that rewards them right away. He says a better leader might build that culture, but he does not think it fits human nature.

His usual response is to tell nice clients that being that nice is not helping them. They do not need to be a jerk. They can say that their career is very important to them. He observes this is hard for people from collectivist, non-US cultures, citing women from parts of Asia expected to prioritize family at home and then to speak up at work. His message is that it is acceptable to ask for what you want, and that even good managers are not in the business of guessing. The person who knocks on the door every three days is the one whose wishes are clear.

What should an engineer do about a weak manager: can they go to the manager's boss?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says escalations like this reach him all the time, and that employees underestimate how the skip-level boss thinks. A boss hearing about a weakness in a direct report faces two options. One is to decide the complainer is overly sensitive and high maintenance, in which case the problem is the complainer, and the boss can pass it back to the manager. The other is to agree, which creates three problems: deciding what to do with the manager, hiring and training a replacement, and doing the manager's work in the meantime. Even if it is subconscious, he says, the boss has many reasons not to believe easily.

So his advice is never to mutiny alone. If the employee really wants action, they should bring two or three colleagues, or send them in sequence. He describes a leader who treated the women on the team badly. A lone report would probably have been ignored, but when Ethan asked several women and they confirmed it, he realized he had been blind to a problem and acted.

Should the engineer build allies first rather than going straight to the skip?
Ethan Evans

Yes, Ethan says. Talking to colleagues first is a sanity check: if they get along fine with the manager, the engineer may learn something about adjusting to style. If they share the experience, the next hurdle is whether they are willing to speak up, and many people are not. Ethan suggests the engineer offer to go first as ringleader and tell the skip that three named colleagues can verify the story. Most managers, though not all, will agree to talk to them.

What if the engineer just says the move would be more productive for the organization and avoids criticizing the manager?
Ethan Evans

Ethan offers two approaches. First, if the engineer can make a plausible case that they would be as valuable or more valuable elsewhere, they need not mention the manager at all. Second, think several moves ahead and keep it blame-free: say that the fit with the current leader is not working, that the fault may be either side, and that a change is needed.

He used this once at Amazon. His boss wanted him to stay in a role he was doing well, while Ethan wanted a new role in the same organization. He explained that the real choice was not between staying and moving but between moving within this boss's organization and moving elsewhere. After weeks of resistance, he was in the new role the next morning.

How did you word that without making the boss feel forced?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says he framed it in terms of what the boss would do. He had a job offer from a senior vice president in another organization, and he told his own VP that once he gave his word to that executive he would have to go, because the boss would do the same in his position. Ethan said he wanted the other role, had been told no several times, and asked what the boss wanted him to do. The boss understood he would never break his word to an SVP, so he understood that the choice was keep Ethan or lose him. Ethan did not say it as a threat. He says he was careful to say only that once he gave his word, he could not go back.

How can someone find careful wording for these conversations, such as the polite fictions Ethan has described?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says he is not sure how to teach this, but one common mistake is not thinking through wording before entering the room. Most of these conversations are not spur of the moment: they are on the calendar, like a performance review, or are known to be coming. He advises preparing a key phrase in advance so that it can be said with sincerity. In his examples nothing was a lie, yet he delivered the lines warmly. He says delivery matters as much as content: the same words with a hard tone provoke a hostile reaction, and the same words with a warm one do not.

To engineers who say they hate politics, Ethan replies that this is simply human interaction, with other people's emotions, defensiveness and stress, and that they should get good at it.

Can that skill be reverse engineered?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says it applies to any negotiation or deal. He calls his approach being interpersonally warm while professionally firm: friendly, smiling and not agitated, but clear about what he really wants, without anger or a you-versus-me tone. One key phrase is to ask for help, because people enjoy seeing themselves as helpful, and asking how someone can help is different from asking what they will do for you.

He says the attitude comes from Leadership and Self-Deception, from the Arbinger Institute. Its lesson, as Ethan reads it, is to see the other person as a human trying to do their best rather than as an obstacle. He can then say what he needs, ask what the other person needs, and offer to help.

How does that apply when you need another team to do something?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says engineers often objectify other teams by treating them like an API: make the right call and get the right result. He suggests instead acknowledging the other team's busy roadmap and asking how to help them make time or how to make the change themselves. Once people feel cared about, they usually respond in kind.

He adds that nothing works every time. In a recent debate with a college roommate over contentious politics, his best techniques failed to persuade, though both left friendly. Sometimes the other person's motives cannot align with yours.

Is there a simple rule set, or does it come down to judgment?
Ethan Evans

Ryan suggests the unifying idea is imagining what the other person feels. Ethan offers a chess analogy, noting he is not an expert. A good player knows the board and also has memorized opening moves. In a conversation, he says, a person can prepare opening moves: how to make the first ask and when. He would not raise a career discussion minutes after a severe problem on a Friday when a manager is rushing out. After the opening, general principles apply, such as moving toward common ground, as a chess player moves toward the center.

He adds that early in his career he had a temper and was fired twice and put on a layoff list for being volatile and critical. Putting the temper away made a large difference, he says, because people respond poorly to anger or criticism even when the speaker is right.

When a manager or colleague is a skilled influencer, is that a positive sign or a warning?

Ethan Evans

Both, Ethan says. He argues that the skills of influence and politics are the same, and that the difference is motive. He teaches executive presence and points out that Darth Vader had plenty of it. When he meets a skilled operator, he asks which side they are on. There are three cases: people with good motives, who are easy to work with; people entirely out for themselves, whom he compares to the Sith; and a middle group whose motives are workable. With the third group he can make deals: they are not altruistic, but they want something he can help with, and the two can ship something or earn something together without being friends.

Would you still ally with an extreme high performer who would drop you the moment it helped them?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says he would separate if he could, but at work people often cannot choose which teams they need. Sometimes a team is run by a terrible or self-serving person. He advises minimizing contact where possible but also learning to work even with very unethical people, short of breaking laws.

Among the protections he lists is bringing allies. Slippery people prefer to operate in the dark and usually cannot afford for everyone to know they are unethical, since they would be shunned. So he suggests constructing a situation where it is easier for them to go along than to fight, such as one with many witnesses. He is sorry this frustrates engineers but says humans have always been mean to each other and engineers will have to deal with it.

So the best protection against backstabbing is soft power that makes you too costly to attack?
Ethan Evans

Ethan agrees and compares it to a porcupine: many animals could eat one, but the mouthful of quills is not worth it. He adds that slippery people do not wake up thinking they are evil jerks. Their self-narrative is that they are practical and others are wishy-washy. He suggests helping them with that narrative, telling them that the practical move is to help you because you are a rising star who will remember it. He says the main point is that people he calls unethical tell themselves a story in which they are not villains, so understanding that story offers a way to redirect them.

Have other organizations tried to take scope from Ethan's organization, and how can a leader defend against that?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says he saw it all the time. In his account the people trying to take scope rarely think of themselves as pillagers. They know their own mission well, so they see clearly how your scope would help them, while not understanding your mission, so they can imagine that your organization is not important. He quotes a smart engineering leader who said respect between two engineering teams is inversely proportional to their distance. He gives the example of Amazon S3, which stores hundreds of trillions of objects and is sometimes dismissed as a big disk drive; the closer you get, the more complexity you see. Few people plan to be evil, he says; they want something and construct a line of logic for why it is good.

He lists defensive tactics. The skunk trick is to make yourself unattractive: list the unglamorous things you maintain that the other team does not know about, and have customers explain how important they are. Another is to be thorny, so that the attacker looks for a softer target, though he warns that behaving in a way that discredits you makes you an easier target. A third is to expose motives while making a strong case for the value of your work, which is easier from a base of strong performance. A fourth is delay: reorgs cost about six months of productivity, so a team that is hitting its goals can argue that now is the wrong time. Ethan says the common thread is narrative, because people reach an emotional conclusion and then rationalize it, so the better storyteller wins.

What are the attacker tactics if a strong manager thinks another organization should be absorbed?
Ethan Evans

Ethan jokes that Ryan was not kidding about transparency. He says the best attack is a real story of how the merger will create more value, for example doubling a release rate or doubling revenue and how. Slightly weaker arguments are about seniority, efficiency, cost savings, simplicity or fewer direct reports for the decision maker. Ethan says these second-order arguments are not false but make things smoother for the leader rather than growing the business.

The third tactic, which he hopes nobody uses but knows people do, is to highlight flaws in the other organization. If the problems are true, he prefers to approach the owner or common boss and ask if there is anything he can do to help. He calls that his opening gambit for taking over. After he helps and things improve, he can casually mention that, now that he sees the efficiencies, they could consolidate.

What can a leader do about a well-liked person in another organization who is a major problem for their own organization?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says one of his managers once assigned a person he called a meat shield, whose job was to keep that difficult person away from the rest of the group until a project finished. The manager was honest that it was a terrible role and promised to make it up later. Ethan says that if you want to change things, the most important step is to understand why the person is valued in their own organization. Their leaders are probably thinking the person has sharp elbows but gets a lot done, and that others are soft.

He then describes two discussions. One is to say we want the value without the pain and ask for a better way. The other is to say the person is mistreating the team and either the interface changes or cooperation will stop. Ethan's private version is to retaliate with delays and process. His outward version is polite: the colleague is valued, but the team is struggling, and Ethan offers a new point of contact or, otherwise, distance between the teams, which will create friction that takes both leaders' time. He notes he has people ready to leave and asks what the other leader would do in his place. Ethan says this is the same message with no threat, and that leaders at that level sense the unspoken stick without needing to hear it. He compares this to telling a rough opponent in ice hockey that he also has elbows.

Why does an engineer need a manager who can stand up for the organization, and what can the engineer do if the manager will not?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says a manager does not need to be mean to be firm, but does need to be skilled. Many people can only deliver hard messages after working themselves into anger. He tries to stick to his beliefs without using anger as fuel, while admitting that friends tell him when he has been a jerk. He repeats an image that managers are either an umbrella or a funnel, and a funnel passes pressure to the team. A yes-man manager chooses between pushing back on their boss, which feels dangerous, and pushing on the engineer, who has less rank.

Ethan says the engineer has to change the balance of safety: either help the manager feel safe pushing back on their boss, or make it feel unsafe to ask for a fourth weekend. Ryan thinks the first option sounds almost impossible. Ethan replies that the second option is exactly how a manager gets a backbone. He gives a sample script for weekend work: raise the pattern, offer data, say that family is important and that the engineer cannot keep working weekends, and ask how to plan the pushback next time so the manager is not left having committed to work that will not happen.

Does that message feel threatening, and when should you raise it?
Ethan Evans

Ethan agrees that it was not as polished as his other lines and says he could improve it in five minutes. His main correction is timing. The wrong time is while the request is in hand. A better time is Tuesday or Wednesday, after the weekend and before the next crisis. The engineer must also make clear the limit of their tolerance, and that only works if the engineer can accept hearing quit if you don't like it. Ethan says that when he approached his manager about his career he was also looking for outside jobs and was prepared to leave.

What if the engineer is easy to discard and has little leverage?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says leverage is required, but good engineers are valuable, and teams that burn through people are not effective. If a company's attitude is bring them in, burn them out and move them on, he says the person is probably in the wrong place. He argues people get trapped believing no better option exists, though he does not belittle hard job searches or the difficulty of entry-level roles in an AI era.

His advice is not to be a victim. He names Extreme Ownership by Jocko Willink as one framing. A person can weather a bad manager while finishing a training program or searching for another job, and Ethan believes that to work less later, people often have to work more first. He closes with an image: a lever that is long enough needs little force, so a person with strong leverage can be polite and soft in their hints.

What is backchanneling, and when does it help?

Ethan Evans

Ethan separates good backchanneling from manipulative backchanneling. Manipulative backchanneling is doing something you would not say in public, such as undermining a proposal or painting another leader negatively. He says that is usually unnecessary and he would like to say never necessary. Positive backchanneling is giving people a chance to ask questions and share concerns without having to do so publicly. A finance person worried about the budget, for example, can ask in private rather than in a meeting.

Ethan says it works not only because information is exchanged but because the other person feels understood, consulted and heard, and that emotional buy-in builds trust. When an executive chooses between two similar proposals, he explains, the executive asks who they can count on, how the decision will make them look, and how conflicts will be resolved. A leader who consulted them can win even if the other proposal pays slightly more. Ethan contrasts this with backroom deals, such as kickbacks, which he describes as a proposal to do something wrong because both parties benefit. He says some people accept because they tell themselves they are owed, and that if you can learn their story, you have a better chance to redirect it.

Can influence come from somewhere other than the number of recursive reports?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says he has seen soft power come from ideas. Amazon built a storage product called Cloud Drive, which he compares to Dropbox or Box, and the proposal came from a newly graduated engineer. The engineer won an invite to an engineering conference, emailed Jeff Bezos to ask him to visit the poster, and pitched the idea. Bezos liked it and emailed the engineer's triple-skip manager, a VP who was Ethan's own boss. That VP disliked the idea, but Bezos had said to look into it, so Ethan funded the project and it got built. Ethan also mentions a slightly more senior colleague who helped put forward the Amazon Fire TV proposal after doing legwork and building connections.

Ethan says the common thread is a story: a vision told as an understandable soundbite that nobody disagrees with, such as having a cloud storage system or a low-cost living room device. It usually starts with real facts, is told with enthusiasm and repeated, and is told to people who have the power to act.

What are the least discussed reasons that people get fired, beyond what appears in performance notes?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says there are legal rules about when and how a person can be fired, so the public story is almost always about performance. He says the unspoken reason is often incompatibility of style: detail-oriented versus high-level, or technology-first versus business-outcome-first. A small difference can become a debate that turns into labels, such as technically clueless or only about money. Once a person is labeled, he says, everything they do is read through that lens, and that is where people get fired, though it is always called performance.

He also describes a case in which a newly hired executive at a very senior level was reported by several women, including an HR representative, for sexual harassment, and was terminated right away. Ethan explains why such people can be hired again elsewhere: the company had no legal proof, so naming the person risks a lawsuit, and a former employer typically confirms only dates of employment. Ethan says he later saw that the executive left the Amazon job off a resume, and he does not believe it was a one-off.

Can a skip-level boss overrule a manager who wants to fire someone?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says he has seen a manager float the idea and a skip-level offer to move the person elsewhere. He would say that he knows the employee does well in other environments and could move them out of the manager's hair, without saying the employee would be great elsewhere, which would hint the manager was at fault. He says this makes it socially easy to agree and is as good as firing from his viewpoint.

Ethan adds that it relies on the skip understanding that the problem may be incompatibility, with a manager and report like cats and dogs in a bag. That does not necessarily mean the manager is bad; it means they lack adaptability. He says some people loved managers who drove him crazy, and style does matter.

Do organizations feel like they are held together by duct tape and well-worded phrases?
Ethan Evans

Ethan smiles and says he feels that way. He compares it to an architecture diagram: when a project starts, the boxes are neat, and when it ships, there are special cases and forgotten items. Managers likewise start out wanting to manage only by performance and develop everyone, then reality arrives with schedules, difficult people, locations and leave, and they are happy if it mostly works. He cites the military phrase that the enemy gets a vote and Mike Tyson's line that everyone has a plan until they get punched in the face.

Why is it harder to fire a bad manager than a bad engineer, and how does Ethan do it?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says he agrees it is harder, for three reasons. First, managers tend to be more experienced, so their weaknesses are subtle. The first person he ever fired had stopped coming to work, which was easy. Second, a manager's work is hard to measure: hiring, reviews, shipped features or bug counts all have limits, so the conversation becomes a he-said, she-said problem. Third, managers understand the system and can quickly position themselves to be hard to remove. Ethan still terminated a large number of managers.

His ideal method, which he could not always use, was to raise socially that things may not be working and ask whether the manager would like help finding a better place. Smart managers hear that their boss is unhappy and is offering a door, perhaps with time to find a job or a severance package. He avoided the words fired or performance because, as he understands it, they can create a legal issue called constructive termination. A smooth manager will answer that they are sorry the boss is dissatisfied and are open to changes, which Ethan reads as the start of a counter-negotiation. The other route is formal performance management, with documented expectations and misses. He says almost all managers quit before that finishes, since the process gives them roughly 90 days to find a job.

What leverage does someone have when they are being fired, and why would a company pay severance?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says there are several pieces. First, the formal process costs the manager a lot of time: documentation, paperwork and HR audits, and the employee can string things out. The first offer is to save the manager that time in exchange for money to search for another job. The second is the story the departing person will tell: a terrible experience, or a graceful move on that credits the manager. Ethan phrases it as asking which story the manager wants told to coworkers.

A third piece, he says, is that managers want to feel good about themselves. They can spend a little company money and tell themselves that although it didn't work out, they took care of the person. Ethan also advises buying time: if a hard performance conversation begins when you are not in a good frame of mind, ask for it the next morning. Most managers agree, and if one refuses, HR may sympathize with the employee. He adds that you may get nothing, but if you do not ask, you certainly will not.

Can someone recover from a performance improvement plan?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says clients write to him after being placed on a plan and ask how to survive. He tells them honestly that they will most likely be fired. By the time a formal plan is given, he says, the manager has tried everything else and wants the person gone quietly. He says managers hate firing and delay, and when they finally act they have told themselves they are out of options. People often write back months later to say he was right, though he acknowledges exceptions.

Can most people deliver the severance message to a manager who already has a negative view of them?
Ethan Evans

Ryan doubts they can, especially for the team-health version, which is more of a threat. Ethan agrees that people skills matter more than engineers want to believe. He says IQ without emotional intelligence is a waste, and notes the irony that Cal Newport, author of So Good They Can't Ignore You, has the social skills to teach at Princeton and write books. Ethan offers a gentler script: the message is hard, he has many friends on the team, he does not want them to think it is an unfair place, and he asks for help with a graceful exit. He says hard messages need not be delivered cold, because time can be bought to prepare a few phrases.

How can someone break out of the staff-engineer or front-line manager level where many people get stuck?

Ethan Evans

Ethan says this is his bread and butter. People get stuck because they keep doing the current skill harder rather than learning the skill of the next level. What gets someone promoted early is hard, effective delivery. Later they need to delegate, communicate and let go of hard skills, because micromanaging drives away good engineers. He points to Marshall Goldsmith's What Got You Here Won't Get You There.

His practical advice is to talk to people a level or two above and ask what they had to let go of and learn, and what they see holding the person back. He prefers asking for advice to asking for feedback, since feedback asks people to criticize and advice invites a more positive version of the same information. He sees many people working brutally hard but ineffectively.

If two equally qualified people on the same team want one promotion slot, how can one position first?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says the differences are relationship and trust. A senior leader has no time to micromanage and needs to hand work over and assume it will be handled well, not necessarily done the way they would do it. Trust, he says, is earned more in bad times than in good, like soldiers who fought together. At work the equivalent is a crisis such as an outage, a lost account or a big embarrassment, where someone shows dedication at a cost to themselves. The leader remembers who came through.

The second factor is whether the leader likes the person. Ethan says that if two people are equally qualified, a leader will spend more time with the one they enjoy, and that does not require kissing up but does reward being pleasant and helpful. He recalls hearing from Amazon leadership, he thinks Bezos, a test: when you enter a room, do you suck the oxygen out, or do people want you there? His rubric is whether people want you in the room.

Ethan acknowledges that engineers may dislike this and says he is trying to help, not to be liked. He is not apologizing for how the world works, and he wants people to know it.

How do you win champions for a senior promotion packet when you have no natural collaboration with the leaders you need?

Ethan Evans

Ethan's favorite method requires the manager to be on your side. As a manager, he would email peers or skip-level leaders to say that Ryan would be up for promotion in six months, that their group was adjacent, and that he would ask them for feedback. That gives them six months to watch, it does not feel self-serving since it focuses on their time, and six months later the leader cannot say they hardly saw the person. Ethan says he got good at getting people promoted, which helped him attract and keep talent; one person who missed a cycle gave him another six months, and the promotion came through.

If the manager is not on board, the next best option is for the person to approach the leaders and ask how to be in a natural position to give feedback over six months. Ethan advises oversubscribing, because of departures, reorgs and refusals: if you need four champions, ask six or seven. The ask can be framed as doing it properly and in advance, rather than as the usual last-minute request.

A busy vice president may see such a request as low priority. How do you raise it?
Ethan Evans

Ethan agrees it is low on their list, but says vice presidents also need other VPs to support their own promotions, so they know it is part of the system. To raise priority, find some relevance for them, answering what is in it for them, perhaps by showing how your work makes their life easier or faster. He says the system works largely because VPs understand it is the grease that keeps things flowing and can write approving feedback quickly.

For a manager who is supportive but passive, Ethan suggests coaching the manager, since the employee usually cares more about the career than the manager does. A middle ground is to ask the manager to send a short introduction asking the VP for a 15-minute meeting.

Can an engineer be promoted over the manager's objection?
Ethan Evans

Ethan says he has never seen anyone promoted over their manager's objection. A big boss who overrules a manager creates a mess, because the manager would then have to work with a more senior person they did not support. Engineers who imagine being recognized despite a poor manager, he says, will not be. They must win the manager over or move to a manager who is on board.

He describes making a profession of getting people promoted quickly and fairly, and says it became his recruiting tool. His best employee started as a level-five engineer and went through senior engineer, manager, senior manager and director in eight years of working together, until he left to found a company. Ethan says they powered each other's careers and the example attracted others.

What can someone who despises politics do to avoid it?

Ethan Evans

Ethan gives two answers. First, choose a leader who shares the disdain, ideally from a similar technical background, and wants to reward the work. Second, work on the hardest area available, where expertise matters and the engineer stands out. He recalls Andy Jassy, then head of AWS, saying that a few principal engineers working on the hardest problems were relieved of the usual duties of reviewing architecture and mentoring because the company needed them solving those problems. Ethan notes that such engineers had the perfect boss.

He adds that a unique, valuable skill brings exceptions. When others complained that a high-level employee was not working at an Amazon level, Jassy said he agreed but that the person was in a role the company needed and knew it, so they would live with it. Ethan concludes that avoiding politics requires an essential skill and real leverage, which is the point of Cal Newport's So Good They Can't Ignore You.

Does a growing company have less politics?
Ethan Evans

Ethan believes so, and uses the post office as the extreme: roles are carrying mail or being postmaster, and there is only one postmaster until that person leaves. In a growing company, it is not twenty-five people wanting one promotion but many open opportunities. Over his 15 years at Amazon, he says, headcount grew from 14,000 to 1.4 million, a hundredfold. His first team had six people, and nine years later he led 800. He says that kind of growth opens doors that 5 or 10 percent annual growth does not, and his advice is to find high growth.

What advice would Ethan give his younger self about navigating corporate politics?

Ethan Evans

Ethan wishes he could tell his early self that being right and technically astute is not enough, and that there is a lot more going on. He says he was blind to it or deprioritized it as management stuff, but management stuff controls the world even for an individual contributor. In a single sentence, he says people should take seriously that relationships are what actually control their progress.

About this source

Amazon VP: How Corporate Politics Work And How To Win | Ethan Evans

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Cold open and teaser montage with repeated lines from later in the episode, 00:00.00 to 01:56.68, represented once in the overview and the first round.

Host's thanks, plug for Ethan's classes and newsletter, 02:49:23 to 02:49:49 omitted.

Host's closing remarks about the ergonomic keyboard project, the channel's comment section and requests for audience feedback, 02:49:51 to 02:50:43 omitted.

Laughter, banter and short conversational acknowledgements throughout omitted. Brief side remarks (for example Ethan firing his own recursive reports directly, 01:30:11 to 01:30:48, and the sadism joke at 01:29:42 to 01:29:51) condensed or left out.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 02 · interview

John White: Promotion Incentives and Choosing Team Culture

Selected passages on promotion incentives, retention promises, choosing team culture, and bringing ideas to leaders.

Is John still bullish on Meta and MSL after working there from the inside?

John White

John says he is very bullish on Meta as a company, now as a stockholder rather than an employee. He is much less bullish about being an employee who holds little equity, which he says describes most people, since most staff are paid mostly in cash.

He says working at Meta is less enjoyable than before, even though the business is run very well for the bottom line. He keeps investing in the company and expects to continue. He describes being an employee there as a more stressful time than before.

What makes being an employee harder now?
John White

John says the labor market for engineers has shifted across Silicon Valley. Employers once made large sacrifices to keep scarce engineers. Outside a small set of AI researchers at frontier labs, he says, most employers now see engineers as oversupplied, and some worry that AI makes the surplus worse.

So employers spend less on pay, perks, and staff voice. John says this is a general pattern, not unique to Meta, and it makes being an employee rougher overall.

Could weaker employee leverage also shape reorganization decisions?
John White

John agrees. Earlier Meta did many things that were bad for the business but made sense for keeping talent, and the company is doing less of that now. He says the fear of layoffs is the biggest emotional stressor for most people, more than perks such as food. After layoffs, people who had complained about losing perks became more tolerant of losing them.

He says MSL feels more stressful than some other frontier labs because layoffs seem possible there. The captions make his comparison with OpenAI and Anthropic hard to follow, so it is not restated here.

Did the promise of career growth change as a retention tool at Meta?

John White

John says many Meta divisions stopped talking about pay, purpose, and enjoying the work as reasons to stay. People instead said the only reason to do anything was a clear story about a promotion. When he moved from data infrastructure into AI infrastructure, he found almost no one whose first goal was not promotion.

Monetization was the strongest case. It hired people out of AI infrastructure with detailed plans for getting promoted. John says that worked for promotions but wrecked many teams, including several he later managed and had to repair. People on those teams agreed the work was bad and unlikely to succeed, yet shipped it to meet their promotion bar.

He says this made good software decisions almost impossible, and that the skills that would help careers most became separate from promotions. When the market turned against employees, managers told people to fear layoffs more than they hoped for promotions. He does not think that was a good cultural fix, though he sees it as an attempt to undo earlier damage.

Did you see people keep playing the promotion game even when they saw unusual behavior?
John White

John says unless a VP is ready to fix the culture and shut it down, people have to play along. He calls not playing the game irrational, because one person cannot unilaterally disarm. He says the culture was dominant in AI infrastructure and monetization, was bad for nearly everyone, and left people in a demoralizing rat race.

What could someone do about a culture like this?
John White

John says people have a lot of agency in choosing their team's culture. Meta had many teams without the promotion-first culture, PyTorch among them, where people worked for the love of the craft. Inside the system you still have to follow its rules, but you are not forced to stay in that machine. Not everyone would meet the bar for those teams, but many could.

He chose stable teams that would improve over time and keep a healthy culture, even though that meant slower promotion. He says he is torn. If the goal were lifetime earnings, fast-promoting and fast-firing teams might be economically rational. For him, enjoying the craft mattered more, and he was willing to accept about 20 percent less compensation to work somewhere he was prouder of.

Did outsiders see PyTorch engineers as under-leveled?
John White

John says outsiders often believed PyTorch held a higher bar for promotion, which made it easier to convince others that PyTorch engineers were ready for higher levels. In hiring conversations, candidates sometimes asked whether PyTorch was under-leveled. John would say they might be, or that PyTorch held the right levels and the candidate had to decide whether to take a chance on them. He says PyTorch also trained people who became remarkably good.

How was your early time at Facebook on the experimentation tools, before the promotion pressure?

John White

John says his first two years at Meta were some of his happiest, though also among the most frightening. He had asked for six months of leave to work on Julia, a language he was a core contributor to. While he was away, the manager who hired him left, and the team he had joined split into core data science and data science infrastructure.

He wanted to join core data science but worked closely with data science infrastructure, which owned the experimentation tools. He says that work was the most valuable thing he did as an individual contributor, and that people who know him from Meta remember him for it. Core data science was turbulent, with reorganizations, new managers, and churn.

A few months in, a paper from a research-leaning group that John was affiliated with became a major PR problem for Meta. John remembers it as something like 'Emotional Contagion in Social Networks'. He tried to prevent the problem but lacked the authority. The author later apologized to the company in a Q&A. John found himself in meetings with the head of legal, and his team faced the possibility of being disbanded. He calls it a formative experience, though the fallout faded.

Over the following years he became one of the main developers of Deltoid, its third iteration. When most senior engineers left within about six months, he became the only person who remembered how the system worked. At about IC5, he became a de facto tech lead and drove the vision for the A/B testing tools for years. He calls it some of the most fulfilling work he did at Meta.

What was Deltoid, in short?
John White

John confirms that Deltoid is an A/B testing framework, where users are assigned to one code path or another and the team measures downstream effects. He says the Statsig product he knows looks almost identical to Deltoid in interface and features. He says he should have built a Deltoid-style startup years earlier, but lacked the wisdom to. He is not sure of Statsig's current state.

Do you have a regret that others could learn from?

John White

John says he has a stock answer, because he is asked often. For his first several years, his skip-level manager, Javi, ran office hours. John's manager, Danny, kept suggesting that someone should go. John did not go, because he felt he had nothing valuable to say to Javi.

Later, as John ran office hours for a larger organization, he wished people would come, and he realized Javi had felt the same way. John says he missed a valuable opportunity and made things worse for Javi as well. He calls it a decision made out of fear that harmed both parties.

His advice for junior engineers is to go when a leader says they want to hear from people. Directors and above are far removed from the work, and John says he sometimes had managers managing managers. Bring a concrete idea rather than asking how to get promoted, he says. Leaders welcome that, and many people are afraid to do it, which makes everyone worse off.

If you could go back to the start of your career and give yourself advice, what would you say?

John White

John says he holds strong opinions but can be more self-conscious than he should. His advice is to believe that bigger work is possible, and that with high discipline it is. From high school through college, he says, he too often cast doubt on what he could do. He calls that the biggest set of mistakes he has made: not being ambitious enough, or not believing a problem was tractable.

He also says people over-convince themselves of others' greatness and under-convince themselves of what they can achieve. That combination makes them take fewer risks than they could. Until he worked with many people who succeeded, he says, he did not see how often those people were not much better. They just tried, and others did not. For a 20-year-old version of himself, that is the main lesson he would give.

About this source

Meta Superintelligence Labs (MSL) Eng Director: Promo Hacking, Industry Shifts, Regrets | John White

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Cold-open teaser lines, 00:00.16 to 00:01.40 and 00:11.84 to 00:39.96, which preview points made later in the episode.

Host aside on other A/B testing products, 21:01.16 to 21:14.96, a tangent omitted.

Product promotion for Cursor 3, 21:14.96 to 22:09.16. The Julia question starts in the same caption block at 22:09.16.

Closing thanks, 42:40.96 to 42:45.12, and keyboard promotion, channel requests, and comment thanks, 42:46.32 to 43:38.08, omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 03 · interview

Nimit Sohoni: Collaboration, Incentives, and Organizational Culture

Selected passages on cross-role collaboration, promotion politics versus measurable performance, and organizational groupthink.

How do quants and software engineers collaborate?

Nimit Sohoni

Nimit says it depends on the company. At Jane Street, the number of people called quants is small, and traders are technical and implement much of their own work. At Citadel, which Nimit calls more quant-forward, quants may be roughly equal in number to the technical staff. Roles overlap a lot across quants, software engineers, and traders.

At some firms, quants design strategies and hand them to engineers to build. At others, one person may do both, because the person who can implement something best understands its reasons and edge cases. Nimit did a lot of coding, mostly in C++ and some Python.

What sets the top 1 percent of AI researchers and quants apart?

Nimit Sohoni

Nimit says there are several paths. Raw technical skill, intuition, and execution speed all matter. So does playing the political game, which can help people rise. Quant is harder to game because performance is easier to measure. A strong alpha quant who makes the firm a lot of money is clearly recognized.

In AI, the measure is harder to read. A seminal paper or a real breakthrough, such as a much better model, plays the same role. Nimit adds that being in the right place at the right time matters in both fields.

Compare risk-taking and groupthink across organizations

Nimit Sohoni

Nimit says big labs have strong resources, compute, and many researchers. The flip side is that they can be averse to out-of-the-box ideas, prone to groupthink, and less willing to take risks, because failed experiments are expensive. Startups can be more nimble and explore strategically, challenging orthodoxy. That is what drew Nimit to Cartesia.

About this source

Ex-Citadel Quant and AI Researcher: Breaking In, Tech vs Finance Careers | Nimit Sohoni

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening teaser and episode preview, 00:00.00 to 00:53.40, including a musical break.

Host sign-off, note that the show takes no sponsorships, requests for reviews and YouTube or Spotify engagement, and a call for senior engineer guest suggestions, from about 57:45.00 to 58:24.92. The start of this range is approximate.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 04 · interview

Understand the incentives behind a performance plan

Ethan Evans explains how a target can force neglected performance conversations while also biasing managers toward departure.

What do you think of stack ranking, attrition targets, and performance improvement plans?

Ethan Evans

Evans describes an Amazon attrition-target system from his management experience: a list of people whose departure was considered unregretted, with pressure to reach an annual proportion through improvement, resignation, or termination. His quoted percentages vary by period and are historical recollections, not verified current policy.

He says that when Amazon experimentally removed the target, managers stopped having difficult conversations with struggling performers, and the goal returned. Managers may avoid acting when a person is well liked, especially in a large organization where the immediate cost is not obvious to them. The target forced attention to a real problem.

The other side is distortion. A quota can put someone on a list who still had a plausible chance of success. Once a manager has mentally decided a person should leave, confirmation bias can make the improvement plan psychologically unrealistic. Evans believes many plans therefore function more as a route to departure than an open-minded attempt to improve.

He reports unsuccessful experiences coaching roughly half a dozen people on Amazon PIPs and similar outcomes among people who did not use his coaching. He now urges people in that situation to prepare for another job rather than rely on reversal. That is a strong warning based on his cases, not a measured universal failure rate.

Even a manager starting with good intentions may face pressure from HR and leadership to count an exit, or to name another person if the first improves. Evans’s broader diagnosis is that companies often fail to train managers for early, useful performance conversations, then depend on a distorted late-stage process.

What prevents a manager from presenting an employee unfairly to HR?

Ethan Evans

Evans distinguishes removing one employee from repeatedly driving people out. A pattern of high turnover can eventually expose a manager, but one case may remain difficult to challenge. The manager usually has higher status and can frame the issue for HR before the employee realizes that a dispute is developing.

He illustrates narrative ambiguity with code reviews. The same large number of reviews can be described as improving everyone’s code and developing the team, or as nitpicking others while contributing little original implementation. Counts do not by themselves determine which interpretation is accurate.

He says he has not personally used this power to target someone unfairly, and notes that keeping capable partners serves a manager’s goals. His concern is the vulnerability to a vindictive manager or a genuinely different view of what constitutes useful work. HR hearing a familiar denial of poor performance may not easily distinguish a legitimate complaint.

His practical conclusion is to repair the relationship where possible or find a different manager, rather than assume HR will necessarily rescue the employee. This is his description of a power imbalance, not approval of retaliation or a claim that every organization lacks checks.

About this source

Amazon VP On PIPs And Stack Ranking | Ethan Evans

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 05 · interview

Navigate power without confusing it with merit

Ethan Evans examines credit, scope, promotion, social leverage, management failures, and the ethical limits of treating a career as a competitive game.

How do you receive credit when collaborators compete for visibility?

Ethan Evans

Evans argues that recognition depends partly on who tells the story. Communicate a real accomplishment promptly, name collaborators, and state your own contribution clearly. If somebody else announces first, add a useful comment about the specific problem you solved rather than hoping that silence will be interpreted as modest excellence.

He also observes that later career narratives are often less contested than immediate credit allocation. His own shorthand about being an early engineer on the product that became Prime Video illustrates how an accomplishment’s public description can outlast detailed memories of everyone involved. He treats this as a practical feature of recognition, not proof that colleagues’ contributions cease to matter.

What if a product manager or engineering manager handles all upward reporting?

First ask the person to highlight the team and specific contributions. They may be concentrating on news rather than withholding recognition deliberately. Evans once prompted his vice president to send a congratulations message after the first Amazon video launch, and the message arrived soon afterward.

If that fails, supplement the announcement with useful technical context. He compares this with sports commentary: another person can announce what happened while you explain how it happened and what it means. A follow-up note can describe readiness to scale, limitations, or necessary future investment while making the engineering contribution visible.

Does encouraging visibility reward noise instead of impact?

Ethan Evans

He agrees that an organization in which everyone talks without adding value is unhealthy. His proposed response is to raise the quality of one’s own contribution, rather than opt out of communicating. Tell leadership something it needs to know, such as whether a launch is ready for growth or will require additional investment if successful.

Evans directs the strongest part of his argument toward people who remain quiet because they dislike self-promotion. He says that refusing to participate does not create a fairer assessment system; it can leave useful work unseen. This is a pragmatic argument for useful visibility, and the host’s concern about excessive political behavior remains a real limitation.

Should you be as loud and outspoken as possible?

Ethan Evans

No. Evans distinguishes making the strongest defensible claim from becoming a boastful person who claims falsely. He favors simple accomplishment language that an audience can remember, while accepting that simplification may irritate people who prefer a more exact label.

His example is calling himself the first engineer on Prime Video even though his work began on Amazon’s video product before the Prime name existed. A colleague disputed the naming, rather than whether Evans had done the underlying work. Evans is comfortable with that boundary; the discussion exposes a contested judgment about how much simplification is acceptable, not a rule that every embellished statement is harmless.

How do you find a defensible place in that gray area?

He says soft skills depend on context and audience, so binary thinking is often inadequate. Explain an accomplishment in a way the audience can understand, and remain able to back it up. Multiple descriptions can be true: first engineer, first manager, or the person who hired the team that built a product.

He uses jointly held patents to illustrate ambiguity about credit: formal inventor lists may not match each participant’s sense of who originated an idea. The transcript varies between approximate patent totals, so the useful point is the ambiguity of shared credit rather than a verified exact count.

For the fastest growth, how far toward the strongest claim should someone go?

Evans recommends claiming more until the claim becomes hard to defend or damages reputation. His target is chronic underclaiming: people expecting someone to inspect all their work and award a precise, academically graded result. He believes workplace evaluation instead depends heavily on relationships, descriptions, visibility, and memory.

His classroom analogy is deliberately bleak: the manager remembers a person and estimates their score rather than regrading every answer months later. This is his account of organizational behavior, not evidence that technical quality is irrelevant or every manager evaluates this way.

How can a naturally quiet engineer make work visible?

Ethan Evans

Writing can substitute for speaking in meetings: email, internal posts, Slack messages, white papers, and technical talks all expose work to an audience. Another person can also help publicize it. The central requirement is that the work should not remain in isolation.

A shared component used widely can create its own reputation. Evans recalls Amazon’s interview-tracking system being called the Matt Round Tool, or MRT; he knew of its author through the widely used tool despite never meeting him. Even this supposedly silent route needed distribution and a recognizable association with its creator.

If you find a valuable new opportunity, how do you secure the chance to lead it?

Ethan Evans

Make three cases together: the idea is valuable, you can execute it, and you can make time for it. A manager needs trust in your ability and a credible plan to hand off, document, or automate existing obligations. Originating the idea gives you a useful lead because you have thought about it most, but it does not erase a weak track record or another critical assignment.

Explicitly express enthusiasm for building it. Otherwise leadership may hear only an idea and assign it to someone else. Evans also recommends making disappointment visible when an opportunity is taken away rather than responding as though every allocation is equally acceptable.

He candidly describes a managerial temptation to appease demanding employees while postponing help for easygoing ones. He says a manager may intend to come back to the quieter person but never do so. His advice to be somewhat difficult to disappoint addresses that pattern, while acknowledging that it is an unfair practical tradeoff rather than an ideal of leadership.

Would you prefer an entire team of ambitious stars or steady role players?

Ethan Evans

Evans prefers a mix. A high-growth business can sometimes supply enough attractive projects for many highly ambitious people; with flat headcount and constrained opportunities, those people may compete destructively with one another and the manager.

Only easygoing role players can produce a calm team without enough pressure for change. He values some people who question constraints and push ideas, while too many people simultaneously pushing in different directions can create chaos. The best composition depends on the business’s supply of useful scope.

How do you handle peers who want to take part in your attractive project?

Ethan Evans

His first move is to challenge scarcity thinking. Other engineers’ excitement can make the project larger, faster, or more valuable, with its originator coordinating contributions. Try to create a shared win before treating every interested colleague as a threat.

If protecting ownership is necessary, being further along in a prototype or waiting until responsibility is clear can help. Offering other worthwhile ideas may give peers useful opportunities without displacing yours. He also describes handing off existing work to free capacity, but explicitly warns that appearing to dump unattractive work on named colleagues can create enemies.

Evans stresses understanding motives, satisfaction, fears, and emotions. His poker analogy separates competing skillfully within accepted rules from cheating, such as secretly seeing another player’s cards. He believes a person can understand the social game and win without dishonest manipulation. Some examples, including challenging a peer to demonstrate commitment through weekend work, are described as social tactics rather than presented as obligations every teammate should accept.

How do you protect yourself from unwanted work that somebody else wants to hand off?

Ethan Evans

Evans recommends establishing valuable initiatives before a handoff arrives. If people already know what important work you are driving, there is a credible reason not to load you with somebody else’s maintenance. Once you are only defending against a specific assignment, he considers you behind in the negotiation.

If somebody calls the work easy, ask why they cannot automate or solve it. Be clear about capacity and about the cost of replacing your other work. He uses an aggressive animal analogy to make the point that people sometimes give assignments to the person least likely to object. That observation explains his advice to set boundaries, although it does not make offloading work onto a quieter colleague a fair result.

He also proposes constructive bargaining. Acknowledge that unattractive work needs doing, complete a bounded amount of it, and ask for a better opportunity afterward. Volunteering in advance for a maintenance sprint can show that you are on the manager’s side while creating a specific exchange, rather than silently accumulating an indefinite backlog.

Can you refuse your manager without appearing unhelpful?

Constant refusal can make you a poor team member, he says. His preferred combination is useful work, a cooperative response to unavoidable assignments, and an explicit expectation about what comes next. Tell the manager that you will finish this work but want a more challenging assignment afterward, then return to that expectation if the pattern continues. The skill is communicating disappointment without becoming a jerk.

How do you win a promotion when only one slot is available?

Ethan Evans

First ask whether the competition is realistically winnable. If several qualified and more senior people are already waiting for a single role, leaving for a growing organization may be better than trying indefinitely to jump the queue. Evans will not promise that every constrained situation can be solved.

Where there is a path, state your interest and ask what circumstances would make you the manager’s first choice. This invites concrete criteria instead of mind-reading. He then emphasizes being the person the leader can depend on during difficult problems or crises. Ask what keeps the leader awake or which of their biggest problems is worst, and help solve it.

He is explicit about cost: crises may fall outside convenient working hours, and becoming exceptionally dependable can require sacrifice. He has answered how to compete for the role, not how to guarantee it with no additional effort. The advice concerns making a real contribution valuable to the leader, rather than only expressing eagerness.

Could asking for the manager’s worst problem seem like obvious flattery?

Yes, if it arrives abruptly without a relationship. He suggests building gradually from solid work to useful help, then discussions of growth, special challenges, and a role as a trusted partner in difficult situations. Personalities differ, so the wording must fit the person. The objective is a mutually useful working relationship, not an immediate offer to do anything in exchange for a promotion.

Did you really tell people to “promote themselves”?

Evans says he used that framing to ask for demonstrated work and an explicit growth agreement. He wanted a strong, senior team and was willing to defend the resulting salary cost upward. In his view, rewarding performance is part of building a successful organization.

He also admits a failure: early at Amazon, he made a promotion agreement, missed a process window he had not understood, and the engineer left angrily. He believes that departure was justified. Later commitments sometimes took longer than intended, but he says he followed through. This admission qualifies any suggestion that an employee alone controls a promised promotion.

What if your manager will not talk explicitly about promotion?

Ethan Evans

Evans first considers whether a different manager would be more compatible with your ambition. If changing is impractical, study what this manager actually rewards. Look at several promotions, talk to those people about the work and conversations that preceded them, and learn the manager’s language for growth rather than assuming everyone negotiates as directly as Evans.

If no one progresses, or the manager’s choices have no workable pattern, there may be no usable process to follow. Accepting a slow and uncertain system or moving elsewhere may be the real choice.

He suggests using AI to examine a manager’s communication and propose an approach that fits their style. His confidence about personality inference is his opinion, not a validated assessment presented by the interview. He distinguishes adapting communication from manipulation, while predicting that persuasive manipulation and AI countermeasures will become more important.

How do you handle a promotion carrot that remains vague?

Ethan Evans

First separate legitimate uncertainty from avoidance. A manager may need a committee, skip-level approval, or another decision maker and cannot guarantee their response. Ask what it would take for the manager to become an enthusiastic advocate, rather than demand a promise about the final result. Evans’s own VP sponsor committed to put his reputation behind the attempt but could not guarantee Jeff Bezos’s approval.

A manager may also be uncertain whether the work will be strong enough, or reluctant to specify a checklist that ignores new requirements. Acknowledge those limits while explaining the practical effect of having no visible target or timing. Ask what success would look like, how to measure progress, who has succeeded, and how you are supposed to work toward an unknown destination.

For a manager who simply strings people along, compare your experience with others’ outcomes. If people do receive opportunities, investigate what differentiates them. If nobody gets anything, Evans recommends leaving that manager or changing the leverage in the relationship. His suggestion to use negotiation questions is aimed at eliciting clarity; it does not create a guaranteed promotion where no real opportunity exists.

What if your manager’s lack of advancement is blocking yours?

Ethan Evans

If the manager wants to grow, consider a shared plan: help them achieve a goal that creates room for both careers. Evans says he enlisted strong reports in arrangements where their promotions and his reinforced one another. Ask about their goals rather than assume stagnation means indifference.

If the manager does not want to advance, ask whether they can help you find an opportunity elsewhere. Some less aggressive leaders are strongly motivated to support people and may be willing to do that. If they need to keep you, explain that your career matters, that you would prefer to grow in the team, and that you will need to consider alternatives if a path cannot be created.

Evans proposes explaining an authentic season of urgency, such as plans for family or caregiving. The host challenges the gray area when future plans are uncertain. Evans defends expressing feelings and possibilities but says not to lie. The defensible substance is to explain a real priority and preference, then let the manager respond; the transcript does not establish a right to invent a personal obligation.

He also distinguishes normal ambition from implausible demands. A new graduate insisting on becoming a VP in two years needs a reality check. A manager who rejects ambition entirely may simply be a poor fit for this audience, while a hard-driving manager can create a different problem by demanding too much.

Did your own reports use these political tactics on you?

Ethan Evans

Evans recalls a few very smooth negotiators, but most people were direct, perhaps because he openly discussed growth. He says he also encountered dishonest claims and removed people who made them. He distinguishes these cases from legitimate ambition.

Some strong reports wanted roles he could not offer quickly enough. He supported departures when another company had a substantially better opportunity, including a move to a large role at Samsung. Even an ambitious and supportive manager can run out of available scope.

He is frustrated by unspoken, passive-aggressive dissatisfaction because it prevents either fixing the problem or honestly discussing its limits. At the same time, he recognizes that some employees are in a life stage where they want to do their job and be left alone. That choice can coexist with a team of climbers, although he warns that such employees may receive less desirable work.

How can a manager remove someone for lying when the normal process requires evidence?

Ethan Evans

Evans says provable dishonesty may support a direct termination, but suspicion without decisive evidence is a different case. His broader, disturbing claim is that a manager in good standing has many informal ways to drive one employee out: unattractive assignments, discouraging advancement, critical reviews, excessive scrutiny, or a pattern of demands that makes continued employment unpleasant.

He illustrates how seemingly defensible work allocation can conceal punitive intent, and how a powerful manager can frame the situation for HR before the employee complains. These examples explain an abuse mechanism; they do not establish that such behavior is fair, lawful, or a sound management practice. Evans acknowledges that an innocent person could be harmed and relies on decent managers’ desire to retain good people as the usual restraint.

His stated distinction is between getting rid of someone he considers dishonest or damaging and targeting a good employee. That distinction depends heavily on the manager’s judgment, which is precisely the vulnerability the host presses.

What if the employee simply has a style the manager dislikes?

Evans’s gentler alternative is an honest compatibility discussion and help finding another team or company where the person can thrive. He has encouraged such transitions and thinks a mutually frustrating relationship may improve for both parties when it ends.

He then admits that hierarchy favors the manager if the employee refuses to move and becomes too costly to work with. He does not claim that this is wholly justified. His explanation is that the manager is accountable for the whole team and is subject to similar pressures from leadership above. The passage reveals the limits of relying on personal compatibility as protection.

Can an employee successfully challenge an unjust manager through HR?

Ethan Evans

Evans thinks framing and timing matter: a manager may already have described the employee as a performance problem. An employee should instead bring factual behaviors and their effect on productive work, rather than lead with a demand that the manager be fired. Independent corroboration, an established performance record, and specific documented misconduct can make an uphill case stronger.

He says he has removed managers after multiple employee accounts accumulated and matched his own observations. He also thinks leaders often protect managers they personally like, even while employees leave. In one coaching case, a leader had tried for 18 months to improve a manager whose people kept quitting. Evans challenged the leader to consider what they would recommend if the same story involved somebody they did not like.

The practical limitation is institutional inertia. He believes leaving is often easier than persuading a hierarchy to remove a manager who has a good relationship upward. His numerical language about odds and first-mover advantage is rhetorical, not measured probability or a guarantee about any particular HR process.

How do performance and being liked affect power at work?

Ethan Evans

Evans describes poor performance combined with broad dislike as easiest to act on. A mediocre but widely liked colleague is harder to remove: no single disaster supplies an obvious reason, and others defend the person’s helpfulness and warmth. In his view, relationships therefore change the practical consequences of similar performance records.

He reconciles likability with boundaries by recommending ordinary friendliness and selective, modest pushback when an assignment or decision matters. Humor can communicate that a repeated pattern is unacceptable without creating a confrontation. His playful “tokens” example frames a limited amount of unpleasant work as something he will accept, then asks whether the manager wants to use part of that allowance now.

The token framing is an illustrative negotiation tactic, not a formal employment limit. Its purpose is to make a cost and expectation visible while remaining cooperative.

For job security, is being liked more important than performance?

Ethan Evans

He says the answer depends on context. Decisions can include considerations beyond output. A leader might defend a likable person by arguing that their presence will help morale and cooperation after a difficult event. Evans recounts a layoff discussion that used family circumstances, which he labels improper; the book treats this as his recollection rather than verified legal guidance.

A technically indispensable but unpleasant engineer can also be retained, yet the team may be actively trying to transfer that knowledge so it no longer depends on them. He calls that dependency a fragile form of protection. The aspiration is to be capable and decent, not necessarily unusually charming.

He adds that managers can feel insecure about their technical ability. Publicly humiliating a manager may threaten both ego and authority. People then rationalize retaliatory choices as serving a greater good. This is his account of a social failure mode, not a justification for retaliation or an instruction to avoid all technical disagreement.

How do you defend against peers undermining you while competing for a promotion?

Ethan Evans

If the behavior is already visible, discuss the pattern with leadership before a specific accusation defines you. Evans suggests asking to be judged on actual contributions and given a chance to demonstrate them, while declining to join a campaign of mutual attacks. He thinks this makes later disparagement easier for a manager to recognize.

If the accusation has already landed, ask calmly what the manager has heard and what evidence would give them a full picture. He recommends reflective questions, including mirroring a few words, to draw out information rather than immediately become defensive. Then make the work verifiable and agree on better future visibility.

He also describes supporting colleagues whose contributions are unfairly dismissed, which may help them notice a pattern of undermining. That can be constructive when it means accurately affirming work; his language about traps and planting doubt also shows how quickly defensive politics can become another political campaign. He returns to an important exit option: teams full of this behavior are not the only teams available.

If everyone uses political tactics expertly, does the best strategy change?

Ethan Evans

Evans first rejects the premise that workplace relationships must be adversarial. Honest credit sharing, growing people, better business performance, and rising equity value can produce shared gains. The darker cases in the interview are failure scenarios, not his ideal organization.

In the hypothetical where everybody maneuvers expertly against everybody else, he expects the advantage to cancel out. His practical advice is to find an environment where your particular combination of skills creates a clearer edge. For his own coaching business, he combines public speaking, career knowledge, and social-media experience; he does not need to be the best individual practitioner of each to have a distinctive intersection.

He compares being a star on a less prestigious team with being a bench player on a championship team. Status, compensation, learning, and preferred competition can point to different valid choices.

But if someone stays at the expert table, how does play change?

Simple bluffs and shortcuts stop working, mistakes are noticed, and behavior becomes more cautious. He thinks the person must rely on stronger execution rather than easy moves against inexperienced competitors.

Did you build an empire as an Amazon VP?

Ethan Evans

In hindsight, Evans says yes, though he often told himself that more people would let him execute more useful ideas. He recalls an Amazon Appstore staffing request that Jeff Bezos rejected because the proposed buckets were large and their purposes vague. After two weak answers, Bezos asked for a new plan with small groups of two or three people and exact responsibilities, then reviewed it line by line. Evans thinks Bezos was right: the team had imagined possibilities instead of doing the allocation work.

Later he tied expansion to concrete businesses, customers, and results. He describes negotiating staged releases of hiring capacity and proving that he could recruit good people into each tranche. The important difference was making resources produce value, rather than simply asking for a large team.

Merch by Amazon illustrates a pivot. His team tried printing merchandise for game developers as a way to attract apps to Amazon’s store. That original theory failed: merchandise was not important enough to change developers’ platform choices. T-shirt printing nevertheless found demand for slogans, events, and other designs, and became a separate business. Evans reports a very large later revenue scale, but that is his interview claim, not independently verified current financial information.

He also moved people from failed projects onto promising ones before leadership could reclaim them. He admits that colleagues might regard his tactics as slippery and that he rationalizes them by pointing to results. The interview preserves both the value he believes he created and the resource competition he participated in.

Did leadership ever claw back headcount, and how did you prevent it?

Amazon grew through much of his tenure, so he saw relatively few pure reductions. He stayed ahead of review by reassigning resources to useful work and filling authorized positions quickly. He describes an allocation system where more positions could be opened than ultimately funded, making early successful hiring an advantage when the gate later closed.

He sometimes argued that other teams’ unfilled allocations could support his faster hiring. This was deliberate competition for a finite resource, even if his teams delivered value. He also prioritized visible releases and iteration, admitting that some releases may have been too raw. The growth context and the quality tradeoff matter; this is not a general instruction that every team should hire or ship as fast as possible.

How should people prepare for uncertain AI effects on technical careers?

Ethan Evans

Evans offers predictions, not a crystal ball. He expects winners, losers, eliminated jobs, changed jobs, and new roles. He favors flexible learning and human skills alongside practical familiarity with AI tools. He worries that specializing only in operating a tool may preserve a role briefly while the work itself is automated away.

He also considers the opposing possibility: easier production can expand demand, just as tools have done in some other industries. People experimenting with software may eventually need engineers to make it reliable. He does not know which effect will dominate.

His central recommendation is to watch where value moves. More code or more features is not necessarily what customers need. Choosing what to build, what to omit, what to release, and how to explain it may become more prized. He would rather occupy a position requiring judgment and taste than depend entirely on manual operation of the tools. His claims about where AI is strongest or weakest describe his expectations at interview time.

Is flattening the management hierarchy a permanent change or a cycle?

Ethan Evans

Evans sees pressure to remove layers as cyclical, especially when a company wants to keep headcount flat. He doubts that new tools remove the human need to organize, centralize, and communicate work. AI might let a manager oversee more people, but greater output can also generate more decisions and coordination needs.

He cautions against generalizing from exceptional leaders with many exceptionally senior direct reports to ordinary first-line management. A team of highly independent senior leaders is a different problem from a manager trying to scale from ten engineers to a hundred. His reference to a very long history of administration supports his intuition rhetorically; the transcript’s ancient-history details are not established here as verified historical facts.

How can you reduce layoff risk and explain a layoff without negative optics?

Ethan Evans

For explaining it, state the organizational fact briefly and truthfully, then turn toward what you can contribute next. If an entire organization closed, say that; do not imply a whole-organization event if it did not happen. Evans believes large-company layoffs have become common enough that such an explanation carries less stigma than it once did.

For prevention, he first admits that some layoffs cannot be avoided. He has seen leaders try to place key people elsewhere when an organization shuts down. Strong ratings, recognizable accomplishments, needed unique expertise, and visibility to leaders above the immediate manager can help someone be considered for those moves.

The pattern remains a combination of valuable work and relationships. He does not promise that either technical indispensability or executive familiarity guarantees protection when a business is eliminated.

What is executive presence, and how do you develop it?

Ethan Evans

Evans defines it partly through what other people do: do they respect you in a room and seek your judgment even outside your direct work? He also cites a framework combining gravitas, communication, and appearance, with a roughly 60/30/10 weighting. That numerical framework is his reported reference, not an independently validated formula in this book.

He distinguishes expertise from the signals of authority. Confidence, decisiveness, controlled pace, pauses, body language, composure, and specificity can make somebody appear credible. He also points to unfair social biases involving physical appearance and identity; he describes those as biases people respond to, not as desirable standards.

His own failure mode is sounding more certain than his knowledge justifies. His wife has sometimes withheld a correct objection because he sounded so confident. He deliberately invents a precise “62%” statistic during the conversation to show how confidence and specificity can make nonsense sound convincing. That number is a demonstration of fabrication and must not be reused as evidence.

He says no single superficial trait is necessary. A strong record can create respect without theatrical speaking. The examples contrast a quiet, established expert with leaders who consciously control stage presence; they are his interpretations of public figures.

Why do you call Elon Musk’s speaking showmanship when it seems less polished than Steve Jobs’s?

Evans sees Musk’s particular strength as communicating conviction in extraordinary goals and invoking a record of previously doubted achievements. That can make speculative ideas seem plausible even without a polished delivery. Evans explicitly leaves room for disagreement about whether a given promise is visionary or fantasy. The point is how conviction and track record interact, not that every claim is true or inevitable.

How do you build relationships at work organically?

Ethan Evans

Find something you enjoy, know reasonably well, and can share. Turn it into a class, talk, tool, recording, useful service, or advice. Giving something valued creates a common interest and a reason for future conversation without demanding that you become an expert at approaching strangers in a room.

Evans taught managers how to hire quickly and well, then expanded his teaching and online advice. Another Amazon employee arranged bulk ski tickets and resold them at a discount internally. That person benefited from something he enjoyed while building hundreds of connections with other skiers.

The expertise need not be extraordinary or even technical. Shared interest makes conversation easier, and sustained useful interaction can deepen into a relationship. Engineers can do the same with a technology they understand better than the average colleague.

How can you form an organic relationship with a powerful decision maker?

Ethan Evans

Evans starts with value you already provide. A useful tool, class, or service may interest a VP directly, or may matter because many of their employees benefit from it. A modest note explaining that usage can open a conversation without pretending to share a personal interest you do not have.

A network can also supply an introduction through someone who already knows the person. He recounts seeking help to transport medical supplies for Ukrainian refugees to Poland; a contact connected him to the chair of United’s board, and the bags traveled without the expected fee. The outcome was far beyond what he had originally needed.

His explanation is that a well-placed, easy favor can let the intermediary contribute to something worthwhile and feel good about helping. A network is therefore useful for needs that cannot be anticipated when the first relationship forms. He does not reduce every helper’s motivation to self-interest; he acknowledges the legitimate desire to help.

How did you respond when people approached you with an obvious networking motive?

Ethan Evans

He was often explicit about his limited time. For someone asking for regular mentoring, he sometimes offered one meeting and challenged them to bring an interesting idea or information he did not know. If the meeting created value and maintained his interest, they could have another.

Evans presents this as a more useful opening than a blanket refusal. Some people used the opportunity well; others did not return. His direct, transactional style suited him but is not assumed to be every senior leader’s preference.

How do you discover what someone wants when they do not explain incentives directly?

Ethan Evans

He gives four methods: ask, listen, triangulate, and observe. Listen to the problems and goals mentioned in meetings; ask people who work with the leader what they have heard; and examine where the leader puts time, money, hiring, and attention. Actions can clarify priorities that general statements obscure.

Then move toward something the person values and make that contribution visible through an appropriate route. That may be a report, a mutual contact, a hallway conversation, or a direct question. The style must fit the relationship.

Evans regards explicit value-for-growth agreements as fair when the opportunity is open to everyone, but recognizes that some people prefer implicit arrangements and tolerate less direct language. Building trust can eventually make a private conversation clearer even when the person remains indirect in public. Until then, more ambiguity may be unavoidable.

Four ways Evans identifies another person’s priorities
MethodWhat to look forLimit
AskTheir stated goals and problemsSome people will answer indirectly
ListenRecurring topics in meetings and all-handsPublic messages may not reveal everything
TriangulateWhat trusted colleagues and direct reports have heardThese remain other people’s interpretations
ObserveWhere time, money, hiring, and attention goInfer cautiously from a pattern, not one event

When somebody disappears suddenly from a company, what may be happening behind the scenes?

Ethan Evans

Evans says abrupt departures can concern conduct or risk rather than an ordinary performance process: harassment, racism, theft, disclosure of confidential information, or similarly serious events. He recalls employees being removed after leaking internal material to reporters and leaving a trace in company systems.

He gives two unusual examples to distinguish intent and consequence. A game artist brought a real gun collection to the office as visual reference for weapons; leadership considered it thoughtless rather than threatening and sent him home with an instruction never to repeat it. In another case, a cleaner’s alarming harassment of a female employee led to removal and, in Evans’s account, an order barring contact.

The stories show why colleagues may see only the sudden absence while managers know a confidential conduct incident. They do not let an observer infer the cause of any particular unexplained departure, nor establish that every sudden exit involved wrongdoing.

Did you ever have to harm somebody else to get ahead?

Ethan Evans

He is reluctant to claim an unqualified no because people rationalize their own behavior. He remembers competing and trying to come out ahead, but does not recall deliberately targeting someone for destruction.

The case he feels worst about happened in his first week at Amazon. He was offered a choice between a customer-facing video product and ingestion infrastructure supporting video, music, and books. He chose the product without knowing that another incoming manager had apparently been promised it. That person arrived the next week and received infrastructure instead, an outcome Evans believes was bad for him.

Even if told about the conflict, Evans says he would have advocated for the job that fit his experience and interest. He distinguishes wanting an opportunity from intending injury, while admitting that the other person still bore a lasting cost. Lack of malicious intent does not erase that result.

What do you say to people who find the whole political game morally distasteful?

Ethan Evans

Evans shares the wish for a world in which merit, intentions, and contributions receive fair recognition. His defense is that people must navigate today’s limited resources and biases while trying to improve them. He believes transparency, honoring agreements, and coaching people through existing discrimination can help without endorsing the discrimination itself.

To make the moral conflict concrete, he recounts helping fund a bribe that, in his account, enabled a Ukrainian friend’s husband to leave military service after two years. He recognizes that somebody else may have borne a cost and says he does not know whether that consequence occurred. The story is his personal claim and moral justification; its legality, details, and effects are not verified by this transcript.

He is comfortable with the decision because it helped someone he knew, while admitting that it can be condemned from other moral positions. The example makes his approach more complicated than simply being helpful: he accepts partiality and uncertain external costs. The host’s ethical discomfort remains part of the discussion rather than being resolved by an editor’s endorsement.

Which books do you recommend on people, negotiation, and power?

Ethan Evans

His first recommendation is Leadership and Self-Deception by the Arbinger Institute. He takes from it the distinction between seeing people as humans with concerns and treating them as obstacles or interfaces whose buttons you press to obtain a result. The former can make cooperation warmer and less manipulative.

He recommends Chris Voss’s Never Split the Difference for negotiation and understanding motivation. He also reluctantly recommends The 48 Laws of Power as a catalog of darker tactics. He says awareness may help readers recognize manipulation, while acknowledging that the same material can be used to become manipulative.

If you were trying to reach VP as quickly as possible today, what would you do?

Ethan Evans

Evans would not assume that his Amazon path is repeatable in a company growing much more slowly. He reports that Amazon expanded dramatically during his tenure, creating opportunities that he thinks are less available in the setting discussed. His suggested hypothetical is to learn intensely for roughly 18–24 months, develop externally valued expertise such as AWS knowledge, then seek a high-growth company where that expertise solves an important adoption problem.

He would deliver value, make growth goals explicit, learn management, decision making, psychology, and organization, and take some large risks. He argues that high-visibility wins can accelerate advancement, while admitting that failures and multiple company moves may be part of the path. His language about leaving the “smoking ruins” of failures exposes a real cost of optimizing solely for career speed; it is not a guarantee that repeated risk-taking succeeds.

He thinks early engineering-level growth may still be possible inside a mature company, but higher-level advancement increasingly requires an available business case. A skill that makes you one among thousands inside a large company can make you uniquely valuable elsewhere. His employee counts and salary comparison are illustrative approximations, and his recommendation reflects the interview’s market view rather than a verified present-day forecast.

About this source

Amazon VP: Questions On Corporate Politics But They Get Increasingly Darker | Ethan Evans

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening montage (0:00–0:40) repeats later exchanges and is summarized only in the full discussion.

WorkOS sponsor segment (about 1:28:05–1:28:51) is omitted.

Closing website, channel requests, and keyboard promotion (about 3:06:39 onward) are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 06 · interview

Pair ambition with relationships and procedural knowledge

Ethan Evans traces a rise from abrasive startup leader to Amazon VP while exposing the gap between output, recognition, business value, and managerial power.

What did your career look like before Amazon?

Ethan Evans

Evans wanted to work in computing as home computers emerged. Apple’s reply to a letter about employment helped shape his choice of university; he attended Carnegie Mellon and later completed a master’s degree at Purdue. His early jobs were a sequence of small companies connected loosely by networking, search, network management, advertising, and audio streaming, with a brief detour into entertainment lighting.

Amazon eventually recruited him partly because streaming-audio experience fit its planned video work. Most of the startups after his first struggled or failed around the dot-com era. He describes being made redundant twice, with his confrontational behavior contributing. Becoming an Amazon VP was not his initial life plan; the path evolved.

Why did you initially choose startups over established companies?

Ethan Evans

The first choice was driven mainly by friends and an apparently attractive opportunity, not a carefully reasoned comparison of company sizes. Friends joined a local company founded by professors and introduced him to stock options. An earlier-joining roommate did especially well; Evans joined later but earned enough for a house down payment. Only afterward did he learn to make more intentional career decisions. The story illustrates why a successful early choice need not have begun as a sophisticated strategy.

Did you see the layoffs coming, and what part did abrasiveness play?

Ethan Evans

No, despite warnings. His first manager had already noticed combative problem-solving, and Evans once proudly framed being a “loose cannon” as being aimed at people who were wrong. Technical ability and energetic execution still carried him into startup leadership, but peer conflict became increasingly costly.

In one company, a product leader warned that the planned scope could not be delivered with available time and resources. Evans now thinks the warning was correct; at the time he treated it as disloyalty to the mission. During downsizing, he offered to leave for another startup, and the CEO accepted. He suspects removing conflict made that easier.

In the next company, he argued with a sales leader who promised capabilities that did not exist. Evans still sees the truthfulness problem, but recognizes that the company was fighting for survival. He was the only person in the resulting “layoff,” so he regards it as being fired to remove contention. After the second experience, he finally investigated his own recurring role in the pattern and changed how he dealt with disagreement: more questions and listening, less escalation.

Was early aggression useful, or would interpersonal skill have made it better?

Ethan Evans

Evans thinks energy combined with good interpersonal skill would have been better. He still favors having an opinion and advocating for it; pure compliance is not his model of leadership. The difference is how one argues. His earlier version raised his voice and dismissed ideas as stupid. A more skillful version can be persistently challenging without being abrasive or hostile. Being right often let him get away with the poor version, but did not make it the best version.

How can a leader avoid being removed through politics behind their back?

Ethan Evans

He says excessive confrontation can cause people to stop debating with you and start discussing you with others. The first defense is to leave enough room for honest disagreement that people do not feel a private campaign is the only route.

The second is a wider set of trusted relationships. Evans lacked allies who would tell him when another peer raised a concern; instead those people agreed that he was a problem. Technical correctness cannot replace relationships and the feeling people have while working together. He acknowledges that organizations sometimes choose a less technically good solution because it feels easier to support.

What finally made you take interpersonal skill seriously?

Ethan Evans

The second departure, followed by difficulty finding another job after the dot-com crash and September 11, forced reflection. An interviewer challenged the story that he had been so valuable yet could not be retained. Evans concluded the missing capability was not coding or driving projects, but working well with people. He studied motivation, questions, and the psychology of work, then became interested in how to lead and inspire rather than only state answers. The painful feedback became a sustained learning interest.

Why was moving across the country to Amazon worth the risk?

Ethan Evans

While at a search company partnered with Barnes & Noble, Evans had investigated why that retailer was losing online to Amazon. Seeing Amazon through a competitor gave him a concrete appreciation of its capabilities, which he could discuss when Amazon’s recruiter approached him.

He was also tired of startups struggling with funding and product-market fit. Amazon was public and not yet profitable, but its scale looked stable compared with firms of dozens or hundreds of people. The decision combined admiration for the business with a desire for a different risk profile; it was not a bet on the million-person company Amazon later became.

What did promotions to director and then VP actually require?

Ethan Evans

For director, Evans describes the ability to lead a business or major effort with only high-level goals. In his case an outsized event mattered: he pursued a video partnership with TiVo despite leadership’s advice against it, explicitly giving the senior leader a chance to order him not to proceed. It worked, and his promotion narrative emphasized that the partnership would not have happened without him.

He also made his career priority clear to his VP, who was preparing to leave. Evans politely explained that if Amazon did not value his growth as much as he did, he would need to consider that. The timing created retention pressure because both leaders leaving would damage the project. He sees both demonstrated judgment and explicit advocacy as central.

He admits a troubling managerial tradeoff: when two people were similarly qualified, the one pushing for advancement and threatening to leave sometimes got priority over the patient team player. He describes practical retention pressure rather than defending it as ideal fairness.

The successful project was a genuine risk. An ordinary result might have left him where he was, while a disaster after ignoring advice could have hurt him. He would take more calculated risk in retrospect, but his outcome does not erase the possible downside.

VP involved a longer process of building stakeholder support and trust with a stable manager. He worked on a partnership in which he would solve important problems and his manager would advocate for recognition. After roughly two and a half years, the VP agreed to stake his reputation on the attempt, without guaranteeing the final decision. A reorganization soon afterward highlights how favorable timing mattered alongside effort.

What went wrong when you promised a strong engineer a promotion early at Amazon?

Ethan Evans

A young engineer agreed to help ship the first version of the product in return for support moving from the entry engineering level to the next one. Evans agreed in good faith but assumed promotion worked as it had in startups. He was preoccupied with launch problems and did not know Amazon had fixed review cycles. The window passed.

He explicitly owns the error. The engineer was not responsible for the manager’s ignorance, yet the engineer bore the career cost. Evans recommends that employees learn the process anyway: check whether the manager knows it, identify deadlines, and ask about concrete documents and dates. A new manager may sincerely intend to help while lacking the necessary procedural knowledge.

The engineer left and had a successful career elsewhere. Evans regrets the lost time but stresses that a year’s setback need not define a career lasting decades. The appropriate lesson is both managerial accountability and employee awareness of the process, rather than blaming the employee for a broken promise.

Why leave an 800-person organization for the Twitch integration role?

Ethan Evans

Amazon used a VP as an integration liaison after acquisitions, while leaving the acquired company’s CEO in charge. Evans sought that position after Amazon bought Twitch because it would test influence without authority. He would advise the CEO rather than command him, with no team of his own.

He had learned to run a large global organization with formal authority. Now he had to work with a younger, newly wealthy founder serving an audience and business culture different from his own. He gave up the large team to learn that challenge and enjoyed both the partnership and learning to stream on Twitch.

What gaps did you see in a young founder running a rapidly scaling company?

Ethan Evans

Evans recalls Twitch treating continuing losses as normal because venture funding had always been available, and initially assuming Amazon’s money made profitability less urgent. His leadership wanted profitability, so a core challenge was establishing that the objective mattered at all.

He also saw the difficulty of loyalty to early employees whose skills did not scale with the organization. Bringing in a more experienced leader above a friend, or changing their role, required hard conversations and sometimes led to angry departures. He notes that the founder might describe the gaps differently; this is Evans’s view of the learning process.

How did Jeff Bezos and Andy Jassy differ as leaders in your experience?

Ethan Evans

Evans reports dozens of meetings with each and emphasizes founder status as a major difference. He recalls a budget discussion in which Bezos answered a warning about limited cash by asking how much there was, because he might want to spend it. Evans interprets that as the founder claiming the authority to take extraordinary bets with the company he created.

He describes Jassy as a more conventional executive who must partner with other leaders and operate within board and founder expectations. Both demanded a great deal.

His personal fit differed too. He felt Bezos’s questioning was followed by enthusiasm and a sense of shared commitment, while Jassy’s questioning felt more like scrutiny followed by personal accountability. Evans explicitly says other executives could have experienced the opposite. This is a comparison of his working relationships, not a universal ranking of either person.

What happens to a VP’s review when a business initiative fails?

Ethan Evans

Evans distinguishes meeting near-term goals from achieving the business vision. Prime Gaming could ship features and meet some financial targets without making Amazon the major gaming force its founder imagined. He says he received strong VP ratings even while some businesses did not deliver that larger ambition.

He recalls expecting to hit all his Appstore goals while considering them ultimately unimportant. His broader criticism is that large organizations can let products persist because nobody wants to admit failure or close them, while nobody knows how to make them major successes. His comments about later shutdowns and possible future gaming outcomes are interview-time claims and speculation.

Why not change the goals to match the vision?

Because the goals that determine pay and review create a different incentive from the goals the company ideally needs. Competing with a preinstalled app store from a sideloaded position was important but not something Evans knew how to achieve, so he resisted being measured on it. He candidly admits wanting achievable evaluation goals while the business needed a much harder outcome. An ambitious vision is not automatically a workable plan.

Three different measures of success
MeasureWhat it asksRisk Evans identifies
Project deliveryDid the team ship the agreed work?Visible activity can look like success
Performance reviewDid the leader meet negotiated goals?Goals may favor what is achievable
Business visionDid the initiative create the strategic result?The organization may keep meeting goals without progressing toward it

What do stack ranking and performance plans get right and wrong?

Ethan Evans

Evans describes a historical Amazon attrition goal that pushed managers to deal with weak performance. When it was removed experimentally, he says managers avoided hard conversations, particularly with well-liked people, so the goal returned. He gives varying annual proportions as recollections of the system, not current verified policy.

The problem is that a quota can turn a support process into a departure process. By the time a manager writes a PIP, they may already have decided the employee should leave. Confirmation bias and pressure from HR or leadership to record an exit can work against genuine recovery. Taking one employee off the list may create pressure to identify another.

He reports that the people who asked him for help on Amazon PIPs were later fired, as were several who did not use his coaching. He now urges people to prepare for another role. His strong warning comes from personal cases rather than a controlled success-rate study.

His diagnosis is that companies often do not train managers to address issues early or conduct useful difficult conversations. A formal plan arrives late and under distorted incentives, even when the manager initially believes they intend to help.

What prevents a manager from framing a report unfairly?

Ethan Evans

Evans distinguishes a pattern of removing many employees, which can become visible through turnover, from one targeted case, which may be hard to challenge. The manager has status and can establish the performance narrative before the employee complains.

The same review count can support opposite narratives: a strong engineer improving everyone’s work or a person nitpicking while producing little original code. Neither count alone answers the value question. The manager may be malicious or may honestly evaluate the work differently.

He says he has not personally targeted an employee this way, and recognizes that good managers benefit from capable partners. The danger concerns a vindictive leader with power over the narrative. His practical advice is to improve the relationship if possible or find another manager, rather than assume HR will automatically rescue the employee. This is an account of a vulnerability, not an endorsement of unfair treatment.

What advice would you give yourself at the start of your career?

Ethan Evans

Keep preferring growth. He compares his career ladder to an escalator because fast-growing businesses created upward movement alongside his own effort. The scale change he reports at Amazon supplied opportunities that personal drive alone could not create.

Learn sooner that work is done with humans. Expertise and being right should be paired with friendships, trust, and being known. An introvert can use writing and online tools rather than force a single extroverted style. Amazon approached him, and he sees a strong reputation as part of what makes that kind of opportunity possible.

About this source

Amazon VP: Stack Ranking & PIPs, Working With Bezos, His Promotions | Ethan Evans

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening trailer (0:00–about 1:00) repeats later exchanges and is represented once.

Closing course, website, and channel requests (52:24 onward) omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 07 · interview

Brian Attwell: Scope, Incentives, and Fair Evaluation

Selected passages on scope transfers, manager incentives, evaluation systems, difficult performance conversations, and truth-seeking.

What most explains your rapid rise to senior staff at Uber?

Brian Attwell

Attwell credits the combination of a growing engineering organization, strong people to learn from, and a culture he experienced as meritocratic. Growth supplied many problems, though he acknowledges that a company does not need growth to have useful work. He also regards caring about the team as essential to sustained success.

His intentional choice was unusually intense work. He believes learning compounds and that managers assign valuable work after seeing evidence of capability, so he created time to develop that evidence himself. Early in his career, he expected to have more discretionary time than later. His claimed relationship between effort and growth is his judgment, not a demonstrated universal formula.

How much of that trajectory was luck?

Brian Attwell

He separates frequent actions from infrequent decisions. Doing many small things well repeatedly gives less room for chance than choosing a company once every few years. He chose Uber intentionally, but recognizes that the choice could have gone wrong.

He thinks his effort and mindset would probably have served him well inside that particular merit-oriented setting. Joining an organization that did not value the same contributions could have delayed growth. He explicitly rejects a fully deterministic mapping from personal effort to career outcome.

What signals made Uber attractive, and how would you evaluate another company?

Brian Attwell

He would examine the quality of engineers and the hiring process that brings them in. He favors difficult, job-relevant tasks requiring reasoning about conflicting requirements, rapid assimilation of new material, and tradeoffs, rather than only recalling practiced solutions.

His example is reading a complex postmortem and debating what it reveals about the team or architecture. He believes designing good interviews for many distinct roles requires substantial leadership effort and ongoing experimentation. Assertions about tests and intelligence reflect his hiring philosophy, not independent scientific validation in the episode.

How would you test the reasoning ability you are looking for?

Brian Attwell

Attwell prefers tasks that require keeping multiple ideas and constraints in mind while remaining relevant to the job. An applied programming problem with conflicting requirements or a postmortem whose details challenge one another can reveal more than practiced recall.

He is also considering formal intelligence screening, especially to reduce the time spent on unsuccessful PM interviews. He describes such tests as a screening aid rather than a complete ranking of already strong candidates. His statements about their trainability, predictive value, and AI’s limitations are attributed claims and are not established as research findings by this transcript.

Does greater intelligence imply better job performance?

He believes it contributes, but says strong technology companies have already selected a comparatively capable pool, so it explains less variation within a team than across an unrestricted population. He still wants applied experience and relevant skill, and acknowledges that no interview process perfectly predicts later performance.

Why are product managers harder to interview than engineers?

Brian Attwell

He sees the role as less consistently defined, more varied across disciplines, and lacking the same established educational and interview traditions. His organization asked several CEOs what excellent PM work looks like, wrote its own definition, and designed a process around it because there was little it wanted to borrow unchanged. He again frames intelligence screening as a possible early filter, while leaving later interviews to distinguish good from exceptional applied performance.

Beyond being smart, how do you choose the best use of your time?

Brian Attwell

Attwell agrees that other skills need conscious development, especially prioritization. He considers the value of an initiative over a fixed period, how much his involvement changes its chance of success, and the time it will require. He is trying to maximize incremental expected value per hour.

The company’s top priority may already be well staffed by the time a junior engineer hears about it. A less prominent but still valuable initiative may have a larger gap that the engineer can fill. Working on the most important project and making the largest personal contribution are therefore different questions.

What does success “with and without you” add to ordinary benefit divided by cost?

It asks what your presence changes. Early in a career, look for important work that will otherwise remain unstaffed. Later, match distinctive skills with a real problem where they can improve the outcome. These estimates are fuzzy; he explicitly rejects pretending to have several significant figures of precision.

How can an engineer learn to estimate business value?

Brian Attwell

Ask why a metric or quarterly goal matters. A model-recall target might be intended to reduce churn, which in turn relates to revenue. Use one-on-ones to understand why leaders choose or cancel projects. If the company has an initiatives sheet with estimated value or a reason each project matters, study that column: it exposes other people’s reasoning and helps build intuition. He expects this to be learned, since most new engineers have little business background.

Why did you eventually become a manager?

Brian Attwell

He delayed the move despite several managers recommending it. At his later company, a strong group of engineers already treated him as a technical leader, so he enjoyed directing work without the full obligations of formal management. When his boss said the group needed either him or a newly hired manager, he accepted because he wanted to protect a team and technical vision he cared about.

He initially did the job poorly, hiding in coding instead of handling management fundamentals. A new teammate once asked after three months whether Attwell was actually his manager. He took that as evidence of neglect, improved those skills, and afterward saw the organization reporting to him grow rapidly. The story does not make technical leadership an automatic substitute for people management.

Why did more organizations keep moving under you?

Brian Attwell

He begins with a belief that even a strong team may have major room to improve. Rather than preserve every inherited practice, he invites people to question assumptions, including his own. Suspicions about a long-standing process are useful starting points for discovering waste.

An integrations team maintained about 1,200 connections intended to gather restaurant-industry information. Each had once seemed a good investment, but maintenance had accumulated without a fresh comparison of value. A colleague questioned how all of them could still be equally important. The team spent days estimating their value distribution, stopped supporting a low-value subset, reduced pages, and improved support for the important remainder.

He describes the overall product as improving even though it now supported fewer integrations. Reclaimed time also enabled new work. The example shows how subtraction can create capacity when the useful outcome is broader than the count of supported items.

How do you handle the people conversations when scope moves between leaders?

Brian Attwell

Attwell says these conversations need empathy and honesty. A capable person may nevertheless not be delivering what a particular role now requires, or may need a smaller scope. Explain the needed work, identify the gap, and recognize what the person still does well or contributed previously. His description favors clear expectations over hiding the reason for an organizational change.

How can incentives keep managers from clinging to scope?

Brian Attwell

He regards an automatic link between promotion and organization size as a poor design because it encourages empire building. His company originally borrowed a ladder resembling Uber’s, then attempted to improve it. Travis Kalanick challenged the revision as still too focused on scope and insufficiently insightful.

Attwell and a colleague then invested months in understanding other systems’ weaknesses. His core concern is that scope captures one kind of complexity while rewarding position and political maneuvering more than useful ability.

What changed in the redesigned leveling system?

Brian Attwell

They began with roughly a thousand examples of people differentiating themselves through real work, grouped those into about 250 attributes, and used an analysis he calls principal-component analysis to arrive at twelve skill dimensions. He describes compensation as rising with demonstrated skill and impact along those dimensions rather than primarily with position.

The emphasis shifts from influencing teams as a status marker to having sound ideas, including successfully questioning foundational assumptions. Communication remains a separate competency with examples of good work. He wants people to improve capabilities that generally help the company even if they are also trying to earn advancement.

Where did the initial examples come from?

He spoke with engineers, read books, and reviewed years of quarterly calibration notes. He wanted examples he knew had actually occurred, so the upper levels would not become an imaginary standard that nobody could attain.

How do you assess good communication?

Give a verbal description and concrete examples, then compare a person’s actual artifact with them. This can support a more grounded conversation than relying only on social proof, although it does not remove judgment.

Can a manager still bias the examples or exaggerate performance?

Yes. The framework changes what people posture about rather than abolishing politics. He thinks striving to look good at truth-seeking or communication is still more useful than merely collecting scope. Leadership must also spot-check calibration and act on deliberate misrepresentation; he presents this as substantial continuing work, not a solved measurement problem.

Is it especially difficult to remove an underperformer whom everyone likes?

Brian Attwell

Attwell disagrees with treating this as an insurmountable problem. A frontline manager may feel attached and see the social bonds, but hardworking colleagues may also resent covering for the person. He expects a difficult immediate response can give way to a happier team afterward. This is his view of the tradeoff; the episode does not show a particular termination or prove that this outcome always follows.

How do you provide evidence of truth-seeking?

Brian Attwell

Look for useful discoveries that challenge accepted practice: an important problem in plain sight that nobody recognized, or a justified departure from an industry norm because the team’s constraints differ. A novel opinion by itself is not enough; there needs to be value and reasoning behind the divergence.

He admits subjectivity remains and managers must be calibrated on examples. Existing technology-company ladders are not wholly broken, and he expects changes at the margin rather than completely different results. The distinction he wants is somewhat more attention to the leading behaviors that produce good results, rather than rewarding only an already-achieved position or outcome.

Could excellent work still be rewarded when its project gets deprioritized?

Brian Attwell

Yes, in his system. If a person did excellent work and leadership cancels the project for a reason unrelated to that work, the person’s contribution can still be evaluated. He places responsibility for late cancellation partly on leaders. At the highest levels, he expects greater business judgment about whether a project should exist, so that qualification changes how the case is assessed.

Why do some large companies fail to reward their highest performers strongly?

Brian Attwell

Attwell thinks they can sometimes retain people anyway, especially when appreciating equity already makes compensation feel good. He objects to using past investment gains as a reason to reduce future reward and says his company tried to avoid that. He favors designing processes around fairness for long-term organizational benefit. These are his judgments about incentives, not a verified description of every large company’s pay policy.

What did starting at Google teach you?

Brian Attwell

It left him skeptical of how well large technology companies are managed. He recalls a teammate he thought did little work, yet a manager and director emphasized that the person was pleasant and liked. Attwell complained, and the person eventually moved elsewhere, though he cannot prove his complaints caused the move.

He thinks leadership should at least have had a serious performance conversation. The anecdote is his perspective on one situation, not an evaluation that the reader can independently verify.

Why might a large company avoid that hard conversation?

Brian Attwell

Attwell argues that individual-team performance can be weakly connected to a large company’s near-term results, letting managers prioritize convenience over difficult improvement. Raising standards takes energy; asking less of people often creates little resistance. He expects standards to drift downward unless leaders deliberately counter the trend or a crisis forces change.

He also reports that several Google managers told him of a past strategy to retain smart people even when they were not productive, partly to keep them from competitors. He explicitly says he did not see this in writing and cannot prove it existed. That uncertainty is central; the anecdote should not become an established corporate policy.

Do you see merit in retaining talent mainly to keep it from competitors?

No. He doubts a company can monopolize intelligence because there are many capable people. His answer concerns the strategy as he understands it, even though the alleged policy remains unverified.

What is it like working directly with Travis Kalanick?

Brian Attwell

Beyond the familiar intensity, Attwell sees a patient teaching side. At a senior-engineering offsite, Kalanick taught backgammon and coached people in water skiing between work sessions. Attwell describes enjoying that patience, including with less athletic teammates. This personal story adds a different dimension without claiming it represents everyone’s experience of the founder.

Should someone choose an early-stage company largely because of its founder?

Brian Attwell

He thinks that can make sense because a founder with substantial control shapes composition, culture, and standards. A strong person can multiply the company’s effectiveness, while the wrong leader can do the opposite. The advice is to assess that influence carefully rather than treat founder reputation alone as a guarantee.

What advice had the greatest impact on your career?

Brian Attwell

A high-school computing teacher repeatedly told him to figure things out himself. Attwell never knew whether that was deliberate teaching or simply the teacher not knowing the answer, but it helped him accept self-directed learning. He believes most professional learning requires that habit: keep moving beyond the area in which you are already comfortable.

About this source

Atoms CTO: Intelligence, Regrets, Travis Kalanick Stories | Brian Attwell

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening montage (0:00–about 1:30) repeats later exchanges and is represented once.

Closing thanks and channel requests (58:44 onward) omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 08 · interview

Stefan Mai: Management Growth and Performance Politics

Selected passages on manager transitions, storytelling, org turbulence, M1/M2 behavior, performance buckets, and PIP politics.

Are there notable stories from your growth into a software development manager at Amazon?

Stefan Mai

Stefan says his ownership meant he was often the de facto tech lead and effectively acted as the team's manager, because his boss had no time for the niceties managers normally provide. The title lagged what he felt he was doing, so he pushed for it.

He believes he got it prematurely. People feel ready, he says, without realizing how far they have to go. Most new managers make many early mistakes, and the support structure around them largely decides how they fare. His first year was uncomfortable and he was failing in ways he did not fully see. Around 18 months in he began to get a knack for it.

What early mistakes made it premature?
Stefan Mai

Stefan calls management a soft discipline with few output metrics, in which part of the job is telling the story of your contribution and of how you leveled people up. The soft skills were what he lacked. He had not learned each person's goals, and did not know how to get people to open up about what mattered most, so he could not tailor support or assignments to the individual. He calls that an elementary mistake.

Do you have tips for new managers on getting people to reveal their goals?
Stefan Mai

Stefan says a new manager's position is tricky because the team knew them as a peer, and the new power dynamic corrodes those bonds. A manager needs to learn about career objectives and what in the current work drags on the person, not just whether a friend is having a good week.

His first advice is active listening, which engineers can take a while to learn: show interest, reflect back what was said so the person feels heard, and ask questions that show curiosity. Engineers often talk almost like APIs, he says, and most people are not like that. He adds that early on he ran one-on-ones as a transactional laundry list and thought opening small talk was wasted time. He now sees its value.

Do you have tips for improving storytelling?

Stefan Mai

Stefan calls storytelling a bedrock skill and says part of it is practice. People tell stories all the time without attending to them: recalling details is a story, and so is the motivation you give yourself to get out of bed. His first trick is to notice those moments and ask what story he is telling himself today, since one version helps you get up and another does not. Once you can critique your own stories, you can practice telling them better.

He says it came naturally to him as a manager. Every few months he looked back over what the team had accomplished and painted it clearly so people could feel proud, for example that they started as a team of two with a poor on-call, fixed it, and used the freed bandwidth to deliver.

Stefan's claim is that a team that feels it is winning, with the manager defining what winning means, gets much else downstream: people avoid zero-sum thinking and bickering, and feel excited about their work. Without that story, such problems fester.

What was your manager doing, and how did you get to do the manager's role before having the title?

Stefan Mai

Stefan's manager was a senior manager expected to manage other managers but did not want to hire other SDMs, or wanted to delay as long as possible. Stefan's impression was that this was a way of keeping control of the product, which the manager loved: working with design and refining it for market. Stefan finds it debatable that this was the best use of the manager's time. Tasks a manager traditionally owns, such as checking progress, understanding careers and mentoring, fell by the wayside.

Was the sentiment in that org negative?
Stefan Mai

Stefan says a lot of people were pretty upset about the situation, and that he would not say things were particularly good.

At the end of your Amazon stint, what made you leave and join Meta?

Stefan Mai

Stefan first stresses that Amazon is a special and worthwhile place, undoubtedly successful and with a strong engineering discipline. His reasons for leaving built up after a considerable time there.

First, succeeding at Amazon involves assimilating into a distinctive leadership style the company called its peculiar ways. He came to feel that makes you a good Amazonian, not necessarily a good engineering leader, and he worried he was not growing. Second, Amazon keeps compensation more even, at some cost. He recalls a promotion or very high rating with no change to his compensation, explained by stock appreciation, which he found frustrating since it applied to the whole team.

Third, when a Facebook recruiter reached out, he was not a fan of the product but admired the engineering culture. The team was in integrity, working on child safety and preventing terrorism. At Amazon, his supply chain and ML work moved profitability, which had some effect on people but not the same qualitative impact. The first two reasons made him look, and this one tilted him into the move.

Which parts of Amazon's peculiar ways suit Amazon but not engineering leadership in general?
Stefan Mai

Stefan begins by saying all leadership is trade-offs and no style is best. Amazon's approach grew out of a company that long ran on low margins and operational leanness. Each management layer gets involved in detail in the layers beneath it, so even as a line manager he was expected to know what everyone on the team was doing at any moment.

The benefit is discipline: things do not just happen, and people track metrics closely. The cost is stifled creativity, which he did not see until he left. In his view it limits Amazon's ability to pursue new products while making it very effective in growth stages where the goal is to move revenue or cost by one percent.

He uses Kent Beck's explore, expand, extract framework. In explore, as at a seed-stage company, upside is asymmetric and moving fast matters. In extract, the best case is a one or two percent gain against a looming catastrophic risk, so risk aversion fits. Stefan finds Amazon's culture leans toward the later stages, partly because of how it has grown.

What was the story behind your promotion from frontline manager to senior manager?

Stefan Mai

Stefan was promoted about three and a half years into Meta, after roughly seven managers in that period. That turbulence held him back, and he suggests part of his promotion story is how to handle organizational shifts while keeping momentum.

On joining he wanted to be useful quickly, so he joined the on-call and wrote code, which built trust with his engineers and peer teams. That cannot be sustained, so he shifted to recruiting, where he says he had a blank check from his director. How people perceive a manager is a headwind or a tailwind, he says, and being pigeonholed can be devastating because people struggle to update their view of what someone will become.

Once his team's effectiveness was shown, he was given an additional manager. Leading a leader, he says, is yes and no the same as leading engineers: a far smaller shift than becoming a manager, but treating it as identical fails quickly, and for many it ends in mutiny. In manager stacks there is an unstated competition, since if the org is not growing, leaf-node managers can advance by taking the place of those they report to. His promotion came when his org reached about 30 to 40 people. By then he sat in calibrations alongside other M2s, and it was hard to deny he was doing the job.

How does that mutiny surface in practice?
Stefan Mai

Stefan says the easiest place to see it is skip-level meetings, where managers gripe that their manager is not helping, does not understand their career, or changes priorities too much. Some grumbling is about real problems, and some is a way to improve a manager's standing relative to their own boss.

He recounts a talk with his director about two teams in different organizations with overlapping responsibilities. Stefan saw a scientific experiment: let them run side by side and see who wins. The director called that naive, because the teams would find ways to undercut each other unrelated to their goal, and the friction would dwarf any gain. Stefan says the director was right. Most people have good intent, he adds, but want to move and grow in ways not always aligned with the organization, and a senior leader's job is to line those up.

Is there a secret chess, with personal career motives behind the business ones?
Stefan Mai

Stefan would not call it secret, because it is fairly obvious. Few people's main objective is to make Facebook more valuable. Their goals are varied: money, positions or influence, interesting problems, working with certain people.

His examples, around an interesting project, are to pair up and form a coalition, cookie-lick by being first to put a name on it, announce it in a post so it is hard to pull someone away, or show others are not capable. Being aware of that dimension is, in his view, key to being a senior leader of any large organization.

Is this zero-sum behavior more common in shrinking or stagnant orgs, with growth bringing abundance?
Stefan Mai

Stefan agrees. The zero-sum mentality usually appears when winning slows: the org stops growing, success is less obvious, and people redefine it. A leader's job is to equip the team to win, and focus on performance is among the most fundamental, with many other problems downstream. He adds that different leadership styles fit different stages. Early Facebook leaders were talented engineering leaders who rode a wave of growth, and whether the same people do best during a plateau is, he says, an open question.

So the mutiny is a manager telling their skip-level boss that you are thrashing things?
Stefan Mai

Stefan says it looks like any disgruntled team: people make noise because they are unhappy, and the implicit goal is a change, most obviously of people. He adds that seniority reduces control over outcomes. A senior leader whose manager underperforms cannot do that job for them without the manager hating it and leaving. The higher you go, the more impact on direct reports shrinks and the more action becomes binary. There are fewer levers to turn things around.

Are managers harder to lay off than ICs?

Stefan Mai

Stefan says moving managers is inherently painful because the blast radius is larger. Whether removal is hard depends on whether the person is load-bearing: someone with a tight team and deep domain knowledge, whose cross-functional partners are not pulling their weight, is very hard to move out. If the team sees little value and partners complain, removal can even be invigorating.

On layoffs, he does not think managers are less likely to be cut. Most companies target a ratio of managers to ICs, so after cutting many ICs they need fewer managers. Companies also do span-of-control reductions, which he believes Amazon did recently, and managers go first. He does not think it is easier or harder for a comparably leveled IC.

What leadership is most effective in a very small company versus a very big one?

Stefan Mai

Stefan says small companies need inspirational executors. Work is all hands on deck, and people want to work for someone impressive who could do their job and step in. As companies scale this gets harder, and those same people often lack the organizational aptitude needed. In big companies, he says, focus is a precious commodity. Go-getters who run at an opportunity without aligning or moving information up and down the chart get in the way and siphon energy from core initiatives.

He contrasts how Amazon and Meta scaled. Amazon built concrete API-like boundaries between teams, each owning two or three metrics, so leaders could assemble dependable pieces into a tall stack. The cost was value lost in organizational seams and slow response to change. Facebook's org was malleable: engineers moved between projects, assignments were weak, and code was communally owned. Its leaders needed soft alignment skills, knowing people's strengths and how to move and inspire them.

Stefan adds a caveat: a company cannot be staffed only with organizationally savvy people, since it turns negative-sum, with sharks fighting each other. As an example he offers OpenAI, noting he has not worked there and is relying on its hiring process and conversations with people inside. Its interviews favor technical achievements over organizational skill. It has plenty of politics, he says, but in its early phase it needs technical achievers to attract talent. As orgs grow there is entropy, and a need for people who can navigate it.

If a typical M1 were dropped into an M2 role, what would be the biggest skill gaps?

Stefan Mai

Stefan says the main gap is credibly adding value to the people who report to you. Managers of managers have fewer ways to interact with teams, and a straight M1 struggles to recognize those limits and where to use the important ones.

His illustration is a new M1 who sets up skip-levels and asks an indirect report, Jan, leading questions about whether her manager, Jim, is doing the job. Jim confronts the M1 a week later, and Jan says the M1 has insights Jim lacked. The M1 has disintermediated Jim, demotivated Jan and created new problems. Small acts by a senior leader have magnification effects, he says, and you learn them by observing or by having a good model of how things propagate.

Such mistakes are the easy way for a new M1 to fail, and he says leadership expects them, as with a first-time manager. Strategy and org design mistakes come later, but small behavioral ones in the first weeks can sink you.

How do IC and management growth paths compare, and are both meritocratic?

Stefan Mai

Stefan says at high levels everything becomes opaque and fuzzy. In calibrations he found it hard to stomach very senior ICs talking a big game without visible evidence, since it was unclear whether they were merely around valuable initiatives or instrumental in driving them. The same goes for managers: attribution is hard. Over a long run, such as four years of continued success in a role, it is undeniable, but on a half-to-half basis it is dubious.

For ICs at the sixes and maybe sevens, an outside observer can tell more easily, and an M1's team and deliverables allow a decent read. Further up, someone outside the leadership chain cannot see as clearly, and Stefan sees some unaccountability in much of management, comparable to judging a company's leadership team in the stock market. At some level, he says, it is difficult to have the data. The host summarized this as early promotions being easiest to verify and later ones more open to optics and narratives, and Stefan said that was a good summary.

What cultural differences stand out between Meta and Amazon?

Stefan Mai

Stefan says Amazon is disciplined, a major strength, and he would expect more structured design reviews there. He thinks Meta engineers were on average a bit stronger but less disciplined, so reviews were fuzzier. Amazon was more predictable, partly because the business moves slower and partly because you can rely on other teams to meet SLAs. At Meta you might have to make the change yourself because the owner now works on photos. Many who move from Amazon to Meta find the unstructured environment paralyzing.

At Meta, the main positive he saw was openness and collaboration: engineers on his team worked with orgs across the company, such as a researcher in Paris, often without him setting it up. He also liked Meta's focus on empowering people. Amazon is process-oriented: when something fails, it adds a mechanism to prevent a repeat, whereas at Meta someone is more likely to say they learned the lesson. That has downsides, he says, and many of Facebook's privacy issues reflect an inability to do the process work Amazon does well. In ML, he was surprised by how hard data access was at Amazon, with teams building their own data lakes, while Meta had one shared warehouse.

Stefan prefers Meta's approach, especially for leadership, but missed some things from Amazon. For some people, he thinks Amazon is the better fit, since they would like it more than Meta's chaotic execution.

How do the performance systems at Meta and Amazon compare?

Stefan Mai

Stefan says they are pretty close. There is a public process in which ratings are set and given to reports, and a more private process, usually limited to higher levels, to decide where to invest: a top-tier designation at Amazon, additional or discretionary equity at Meta. The aim is to find the linchpins the company wants to keep. Whichever company, people must believe the process rewards performance.

He once tracked the time spent on Meta's review cycle (PSC) and estimated the cost at about $15,000 per engineer. The tempting reaction is that this is wasteful, but he says that misses the forest for the trees: the integrity of the review process is the whole ballgame, and if people do not believe it produces outcomes for them, they will not perform.

One difference he saw is that Meta was willing to go to bat for the upper quintile. Amazon, partly from frugality and partly from fairness, did less of this. In his org some engineers received about twice as much compensation as peers through extra equity, because they were seen as very important and going places. At Amazon that is uncommon, and the company tends to find a way to pull it back.

How do conversations about discretionary equity or top tier work?
Stefan Mai

Stefan says VPs and directors usually drive it, and how much they involve managers varies. Being asked who deserves it is a sign of trust. The question is who has trajectory, the rocket ship, even after a stellar but not exceptional half. At Amazon he recalls growth and replaceability, meaning whether the person's leaving would break the organization, as the two dimensions. Those positions can be lucrative, since companies tighten golden handcuffs when the org depends on someone.

Did you experience low-performer quotas, and how do they work?

Stefan Mai

Stefan says every company of scale has them. In Meta's PSC process a merely good half gets written up as world-shaking, and assessments inflate in a way that cannot be true on average. Companies therefore target a distribution and, to keep performance high, must let some people go. Managers dislike this, Stefan included, but if a team does not act on a low performer, the team suffers because it no longer seems fair.

He says the share placed in the lower bucket varies, typically seven to 15 percent and sometimes up to 20, called needs improvement at Amazon and, per the captions, meets some or meets most at Meta. Some in that bucket are expected not to make the cut, and that is when PIPs start. Managers fight to keep people out, mostly to save face.

The worst scenario, he says, is telling a team how hard they have worked, then being told by your director that someone must be in the low bucket, and having to tell that person their work was not acceptable. A better case is a manager who messages a lower-quartile outcome early, so nobody is surprised.

Do PIPs work, or are they a formality to create a paper trail? Do they differ between companies?
Stefan Mai

Stefan says people can definitely get out of a PIP. It is first and foremost a legal paper trail, but to keep that credible people must be able to get through it. HR usually moderates, and its appetite to advocate for the employee varies.

At Amazon, while he was there, HR mainly wanted managers to check the boxes, and he calls it a pretty savage culture. Expectations are set, and the employee either turns it around or is gone, with managers holding a lot of discretion. Since most managers dislike firing, a manager may genuinely be rooting for the employee, though whether their hands are tied is up to some other power.

At Meta, he says, HR wanted every avenue exhausted before letting someone go. This is probably not true of modern Meta, but it was several years back, partly to protect its reputation as an employer. Stefan says this sounds cold, but companies have to reward performance, so terminations are part of the picture. They should be handled fairly and sensitively, but they have to happen or the company will not last long.

What are your thoughts on job hopping, given you stayed in roles for around four years?

Stefan Mai

Stefan says that for ambitious people at lower levels, moving usually has advantages, because growth tends to come when you are uncomfortable in a new environment and must generalize your skills. He has not subscribed to it himself, since his motivation is going deep: after about two years he reaches the point where he can make an impact, which he finds most rewarding.

At higher levels, he says, frequent moves are a bad sign, because it is hard to get deep enough to build relationships and understand the domain. As a hiring manager he would second-guess a senior person moving every 18 months or two years, since he would invest a year ramping them up and then see them leave. For a mid-level hire that is a decent tenure, but for staff level he would hesitate. Early on, moving makes sense; as you get more senior, it pays to find places to put down roots.

The host suggests credibility compounds like a snowball inside one org, which is why hopping helps less later. Does that fit?
Stefan Mai

Stefan adds a trap: the snowball can become a shackle. Some very senior engineers become known for the system they created, and however hard they try to move in new directions, everyone knows them for that thing and they are stuck. He suggests asking yourself how comfortable you are. If you are not challenged, even at a senior level, it may be time to move. Otherwise the snowball works in your favor.

Looking across your career, when did you grow the most, and why?

Stefan Mai

Stefan says mostly at transitions, when he is in a new space learning and applying at once, which stress-tests his skills and shows what is durable and what was fake. Moving to Facebook stretched him, from a leadership perspective, in unexpected ways amid a lot of stress in the company. The pivot into an ML-focused role left him feeling he had a lot to prove, which brought external pressure he appreciated.

Other growth happens over smaller spans. A lot of his effectiveness as an IC and manager comes from writing well, which he largely learned at Amazon. He says some of Amazon's writing culture is a waste of time, with people nitpicking trivia, but the company encourages good writing, which means good thinking at some level.

What is your top tip for an IC or EM who needs to improve their writing?
Stefan Mai

Stefan's main tip is to learn to be a critic first. Work out what you like and dislike in writing: read a doc, notice what hits you, scan it to see whether you get the big picture in seconds, and look for imprecision or conclusions that are not well supported.

When he first wrote docs at Amazon he got a lot of negative feedback while thinking they were great. He cites Amazon's PR FAQ exercise, a press release followed by frequently asked questions: fast-forward to the end and get the reader excited about what will be delivered, and if you cannot sell it there, it probably was not worth doing. Many PR FAQs open with a single pane of glass, which excites nobody, whereas people respond to something like a 50 percent reduction in time spent. Admitting your own writing is boring to anyone not knee-deep in it is, he says, the first step to good writing. The host summarized this as honing your taste as a reader first, and Stefan added: then practice.

If you could advise yourself just after college, what would you say?

Stefan Mai

Stefan says he could have been better about finding mentorship. He did much of it alone, and asking someone like himself three questions might have saved months of toil.

He also points to written plans: taking stock of where he was, deciding where he wanted to go, and building a checklist. He still has an old plan in his Dropbox for getting into ML. Such plans paid incredible dividends that he still under-emphasizes. Most people lack the agency to decide where they want to go and then take it, but the world is very malleable to such plans.

He recalls that shortly after becoming a senior manager he told his boss and director a long list of things he would get done, many of which he did not know how to do. The director later told him that this was the moment he knew Stefan would succeed in the role. Lack of agency holds many people back and is hard to instill, Stefan says, but forcing yourself to write a plan for what you really want has a huge gradient on your ability to grow.

About this source

Meta Senior Manager (M2): Manager Career Growth, PIPs, Amazon vs Meta | Stefan Mai

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Cold-open teaser with clips previewing PIPs, career story and Amazon vs Meta, 00:00.32 to 00:50.40, omitted because the content appears in full later.

Host introduction and framing of the interview, 00:51.04 to 01:32.32, reduced to the first question.

Host remarks on Amazon's frugality principle, 01:03:21.92 to 01:03:32.80, omitted as banter.

Host praise of Hello Interview and a listener anecdote inside the question, about 01:11:50.00 to 01:12:40.56, omitted as promotion.

Closing thanks, Stefan Mai's call for coaches to contact him by email for Hello Interview, and the host's channel-support and guest request, 01:30:18.48 to 01:31:24.80, omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Part

Work with managers and sponsors

Build trust with managers and skip-level leaders, seek useful feedback, and find people willing to advocate for your growth.

Section 09 · interview

Respond to feedback and close a failing project responsibly

Selected passages on responding to negative feedback, taking responsibility, project cancellation, and review consequences.

Working code was only part of the outcome

An initial attempt to support the full React implementation proved too difficult. He then designed a smaller React-like API on top of the existing native frameworks. It worked: teams shipped features, full screens and small units could interoperate, and nested native/cross-platform embeddings were possible. Yet the framework did not gain the adoption he expected. The lesson is that satisfying technical requirements does not by itself make a platform successful; he had overlooked other factors that determined whether people would use it.

How did the failed project affect performance reviews, and should an engineer fear canceling a project?

Meta distinguished engineer

The guest describes negative performance feedback as the signal that forced him to face the problem. A new manager saw the work with fresh eyes and told him it was not working. Rather than protect the framework indefinitely, he took responsibility for ending it.

That meant helping teams migrate their existing products and features to native code, React Native, or another chosen approach, and deleting the framework entirely. He did not leave a permanent remnant that someone else would need to maintain or clean up. He also shared the lessons. In his account, this responsible closure earned goodwill and helped his standing in the immediate aftermath. It does not mean every failed project improves a review; the point is what accountable cleanup looked like in this case.

Looking back, what signals should you have acted on sooner?

Meta distinguished engineer

He says he knew during the project’s last year that it was not going well. His instinct as a prolific coder was to write more code and convert more features until adoption took off. That response avoided the harder conclusion that the project itself might be wrong. He wishes he had acted on the unease sooner and found another useful way to contribute.

Editorial synthesis

Close a failed platform responsibly

  1. Recognize the mismatchTreat adoption and outcome as evidence, not just technical elegance.
  2. Help dependent teams moveMake a practical migration path available.
  3. Remove the leftover burdenDelete the abandoned framework rather than preserve a permanent orphan.
  4. Share the lessonExplain what failed and what the organization learned.
Arrows show an editorial reconstruction of the guest’s cleanup sequence.
About this source

Meta Distinguished Eng (IC9) On Major Failed Project Learnings

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 10 · interview

Discover performance gaps while you can still act

An Amazon principal engineer describes the limits of stack ranking and recommends explicit, early conversations about role expectations.

How many people does Amazon expect to manage out?

The guest declines to give an exact figure. Five or six percent appears as a hypothetical illustration, not a disclosed quota. In his account, guidance became more of a mandate in recent years, while a lack of backfills made repeated cuts more troubling.

He acknowledges the limits of his perspective as someone who considers himself a high performer: he has participated in decisions but cannot fully represent the experience of fearing dismissal. He stresses that performance conversations concern real people and emotionally consequential outcomes.

With ordinary backfilling, he could view some departures as an exit from a cultural mismatch. Without replacement, repeated cuts reach people who would previously have been considered strong enough. He was surprised by colleagues who lost their jobs and is particularly uneasy about applying percentages to very small management populations.

Does repeated stack ranking begin to remove people who are doing good work?

Yes, that is his concern. A repeated six-percent illustration applies to the remaining group each time; it is not simply three times six percent of the original population. As the group shrinks, people near the middle may be affected. The transcript does not supply enough data to infer a company-wide policy or actual cumulative rate.

What happens in performance discussions, and how does a senior IC participate?

Senior engineers begin to be pulled in, and L7 or higher participants are regularly involved in his account. He describes lengthy meetings that can reduce people to metrics and feedback. He does not disclose the detailed process, but says it is not a simple linear algorithm. Time tends to concentrate on the edges of the distribution rather than allocate equal discussion to every person, partly because the population is too large.

What advice would you give engineers near the performance boundary?

He dislikes treating a difficult fit as proof that the person is inherently a low performer. Passing a demanding interview already suggests considerable ability; the company’s expectations, culture, and the person’s assumptions may simply differ.

His advice is to identify the specific dimension on which expectations are not being met, then work toward solid performance before targeting exceptional ratings or promotion. Ask the manager directly what the expectations are and whether you meet them. If something is missing, agree early on a concrete improvement plan.

He views this as proactive growth rather than waiting for a formal performance-improvement process. The point is to discover actionable information while there is still time to respond. His estimate that few engineers explicitly ask about expectations is an impression, not a measured survey.

Should someone literally ask for a proactive PIP?

He would not use those words. The useful request is for clarity and a plan: what does the manager expect, is it happening, and what should change?

Isn’t meeting expectations obvious advice?

He thinks the missing step is often asking explicitly. Engineers may guess the standards rather than hear them from the manager. Even an uncomfortable answer that performance is falling short is better than remaining unaware.

Why seek bad news early?

A problem surfaced early in a career or review cycle gives someone a fighting chance to address it. Discovering the same issue shortly before a review leaves little room to act. He attributes the saying about early bad news being merely news to a colleague, without claiming certainty about its original source.

Editorial synthesis

Turn uncertainty into an early improvement conversation

  1. Ask the standardWhat are your expectations for my role?
  2. Ask the assessmentAm I meeting those expectations?
  3. Identify the gapWhich specific dimension is holding me back?
  4. Agree the next stepsCreate a plan while there is time to improve.
Editorial synthesis. Arrows show the sequence of the guest’s suggested conversation; they do not guarantee a particular review outcome.
About this source

Amazon Principal Eng On Behind-The-Scenes Performance Conversations

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Closing clip promotion and feedback request at approximately 11:25–11:43 omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 11 · interview

David Singleton: Communication, Culture, and Leading Managers

Selected passages on management transitions, leadership communication, organizational design, culture, partnerships, and hiring.

What led Singleton from individual contributor to manager so quickly?

David Singleton

Singleton was an engineer having a great time and was surrounded by product managers who helped the team see its impact. Singleton walked into the manager's office and said they wanted to be a product manager. The manager suggested engineering management instead, arguing it would give similar fulfilment from impact while keeping technical work. Google then had a role called TLM, or 'Uber tech lead', and Singleton found the choice easy. Singleton acknowledges that the team needed managers, so they were also solving the manager's problem, but says they get real energy from helping people do more together.

Singleton stayed deep in the details, writing code and designs, and over time managed several teams at once, with management taking most of the normal work day. Google encouraged its 20 percent time, and for a couple of years Singleton managed teams during the day and then worked on personal engineering projects once people went home, at a time when Singleton's spouse had a very busy job. One of those projects was the first version of Google Translate on the iPhone. Singleton's advice for anyone who loves code but wants managerial impact is that if you can find a place to do both, it can be very fulfilling, and if something gives you energy, go at it.

Most people who tried the TLM role say it means doing two jobs and excelling at neither. Why are you supportive?
David Singleton

Singleton understands that view. The projects Singleton managed were different from the ones Singleton worked on as an individual contributor. Singleton thinks it is harder when you are the individual contributor on a project you also manage, which Singleton is doing now at the startup and enjoying. It is easy to get sucked into your own work and lose track of what each person on the team needs in order to be unblocked, so you need a constant prompt to switch modes.

Years later at Stripe, a management coach, Jeff Lawrence, gave Singleton an analogy: a leader must repeatedly step from the dance floor onto the balcony and look down at how everything is working. Singleton says that applies to TLMs too. It is a hard role to make work, but possible if you deliberately create moments in the week and day for that step.

As a VP at Google, was Singleton still doing feature work?

David Singleton

Not as a critical contributor, Singleton says. But Singleton believes deeply, and took the idea to Stripe, that however senior you are, effective leaders find a way to experience the team's work at what Singleton calls the one-foot level. As VP of engineering running Android Wear, which Singleton describes as the foundation of the wearables platform in Google smartwatches and which Singleton ran almost like a general manager across product, engineering, partnerships, user experience and marketing, Singleton found it valuable to experience the toolchain the engineers used. Roughly every two or three months Singleton did a small project in the codebase, which made it easier to ask smart questions and see what was needed to unblock people.

Why not hand the hands-on project to someone else, given the debate about managers coding?
David Singleton

Singleton separates two moments. The iPhone Translate project came in the first year as a TLM, when doing a real project end to end was appropriate for keeping skills sharp. As a leader of managers, coding the whole time would be damaging, because the job is giving teams context, unblocking work, building partnerships and working across a large company. Singleton says that is about 95 percent of where time must go. Still, Singleton has a belief grounded in experience that carving out deliberate time to work in the same mode as the teams gives tremendous context. Singleton compares it to a manufacturing practice of managers and senior leaders working a day on the factory floor.

At Stripe, Singleton did this at least once a quarter, except perhaps the busy final quarter, joining a team for a few days to finish a small real project. Singleton called it 'engineeration', a blend of engineer and vacation. Singleton told colleagues to treat the days as a vacation, reachable for a crisis but otherwise not to be disturbed. Each time Singleton wrote a detailed friction log of everything frustrating, which fed Singleton's thinking as CTO about where to invest in developer productivity and helped in asking good questions in operational reviews. Singleton encouraged other managers to do it. Not everyone did, but those who did found it valuable. Singleton suggests it for anyone in a large organization who feels out of touch.

So the iOS project was hands-on contribution, while engineeration is more an educational exercise for yourself?
David Singleton

Singleton agrees and adds that it is also a chance to show others what you saw. The reports from engineeration gave context to other managers, helping them correct mental models, especially as the infrastructure changed over time. Singleton calls that educational use the heart of its value.

Were you ever afraid of losing your technical edge?
David Singleton

Not really, Singleton says. Singleton loves programming and gets into a flow state doing it. Between pieces of code at work and personal time, the skills stayed alive. Right now Singleton programs plenty at work and has little spare time. When there is spare time and Singleton has not coded in a while, they jump in, for example by doing Advent of Code each December for the last several years.

What is the best way to decide between becoming a manager and staying an individual contributor?

David Singleton

Singleton agrees with the advice that managing and individual contribution are different jobs and should not be done together, and has given that advice to many people. If you are considering management, Singleton suggests finding an environment where you can do it full time, set your own individual work aside, and pay close attention to what makes the team productive and happy. People who do it that way tend to thrive, while doing both is harder unless carefully structured. A company willing to let you try management on a trial basis is fortunate, and Singleton recommends taking that option if it exists.

When people tell Singleton they want to go into management, Singleton often first tries to talk them out of it. Singleton says that ten years ago, though less so now, there was an odd incentive structure in which managing ever-larger teams was seen as the prize. Companies such as Google and Meta have since cultivated career ladders that let individual contributors progress very far. Being a manager who feels fulfilled requires getting a lot of energy from getting more out of other people, and that is not for everybody. Singleton advises reflecting on whether that excites you and, if so, trying it.

For someone set on going up the ladder, which path would you recommend?
David Singleton

Singleton chose to answer differently. Early and mid-career at Google, there was a clear level structure, and Singleton admits playing it for a while, which luckily matched what gave them energy. After talking with many people and reflecting on later experience, Singleton concluded that the way to get the most fulfilment is to work out what you want from the work. It might be the flow state of coding, impact on very many people, or a strong bond with a team. Singleton advises stepping aside from the obvious games companies set up and asking what you are trying to get, which might be the next rung or something quite different. Singleton says they worked this out around the time of thinking about leaving Google and feels significantly more fulfilled since.

The host noted that some people will chase the carrot regardless, which is fine as long as they chase the right one.

When you moved from frontline manager to manager of managers, what was your biggest skill gap?

David Singleton

Singleton thinks they learned the wrong lessons as a very early manager. With a single team, you can do everything to make that team happy, which is not the same as getting the best impact from it, and the team may not look back on that time as the best of their careers. Singleton won Google's 'great manager award' while managing one team, an award voted on by the teams themselves, and says they did not deserve it.

As a manager of managers, Singleton learned that teams that are perfectly happy are rarely performing at their potential. For the biggest impact, low performers have to be managed directly, and you cannot make a whole team happy unless people feel surrounded by colleagues who pull their weight. Singleton saw some managers who understood the goal, cleared distractions, and pushed their team a little, and others doing what Singleton used to do. Singleton's answer was to help the latter get more from their teams, and to step onto the balcony more often to see how the whole group configured itself.

The tools change too. A line manager needs good one-to-ones, one-to-one documents and goals, and some craft coaching. A manager of managers can think about the systems of the organization, such as product reviews and the hiring process, and Singleton says they were lucky to be able to change these at each stage. As a software and distributed-systems enthusiast, Singleton found it exciting to treat the organization as something like an operating system, asking how everything done daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly and yearly fits together. Singleton calls this a whole new toolkit that a line manager does not think about.

Is a team that is too happy a red flag for you?
David Singleton

Singleton does not want anyone unhappy and aspires to build organizations where Singleton would happily do any job in them. But over time Singleton has compared teams reporting the greatest happiness with teams that said they were pretty happy but offered lots of feedback on what could go better. A year later, Singleton says, the second group, who wanted to change things and were put in a position to think about their impact, tended in retrospect to have had the best time.

At Stripe, Singleton learned the term type two fun, the fun you remember as some of the best times of your life but that is hard in the moment. Singleton wants to create a lot of it for the teams they work with, while keeping it sustainable. The host added that teams that never break anything are probably moving too slowly, and Singleton called that a great analogy.

What changed between being a very senior manager and being a VP?

David Singleton

Singleton says this varies by person, but for them the defining change was taking responsibility for functions beyond engineering. The title was VP of engineering, but by then Google paid little attention to job family and cared about assembling the full set of skills needed to get something done. This changed Singleton's perspective. Earlier in a company Singleton regards as engineering-first in those days, Singleton had thought the other functions existed to feed engineers. Singleton now says that is not true. Without other functions to help ensure you solve the right problem, get the right user input and make the right business deals, you will have less fun and less impact.

It was also a personal adjustment. When you manage a function you have worked in, you have a visceral sense of how to do the work. Singleton has designers reporting to them and calls themself a pretty lousy designer who would do badly in Figma. Singleton still had to learn to lead them well, and found they care a lot about design and can have high-bandwidth conversations about it. The hard part was gaining confidence that being unable to jump into any seat in the organization and perform the job did not stop them from leading. Singleton calls this the biggest transition of that jump.

Did you ever apply the engineeration idea to other roles?
David Singleton

At Stripe, one team in the technology organization built tools for sales, so Singleton did the equivalent, which they called a sales-occasion, shadowing a couple of salespeople. Singleton mostly did it to gain context for prioritising engineering work, and found it very useful. Singleton would not do it identically for every role. For design, Singleton says it would be more a matter of shadowing someone than jumping in to do all the work.

How should an engineering leader get better at communication?

David Singleton

Singleton splits communication into speaking and writing. For speaking to large audiences, the number one method is practice. Early on, Singleton was quite nervous presenting to a large internal audience, and a supportive manager responded by giving more chances to practice. That led to speaking to a whole auditorium of Google customers while Singleton was working on ads. Singleton recalls one in London, near King's Cross, with maybe a thousand people, a live demo and an inspirational talk about local ads. It was scary, but Singleton did it, and says repetition is what makes it go well.

On writing, Singleton says they are still learning and uses Claude a lot. Condensing the most important points into a short clear document is valuable, Singleton argues. Speaking to a large audience may reach perhaps 30 percent who are really listening, and people forget. A good document gets passed around, read, and revisited, so it is a highly leveraged way to communicate at scale. But Singleton thinks both are needed: people listen to those they have a personal relationship with, which comes from live conversation, and once that exists, written material scales easily.

How did you get the stage presence the host saw in your 2019 Stripe Sessions keynote?
David Singleton

Singleton credits practice and the manager who pushed for it, saying that on that stage in 2012, people would have thought Singleton was out of their depth. Singleton adds that a senior leader is effectively always on stage in the office. People take confidence in the company's plans from the CTO's body language, so a hallway chat or a random meeting is another chance to remind people what the company is doing and why.

Singleton also advises having dynamic range. If everything is always awesome, no one believes you when it truly is awesome. If everything is always bleak, you cannot get people excited about crossing the hill. Before speaking in any meeting, big or small, Singleton took a moment to think about what they were actually trying to communicate.

Most engineers asked to give an all-hands talk lose the room. How can a manager tell stories that hold attention?
David Singleton

First, prepare. Singleton says they have often made the mistake of agreeing to show up and give their top of mind, when the real answer was that they were hungry. If an audience spends 15 or 20 minutes listening, Singleton argues, the speaker can spend 30 minutes preparing and deciding what context is most useful for them.

Second, Singleton describes a Google leader, Alan Eustace, who answered questions by first stepping back to explain the context behind the question and why it mattered, so people unfamiliar with the problem could follow and learn something broader. Singleton aspires to that. It also helps with a story arc: say why it matters, then the point, then perhaps a detail, then remind people what you said. Singleton notes that this is a trick for writing as well.

How important is having people review your writing?
David Singleton

Singleton learned this at Stripe. Singleton used to write blog posts, such as one about a neural-network-controlled car that got a lot of coverage, and publish them directly. At Stripe, Singleton saw good authors crediting their reviewers, started sending drafts of important pieces to others, and says the quality of the writing improved immensely. An author carries a mental model of what the reader knows, and reviewers, including friends and former co-workers, often ask questions the author would not have thought of. Singleton clarifies that this is not for every email, only for an important message you really want to land.

What are high-leverage ways for a senior leader to scale beyond coaching direct reports?

David Singleton

Singleton points to the organization's rituals and processes. As an early-career engineer, Singleton thought 'process' was a dirty word, partly because of Symbian's process library, a quality-certification practice in which people were meant to look up and follow documented processes. In practice nobody did, and people filled out the paperwork afterwards if someone asked. When Singleton became an organizational leader and was told to think about processes, the first reaction was dismay. Reasoning from first principles, Singleton realised the point was the rituals and ways of working through which things get done, and that getting them right is very impactful.

As an example, Singleton set up, with help from colleagues, a set of meetings at Stripe called ops review. A weekly one run by Singleton looked at the most important matters, and a nested set ran across all engineering teams in the company. Singleton says this helped the whole company pay attention to and improve things such as reliability and efficiency, which would have been hard to move just by talking to direct reports and letting the message trickle down.

How do you decide whether a process is a net positive or net negative?
David Singleton

Singleton says the person responsible for running a process must make sure it exists only while it is clearly a net positive for everyone operating it. Singleton sees an organizational-design trap in some companies, and does not mean Stripe, where the person who oversees a process is not the person who cared about it or introduced it to solve a problem. Because it is their assigned job, it is hard for them to ask whether it is still fit for purpose. Singleton says leaders of large organizations should avoid that, since there is always plenty of work and nobody should feel boxed into continuing something for no reason.

If you hand a process top down to a tech lead, how do you keep them passionate about it?
David Singleton

Singleton believes it is possible to build teams of program managers who are passionate about the why. Singleton helped set up Stripe's program management group and says the vast majority were focused on doing the right thing and on impact for Stripe's users. Much of that comes from company culture, whose first operating principle is users first, so people always ask why the work matters.

The host added that how you delegate matters. Singleton agreed: telling someone to 'do this' leaves them nothing but to do it, while describing the problem, suggesting a direction and asking them to take agency in solving the real problem produces completely different outcomes.

How do you get a remote engineering site to carry the right culture, drawing on London?

David Singleton

The host noted that the Facebook London site lead had credited Singleton with the best advice on starting that site. Singleton explains that they led Google's London engineering site while the other person led Facebook's, so they were in a fierce battle for talent, often discovering that both had offers out to the same candidate. The other site lead eventually reached out, and Singleton admires that. Singleton values a Silicon Valley attitude in which fierce competitors still help each other with the craft, and believes the two helped raise the engineering bar in London.

For a site far from headquarters, such as London to Mountain View with perhaps one hour of daily overlap, Singleton pushed for teams to be able to unblock themselves and run autonomously, so they use the overlap for as few things as possible. Every London team needed a clear and complete mission, a lot of autonomy, and all the equipment to execute on its own. The worst arrangement, Singleton says, would be half a team in each place, because the hundred daily conversations needed to unblock work would not fit the time window. A site in the same time zone, like Stripe's Seattle office relative to San Francisco, can be set up quite differently.

Singleton also describes an earlier London site lead who rarely sat in London and explained that the best thing for the site was to be in Mountain View, building personal relationships and bringing context back. Singleton later did the same, travelling to California a lot so others did not have to, and making sure the team's capabilities were visible, such as London's experts who had worked on WebKit.

Finally, Singleton says every effective remote site had a bit of its own culture. A sense of identity makes people willing to spend energy fixing friction, because they are part of a clan. But the culture must not be radically different from the whole company's, or people start to see the other side of the ocean as fools. The trick is enough identity for people to help each other, rooted in the company culture. In reply to the host's prompt, Singleton confirms this meant t-shirts and laptop logos and gatherings to discuss what work the site was good at, which Singleton then carried to California.

After COVID, is in-person, remote or hybrid best for a team?
David Singleton

Singleton notes that Stripe had a remote hub well before COVID because it recognised strong technical talent exists everywhere. That led to deliberate thought about making remote teams effective. One key is a culture of document-based communication and decision-making: conversations between individuals on a video call or in person were written up for the rest of the team, and critical decisions came with a document. Singleton says that can be slower for a given decision, though not always, because writing forces useful deliberation, and it lets everyone understand the context, contribute and buy in.

Singleton also says nothing replaces time in person to build rapport, but not every day. Meeting on a cadence, perhaps every six months, can help remote teams work very well. Remote can be almost as effective for some teams, but Singleton personally believes the best is everyone together in one place. The Dev Agents team is small and based together in San Francisco, which Singleton thinks suits this stage. As the company grows, Singleton expects to revisit that, because some excellent people cannot move, and says it is hard to build a huge company today without leaning into distributed offices and remote work.

Which big tech company has the best-designed engineering culture?

David Singleton

Singleton says they are at a disadvantage, having worked only at Google among the big companies and knowing the others by reputation. Google's culture, in Singleton's account, was phenomenal: everyone was there to do big things, was encouraged to have impact, and was given a lot of agency. But Singleton does not think it was very deliberately designed. It was not chaos, and there was an org structure, but it grew mostly organically.

In contrast, as Stripe designed its org structure and ways of working while scaling, Singleton looked to companies that had been deliberate, especially Amazon. Singleton talked to many senior leaders there. The ops review that Stripe ran, and still runs, was modelled on Amazon's. Singleton recalls Charlie Bell spending a lunch walking through how it worked, and Stripe took the parts that fit its size and culture. Singleton calls Amazon the company with the systematic organizational and operational design that has most inspired them, though they never worked there.

Singleton says they would love to work at each such company for one project to experience it. Apple, for example, builds products Singleton loves, is not very transparent inside, and is deliberate about its org structure, with an Apple University where joiners learn to work the Apple way. This reminds Singleton of dealing with the mobile handset makers at the start of their career and seeing many ways to reach the same ends. Singleton would like to choose from the smorgasbord, but has only worked at one big company and gone deep with leaders at one other.

Stripe's operating principles seem to echo Amazon's. How are operating principles different from values?

David Singleton

Singleton explains that operating principles differ from values. The early Stripe team asked what about how they worked made them most effective. Their principles were concrete, distilled from the behaviour of effective colleagues, and revisited over time.

The principle that most motivated Singleton was being meticulous in your craft: taking pride in reliability, polished edges, and careful public communication. He says that care has a dramatic effect on how people perceive the work, even when it is hard to quantify. The broader lesson is to make the working principles behind a team’s success deliberate.

At what company stage should you start thinking about culture, and how does a leader enforce it?

David Singleton

Singleton is building a very early-stage company and thinks culture matters from day one. On the day they incorporated, Singleton and the co-founders went for a drink and wrote down their values, which they have used in hiring and in how they run things. Because an early-stage company often gets 'smacked in the face' by surprises, values help show where to compromise and where not to. Singleton says it would be too early to schedule a weekly culture activity, and at this stage culture should be organic. But in later-stage companies you need to be intentional, because companies are large groups of people, and without something that brings them together with shared purpose and alignment, entropy takes over. If you do not invest in culture, Singleton says, you almost by definition will not have one. Singleton notes that intentional organizations such as Stripe and Amazon tend to be very effective, and that some companies they worked at early on, which were not intentional, have not lasted.

Concretely, how does an engineering leader enforce culture?
David Singleton

Singleton names two ways. The first is to be an authentic exemplar, which means working at a place whose culture you identify with and living it. Singleton was at Stripe because they cared about its mission, its users and being meticulous in the craft, and says it would have been hard not to show up and use that culture. In an environment with values at odds with Singleton's own, Singleton would not have lasted so long.

The second is to accept that the culture is whatever behaviour you tolerate. Singleton first heard a teammate say that culture is the behaviours you accept, found it pessimistic, and then found it true. If people see you witness something out of line and say nothing, that becomes the culture, so Singleton believes in being, as pleasantly and upbeat as possible, a bit of a police officer for culture. Singleton gives an example of a senior leader who walked past a spilled drink on the stairs, then stopped, went to the kitchen and cleaned it up despite more important work. Only a few people saw it, but the story spread, signalling that it was worth their time to clean up after others.

At Stripe, Singleton also made it easy to report bugs through a mailing list that many people subscribed to, then sent examples that fell below the bar to it, supportively and sometimes with a suggested copy change. Later the company set up 'walk the store', using the product live in companywide meetings, sometimes run by Singleton and sometimes by others, not to call people out but to show what the company aspired to. The host called that potentially nerve-wracking.

Singleton also describes friction logging, which they learned at Stripe and use at Dev Agents. Leaders, or anyone, can regularly put on the user's hat, perhaps weekly, monthly or every six weeks, use the product, and write down everything frustrating or odd, then use that to set the team's priorities. Even teams whose users are internal can do this. At Dev Agents the team uses everything every week and writes meticulous friction logs to decide what to work on next, which also shows what is good enough and where the bar sits.

What intentional engineering-culture changes enabled Stripe's many nines of reliability?

David Singleton

Singleton says Stripe reached more than five nines of reliability during their tenure and that they have heard it reached six nines last quarter. These are Singleton's figures and are not verified here. For a payments business, every second of downtime costs businesses real money, so reliability matters greatly. Singleton says it started with being intentional. The pandemic in 2020 brought a rush of offline businesses online, and Stripe's systems were scaling much faster than expected, so the company knew it had to raise the bar. The engineering organization had not been wired for that. Earlier it had rightly focused on product-market fit, with emergencies fixed as they came, but at scale reliability mattered. Singleton calls the change mostly cultural.

Singleton's approach was to give every team the tools to reason scientifically about trade-offs between feature work and reliability work. That meant ops review plus a nested set of systems, meetings and data tools, and repeated chances to look at the data and decide what to do. In short, build conviction that it matters, set up a repeatable system so everyone has the right input, and look at it often enough to act. Because everything was measured systematically and surfaced widely, Singleton says, progress also came on efficiency and performance.

Reliability costs redundancy and review overhead. Did you ever ask whether Stripe was too reliable for the cost?
David Singleton

Singleton says that at Stripe the change made the system significantly more efficient as well. Speaking industry-wide, Singleton sees at least two reasons systems are unreliable. One is trying to serve more demand than capacity, where you might over-provision, and where you may also not have invested enough in graceful degradation and partial availability. The other is a lack of guard rails to stop legitimate engineering changes from breaking things, and the fix there is entirely different.

Stripe invested heavily in automated testing and gradual deployment. There were periods of extra reviews, but the investment let the whole organization go faster. Singleton's lesson is to build great automated testing and gradual deployment so failures are caught before they are critical, for code, data and feature flags alike, and to ask the five whys about whatever causes problems. In this case, Singleton says, there were few trade-offs in productivity and none in efficiency.

The result was that a change merged to main went to production, usually the same day, through an automated gradual release process. At Google, by contrast, a release branch was cut roughly every two weeks, tested partly by hand and patched with cherry-picks, and then sat in production for two weeks, so a change could take about a month to be fully live. Singleton says it is hard to iterate that way and much more fun to show a same-day change to co-workers. The host summarised that shifting left removes the trade-off between de-risking and speed, and Singleton agreed and recommended the book Accelerate by Nicole Forsgren.

What did Stripe do to hire such strong engineers without relying on LeetCode-style interviews?

David Singleton

Singleton starts with attraction. Many strong engineers wanted to work at Stripe and reached out, usually because they had a good experience with the product. At its core Stripe is a developer platform with a deserved reputation for some of the best documentation in the industry. Stripe treated documentation as part of building the product, written by the product teams rather than a separate team, with nicely designed APIs and pride in presentation. So, Singleton says, ship a great product and people will want to work on it.

On evaluation, Singleton says the industry was still doing a lot of whiteboard interviews when they joined, and all of Singleton's own interviews before Stripe were of that kind. Stripe believed, and Singleton still believes, that writing code on a whiteboard is not a great way to simulate seeing an engineer do real work. So Stripe designed a process in which candidates used a laptop with their usual tools and pair programmed with an interviewer, to give the most realistic experience of work possible. The exercises were deliberately designed to select for people who wanted to be meticulous in their craft and had the core engineering, design and inquisitive skills to find what needed doing. Singleton credits this with maintaining the talent bar for years.

LeetCode-style questions are said to be used at the largest companies because questions leak at scale. How did Stripe manage?
David Singleton

Singleton admits it was hard work. Interview questions do leak online, and once that happens you need a new one to assess people fairly rather than reward those who searched beforehand. A decent number of engineers at Stripe were passionate about this and got others passionate too, so building the questions was a volunteer effort. Singleton says leaders must make sure contributors are recognised: Singleton thanked them at engineering all-hands, and the work contributed to their advancement, alongside doing their core job well.

Singleton adds that if Meta or Google say they lack the resources to build good engineering interviews, Singleton does not believe it. In Singleton's view, they could do it if they wanted to, and it is a revealed preference about how much they care. Singleton stresses that both are amazing companies and this is not criticism, only that real care makes the hard work possible.

So to attract excellent people, build something excellent?
David Singleton

Singleton calls it neither necessary nor sufficient. You can probably attract great people to something that is not great by paying above market, but people are really excited to work on something demonstrably awesome, and Singleton would rather take that route. It is not sufficient, because candidates also need to see that they can learn, advance their career goals and be surrounded by people they want to spend their precious hours with. Singleton says it certainly goes a long way.

What did Singleton learn most from the Stripe leadership team?

David Singleton

Singleton says the biggest lesson from friends and peers on the leadership team was the value of thinking from first principles, something Singleton was not good at when joining. At Google, which invented many of the ways of working in the industry, Singleton's habit was to ask how it had been done last time and reuse it. At Stripe the constant refrain, when facing a problem, was to ask what is actually going on and to understand the dynamics. A related technique was to ask people at several external companies how they had handled similar problems and triangulate. Singleton says that can sound slow, but applied to the most consequential problems it brings the benefit of multiple perspectives, and Singleton still does it.

Surely at your stage you can sometimes shortcut and use experience instead of first principles?
David Singleton

Singleton thinks it is remarkable how often it pays to step back, reason from first principles and check yourself on whether you have really seen this before. Singleton's rough sense, an estimate rather than data, is that 80 percent of the time it is something you have seen and you can just go do it, while 20 percent of the time it is subtly different and worth getting other opinions. Singleton agrees it is not a tool for everything every day, or everything would grind to a halt.

How different is Singleton's day-to-day now from the first time as a frontline manager?

David Singleton

Quite different, Singleton says, mainly because of the experience and lessons since. Singleton is applying much of what was discussed: stepping onto the balcony periodically to see how everything works, and putting far more energy into preparing for each week and making sure the team knows the most important things to work on. Early in their career it was more a matter of following your nose to the most obvious next thing. Singleton also finds much that is similar, so it feels a little like home and also like a wonderful new challenge. Singleton would not want to work on anything else, believes this is a profound technological leap, and says the work is hard but rewarding, with a lot of type two fun being created now.

Looking back like an incident retrospective, what went well in Singleton's career?

David Singleton

Singleton starts with luck in early choices. Landing at Symbian was formative and, in Singleton's words, fairly random, so Singleton is not sure what others can take from it. The bigger factor, Singleton says, was always making sure they were learning, which explains the long stay at Google and the enjoyable time at Stripe. Singleton also moved teams within companies specifically to learn outside the comfort zone.

As an example, Singleton worked on mobile at Google before Android. There was a weekend, which Singleton remembers clearly, when mobile search queries exceeded desktop queries, a wake-up call for the company. The small side team building mobile things decided to disband and push that work out into the rest of the company. Singleton's default path would have been to join the Android team, which they later did. Instead, Singleton decided the best thing to learn then was ads, because Singleton had no idea how Google made money. Already fairly senior, Singleton joined an organization whose people had mostly grown up in it, and had to learn at a tremendous rate. Singleton now understands the auction systems and the publisher and advertiser business model, and would not without that leap.

Is there anything you regret?
David Singleton

Singleton says there are many things they would do differently and has been transparent about some of them, such as being a pretty lousy early manager who focused on making people happy instead of on impact. As an early-career engineer, Singleton often did not speak up in meetings, assuming managers and their managers knew it all and had it sorted. Singleton says the people with the most context are those building at the one-foot level. In many meetings Singleton thought the senior people were wrong but assumed they must know, when Singleton knew because they were doing the work.

Now that Singleton has been the senior person in those rooms, they wish they had built a culture in which people speak up. Singleton's mental model is that everyone is just a human who can only hold so much in their own head, so if you are the expert and really know something, assume they may be wrong and speak up. In every company Singleton worked at, Singleton says, this is rewarded, and Singleton rewards it in the organizations they lead. If you are in an organization that patently does not reward it, Singleton says, perhaps work somewhere else, but most good companies are not like that.

Is one way to tell a company rewards speaking up that titles are less in your face?
David Singleton

Singleton says there is no hard-and-fast rule. When Singleton joined Google in 2005 or 2006, most entry-level hires were given the title member of technical staff, the point being that levels would not be publicly discernible, so people listen to your ideas rather than your title. Singleton thinks that trait is common to organizations that work that way, but it is not the only sign. Another good sign is seeing people speak up, make good points, be listened to, and be encouraged to speak again. On the host's guess that Bell Labs was the source of the title, Singleton agrees it was probably the progenitor, noting the family tree of practices in the industry.

Is there a book that really affected your career?

David Singleton

Singleton names High Output Management by Andy Grove, former CEO of Intel. Singleton says that almost every way of working they met at Google and assumed Google had invented turned out to have come from Grove, including OKRs and how to run efficient one-to-ones. It is a short book, which Singleton read on a flight from London to Mountain View, and a bit of a page turner. Singleton accepts that some of it may no longer make sense but says reading it was a pivotal moment in thinking differently about how to run everything at work.

Is there a habit that had a lasting impact across your career?

David Singleton

Singleton describes a planning habit. For a long time Singleton just did whatever arrived: emails, calendar invitations, and one-to-ones already scheduled, so the calendar and inbox ruled them, even when goals existed. Singleton realised that was backwards and began, many years ago during the Google period, to write a to-do list for each week. A week is, in Singleton's experience, the right level of granularity. On Sunday nights Singleton asks what would have to be done for it to have been a great week and writes it down. The document is called the rocket doc, with a rocket emoji as soon as Google Docs supported emojis, to convey the energy wanted. During the week, rather than going to the inbox or calendar, Singleton goes to the rocket doc to decide what to do next.

Later, Singleton shared the document with executive assistants, which Singleton calls a cheat code. The shared goal was for Singleton to spend time on those things, so by mid-day Tuesday an assistant might ask how it was going and chase Singleton to do the intended work, and help shape the calendar around it.

What advice would you give your younger self, just graduated and about to enter the industry?

David Singleton

Singleton would repeat the earlier lesson. When you know something and assume it is because you are not the person in charge, speak up. Singleton believes good things happen when you do, and that doing it even more would have produced more good things in the roles Singleton held.

About this source

Ex-Stripe CTO: Hiring Without Leetcode, Career Growth, Coding as a Leader (Career Story)

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening teaser montage and repeated hooks, including a repeated competition question and 'I'm going to choose to answer this question differently', 00:00.16 to 01:00.48; the substance appears once in the overview and later rounds.

Dev Agents early-access sign-up pitch (platform sign-up link) 01:53:21.44 to 01:54:13.92; the same paragraph also holds the host's next question, which is kept.

Closing recruiting pitch for Dev Agents and a second early-access plug 02:05:37.28 to 02:06:16.32, plus sign-off exchange 02:06:17.92 to 02:06:20.24.

Host's podcast outro asking for engagement, reviews, guest suggestions and a call for senior-engineer career stories 02:06:21.36 to 02:06:55.36.

Short banter and tangents not carried over: SEV versus incident wording, 52:28.80 to 52:45.44; the host's cross-reference to an earlier podcast, 54:03.76 to 54:27.12.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 12 · interview

Retired Engineering Director: Netflix Culture, Hiring, Meta Leadership, and Work-Life Balance

A retired engineering director who worked at Netflix and Facebook recounts how Netflix culture scaled, how he hired engineers, what he learned leading at Meta, and why a 2004 illness changed his view of work.

David's view: judgment, trust, and balance matter more than heroics and long hours

The host introduces David as a retired engineering director who worked at both Netflix and Facebook, and the conversation follows his 36-year career. In David's view, strong engineering organizations depend on three things: colleagues who are good to work with, a fair and objective way to record who did what, and a pace that leaves people a life outside work. He argues that engineering judgment matters more than LeetCode speed, that a new leader must earn trust before changing a team that already works, and that a serious illness in 2004 turned him against 24/7 work culture. Everything below is David's opinion or recollection from an auto-generated transcript, and several names and figures are unverified.

How did Netflix differ from the other companies David had worked at?

David

David says every earlier employer, from IBM through several smaller companies, tolerated prima donnas: very smart people who were hard to work with, who yelled at colleagues and customers, and who could not admit mistakes. He describes one 1990s engineer treated as indispensable, with a cubicle packed with junk, who avoided other people and fixed problems overnight while managers did not understand his work. When he quit, the company survived, and the rest of the team came to understand the area he had guarded.

At Netflix, David says, nobody was like that. The culture deck said the company did not hire brilliant jerks and would let go anyone difficult or unapproachable, however smart. David calls this revolutionary in the early 2000s and notes that the large tech companies he knows now work the same way.

His interview with Patty McCord, then chief people officer, who approved every hire at that small company, surprised him. David says she told him Netflix did not value 24/7 work and that he should impress the company with what he could do in an eight-hour day. David later watched a manager say he could not keep working around the clock. McCord thanked the manager, then told him not to do it again and to set up his team so that he did not have to. David calls that unthinkable in 2008 or 2009 and says he learned more about leading and collaborating from McCord than, he thinks, even from Reed Hastings.

David gives his own example. During early, unstable attempts at continuous deployment, a strong engineer remarked that David must enjoy having weekends off, because the systems would fail if the team stopped working. David told him in a one-on-one to take a vacation and said he did not care if things broke. The engineer took a week off, others rested too, and David says the team then stabilised the system quickly with its own approach.

David ends with Hastings. According to David, Hastings saw DVDs by mail as a stepping stone to streaming, which is why the company is not called DVDsbymail.com. Hastings was not a video expert but built a team of strong leaders and engineers to solve the problem.

How did the Netflix culture change as the company grew?

David

David first says the culture memo is aspirational. When people asked whether Netflix really worked that way, he answered that it described what the company aspired to be.

He then describes what failed to scale. Netflix credited the team, not individuals. When the company shipped on the PlayStation 3, David says, Sony's DVD division asked Netflix to stop because it had not designed the console for this, and Netflix carried on. Afterwards nobody named the foundational engineers; the credit went to Netflix. That worked when the company was small. As it took on many products, individual contributions got lost, and if engineers are not credited, he says, leaders collect the credit.

Netflix also had no engineering levels. Everyone was an engineer or a senior software engineer, and a business card could carry any title except manager, director, VP or chief. That suited an all-senior team. As it hired more juniors, David argues, teams contain strong, good and weak engineers, and without an objective way to tell them apart and reward wins, the best people leave. By the late 2010s he was arguing for levels. He assumes they have since been added, but he has been away for six years.

David adds that McCord interviewed almost every early hire and Hastings met a few new hires at a time, which could not continue as the company grew. When he left, he felt the memo suited a very small, aggressive, engineering-focused company.

What is the culture memo?
David

David describes a deck of roughly 15 slides, released around 2007 or 2008 by his recollection. Its ideas included no brilliant jerks, very smart people, inspiring people to sail the seas rather than telling them how to build a ship, top-of-market pay, and a "keeper test" under which the company fires aggressively. David calls it revolutionary at the time. In his reading it was about freedom and responsibility: hire excellent people, explain why the work matters, give context, and trust them to execute without micromanagement.

He adds that the talent was not limited to engineers. His HR partners challenged his hire and no-hire decisions, and he says he learned how to build a team from them.

If everyone was at the same level, how did Netflix pay people differently?
David

David says Netflix generally did not hire new graduates, though he found ways around that. Pay followed a concept of personal top of market, and the memo encouraged people to interview elsewhere. His own starting salary in 2007 was $175,000, which he calls solid for then. If Google had offered him $200,000 a year later, he says, his manager would have had to match it or let him go. Leaders therefore had to track offers and market rates.

David says this became unsustainable. An engineer matched to a double-pay offer could, three years later, earn three times as much as a peer doing similar work, with no performance review or context to explain the gap. In another case, five candidates Netflix had made offers to each received Facebook offers about 1.2 times higher, the memo said to match, and without leveling nobody could justify it. He argued with his leadership using year-over-year spreadsheets and believes Netflix fixed this after he left, since a large company needs pay ranges.

How does David identify really strong software engineers in hiring?

David

David says his hiring succeeded all the way up to Meta. Large companies such as Meta, Google, Amazon and Microsoft need structure and consistent standards, so they use a formal interview system. At smaller companies, when he made the hire or no-hire decision himself, he, three team members and HR interviewed each candidate.

He tells of a late-1990s candidate who had built driverless-train software. David was the last interviewer, and his 45-minute slot ran to 90 minutes, with two whiteboards covered in state transitions. He says her grasp of a complex system of interacting parts was among the best he had seen. Others gave her coding questions and she did fine, but the panel was lukewarm and his boss pushed back. David argued that the team was struggling to integrate disparate systems and needed her. They hired her, and he says she excelled. He claims his hiring record at small companies was close to perfect.

David knows his next view is controversial: he does not love LeetCode. He says it shows how fast someone can write code for a problem practiced many times. He accepts that at the volume Meta and Google hire, they have little alternative.

His alternative is an engineering foundation: understanding complex systems, strong technical intuition, and sound decisions without enough data. He has seen engineers from other fields do very well in software. He has also seen people who aced LeetCode and rehearsed system-design questions such as Google type-ahead get hired and then produce poor engineering, which he saw in their review packets. He believes this foundation is largely innate, like musical talent, and says he can help someone improve their software but cannot teach them to make good decisions.

His second story is about a project partner in graduate classes at San Jose State, taken in his 50s just before he joined Meta. She was finishing a master's in civil engineering, worked in wastewater treatment, and wanted to move into software. David was impressed by her analytical mind and command of statistics and wanted Netflix to hire her. Her take-home video-software task took three weeks and had rookie mistakes, so to help close the deal David suggested she teach the team something. She spent two hours at a whiteboard on wastewater treatment, and halfway through David realized he was watching a very complex state machine. A manager asked what sewage had to do with software but hired her, and later told David at a Meta event that she was doing very well. David says that when you see a brilliant engineering mind, LeetCode speed or building a scalable type-ahead does not matter, because those can be learned quickly.

David accepts that this approach does not scale at Meta or Google, where legal and policy problems would break it, so they set a bar and a level. His level advice is to take a lower offer: someone who was a 6 elsewhere and is offered a 5 at Meta should accept it and execute at the higher level, because bonuses, multipliers and refresh stock follow. An over-leveled hire who struggles has no clean fix. His rule is that when in doubt, go low and earn the quick promotion.

How do you spot that fundamental engineering skill? Is there a question you ask?
David

David says to interview the person, not the process. The wastewater candidate showed mastery of a hard engineering problem and explained it to engineers who knew nothing about it, until those who understood saw a finite state machine. He argues that many engineering systems, such as engines and other mechanical systems, reduce to states and transitions, though structural engineering differs.

Netflix would have hired her at a junior level, such as data analyst. As a full software engineer against the usual expectations she would have failed. A smaller company, he says, is flexible enough to hire and build up such a person.

Who was the strongest engineer David worked with, and what made that person strong?

David

David names Giannis, though he usually avoids names. The captions garble the surname, so it is omitted here. They met in 2000 at InterVideo. Giannis had left the industry to teach signal processing in Greece, and in summer 2010 David brought him in during a break to help with ideas about parallel encoding. David says that work led to content-based encoding, which the whole industry now uses, and to an early patent.

Giannis later joined Netflix and, David says, took the idea further, in what the captions render as "convex all encoding", probably convex hull. David says it delivers the highest quality for a given bandwidth and is now the model at both Netflix and Meta. Giannis also built a cost-benefit model for codec evaluation. David sees his strength as forcing academic rigor into practice: decisions rest on tests across 10,000, a million or a billion videos, not on what two compressed videos suggest in theory.

How did David come to be recruited to Meta?

David

David says the early Netflix culture deck advised interviewing often to learn your market value. When Facebook contacted him in late 2017, as he recalls, he had not interviewed in about ten years. He went in, in his own words, a bit full of himself, citing how Netflix had built the highest-scale encoding platform. One interviewer told him Facebook could not solve its video scale problem with CPUs. David was floored, later thanked him, and realized he had understood video too narrowly. He got an offer and turned it down because he was not ready.

Soon after, Giannis told David about a Facebook offer and the custom chip (ASIC) work he would do. David saw a passion in him that he had not seen for a while. He thinks Netflix's culture, not built around individual contributions, may not have rewarded Giannis, and that the problems may not have seemed big enough to him. David says he did not try to talk Giannis out of it: as his boss he did not want to lose him, but as his friend he could not argue against it. David had been interviewing mainly to exercise his interview skills, but in the end he came to see Facebook's video work as a very hard problem. His team was solid and a successor was ready, so in 2019 he left Netflix, and Facebook offered him a job quickly.

At Netflix his encoding team had grown from one person to about 55, and trust grew with it. At Meta he took over a video processing team of 55 to 60 who did not know him. In an early meeting he talked about what needed work. A team member told him in a one-on-one that he had been there two weeks and was already telling the team what to do. David concluded he needed to stop talking and build trust, a skill he had never had to develop.

His lesson is that leadership is about relationships. If a team is broken, the leader's job is to fix it. If it is already executing well, the job is first not to break it and second to help it move forward, and he had jumped to the second step. David calls the saddest thing about Meta that it was his last job. He believes he would now be a much better organizational and engineering leader but no longer wants that responsibility, and he says he learned the most about engineering leadership there.

Concretely, what does building trust look like for a senior leader joining an existing team?
David

David says it meant slowing down and spending a lot of time in one-on-ones, asking questions, taking notes, and learning the system, the roles and the people. In a technical role, he says, a leader must understand why the team does what it does.

His first decision came when the team needed a manager. Many told him to promote an existing manager, but he did not know them and refused to decide just because it looked politically right. After taking time with them, he concluded an existing manager was the right choice. That manager had felt the role was his, so the relationship was difficult at first. David told him he was sorry for the delay but had needed to understand first, and that he was now confident in him. By the time the manager left Meta, David says, he no longer assumed the worst.

Looking back, David thinks his investment was still too small. He would tell his boss that for the first six months he was in school and that critical decisions would be made together.

What was David's favorite work or project at Meta?

David

David first names bringing Netflix-level quality to Meta's scale, which he says succeeded. He then turns to COVID. He joined in late July 2019, and by March 2020 everyone was working from home. Meta planned for New Year's Eve from the summer because video traffic spiked for 24 hours. By April 2020, David says, every day looked like New Year's Eve in uploads, streams and live video. Systems that had never run at that sustained load were slowly bleeding out, with race conditions among the problems. He says the prime minister of India was addressing the country on Facebook Live, and he was terrified by the weight of it. The team worked from home, found the problems and resolved the race conditions. After about a month the systems and metrics held, and David says he was proud of that.

He also describes how his view of the company's value changed. He had first seen Facebook through a US-centric lens as a social app. He came to see what 3.5 billion customers means. By David's rough comparison, Netflix's roughly 300 million subscribers are the wealthiest 5 percent of the world by income, while Meta reaches the wealthiest 50 percent. He calls wealthy a loaded term, since at the bottom people live on about $68 a day. He says Instagram, WhatsApp and Facebook are a lifeblood for small shops across India, and an Uber driver from Somalia in Seattle told him WhatsApp kept his scattered family in touch.

David says US debate about social media focuses on harms such as fake news and overlooks how much the products improve lives elsewhere. He believes the company changed lives by giving people a business, a platform to share and earn from video, and a way to stay close to family, and that it feels good to be part of that in a small way.

How did work-life balance change across David's career?

David

David says that in the late 1990s he worked hard for a visionary executive because the team was trying to catch up, not because anyone demanded it. At InterVideo, a startup, the expectation was 24/7. He arrived around 10:30 in the morning and left around 10 at night, sometimes at 2 or 3 in the morning, often seven days a week, chasing deals to lift the stock price after the IPO.

In January 2004 he fell ill on a Sunday and kept getting worse. On the Friday his wife took him to the emergency room, where, he says, a doctor said it was colon cancer, with a blockage that could kill quickly. He was in hospital for about three weeks with two surgeries and chemotherapy. It was stage three with lymph node spread, and he puts his five-year survival prognosis at about 25 percent. His children were two, four and seven, and he says the youngest barely knew him.

In hospital he decided that his way of working was wrong. He told his boss he still wanted the job but could not work that way, and he says that if a company threatens to fire you for not being there late, the best thing you can do is leave. He believes InterVideo used hours to cover for poor leadership. He calls work-life balance something thrust upon him, and he was determined never to be a leader who expects people to kill themselves for a job. Hearing at Netflix that the company did not value 24/7 work was a shock.

His advice is not to wait for cancer or a heart attack. Bake balance in early, take vacation, and leave the company alone for a week. If it cannot survive seven days without you, David says, that is its problem.

David says high-performance companies such as Meta and Netflix are often misunderstood. He recalls a Meta poster of a rocking horse that read, in effect, do not mistake motion for progress. He suggests agreeing with your boss on the most important work and telling the boss which tasks you will not do; if one matters, someone else must do it or priorities must change. Crunch time will come at big tech companies, but it should be the exception, planned in advance, such as a push in May and June followed by a vacation. He says balance is achievable even at Netflix or Meta, if the manager gives clear context.

Which job taught David the most, and why?

David

David says his last four jobs each contributed. The first turned him into a high-performance software engineer, performing by problems solved, not hours worked. The second gave him a video foundation. Netflix, he says, was zero to one, and there he learned leadership, hiring and firing, context setting and cross-functional work, which he brought to Meta.

What he lacked on arrival at Meta was an objective process for planning, reviews and performance. He calls the PSC performance cycle both his most dreaded and his favorite time of year. In his account, everyone writes a self-review, the manager builds a packet with feedback tied to goals, and managers then defend their engineers in calibration meetings. Each manager thinks their team is the best, David says, so the aim is to persuade with data about who deserves what level and who did what on a project. He valued getting each engineer's impact on paper. He says departing employees keep every performance package they were ever given.

David had heard horror stories about the performance cycle but found it mattered once inside. His greatest joy, he says, was giving a direct report a top rating, and he also valued helping people who were below expectations recover. He adds that he used to think he understood scale from books on sharding and microservices, but in his view those authors do not know scale at Meta's level. The most valuable thing he would bring to a new job is a system for objective planning, review and performance.

Is there a top book that influenced David's career?

David

David chooses a late-1990s book he names as 12 Secrets to Microsoft Success; the title comes from auto-generated captions and was not checked. He says it described radical thinking at Microsoft. One idea was betting the company, which he says he saw at Netflix, Amazon and Meta when a big opportunity is worth risking the company on without going all-in. Another was good failure: in a healthy company, projects and people will fail, and what counts is how you fail, what you learn and whether the bet was reasonable and managed early.

As he recalls the book, Microsoft was the first company to say publicly that it aimed to hire the top 5 percent of software engineers, and it coined the term dogfooding. When the NT server was failing badly in the mid-1990s, he says, Bill Gates made the whole company move to it, which put the bugs in front of everyone and got them fixed. After rapid growth Gates also imposed a company-wide hiring freeze because people were working on things that did not matter, such as Microsoft Bob. Executives were forced to kill projects, and David says the bottom 20 percent were cut, which he thinks should have happened anyway.

David says Microsoft set early models for modern engineering leadership, and others borrowed from it. Before the 2022 crash he thought the hiring rate did not add up. During COVID everyone accelerated hiring and nobody slowed. He believes that had big-tech leaders read the book, they would have seen in late 2021 that hiring was out of control.

Is there anything David regrets that others could learn from?

David

David says his first six years out of school were wasted at very large failing companies. He names Hughes, spun off from General Motors, and an IBM division sold to Siemens, both of which failed. He had a good salary and an easy job, thought only about the moment, and did not think about growth. He does not mean being ambitious about a vice-president title in ten years, just thinking about growth.

For software engineers in particular, he says, everything learned will be obsolete in about five years. When he joined Meta, the bootcamp and the whole development environment had been replaced; he had been proficient as a director, but when he later went to an individual-contributor role he found everything had changed. His way of staying successful, David says, is to keep pushing toward the edge and keep learning new engineering skills.

What advice would David give himself at the start of his career?

David

First, work on hard problems. David says that if the job is not difficult, you are not growing. Once a role flatlines, he says, an engineer at a company like Meta, where moving internally is easy, should find another hard problem. Hard problems are what move engineers forward.

Second, company size does not matter, but everyone should work at a small company or startup at some point, ideally while young. He cautions against being too taken with the technology and says to work for visionary leaders who can also execute, since vision without execution goes nowhere. He cites Zuckerberg and Hastings as visionary, and says Hastings was one in 1999, when Netflix had four people. Leaders should make you dream of sailing the seas, not just cut lumber for a ship.

Third, plan for work-life balance deliberately from the first job. Work and life are in tension, he says, but the best engineering comes from people who love the work and also enjoy time off.

Fourth, start financial planning on day one, because as technical people succeed they earn more and, without a plan, will not know where it goes. David recommends a deliberate plan for spending and for short- and long-term savings, small regular contributions in your 20s, and no extended credit or debt. He says that by the early 40s this will not usually allow retirement unless you were lucky, as with an early job at Facebook or Netflix, but it can give financial independence, so you could take a lower-paying job. In his view a 401(k) alone and Social Security will not be enough for those who start late. He knows many engineers in their 50s who earned well but have no plan, and says a good engineer employed for 30 to 35 years has no reason not to retire comfortably. He says elsewhere that he is not a financial planner, so this is one person's opinion.

About this source

Retired Netflix Eng Director: Leetcode, Regrets, Hiring Stories

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening montage of teaser clips (cancer diagnosis, LeetCode remark, offer to a colleague, 36-year career preview) from 00:00.16 to 00:39.60 omitted; the same material appears in full later.

Mutual thanks and the host's prompt to point listeners to anything from 01:17:23.04 to 01:17:42.16 omitted.

David's closing contact and promotion from 01:17:43.04 to 01:18:35.04 omitted: LinkedIn, his offer of about ten starter slides on personal finance, and offers to talk with retirees, people leaders and engineers. The host's plan to link LinkedIn in the show notes is in the same range.

Host's closing request for engagement, reviews and guest suggestions from 01:18:36.16 to 01:19:10.08 omitted. The host says the podcast has no sponsors, so there is no sponsor read.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 13 · companion

Escalation, corroboration, and credible alternatives

Ethan Evans explains why leaders can resist evidence of a weak manager and how careful, truthful framing can make a difficult career conversation easier to hear.

Have reports escalated problems with their managers to you, and why might a skip-level leader resist acting?

Ethan Evans

Ethan Evans says such escalations were common. He describes an uncomfortable incentive: accepting one report’s account can create three problems for the skip-level leader—deciding what to do about the manager, replacing and training someone if necessary, and covering the work in between. Dismissing the report as oversensitive instead makes the problem easier to delegate back to the manager. Evans presents this as a possible subconscious bias, not a defense of ignoring a valid concern.

He recounts discovering a leader’s poor treatment of women only after several reports accumulated and he spoke with affected colleagues. A lone earlier report might not have moved him, a failure he describes candidly. Multiple independently supported accounts changed his understanding. He therefore recommends corroboration when colleagues are willing to provide it; the speaker’s “mutiny” metaphor concerns workplace escalation and should not obscure the seriousness of the example.

Should a high-performing IC compare observations with colleagues before escalating?
Ethan Evans

If possible, yes. It first checks whether the problem is a broader pattern or a working-style mismatch. A colleague who works well with the manager may offer a useful adjustment; colleagues seeing the same problem may corroborate it. Shared dissatisfaction is not enough unless they are also willing to speak.

Evans proposes telling the skip-level leader that named colleagues are willing to share similar examples and asking the leader to speak with them. He thinks many leaders will do that, while explicitly refusing to guarantee it. The host flags the difference between casual complaints and formal escalation, including the possibility of retaliation or being wrong.

Could you seek a move for business reasons instead of organizing an escalation?

Ethan Evans

Evans separates two approaches. If there is a genuinely plausible case that another role would make the engineer equally or more valuable to the organization, lead with that case and do not introduce the manager complaint. If the real need is incompatible working relationships, explain that blame-free and think several moves ahead about the choices the leader actually has.

He describes his own move at Amazon. His leader wanted to keep him in the current role, but Evans had another available role outside that leader’s organization as well as a preferred role inside it. Explaining that remaining where he was had ceased to be an available choice changed the decision from “keep him here or move him internally” to “keep him in the organization or lose him.” After weeks of resistance, the internal move happened quickly. The story depends on having real alternatives, not on inventing an outside offer.

How did you communicate those alternatives without sounding threatening?

Ethan Evans

He framed the situation in terms the leader would recognize. Both were vice presidents, and the alternative offer came from a senior vice president. Evans explained that he needed to answer and that once he gave his word, he would have to honor it—as the leader himself would. That let the leader understand the constraint without a blunt demand.

Evans recommends preparing the key phrase before a predictable conversation rather than improvising under pressure. The facts and commitment should remain true; careful framing changes how the other person receives them. Delivery matters too. The same statement about needing to consider one’s career can sound hostile or calm and understandable depending on tone and body language.

He acknowledges that some engineers dislike workplace politics. His argument is that leaders still have emotions, stress, and defensiveness, so understanding the human interaction helps a person communicate an honest need more effectively. He does not claim he has fully figured out how to teach the skill.

Were there three different roles involved?
Ethan Evans

Yes: the current role, the role he wanted inside the same organization, and another available role elsewhere. The host characterizes the alternative as leverage. Evans agrees with the underlying structure while emphasizing that he did not explicitly issue a threat; he stated the true consequence of accepting another offer and giving his word.

About this source

Ex-Amazon VP: Why Bad Managers Don't Get Fired | Ethan Evans

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 14 · interview

Managing managers changes the consequences of small actions

A Meta senior manager explains why wider organizational scope requires new interaction habits.

What skill gaps appear when a first-line manager steps into a manager-of-managers role?

Meta senior manager

The guest emphasizes learning how to add value to the managers who report to you. A more senior role changes which interventions help and which undermine the organization. He illustrates this with a skip-level meeting in which a newly promoted leader asks leading questions about an employee’s manager. The employee may start relying on the senior leader instead, while the manager feels bypassed and weakened.

The important failure is not simply having the meeting. It is overlooking how questions and judgments propagate through a management chain. Small actions become magnified across multiple relationships. The guest says these subtleties are often learned through observation and practice, not only from reading about management.

He expects some mistakes during the transition, just as new managers make mistakes when moving from individual contribution. A promotion decision should therefore consider the support around the person: whether their own leader can help them recognize and repair problems. Strategy and organizational design also matter, but early interaction errors can cause damage before those longer-term responsibilities become the main issue.

How do individual-contributor and management growth compare, and are they meritocratic?

Meta senior manager

He says that evaluation becomes more opaque at high levels in either path. In calibration discussions, a person may be associated with a valuable initiative without having been instrumental in its success. The same attribution problem applies to managers. A short review period can make it difficult to separate a persuasive account from a clearly demonstrated contribution.

Longer observation can clarify the picture: a leader who repeatedly produces good outcomes over several years is easier to assess than someone in one half-year cycle. He thinks some senior IC and first-line-management work is more visible to an outside observer, while higher-level work often requires access to the internal details and leadership chain.

He does not offer a simple verdict that one ladder is fair and the other unfair. His concern is insufficient evidence and accountability when the relevant impact is hard to trace. The resulting frustration is real for employees with limited visibility, and a desire for fairness does not automatically create the data needed to judge it.

About this source

Meta Senior Manager (M2) On His Gaps to M2

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Closing invitation to watch the full conversation and leave a comment omitted (05:50–06:02).

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 15 · interview

Make growth explicit, adapt your coaching, and remove friction

Laurent connects candid career alignment, fair evaluation, sustainable team leadership, and whole-problem ownership across Airbnb, Instagram, and Stripe.

Why did you choose to join Airbnb?

Laurent

Laurent had worked at Apple and Meta and decided developer productivity was the area he cared about: making engineers more effective at writing software. Moving to San Francisco turned his existing commute into roughly ninety minutes each way, which prompted a search. Airbnb combined people he liked, an office he could walk to, and a developer-infrastructure organization early enough to offer substantial work to shape.

He joined as one of two test-infrastructure engineers just as the broader effort was becoming multiple teams. The choice combined everyday quality of life with a technical opportunity; it was not a purely title-driven move.

Why transition from test-infrastructure IC work into management?

Laurent

One manager was responsible for several teams and more than fifteen people, leaving limited time for development and support. Laurent had already begun doing some of that work as tech lead. As his team grew toward six to eight engineers, many early in their careers, he thought a dedicated manager could support them better and improve delivery of the large project.

He pitched the need to his manager and offered to try the role with help. He began with two reports and later managed the whole team. His rationale was an organizational problem he could help solve, rather than management as the automatic reward for technical seniority.

Did managing former peers create uncomfortable power dynamics?
Laurent

Yes, so they addressed them openly. A colleague used the first one-to-one to test his judgment: recruiting had said an employee missed an assigned interview, so what would the new manager do? Laurent said he would first ask what had happened and establish the facts. The colleague considered that a pass; immediately punishing the employee would ignore possibilities such as a mistaken name or inaccurate email.

The anecdote illustrates hearing all sides before acting. Formal authority does not eliminate the need to investigate or earn trust with people who were previously peers.

How many managers would fail that test?
Laurent

He does not supply a percentage. Instead he criticizes treating management as one fixed style—tough, hands-off, or micromanaging. A directive approach may help a team of beginners and fail with experienced engineers. Good management requires adapting to the people and situation.

How did management change your experience of boredom at work?

Laurent

He treats boredom as a signal to examine what is wrong rather than simply tolerate it. Becoming a manager initially supplied intense learning: hiring levels, reviews, promotions, then building relationships and planning reports’ growth. Later he used his optimization instincts to improve the team’s working conditions.

He built a calendar tool to reduce fragmentation across his own and reports’ schedules. He also surveyed every team process in detail—meetings, planning, code review, and ways of working—to improve team health. The survey showed that everyone thought the long stand-up was useful for someone else, while no one actually benefited much from it. Changing that and other processes improved engagement and enabled more work with less time.

After a three-week wedding trip, he returned to find the team had planned the next quarter and assignments using the process they had established. That successful independence also left him bored. The next possible step was managing managers, but he did not feel ready and missed coding, shipping, and seeing the effect in production. He returned to IC work. The story frames a well-functioning team as success even when its manager then wants a different challenge.

Did learning management make you a better IC afterward?

Laurent

Yes. Understanding reviews, career framing, progression, and promotion helped him navigate his own work, while coaching and difficult-conversation skills improved his leadership of others. He continued developing those abilities after returning to IC work. The benefit was a new set of skills rather than merely privileged knowledge of a committee.

Is pitching the organizational value a good way to move into management?

Laurent

He broadens the lesson to alignment with a manager. People often hesitate to say they want promotion, expertise, or another kind of growth, then present a year’s activity at review time and hope for the desired result. He prefers an ongoing conversation that gives both employee and manager the chance to shape the work.

As a manager he used a “surprise factor” exercise: before delivering the review, each person wrote the expected rating and promotion result, and they compared that with his own written assessment. Agreement was the desired outcome. He got close to full agreement without reaching it. The purpose was reducing uncertainty and demonstrating whether communication during the year had been effective.

Can a positive review surprise also reveal a problem?
Laurent

Yes. Someone doing excellent work without knowing it may be unnecessarily cautious. A manager should have coached that person toward greater confidence and productive risk-taking earlier rather than leave them anxious until an unexpected promotion. Positive surprises, like negative ones, can reveal missed communication.

When should ICs try management, and what are the tradeoffs?

Laurent

Laurent found the experience invaluable and encourages people who are considering it to try. It is a different job, so direct experience can reveal both useful skills and whether the role fits. Even a poor outcome can teach something about one’s preferences and limitations.

He recommends starting with an intern while warning that one intern is a highly biased sample. Interns often need more direction and inspire strong personal attachment, unlike a group of experienced ICs. He recalls emotionally difficult intern calibrations because mentors strongly wanted their own intern to succeed and confused a return offer with proof of good management. A manager can do a good job even when the correct decision is no return offer. He helped run calibration sessions to make that distinction clearer and the process less frightening.

Were your own promotions and reviews free of surprises?

Laurent

He first says he was often surprised, then clarifies that the surprises were ratings rather than promotions. He sees that as evidence he had not understood the system and its values well enough. In one transition, he expected his technical leadership to support a staff promotion but switched into management near the end of the cycle.

The rating came back as meets expectations because he had spent too little time in the new role. He found that frustrating and redirected his effort toward reaching the next management level. He now thinks he should have explicitly asked beforehand how the timing of a role change would affect review and promotion.

Did the role change reset your progression?
Laurent

He does not give a universal reset rule. Companies, organizations, and even local teams can develop informal calibration rules about tenure, role transitions, or unusually fast promotions. Some later become codified and communicated; others remain unstated until someone asks.

As a manager he challenged rules he found demotivating or inconsistent with the intended values and tried to explain calibration transparently to ICs. His bar was that an employee unexpectedly observing the meeting should be proud of the work, not feel that unfair decisions were being plotted. Because he sees management as representing company interests, strong value alignment was necessary for him to defend the decisions sincerely.

How can a manager or IC successfully challenge an established rule?

Laurent

He starts by examining the biases a process may introduce and what makes employee evaluation fair. Gather evidence, understand the reason behind the rule, and make a case. The history may reveal a useful constraint you did not see—or an old precedent that no longer fits.

He generally prefers initial one-to-one conversations to a public confrontation in calibration. In front of a group, people can interpret disagreement as a threat to reputation and become defensive. Understanding those human dynamics improves the chance of changing the process rather than just winning an argument.

What if a senior leader proposes penalizing people for a low count of code changes?
Laurent

He would first clarify what the penalty and metric actually mean. Different contributions make lines of code or pull-request counts a poor general measure of engineering output. At Stripe, concerns about that kind of measurement motivated a more useful inquiry into the journey of a code change: thinking, writing, CI, review, iteration, and merge.

Time spent in different stages can reveal organizational friction. If one area takes twice as long to land changes, investigate why—perhaps a poor codebase or inefficient process. He explicitly rejects equating fast shipping with high productivity or slow shipping with low value. The metric is a diagnostic signal that helps remove obstacles, while a manager must assess the complete contribution, including noncoding work.

What stood out about Airbnb’s engineering culture?

Laurent

He found it harder to explain why low-level infrastructure mattered in a designer-led company, but that different professional perspective also produced useful ideas. During a period of reliability problems, the company drew on people with emergency-response backgrounds to improve crisis management.

He admired the rigor and practices that resulted and took some to later jobs. His positive example is the willingness to ask which other field already handles a similar kind of problem well, rather than assuming all incident-management expertise must originate inside software engineering.

Why return from Airbnb to Meta?

Laurent

After four years, the original stock grant’s vesting cliff affected earning potential, which was one reason to consider a move. He also thought he wanted to be an infrastructure generalist after working across testing, compute, databases, and other areas. He later decided that self-description was wrong, but it led him to Instagram at the time.

A disruptive July Fourth on-call experience prompted him to pursue reliability improvements. He knew Facebook already had tools addressing patterns Instagram still suffered from. He pitched adopting and partnering around that infrastructure to his skip-level manager and joined the resulting cross-organization project.

How did you find the right Facebook partners and gain buy-in?
Laurent

He was paired with a Facebook-side IC whom he regards as an exceptional technical leader. She brought the right people into discussions and secured the Facebook-side alignment. He credits her role rather than suggesting he independently knew and persuaded every partner.

How did you choose a mentor, and what makes coaching useful?

Laurent

He sought people who were thoughtful, direct, able to challenge him, and capable of changing his mind in a way he could engage with. Those traits need not belong only to engineers; he sees them in his current coach too.

The Facebook-side collaborator had those qualities and helped him examine where his problem framing was wrong. A useful measure of coaching is whether the person actually changes how they think and act afterward, rather than repeating the same behavior. Although the host asks about his explicit mentorship pitch, the answer mainly explains selection and value; it does not provide a detailed script for making that request.

What were your first impressions of Stripe?

Laurent

He encountered strong engineers, as he had in other jobs, and especially valued the emphasis on collecting and analyzing data before deciding. He considered its metrics-and-experimentation culture even stronger than the Meta culture he knew. That judgment is his personal comparison. It suited his own enjoyment of measuring progress and success.

How did your technical-lead role grow across a much larger developer-infrastructure organization?

Laurent

He joined to lead build, test, and tooling across roughly thirty-five engineers, in areas he knew well. His first task was gaining credibility with people who already understood the local systems. He deliberately avoided citing his previous employer as automatic proof that a design should be copied or rejected.

Instead, he embedded with teams for about a month on concrete work, learned their rhythm, and asked questions that helped people reconsider decisions themselves. He made an exception for urgent incident response, where direct instructions could be necessary. Over a year he worked across most parts of the group and met the people repeatedly.

Leading a larger organization also meant accepting that each specialist knew more about their own domain than he did. He could guide with a broad developer-productivity perspective without pretending to be the local expert everywhere. Later he took two-to-eight-week assignments with different people or teams to bootstrap work and make it sustainable. Documentation and automation should allow the work to continue without requiring his constant presence or interrupting vacations. Being the sole keeper of secrets was the opposite of success.

How did you scale yourself across so many engineers?

Laurent

Set realistic expectations: no leader of seventy people can know every current project in detail. Maintain contacts who can supply information, and be willing to say that you do not know yet and will return with an answer by a stated date. He believes confident misinformation damages trust much more than candid uncertainty; his emphatic career warning expresses that concern rather than a literal rule applying to every mistake.

He used office hours instead of attempting weekly meetings with everyone, providing enough capacity that people could get time within the week. Because about half the group was in Europe, he shifted his schedule to begin around five-thirty in the morning and create overlap with both European and American colleagues. Scaling still required direct communication and accessible help, just through a different structure.

What do coaches commonly get wrong?

Laurent

They identify with a single style—hands-off, highly directive, or hint-based—and apply it to everyone. Laurent instead uses the person’s mastery, confidence, motivation, and immediate situation to choose the help. In his early Facebook onboarding work, three of four mentees progressed normally while one stalled; learning a situational-leadership model helped him adjust and unlock that person’s performance.

He describes moving from direction for a beginner, to encouragement and shared decision-making, to support, and finally delegation as skill develops. The assessment is specific to a skill and situation. A technically capable person can still need explicit help with something unfamiliar. A tired parent calling at four in the morning about an iPhone problem needs clear steps, not generic praise or a lecture on systems. Choosing only the supportive stage leaves many other needs unmet.

What specifically went wrong with the stalled boot-camp mentee?
Laurent

Laurent assumed every newcomer belonged in the same low-skill, high-motivation starting stage. This person had already studied the documentation extensively, knew more than the others in some areas, but had lost confidence and motivation. Repeated direction interrupted rather than supported learning.

After listening to what the mentee had done, he offered less prescriptive advice and more support. Performance improved sharply. The correction came from assessing the individual’s actual state, not applying more of the same technique with greater intensity.

Editorial synthesis

Adjust coaching to developing capability

  1. DirectGive concrete steps when the skill is unfamiliar.
  2. Encourage and explainSupport motivation and difficult choices as knowledge grows.
  3. SupportLet the learner own decisions while providing help.
  4. DelegateStep back when the person can handle the work.
Editorial synthesis of Laurent’s description. Arrows show a possible change in support as a particular skill develops; the actual choice also depends on motivation and the immediate situation.

Why can the senior-to-staff transition feel harder than the next transition?

Laurent

He sees a mindset change at staff: independently find the problem, choose and pitch it, solve it end to end, explain the result, and document it. Senior engineers can be strong designers and implementers while still working on problems identified by someone else.

In his model, later levels continue that complete cycle with larger scope rather than introduce the same fundamental autonomy shift again. This is his account of the distinction, not an assertion that later promotions are easy or mechanically determined.

How can someone stuck at senior begin finding staff-level problems?

Laurent

Laurent channels frustration with real workflows. In developer productivity, each awkward command, window, delay, or repeated manual task can expose an opportunity. Stripe’s friction logs institutionalized that observation: work through a flow, record the steps with images, and ask why each action or loading screen exists.

He could identify dozens of possible improvements during a code change, then group related problems, rank them, and address the valuable ones. The goal is not merely collect annoyances. Look for families whose removal improves the overall experience. He also imagines a tired user: where would that person get confused, stuck, or drop off?

He applies the same habit beyond software. Repeated business travel can be an opportunity to refine the process each time until the twentieth trip is smoother than the first. The staff habit is continually learning from use, identifying friction, and deliberately improving it.

Which book most influenced your career?

Laurent

He names Kim Scott’s Radical Candor, which helped him handle difficult conversations while building trust, motivating, and coaching reports. He appreciated its explanation of the manager-employee relationship and ideas he thinks many experienced managers still miss. This is his personal recommendation grounded in his transition, not an external review of the book.

What would you tell yourself at the beginning of your career?

Laurent

The field changes even faster than it appears. Laurent contrasts interview practices he encountered early—such as estimation puzzles—with much more technical and monitored interviews he observes in the interview’s 2025 context. The examples illustrate change rather than establish a universal hiring policy.

He recommends staying curious and regularly reading technical news and discussions. He follows highly ranked weekly Hacker News items and has used that habit throughout his career. He expects the skills and experience of software engineering to keep changing substantially and would encourage his younger self to remain attentive rather than assume the original model of the job will persist.

About this source

Airbnb Staff Eng: Untold Rules of Calibrations and How To Not Get Stuck at Senior

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening trailer at 00:00–00:44 repeats material developed later and is not counted as additional question rounds.

Closing engagement requests and guest-sourcing promotion after 01:00:19 are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 16 · interview

Support people, stay close to the product, and make tradeoffs explicit

Fiona Fung reflects on management, mentorship, product feedback, and the choices that took her from Microsoft to Meta and Anthropic.

Fiona Fung’s account connects three habits: make the partnership with people explicit, experience the product yourself, and treat culture as something people enact. The examples span developer tools, Marketplace, VR, and her early experience with Claude Code. Her comparisons describe those teams at the times she worked on them; they are observations from a career, rather than permanent descriptions of entire companies.

How do you balance an important project against team health?

Fiona Fung

First establish whether the situation really warrants an exceptional push. Fung remembers Marketplace lockdowns or war rooms that concentrated people on an urgent objective. That focus could be valuable, but it had a real cost to morale. Leadership should discuss the tradeoff deliberately with the team, rather than allowing the cost to remain implicit.

One war room had a growth target as its exit condition. The team initially imagined that a few fixes might achieve it, but the effort continued much longer than expected. In hindsight, she would have assessed the likely duration more realistically, discussed the effect on team health, and explained the journey and expected length up front. A measurable target alone did not make the sustained intensity manageable.

How long did that war room last?

It felt like at least two months. There were physical rooms in Menlo Park and Seattle, and at one point the team launched 75 experiments at once. The contrast with a week-long launch push is central to the lesson: the team did not understand the duration when it entered the arrangement.

Editorial synthesis

Before committing to an exceptional push

  1. Name the needIdentify why the moment requires unusual focus.
  2. Estimate the journeyExamine how long the outcome may take, rather than relying only on the exit metric.
  3. Discuss the costMake morale and team health part of the leadership and team conversation.
  4. Set expectationsExplain the expected duration and tradeoffs before the push begins.
An editorial outline of Fung’s retrospective lesson from the Marketplace war room.

What changes when you become a manager of managers?

Fiona Fung

The relationship becomes a partnership between people who each bring management skills as well as technical skills. When she first supported managers, including a TypeScript manager she considered an exceptional compiler engineer, she asked what each person did well and how they could divide responsibility. Supporting another manager creates more opportunities to complement strengths.

Delegation also needs a balance of trust and verification. If delegation removes too much contact with the project, the supporting leader can lose touch. She asks managers for fast feedback and transparency about both successes and problems. The useful conversation is the one that exposes where help is needed; a reassuring report that everything is fine can conceal the very issue the partnership should solve.

How can a mentor make the relationship useful?

Fiona Fung

Begin by asking the mentee what they want from the relationship and what success would look like after three or six months. An explicit goal gives both people a way to use their time effectively.

Also distinguish mentoring from coaching. In her description, mentoring combines listening with advice drawn from experience. Coaching acts more like a mirror, helping the other person discover answers within themselves. Clarifying which mode the person wants can change how the conversation should work.

Should the mentee or mentor drive the relationship?

The most effective relationships she has seen start with goals set by the mentee. The mentor contributes experience, advice, and resources, but the person seeking mentorship should state what they hope to gain.

Two modes of helping someone grow
ModeWhat the helper contributesUseful starting question
MentoringListening, experience, advice, and resources.What do you want to gain over the next few months?
CoachingA mirror that helps the person find their own answers.What do you need to understand or discover for yourself?

What should an individual contributor do with one-on-one time?

Fiona Fung

Put routine status reporting into an asynchronous channel. Fung uses messages or a shared, living one-on-one document where either person can add updates.

Use the live conversation for topics that benefit from interaction: something the person wants to learn, a deeper discussion of their work, or a product question worth exploring together. The point is to reserve the scarce meeting time for conversation, while making the operational updates available separately.

Why did you leave Microsoft for Facebook?

Fiona Fung

She had friends enjoying Facebook, but repeatedly wanted to finish the work in front of her at Microsoft. Her final project there involved JavaScript and TypeScript, and she cared about helping the team deliver TypeScript 1.0. A former Visual Studio colleague, who became her first Facebook manager, contacted her in late 2014 about building a product around buying and selling in groups. She joined in 2015.

The commerce mission mattered for three reasons. Used goods could make a meaningful affordability difference for people with tighter budgets. Reuse could give existing goods a second, third, or fourth life. A selling platform could help a local business begin without first needing a physical store. Marketplace also represented a new kind of connection for her: meeting new people, rather than only reconnecting with people she already knew.

After eleven and a half years at Microsoft, she also wanted to test and broaden her engineering ability outside an ecosystem in which she had become comfortable. The move combined a mission she cared about with a chance to learn beyond familiar tools and practices.

What stood out about the difference between Microsoft and Facebook?

Fiona Fung

Both offered talented colleagues who cared about their work. The clearest difference in her example was speed: early Marketplace shipped weekly updates, while the Visual Studio work she remembered used roughly four-week sprints. Even those four-week sprints had once felt short compared with earlier development cycles.

Facebook also felt much smaller at the time. She appreciated the expectation that a problem was everyone’s responsibility, regardless of role. Her example is a willingness to lean in and help, rather than to treat an issue as belonging exclusively to someone else.

Why is using your own product so valuable?

Fiona Fung

Her first job involved using Visual Studio to build Visual Studio, so daily product use was built into the work. It gave her empathy for users and a feel for the product’s condition. She carried that habit into Marketplace, keeping items to sell so that she could experience the workflow herself. Meeting users also made the effect of the work tangible and motivating.

On VR and related device teams, she used Quest devices and early Ray-Ban products. For a manager who rarely gets to write code, using the product can be a way to experience what the team is building and to contribute directly. She describes reproducing a difficult floor-height bug at home and collecting logs as a small piece of maker time.

Peterman adds that a leader’s report can bring attention to a bug that was already known but had lost urgency. Fung emphasizes another effect: team members notice when a leader uses and cares about their product, and that can build rapport.

How do you make frequent product use sustainable?

Fiona Fung

Integrate the product into something you enjoy. She used VR for exercise, watching movies, and knitting while watching. Enjoyable everyday use creates repeated exposure without making the activity feel like a chore.

At the time of the interview, building Claude Code with Claude Code made that feedback loop part of her day job and let her ship production software again. She also mentions continuing to submit Meta product feedback after leaving.

Leaders can add structured product sessions. On her last VR team, she and her product and design partners tried nearly ready features together on Fridays and gave fast feedback. That complements daily use with a regular opportunity to inspect what is approaching release.

How can an engineering leader work well with product management?

Fiona Fung

Start with the shared objective of the leadership group and the strengths each person brings. Because there will be more work than people, agree explicitly on who owns which pieces and divide the work accordingly.

Using the product also improved her partnership with product managers. Their one-on-ones could become substantive product conversations grounded in something they had actually experienced. The discussion links partnership and product knowledge: an engineering leader has more to contribute when they stay close to what customers use.

What does kindness contribute to an engineering organization?

Fiona Fung

She connects the principle to the pandemic, when device teams were trying to ship Quest 2 and develop Ray-Ban products without normal access to offices, labs, and colocated specialists. People were doing difficult work while also coping with pressures at home.

A personal example made the principle vivid. Her grandmother was in a Canadian care facility that she could not visit. Staff could arrange only limited FaceTime calls, and a rare available slot conflicted with a one-on-one she had promised to attend. The person she supported readily accepted a last-minute cancellation. What may have felt like a small accommodation to him had a large effect on her.

The lesson is that a colleague’s private circumstances are often invisible. Kindness is a practical way to work with people whose full situation you do not know, while the team is trying to accomplish difficult things together.

Why did you choose Anthropic?

Fiona Fung

She was happy working on VR and Horizon OS at Meta and was not conducting a broad search for a new job. The choice she describes was essentially joining Anthropic or staying in a role she already enjoyed.

Using an internal AI tool to build useful work tools showed her that AI was already changing her own workflow. Conversations with Anthropic employees then drew her to their mission orientation, emphasis on safety, and sense of shared responsibility. She likens that attraction to the mission that had drawn her to Marketplace. These are her reasons for the move and impressions of the organization at that time.

Did Facebook’s culture change as it grew?

Fiona Fung

Yes. She treats culture as a living thing expressed through actions, rather than a statement on a wall. Growth changed the company, although she still saw strong commitment to the mission within teams such as VR.

When new employees asked which team would give them the most impact, she also asked what they were passionate about. That question restored a dimension that could disappear in a comparison focused only on career impact.

How should someone choose between greater impact and work they care more about?

Have an honest conversation with yourself about what motivates you. Impact, learning, and working with good people can matter in different proportions to different people; she does not prescribe one universal winner.

Share those priorities with your manager. When supporting someone new, she asks what they want from the partnership, what has worked or failed before, and what is important to them. An explicit discussion is more useful than either person guessing the other’s priorities.

What stood out during your first two months at Anthropic?

Fiona Fung

She saw the mission and responsibility toward society expressed in onboarding, which made it feel more substantial than an interview slogan.

The speed of the Claude Code team also stood out, even compared with the Marketplace period she remembered as fast. Broad internal use supplied a rapid cycle: build an idea, launch internally, get feedback from employees, release publicly, and keep learning. Her concern as the team grew was preserving that agility and speed.

Editorial synthesis

The product feedback loop she observed

  1. Build an ideaTurn an idea into something people can try.
  2. Use it internallyExpose it to colleagues who use the product in their own work.
  3. Respond to feedbackLearn quickly from internal experience.
  4. Release and learnBring it to users and continue the feedback cycle.
An editorial rendering of Fung’s early Claude Code observations, rather than a claim that every team uses this exact process.

What feedback most changed your career?

Fiona Fung

It was feedback on how she received feedback. Her instinct as an engineer was to debug the situation immediately: ask questions, replay what happened, and determine how to improve. Someone pointed out that giving constructive feedback was already uncomfortable, and her questions could make the person feel they had to justify it.

She changed the first conversation to listening and learning. Questions could wait until another day, after she had reflected. The distinction is about timing and the experience of the person raising the issue: a sincere wish to understand can still feel like a demand to defend the feedback if it arrives too quickly.

What would you tell yourself at the beginning of your career?

Fiona Fung

Enjoy the experience while it is happening. Work and life move quickly, and the moments that later feel like the good old days are also the moments you are living now.

About this source

Anthropic Eng Leader: Mentorship Advice, Microsoft vs Facebook, Career Learnings | Fiona Fung

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening teaser montage (00:00–00:34) repeats later material.

Closing thanks and audience-support request (29:08–29:48) omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 17 · interview

Rebuild trust and align expectations when joining a team

Selected passages on senior onboarding, rebuilding relationships/trust, concrete peer expectations, feedback, and role-fit conversations.

Why did you ask for a demotion at Meta?

Igor

Igor joined at senior staff and felt he had to acquire deep technical context, relationships, and trust quickly enough to perform alongside experienced peers. He describes a much longer ramp than the title alone suggests: an external hire can initially know less about the environment than an intern who has already spent a few weeks there. The higher the expected scope, the more layers of competence and context there are to rebuild.

After about a year and two months, his own assessment was that he had reached something closer to staff-level effectiveness. Performance pressure made that gap feel risky. His description of the company’s performance environment is his experience at the time, rather than a statement of current policy.

He also discovered a preference for the work in the E5–E6 range: coding, debugging, designing, and mentoring. The senior staff role involved more leadership, meetings, and design documents, with less direct coding. He asked whether he could drop a level, understanding that existing stock and compensation made this awkward. He was told that staying in the same job category while reducing the level was not supported by the process available to him.

What made you think you were below the expected level?

Much of it was his own comparison with other senior staff engineers, although he later confirms that he also received feedback. He stresses that capability is continuous and multidimensional, rather than a set of perfectly discrete levels. His desire for a change was also about enjoying the work, not simply judging himself incapable.

Did you try to escalate the request?

He asked and received a negative answer; he acknowledges that more escalation might have produced an exception. He instead chose to explore returning to Google, where he had spent fourteen and a half years before joining Cruise and then Meta. That was a familiar environment and an available alternative.

Why had the senior role worked at Google and Cruise?

Igor

At Google he joined as a junior engineer and grew through repeated promotions, including attempts that initially failed. The senior staff promotion followed a substantial project on a team where he had already spent years. Expertise, familiarity, and credibility had accumulated together.

Cruise also required a difficult first-year ramp. Over time he found a role that combined coding, mentoring, and broader technical guidance. He was happy there before the accident and subsequent company disruption he describes led him to leave.

What made the Cruise and Meta ramps different?

Cruise was smaller, with less infrastructure to learn and more unclaimed work that needed an owner. In his Meta organization, the space for senior people felt crowded, so finding suitable scope was harder. He explicitly limits that observation to the organization he experienced.

What would you change about your onboarding?

Igor

He spent too much time trying to build foundational knowledge by reading documents before doing enough actual work. In retrospect, he would learn and build in parallel: take a task, get his hands dirty, and acquire the relevant context while making progress.

He had not changed companies often, so this form of onboarding was new to him. He also felt the management team had limited experience ramping senior external hires because many senior employees had grown inside the company and already understood its basic machinery.

What could the manager have done to help?

A concrete example of how another senior external hire had recently ramped would have helped. He does not present the problem as management neglect: they tried to support him, but neither side had an established recipe.

Editorial synthesis

A more practical senior ramp

  1. Take a real taskFind work that exposes a useful part of the environment.
  2. Build and learn togetherAcquire context while attempting the work.
  3. Use experienced guidanceAsk for concrete examples and help from people who know the system.
  4. Expand the scopeGrow technical understanding and relationships together.
An editorial synthesis of his onboarding reflection, rather than a guaranteed promotion process.

Does moving companies become harder for senior individual contributors?

Igor

He has seen Google colleagues leave and return after a move did not work out. Such stories are harder to hear because people tend to share successes more readily than failures. He also suspects repeated moves could build the skill of ramping in a new environment; his own limited experience should not be treated as proof that every senior move will fail.

Did anyone give you feedback about the level gap?

Igor

Yes, although he does not share the private details. He gives a project example: work he expected to take two weeks became much more complicated. Even if he completed it successfully, he did not think its scope would justify E7. Underestimating complexity and selecting insufficiently broad work were different problems that combined in the same project.

Would returning to Google also restore your old team context?

Igor

No. The people and infrastructure would be new. The advantage was familiarity with the company’s operating patterns and culture, rather than retaining all of the specific knowledge and relationships from his previous role.

What cultural difference affected you?

In the Meta organization he observed, aggressive deadlines could be imposed repeatedly, missed, and then extended. He thought the resulting pressure could lose credibility: people learn to discount urgency when the deadline repeatedly appears artificial.

He contrasts this with the Google environment he remembered from much earlier, where exceptional pressure more often accompanied a concrete reason. He explicitly does not know whether that comparison still describes Google, and says he did not personally feel much pressure at Meta. The concern is about the pattern he observed around him, not a universal company ranking.

Was returning at L6 instead of your former L7 straightforward?

Igor

It required work from the recruiter because the usual return process supported the same level or a higher one. A request for a lower level could raise questions about why the person wanted it and whether they would accept the lower compensation.

He explicitly reassured the recruiter that he understood and would accept a significant compensation reduction. They made the arrangement possible in his case. He does not claim to know how his hiring manager interpreted the request.

What concerns might a hiring manager have?

He speculates that a manager could wonder whether there were undisclosed problems behind the move. These are possible questions he imagines, rather than accusations or information about what actually happened in the hiring discussion.

How did the return hiring process work?

Igor

The recruiter sent openings, he spoke with several hiring managers, and he pursued the team that seemed to fit best. He then spoke with engineers and the manager’s manager.

Despite having been away for about three and a half years, he did not have to repeat the normal interview process. There was a discussion of whether returning at L6 would require a coding interview because a more senior role might have involved less coding, but he received an exception.

He does not know whether that was a general return policy or a special arrangement for him. The process described is one person’s experience.

Why are you willing to discuss this publicly?

Igor

He is generally open about positive and negative experiences, but also emphasizes the security that makes his openness possible. He does not depend on an employer for a work visa, has access to health insurance through his spouse, has grown children and no mortgage, and can afford time without work.

Those conditions reduce the consequences of losing a job after speaking publicly. He would not automatically advise someone with different constraints to disclose their workplace challenges. His willingness to share comes with a clear acknowledgment of privilege.

What changed between pursuing promotions and pursuing a lower level?

Igor

Earlier in a career, it can be difficult to imagine what a role several levels above actually feels like. Experiencing the progression clarified his preference: his happiest work involved a relatively small team, substantial coding and debugging, design, and mentoring. A higher title was less valuable to him once its daily work became concrete.

What did strong senior peers do that you felt you lacked?

Igor

He warns against combining everyone else’s strengths into one imaginary competitor. One colleague may be strong at presentations, another at communication, and another at leadership. Comparing yourself with the whole group can create an impossible standard.

He thinks that with enough time he could have become fully productive at E7. He simply was not enjoying the process and did not have to continue it. Friends and family questioned leaving before being forced out, or declining to seek the same level elsewhere. His response separates an ability to do something from a desire to spend his life doing it.

Is there a mentorship story you particularly remember?

Igor

An intern he hosted when he was around L4 later joined full time and eventually became the manager of that team. Igor had moved to another project by then, so he did not report to his former intern. His lesson is straightforward: do not underestimate an intern’s potential.

What advice would you give your earlier self?

Igor

Ask whether the work matters to the company and who needs it. He remembers working on projects whose purpose was unclear to him and that leadership later shut down. Choosing useful work is a more concrete guide than remaining on a project only because it has been assigned.

What can a junior engineer do if the project seems unhelpful?

Talk to other managers and look for a better project where internal movement is practical. He found movement easier at Google than at an earlier employer, and cautions that the advice depends on the company. He explicitly distinguishes his own experience from reputations he has only heard about.

About this source

Meta Senior Staff (IC7) Eng's Honest Demotion Story

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening teaser montage (00:00–00:37) repeats later discussion.

Closing thanks and audience-support request (49:01–49:40) omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Part

Make impact visible

Keep evidence of outcomes, explain your contribution clearly, and build a reputation that helps others recognize useful work.

Section 18 · interview

Barbara Liskov: Make Foundational Contributions Visible

Selected passages on presentations/writing as sources of recognition and why foundational work can become invisible.

Why do some names and ideas become better known than similar work?

Barbara Liskov

Asked why Paxos became more familiar than Viewstamped Replication, Liskov recalls Lamport’s explanation that he gave the talks while she implemented the work. She acknowledges his presentations and papers as a source of visibility. When the host wonders whether the catchier name also helped, she agrees that it is a appealing name without treating naming as a proven causal explanation.

Why did some people question the significance of your Turing Award work?

Barbara Liskov

Liskov first challenges the host’s assumption that only she faced negative comments. Her husband happened to read those comments online; she thinks other recipients may have encountered similar treatment if they looked.

Her more interesting interpretation is that some of the work had become so fundamental that people could no longer imagine the previous world. Even her graduate students had not fully grasped that abstract data types and the modular-programming mindset had to be invented. A specific protocol is easy to identify as an invention; a way of thinking that permeates ordinary practice can become part of the unnoticed background.

She therefore viewed the dismissive comments, despite their intent, as a kind of compliment to the broader research community that created those foundations. The impact had become difficult to see precisely because the ideas were taken for granted.

About this source

Turing Award Winner: Data Abstraction, Dijkstra, Distributed Systems | Barbara Liskov

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening montage (00:00–00:31) repeats later exchanges and is not counted again.

Closing thanks and keyboard/channel promotion (33:45–34:42) are omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 19 · interview

Werner Vogels: Learning Culture, Mentorship, and Communication

Selected passages on problem discovery, postmortem culture, mentoring, writing as leverage, recognition, and communication.

How do you find the problems that matter most?

Marc Brooker

Brooker recommends looking broadly rather than optimizing only the volume of one’s own code. Customers reveal work they find difficult, investments they are making, and operational chores they wish did not distract from their businesses. Technical trends supply another input: faster networks, storage, compute, multicore systems, and GPUs can make previously impractical designs possible. Changes in the wider world create openings too.

What makes a good postmortem?

Marc Brooker

Begin by understanding what actually happened, rather than fitting the event to an existing bias. If that is impossible, the difficulty itself identifies missing observability, logging, metrics, or simulation capability. Then examine causes at several levels: the code defect, why testing missed it, why the testing approach or assumptions were inadequate, and which team or organizational decisions shaped those conditions.

Why should a team with weak postmortem habits invest in them?

Marc Brooker

The choice is where to spend engineering time: improving the product or fighting the same fire repeatedly. A weak culture may lack a sufficiently clear focus on outcomes and customer experience. Standards need not be identical everywhere; durability-critical systems deserve especially high standards, while another product may deliberately accept more defects to optimize other goals. The important distinction is an intentional tradeoff.

Another failure mode is normalizing operational heroics. A team that stays up all night, tolerates constant pages, and fixes every emergency may feel admirable from inside, yet spend its strongest ownership and expertise on an expensive repeating break-fix cycle. The corrective move is to redirect that energy into understanding and removing causes. Preventing recurrence creates time for deeper product improvements.

What would you say to a new engineer frightened by those higher expectations?

Marc Brooker

He does not expect a new graduate to know everything immediately. Employers and early-career engineers both benefit from people succeeding, so organizations must build a supported learning path. First customer conversations can be scary; mentorship, feedback, guardrails, and progressively larger experiences make them learnable.

He compares this with other professions where much practical learning occurs on the job. What changes is the emphasis of the learning, not the fact that graduates need it. Leaders must rethink the career ladder rather than simply hire beginners and demand expert performance. He acknowledges uncertainty while remaining optimistic about the scale of opportunity.

Why write so much as an engineer?

Marc Brooker

Writing lets expertise travel across both people and time. A product, individual mentorship, and talks all spread knowledge, but an old written explanation can still help a reader a decade later. He values writing as a multiplier rather than merely as a visibility activity.

It also sharpens the writer’s thought. Putting an idea into prose forces a depth and clarity that speech or slides may not. Brooker sometimes writes with no intention of publishing. He appreciates Leslie Lamport’s stronger case for formal mathematics while seeing prose as an accessible starting point. Sharing ideas, preserving them, and understanding them better are separate but compatible motives.

What do you say to engineers who see documentation as busy work?

Marc Brooker

Ask what the writing is for and whether it operates at the right level of the problem. Brooker does not find every design notation useful; he criticizes UML as focusing on a semantic level that did not help his own work. A document can be valuable because it preserves a decision for future readers or helps reason through a difficult, hard-to-reverse design or API choice. Routine, reversible choices do not all warrant the same process.

For important designs, recording the rationale also distinguishes careful decisions from temporary guesses made without data. Future engineers can reconsider arbitrary choices with new evidence while taking more care to understand the reasoning behind deliberate ones. The amount of prior thought matters alongside the result. Writing for that purpose is a skill worth developing even if the activity is not naturally enjoyable.

How do you balance doing the work with discussing it?

Marc Brooker

He sees both extremes as failure modes. A deeply capable person who never communicates could have more impact by sharing and could miss important problems by staying inside an IDE. Someone who only talks could make their advice more relevant by returning to practice.

Brooker personally spends roughly seventy-five to eighty percent of his effort practicing and the remainder teaching or communicating. Strong colleagues vary from approximately ninety-ten to fifty-fifty; he offers these as observations rather than an optimal allocation formula. Dedicated communicators can have a different job, provided they remain curious and honest about what they do and do not know. During fast change, he would lean somewhat more toward practice without severing contact with the outside world.

Is it better to be overrated or underrated?

Marc Brooker

For the long term, he would choose underrated. Being overrated may feel good but is difficult to sustain. Sports and crafts expose the gap between appearance and capability quickly; engineering can leave room for qualitative perceptions longer. The careers he admires are built on honesty about actual knowledge and skill, not on maintaining an inflated image. This complements his recommendation to communicate useful expertise rather than hide it.

Which AWS engineers do you admire, and why?

Marc Brooker

He highlights retired colleague Al Vermeulen, whose work included major contributions to S3 and database design. Brooker remembers debating fine points of Paxos with him around 2010 while also seeing him discuss executive-level cloud strategy and explain what the business should build. He admired the ability to move across those levels without losing depth.

More generally, he respects colleagues motivated by useful work and customer impact rather than celebrity. Breadth, detail, and purpose together form the example he wants to follow.

What advice would you give yourself when first joining AWS?

Marc Brooker

Be a little bolder about moving when learning and impact begin to taper. He loved his early teams in EC2 and EBS and was more hesitant to leave than he now thinks ideal. He made about four substantial organizational changes and suspects a few more might have been better, rather than recommending constant movement.

He would repeatedly ask what he is learning, whom he is learning from, and whether another environment would help him learn more quickly. Following curiosity has been both useful and enjoyable in his own career.

About this source

AWS Distinguished Eng: Learning From 3000 Incidents And How Engineering Is Changing | Marc Brooker

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening montage at 00:00–01:01 repeats questions and claims developed later and is not counted separately.

Closing keyboard promotion, channel feedback requests, and farewell at 01:10:34–01:11:29 are omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 20 · interview

Charlie Marsh: Honest Communication and Building a Team

Selected passages on honest communication, user trust, founder/team fit, and choosing trustworthy partners.

How do you balance a provocative headline with honesty?

He opposes misleading clickbait. The aim is communicating the most interesting true parts effectively. Lying can attract attention but destroys the basis for a useful relationship with users.

What about charts with a truncated axis?

He rejects deceptive chart presentation and then emphasizes the real benchmark difficulty: caches, project selection, and unrelated native builds can change the observed result. No single graph captures every situation. That does not remove the obligation to give users an honest sense of performance; he admits his own team may sometimes get the balance wrong.

Did willingness to walk away give negotiating leverage?

He agrees that he had a strong position while declining to portray himself as an expert negotiator. He emphasizes aligned, supportive investors and little pressure beyond suggestions to grow more aggressively. That positive experience was fortunate; he recognizes other founders can have different relationships.

What surprised you as an engineer becoming a first-time founder?

He distrusts universal startup advice because successful founders can give contradictory instructions and survivorship bias hides alternatives. Choose principles suited to the team and the life you want. Remote work let him hire a team he could not have assembled in one location, despite real benefits of meeting in person. Fundraising optimized for trustworthy partners, reasonable terms, and getting back to work. He did not force a cofounder relationship merely because it was recommended, though he later felt the absence of a peer sharing the burden.

How did you compensate for founding alone?

He leaned on his wife, consulted the early team, and built relationships with other founders. Each source of support has limits, including how much to place on family or employees. He also chose to work extensively himself without requiring everyone to do so: he wanted people to succeed during normal hours and be rewarded for useful performance. His advice is to make the actual culture honest and deliberate, rather than imitate a fashionable schedule.

What advice would you give yourself after graduation?

Trust decisions made for sound personal reasons, while remaining aware that hindsight can make a lucky path look inevitable. He worried that choosing Khan Academy cost him big-company experience and compensation; he now values the experience he actually wanted. He would not pretend to know how the alternative would have gone.

Could the broader ecosystem exposure have been essential?

He agrees and adds his earlier startup experience. That company did not achieve all its ambitious drug-discovery goals, which briefly made him question the years invested. Being an early employee taught him both how a company develops and technical lessons later used at Astral. In retrospect the experiences connected to building tools he loves. He recognizes that this reassuring account comes from a path that worked well, rather than proving every disappointment will produce the same payoff.

About this source

Creator of uv, ty, Ruff: How Software Engineering Is Changing | Charlie Marsh

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening trailer at 0:00–0:45 repeats later exchanges and is represented once.

WorkOS sponsor segment at 39:14–40:04 and closing support/keyboard promotion at 82:00–82:54 omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 21 · interview

Thariq Shihipar: Manager Updates and Professional Visibility

Selected passages on preparing manager updates, honest communication, intentional writing, and public professional visibility.

How much glue writing, such as launch posts, updates and design docs, is now written by LLMs at Anthropic?

Thariq

Thariq's rule of thumb is that if you would be happy to show someone the prompt, you can send them the output. Often the prompt just collects context. Before each one-on-one, Thariq has Claude read Slack messages, GitHub messages and PRs and compile a report of what Thariq did. The manager lacks that context, and Thariq is comfortable with them knowing the prompt.

For data readouts, Thariq suggests showing you have read the result, for example with small edits or a sanity check of the numbers. For a pitch or new concept, people want to know you believe in it. Even if Claude's idea is excellent, Thariq would say that Claude generated it and that Thariq thinks it is great. What people dislike is feeling misled.

Some writing depends on individual words. Anthropic's internal essays arguing for a direction are generally human-written, and Thariq says having Claude write your essay is looked down on, because every word should be intentional.

So routine writing is AI-written but human-reviewed, and novel thinking stays human?
Thariq

Thariq agrees and adds that writing is a way of thinking, so if you need to think more about a readout, summarize it yourself. Gathering context is different: no one will hold it against you, and acknowledging the shortcut is good.

Should software engineers post on Twitter or X to build visibility?

Thariq

Thariq says to share your work externally as much as you can, though some employers do not allow it; side projects are an option. Before joining Anthropic, Thariq worked with different companies, built things, and wrote and talked about them. Thariq says this increased their "surface area of luck", and that the bar is much lower than people think.

Thariq says they give this advice to many people and almost none follow it, while everyone who did is in a job they are excited about or running their own company. The recipe: ignore your resume, choose an interesting project, work hard and lock in, then ship it and write about it. There will be reasons not to, but if the first attempt fails, do it again.

Twitter may not be the right place; Reddit or Hacker News might fit better. The goal is to find people who like what you do. People want high-quality content, which is a lot of work, and Thariq says there is no shortcut such as asking Claude to run your Twitter account. Engage authentically. Thariq compares it with going to the gym daily: simple, disciplined and easy to quit, and Thariq says they have not seen anyone who kept trying fail.

Can you give an example of expanding your luck surface area?
Thariq

Thariq describes how they got the job at Anthropic. Thariq did a fellowship at Good Fire, an interpretability AI company, doing applied research on using interpretability to make better products, and agreed up front that the goal was to share what Thariq built.

Thariq built an interpretability visualization and posted it. It got about 500 likes, which was big at the time. Several people saw it, some sent direct messages, and Thariq got an intro into a role at Anthropic. The project took about a month, and Thariq was paid for it.

Thariq says there is no shortcut: do interesting, novel work, work hard and be proud of it.

About this source

How Anthropic Builds And How Engineering Will Change Soon | Thariq Shihipar

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening teaser clips and lead-in, 00:00.00 to 00:27.20, omitted; the real question starts at 00:28.40.

Sponsor read for WorkOS, 34:16.72 to 35:00.96, omitted.

Laughter and the brief repeated exchange on first-try expectations, 01:05:17.64 to 01:05:40.08, folded into the follow-up at 01:05:07.16.

Closing thanks, 01:09:53.12 to 01:09:56.28, omitted.

Channel call for comments and likes, guest suggestions, and ergonomic keyboard Kickstarter promotion, 01:09:58.76 to 01:10:52.84, omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 22 · companion

Ambition, impact, and the limits of promotion checklists

A host and CTO debate how to make valuable work visible without reducing career growth to a transactional promotion checklist.

Should an engineer organize a career around promotion or around developing useful behaviors and impact?

Guest

The guest strongly favors impact over title. In evaluating advancement, he wants to see important outcomes rather than an attempt to negotiate a checklist whose completion mechanically triggers promotion. A person can technically satisfy a stated activity while performing it in a way that adds little value; that leaves the underlying reason for advancement unmet.

He also acknowledges a personal reaction: repeated attempts to pin leadership down on rewards can feel transactional and annoying to him. That is his perspective as a leader, not a guarantee that all managers respond alike. His substantive argument is that genuine impact remains what should be recognized.

How should quieter engineers balance impact with making their work visible?

Guest

The host challenges a pure impact-first account: good engineers can be weak at communicating their results and may lose out when promotion decisions depend on people noticing. He distinguishes useful visibility from cynical self-promotion.

The guest agrees that visibility matters. Engineers need contact with people who understand important challenges, coordination with collaborators, and recognition of their capabilities so others can entrust them with bigger work. His distinction is the purpose and framing of the communication: making work understandable and coordinating it can lead to different behavior than trying to brag about oneself.

Updates should also recognize collaborators and thank the team. That makes the contribution legible without implying only the sender mattered, helps others feel valued, and supports the trust required for leadership. The host observes that two motives can produce superficially similar updates; the guest emphasizes how much the message centers the individual versus the work and other people.

Does the loud high performer often get promoted sooner than an equally strong quiet colleague?

Guest

The host argues that persistent lobbying can win extra attention even when both people have real impact. The guest says outcomes depend on organizational culture and that his own culture tries not to reward that behavior. He admits there are edge cases where lobbying earns consideration simply by keeping someone top of mind.

He does not advise abandoning ambition. He wants ambition expressed as a desire for greater impact: ask whether you are working on the most important problem, what you could learn, and where you could contribute more. A hardworking engineer can otherwise spend extraordinary effort on a low-priority task and still miss the outcome they sought.

Making those aspirations known and asking for opportunities are valuable conversations. What he opposes is reducing the relationship to contractual boxes followed by a demand for promotion. The debate therefore retains a real tension: the host worries about unequal recognition, while the guest prefers impact-centered visibility and managerial judgment to promotion bargaining. Neither establishes that recognition will always perfectly match contribution.

About this source

CTO on Why You Shouldn’t Ask Your Manager for Promotion (Debate)

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Closing full-episode pointer and feedback request at 00:09:12–00:09:28 are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 23 · interview

Michael Novati: Reputation, Feedback, and Cross-Team Influence

Selected passages on internal newsletter visibility, cross-team reputation, managerial feedback, leadership relationships, and broad influence.

Build motivation through user relationships

Michael Novati

Socially, Facebook was a product everyone had heard of and had opinions on. Novati could get plenty of feedback about what people liked and disliked, and found it motivating to build something people cared about. Novati adds that the company went through ups and downs, even during the tenure.

What does Novati think of "move fast and break things," now that the culture has changed?

Michael Novati

Novati describes having been "the move fast and break things person" at the time and still likes the framing. In Novati's reading, the "break things" half was partly an outside perception, and Facebook did not want to tell the public that people were recklessly breaking everything. The original spirit was breaking norms: first-principles thinking, trying things from scratch, not following trends for their own sake. It was not meant as causing havoc.

Novati still thinks it would be a fine motto today. At a larger, more mature company, though, even the smallest bug can cost millions or tens of millions of dollars, so Novati can see why the company dropped it.

Did the culture change over the years, given that Novati started when there were about 200 engineers?

Michael Novati

Novati describes an extremely engineer-driven culture. Designers and product managers had to win engineers over, because work an engineer would not build did not get built. Nearly all internal tools were written in-house and used by employees, which set an engineering-first tone that Novati loved.

Novati sees the 2012 IPO as a turning point. The stock fell afterward because people asked how Facebook would make money, a question that had barely come up in the first three years. As the company grew, Novati developed a more mature view: ad optimization, cost savings, and efficient infrastructure became more important. Early on, senior engineers argued out designs head-to-head, largely independent of management. By the end, VPs of two teams more often negotiated and the result percolated down.

What was the internal newsletter that made Novati well known, and why start it?

Michael Novati

It was called "the weekly Novati", a weekly post on the Notes product, Facebook's blogging feature. Notes had no owner when Novati joined in 2009, so Novati improved it at hackathons, adding rich text to what had been plain text. The change was an 11,000-line diff, so large that Novati had to organize an in-person meeting to review it. Novati also used the product constantly, as part of Facebook's dogfooding habit.

A few slightly controversial posts about product building drew traction, so Novati posted more regularly, often off the cuff. Facebook was adamant about staying on the Menlo Park campus, while startups such as Stripe and Uber in San Francisco were drawing employees away. Novati wrote repeatedly about it, including a post proposing a South San Francisco office, and that office later opened.

Would Novati recommend an internal newsletter like that today?
Michael Novati

Overall, Novati says, no. There was no strategic reason to write it. It came from Facebook's value of being open and transparent: Novati wanted to strip away pleasantries and look at products honestly, for example admitting when a product grew through luck and not substance. Novati contrasts this with startups and boot camps that treat a little traction as proof they built something great. The posts had nothing to do with performance reviews or influence.

The cost was friction. Novati once openly called out that engineers with titles such as network engineer or data engineer could not move between teams as easily as software engineers. Novati did not realize it was a sore point behind the scenes, and executives said the post did not help and that they now had damage control to do. Novati's lesson is that an off-the-cuff style has consequences, though Novati still tries to be direct and open on Reddit and LinkedIn.

Did HR ever ask Novati to take posts down?
Michael Novati

Nothing took the form of a takedown order, Novati says, but HR did give feedback. One post covered which companies were poaching Facebook engineers, and Uber was then offering very large stock grants. HR pointed out it might unintentionally encourage people to explore other jobs. Novati had not thought of that and says such off-the-cuff posts may not have been worth the friction.

Concerned, Novati messaged Zuckerberg directly. Zuckerberg was fine with it and encouraged Novati to keep posting.

Could Novati really message Zuckerberg directly and get a reply?
Michael Novati

Yes. Facebook was small when Novati joined, and Novati dealt regularly with the executives. When leaving, Novati messaged each executive one-on-one, including Chris Cox, and says they replied with thanks. Novati felt a relationship with all of them, formed from interacting genuinely while the company was small, and got to know Zuckerberg best, partly outside work. Novati has not spoken with many of them in the past couple of years as Facebook has grown.

Which engineers impressed Novati most, and why?

Michael Novati

The product infrastructure team, which built PHP abstractions that evolved into today's React framework. Novati watched the framework go up brick by brick and saw those engineers as a different type, a specialty that was not Novati's. The person most like Novati was Evan Priestley, who Novati says was the top committer before Novati. Priestley wrote the internal code-review suite essentially alone, and it was later forked and open sourced (the captions render its name unclearly).

Would Novati choose Priestley or four regular senior engineers for a new product team?
Michael Novati

Priestley. Novati then qualifies it as context-dependent. Being called a coding machine is not magic: it comes from hard work, from holding a lot of code in memory, and from attention to the littlest details. Novati says that on Oculus firmware, productivity would be slow at first. In a comfortable codebase where everyone has ramped up, Novati would pick the coding machine. For something truly new, a more diverse group may bring more flexibility and creativity. A coding machine, Novati says, makes things happen that people thought impossible.

Can Novati give an example a team of seven senior engineers would not have finished?
Michael Novati

Novati's canonical example is a framework called Preparables. A component had a data-fetching function and a rendering function, so all data could be fetched in parallel before rendering. It was later replaced by async/await and more modern approaches. Thousands of classes used it, and Novati manually and relentlessly refactored every one away, roughly three to six thousand by Novati's estimate, until the parent class was gone. It took several months and was a solo effort.

A second project removed every direct PHP endpoint hit on the server in favor of the routing framework. Neither was the company's top priority, Novati says, and without personal drive they would have consumed resources better spent on new products. One person doing them made all engineers' lives easier by removing legacy frameworks.

What impressed Novati about the React-framework engineers, whose archetype differed from Novati's?

Michael Novati

Novati files them under the specialist archetype: people very good at one stack. Another example is an engineer who was one of perhaps ten people in the world who deeply understood email protocols, including the practical side of spam and routing. Novati likes a sports-team analogy: on a baseball team every player can play most positions reasonably, yet you want distinct roles and mutual respect for each player's place. Novati respects those engineers and sees the team as exceptional when it has different kinds of players.

Was it that they solved problems others could not?
Michael Novati

Yes, Novati says, and their abstractions were especially impactful because every engineer used them daily. Novati's own cleanup work also eased everyone's life, so there was some similarity. Their frameworks cut the mental overhead of tasks such as fetching data. Novati notes that an elegant, fast, easy-to-use API is very hard to design, and that making things simpler can be more work than writing a lot of code.

Novati has said about 30 percent of time went to the team and 70 percent to self-directed projects. How does that work?

Michael Novati

Novati frames it as being a senior engineer on a team of about ten while spending more than half the time on codebase-wide initiatives: cleanups, refactors, a new framework, one-off help, and emergencies. The 30 percent was a share of mental focus, not a slice of the eight-hour day. Novati was on the team all day, reviewing code, bouncing ideas off junior engineers, mentoring them toward promotion, and writing features the team had queued. Novati also joined product meetings and assessed feasibility of what product managers proposed. The volume of code from team work was that of a senior engineer.

How did Novati manage the relationship with the manager, given that most bandwidth went elsewhere?
Michael Novati

Novati often, though not always, reported to more junior managers and acted almost as a peer who helped them manage the team. The skip-level manager usually did the performance reviews, and Novati effectively reported to that skip unofficially. Novati met a VP monthly for the whole org and the skip every two weeks. On the org chart Novati reported to a frontline manager, but in practice Novati was a dotted-line resource for senior people, "a weapon of the org" that went wherever needed.

How did Novati transition into IC7, solving the hardest problems for the whole org?

Michael Novati

Novati says output was already at coding-machine level from day one. What improved was taste and judgment. As an example, there were two forks of the task tool on the same data source, one fast and streamlined, one bloated with features and slow. In a week or less, Novati merged them into one with the speed of the first and the features of the second. Novati told no one, posted to the whole company that the tools were merged, and says this could not be done now.

Everyone congratulated Novati, but the lesson was that surprising hundreds of users with changed URLs was not the best way. Novati had not understood the consequences for teams. Over many large changes, some too fast and some buggy, Novati kept the same speed while improving judgment: how much to change at once, what other people will feel, and which spots are sensitive. That accumulation of judgment and taste is what crosses the line into IC7, Novati says. Advice on building it depends on context: talk to a manager, then a skip-level manager, then a very senior engineer in a similar org.

So high productivity and initiative let Novati take on extra work and become known for it?
Michael Novati

Yes, Novati says, but judgment and taste matter more than the code. They extend to the push process. Facebook had no continuous integration then. If something broke in production, the pushing team had to ship a fix, and an engineer who broke too much lost its trust, which would hurt a coding machine. Novati built that relationship, and more than once said a change needed to land and that if it broke the site Novati would resign. Novati had burned credibility before, so had to be very sure of the fix. An engineer who simply writes a lot of code, without years of built-up trust, could not get away with it.

Would Novati have resigned if it had broken again?
Michael Novati

Novati thinks so. The statement puts so much pressure on Novati, perhaps a personality trait, that Novati triple-checks every line and thinks through every odd case.

What do taste and judgment mean for a software engineer?

Michael Novati

Novati likens taste to the patina on a cast-iron pan, built up in layers of history. Some people have stronger instincts early, perhaps from upbringing or from experience outside code such as dancing or sports. In general it takes experience. Novati's second image is a speed skater: you cannot read a book, put on skates, and be fastest. It takes years of feeling the ice at different temperatures and the difference between a skate used once and twice.

Novati sees too many people early in their careers trying to jump ahead, like entering the Olympics before building that feel. That is okay, Novati says, and nothing is wrong with them. The advice is to put in practice and reps, get feedback, iterate, and have the grit to keep going; without feedback, practice does not improve skill.

Is taste about how to design software, or about which problems are worth solving?
Michael Novati

Both, for different people, Novati says. A product manager's taste is mostly about what to build, built by shipping many things and watching some fail. Novati says the exceptional ones have shipped mostly things that failed or were mediocre, and learned at each step (a loose, unmeasured claim). For an engineer, Novati says, taste applies to the code itself and to strategies for moving fast.

Novati was touching everyone's code. Did other teams give feedback, and how was it handled?

Michael Novati

Yes. In one case Novati refactored an old framework in the live version of a team's tool while that team was building a newer tool and carefully maintaining backward compatibility. They had many diffs in flight, and the refactor caused merge conflicts. They wanted it reverted. Novati had not paid attention to that, and the lesson is to be careful where teams are mid-migration on complex, longer-term work.

Did anyone object that Novati added something without owning its maintenance?
Michael Novati

That never came up, Novati says. The philosophy then, which Novati reports Kent Beck also described recently, was that every line you write you are responsible for. If you are willing to be woken at 3 a.m. to fix your code, you can skip tests. If you want to work nine to five, write more tests so the code is stable while you are away.

Novati did not refactor and forget. Sometimes two years later an automatic bug would be assigned because Novati had touched the code last, and Novati fixed it as now Novati's. Novati had no territorial conflicts and did not step on people's product judgment. Novati compares it to surgery, learned the hard way through early over-aggressiveness: finding the line between disrupting people's day-to-day work and still getting the cleanup done.

As engineers get more senior they are pulled into more meetings. How did Novati protect focus time?

Michael Novati

Novati minimized meetings. When calendar invites arrived without context, Novati asked what they were for and pushed back on many. Novati skipped standups unless relevant, for example during a crunch to ship within a month, and did not attend ones that were social chitchat. Novati was strict about time and chose teams deliberately, valuing managers who understood that their job is to help reports perform exceptionally. Novati's managers protected Novati from unnecessary meetings so impact could be highest.

Novati admits being too arrogant at times. Novati recalls walking out of a meeting or two after deciding it was no longer useful, and now regrets it, feeling bad for whoever ran the meeting.

Did HR ever ask Novati to be nicer?
Michael Novati

No, Novati says, because it was not a table-flipping situation. Novati had good relationships with the product managers, who liked that Novati built and fixed things fast, including bugs that were not Novati's. Meta's product managers want things moving fast and watch every pixel. They would often give Novati permission to leave when a meeting no longer needed Novati. Novati describes the attitude as cutthroat about not spending time in meetings when Novati could be coding.

How did Novati develop the skill of picking problems that mattered, so the code was more impactful?

Michael Novati

Novati says first that Novati is not great at it and is still poor at prioritizing. Novati tended to pick things where Novati could already see the answer, so the only question was how fast the code could be typed. That is also why LLMs help Novati so much: the idea is in Novati's head and the tool gets it out faster.

Novati calls this one of the things that probably held back the career. When a manager asked for task A, and Novati could not see the answer, Novati did B through H instead. That earns a passing grade and is appreciated, but if A really mattered, the company's overall impact would likely have been higher had Novati done it. Novati frames it as a weakness, limited by what Novati can figure out how to do.

So the priority list was whatever Novati could crank out instantly, not full business value?
Michael Novati

Novati agrees and adds that if you crank out enough, it adds up and can have huge impact, but it is a different way of thinking about work.

What did the IC7-plus engineers have in common?

Michael Novati

Novati says there was a common bar regardless of archetype, whether coding machine, specialist, or fixer. Everyone showed extremely strong diligence and conscientiousness, and was sharp. Novati cites a straight-A school record and a sense of being fairly smart, yet acknowledges that many in the group are probably smarter. In a room, a newly proposed protocol would not get an hour-long presentation; people would ask sharp follow-up questions at once. Attention to detail was very high.

For Novati these are personality traits, such as using obsessive tendencies productively on every detail of the product. Others reached them through 25 years of experience. In conversations with junior colleagues, Novati says, context is often missing, follow-ups are less sharp and take longer, and projects are usually smaller in scope.

At the highest levels of performance, how much is talent and how much is hard work and growth?

Michael Novati

Talent exists, Novati says, shaped by biology, upbringing, and opportunity, and some of it is undiscovered. Someone who feels untalented may simply not have found it yet, or may be talented at something that is not their day job. Novati says this is the mission behind the current work of helping people find the most impactful work they can do, since not everyone had the chance to explore. Novati believes everyone is better than most at something, and finding it is a big piece of high performance.

Hard work, in contrast, is within your control. A friend of Novati's makes the point that talent and luck are outside your control and effort is not. If you are good at your job and like it, Novati says, you can outwork similar people and will probably be recognized for it.

What percent of Novati's career growth is luck?

Michael Novati

Novati says 50/50. Coming from Canada, Novati's first day at Facebook was a surprise: Novati took a laptop and left onboarding, and was called back because Novati had not collected a phone. Facebook handed over a phone and accessories as if rolling out a red carpet, and Novati wondered what it all was. Staying in Canada would probably have gone well, Novati says, but without the same acceleration.

The luck was landing at Facebook when Novati did: a perfect fit for Novati's personality then, aligned values, and code that matched what Novati could handle. Novati has seen people without the same drive who got the luck and are doing well, and says either factor can work out. Novati says both applied here.

What advice would Novati give to a just-graduated self?

Michael Novati

Novati sees many people, including those preparing for interviews, seeking approval: a green check mark, a perfect grade. Novati was that person, wanting an A+ without really knowing what was being learned. Because of that, Novati treated feedback as a grade to judge by and not as input for improving, and pressured toward 100 percent next time instead of toward improvement.

The advice to ambitious people who want perfect scores is to reflect on feedback and push past the comfort zone, instead of treating feedback as judgment.

About this source

Meta Senior Staff Eng (IC7): Zuck Stories, Rapid Career Growth, Code Machine Archetype

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening teaser clips and the host's "you will like the full episode" lead-in, 00:00.32 to 00:26.08, omitted; the central claims are covered once in the overview.

Brief references to the guest's current company (interview preparation and offer coaching) at about 15:08 to 16:50 and 58:38 to 59:14 reduced to the underlying advice; no promotion kept.

Short asides on the Nasdaq button logistics (11:18 to 11:57) and the Ripstik-ban anecdote (26:33 to 27:54) condensed to their main points.

Closing thanks, offer to be contacted on LinkedIn or Reddit, subscribe and Spotify-review request, and call for guest suggestions, 01:25:40.64 to 01:26:19.92 omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 24 · interview

Bobby Holly: Visibility, Team Credit, and Distinguished-Level Impact

Selected passages on impact-centered visibility, giving team credit, senior role models, and distinguished-level leadership.

Where were you in your career at that point, and how did it grow as you worked on these projects?

Bobby Holly

Holly says early Mozilla had a choose-your-own-title culture, and Holly chose 'negative entropy' for the complex codebase. By Firefox Quantum, Mozilla had a more standard ladder. Holly had reached senior staff during Quantum CSS, and after launch Holly and the engineer who led the other half of Quantum were promoted to principal engineer, a level held by probably fewer than five people at the time by Holly's estimate.

Holly's long-term dream was to be like Boris Sabarski, one of Mozilla's three distinguished engineers, and the route was to be prolific across as many parts of the code as possible: WebRender, mobile, multiprocess, layout. Holly's manager, who ran engineering, asked Holly to spend one day a week not opening a terminal and to think about impact more broadly than direct code. Holly was shocked and says it was not a natural way to work.

Do you have a way of thinking about which contributions are more impactful than others?
Bobby Holly

Holly says it was a guided search for the biggest problem on offer, which changed over time: DOM bindings and security, then media playback to solve the YouTube problem, multiprocess, the Rust-based CSS engine, WebRender, and then mobile. Holly's model was to jump into the most pressing area, learn its code and work with its leaders, not always typing the code but reviewing, setting direction and setting priorities. The host summarizes this as prolific but aimed at the organization's biggest problems, and Holly agrees.

In the industry I hear two approaches to growth: focus on the promotion first, or build skills and behaviors and let the promotion follow. Which is better?

Bobby Holly

Holly has strong opinions and says to focus on impact, not title. That is what Holly looks for when deciding whom to advance. Someone having that level of impact does not need to sell themselves the way promo hacking implies, which means pinning down a management chain on exactly what must be done to earn a promotion.

Speaking frankly, Holly finds that annoying, comparing it to a child asking for a reward in exchange for doing what was asked. Holly also sees a substantive problem. A person focused on impact will achieve things, whereas a person focused on boxes someone else presented may technically satisfy a stated condition in a box-checking way that misses the point. Impact is what should be recognized and rewarded.

Softer-spoken engineers often do great work but market it poorly. Brag documents and sharing wins seem a reasonable balance. How do you weigh the two framings?
Bobby Holly

Holly says similar activities can be framed several ways, and the framing shapes how they are carried out and what they achieve. Visibility is a basic fact of impact: you need to be connected to people who understand the biggest challenges, coordinate with them, and make sure they know what you can do so they can put you in a position to do more. But Holly says trying to brag and trying to communicate, coordinate and create visibility for important work lead to very different outcomes.

The wording of an update can be subtle, and the same post can come from different incentives. Can people tell?
Bobby Holly

Holly says much depends on how much the update is about you versus the work, the team and other people. Everyone knows the sender likely had a significant hand in the work, so an important part of any update is giving visibility to others and thanking the team. Holly sees that as part of leadership: being a humble leader who creates recognition for other people's contributions.

Doesn't the squeaky wheel get the grease? A loud high performer who lobbies for promotion is often rewarded before a quiet, solid one.
Bobby Holly

Holly says it depends on the organization and its technical culture, and Mozilla tries hard not to reward that. The message is not to avoid ambition but to frame it as the impact you want, not the status you want. Holly allows that in edge cases people lobbying for themselves get a little more consideration because they are top of mind.

The conversations Holly likes best are about how to grow and have more impact, such as whether you are working on the most important thing. Holly calls it the saddest outcome when someone works very hard on something not important enough to give the impact they want. Pinning leaders down on which boxes to check is, Holly says, extremely annoying, and you do not want leadership to find you annoying.

You were focused on impact and had distinguished engineers as role models. What did the growth look like next?

Bobby Holly

Holly kept working on the hardest challenge in the browser and moving from team to team, assuming that Boris Sabarski's level of impact would eventually mean becoming a distinguished engineer. Then the CTO at the time sat Holly down. The existing distinguished engineers had held the title since about 2010 and no new ones had been made since. The CTO said Mozilla would make new ones for the first time in almost a decade and that Holly would not be among them.

Holly was a little surprised, since Holly thought anyone would say that, though perhaps not at Boris's level, Holly knew the Firefox code better than almost anyone. The CTO explained that this was the traditional Mozilla model and that he now wanted something oriented around industry impact.

The definition of impact shifted while you were working toward distinguished engineer. What was your thinking about the new criteria?
Bobby Holly

Holly found it inspiring, though some people worried Holly would be upset. Holly compares it to doing a new Pilates move and discovering a muscle you did not know you had and that is extremely weak. What defines a distinguished engineer, Holly says, depends on what matters to the organization. Early on, Mozilla's make-or-break problem was managing a sprawling codebase with few people, which called for a prolific contributor and enabler. At some companies the title means building a billion-dollar business, but Mozilla is about changing the world, so its criteria focus there.

Holly says Holly probably still has not reached the industry impact of some of Mozilla's other distinguished engineers, and that the eventual promotion was a hybrid of the old and new definitions. But understanding that model of impact was profound and shaped where Holly directed effort.

What does distinguished-engineer-level impact look like? Can you describe some people who have done impressive work?

Bobby Holly

Holly describes three engineers promoted at the time as archetypes of world-changing impact for an individual contributor at Mozilla.

The first is Martin Thompson, still at Mozilla, whom Holly calls an international standards extraordinaire. His name is in the author line of protocols such as HTTP/2, QUIC and web push, and Holly says he was heavily involved in WebRTC and geolocation, adding that Holly is not familiar with every credit. This was core design work, not editorial formatting. By designing new protocols that were faster, giving the industry a business reason to adopt them, while leaking less metadata and having fewer security issues, he increased the privacy and security of the internet.

The second is Luke Wagner, whom Holly considers the person most single-handedly responsible for WebAssembly. Running non-JavaScript code such as AutoCAD in browsers had relied on plugins, which Holly calls awful for security and user experience. A side project from another engineer compiled C++ to naive JavaScript, which worked but was very slow. Wagner, then a lead engineer on the SpiderMonkey JavaScript engine, wanted it viable, and the idea became having the tool emit a restricted subset of JavaScript the engine could detect, verify and run more natively. That started a flywheel of compiled native experiences in browsers and then momentum for a real bytecode format, WebAssembly, which is native-speed, sandboxed and portable. Google was pushing a plugin-like alternative, Native Client, so Wagner handled the technical and political pieces to forge a browser consensus.

The third is Tim Terbury, the codec lead. Native video playback was blocked because the dominant format, H.264, was heavily patent-encumbered, which an open-source browser could not ship. Mozilla spent years developing royalty-free codecs. Terbury's team built the Opus audio codec and then a video codec called Daala, which was incorporated into AV1, now an industry standard from the Alliance for Open Media. Holly says that powers video today and that the vision for truly unencumbered codecs came from Terbury.

The value these engineers created is huge, with WebAssembly making a company like Figma possible, but the value is captured elsewhere. Does that bother people at Mozilla?
Bobby Holly

Holly says Mozilla has no shareholders and is not trying to make gobs of money. Its mission is an internet that is open and accessible to all. Holly grants it is convenient for big tech companies to have a royalty-free codec, but notes they could pay. Mozilla's angle is to build formats that empower everybody and create economic value, even though some capture more than others.

Holly adds that Mozilla wants to keep existing, which means thinking about revenue, and a lot of its revenue comes from Google, one of the dominant advertising players. Mozilla would like to change that, but it is hard and not where its heart is, so Holly describes a real tension about how much to focus on business versus impact.

What advice would you give someone who wants to become a distinguished engineer?

Bobby Holly

Holly's answer is writing, which anyone can work on at any level. Holly says Mozilla, including Holly personally, did not have much developed capability here, and that writing is one of the most powerful skills. Holly points to an internal memo, now public, called 'writing things down', which argues that writing matters both for the artifact, which helps coordination, wide review and feedback, and for the process, since writing is thinking, refining and articulating ideas. Holly calls clarity of thinking one of the most important things and says you only get it by forcing yourself to write your ideas down.

As timely advice, Holly says not to use an LLM to produce text you put your name on. It is fairly easy to tell, and more importantly you lose the thinking that writing forces.

Do you have tips on how to write well?
Bobby Holly

Holly says a document should be no longer than what you have to say. When you run out of things to say, you either refine your ideas or you are done, because fluff is never useful and padded documents are among Holly's least favorite things. Focus on substance over rhetoric. Holly rejects the idea that non-native English speakers cannot write as well as others: there is a baseline of articulation to work on, but good writing is not flowery words. It is clarity of thought, which is relatively easy to express once you have it, if you practice.

If you could give yourself advice when you had just entered the industry, what would it be?

Bobby Holly

Holly's answer is to be humble. Holly says the younger attitude was not strictly about self but about engineering, that engineers were the center of the universe. Over time Holly realized that many other things matter, and that when you start at an organization you do not understand why certain processes and functions exist, such as a legal team. Moving into leadership, Holly developed appreciation and empathy for the different players in the organization and industry, recognizing that everyone has a point of view and a place they are coming from, and that working to understand where people are coming from is how to make progress.

About this source

Mozilla Firefox CTO: Chrome vs Firefox and Distinguished Eng Promos

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Cold-open highlight reel and introduction, 00:00.16 to 00:49.28, repeats lines that appear later in the interview and is represented once in the overview and the rounds.

Closing podcast housekeeping, 01:34:57.44 to 01:35:31.44: requests to engage with the content on YouTube or Spotify, leave a review, and suggest senior-engineer guests. The host states there are no sponsorships, and no sponsor read appears in the transcript.

Minor asides trimmed throughout without a separate block: the host's brief acknowledgements, restated questions inside answers, and some detail on IRC, interning, the Nokia mobile work and the Chrome object wrapper cleanup, around 02:00 to 05:05 and 19:17 to 24:24.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 25 · panel

Ryan and Ricky: Visibility, Self-Advocacy, and Promotion

Selected passages on promotion conversations, visible work, self-advocacy, impact measurement, and communication.

What do the engineering levels mean, from junior to staff?

Ricky

Ricky explains that junior engineers write and ship code with a fair amount of help. Mid-level engineers work more independently but still need help at times. Senior is often a stopping point, with few people expected to go further. Staff engineers set a team's direction and lead engineers at other levels. Ricky estimates that moving from junior to mid-level takes about two to four years, and mid-level to senior a similar time.

Ricky says some companies use an up-or-out policy, where people who do not reach the next level leave, and that Google is less aggressive about this. Ricky estimates, without exact data, that 90 percent or more of people reach these levels. The speakers say the levels site is fairly accurate, except that equity pay moves with the stock price.

How do interns succeed, and how are they judged?

The speakers say interns are judged on three things. The first is productivity: how much of the assigned project they finish, ideally in half the internship. The second is quality, shown by fewer rounds of code review by the end. The third is communication, including proposing improvements or a new project after finishing the first one. A strong intern does all three.

What was Ricky's own internship like?
Ricky

Ricky's junior-year internship at Google produced only about 800 lines of code, which felt low. Halfway through, Ricky had about 300 lines, while a UCLA friend on the same program had about 11,000. Ricky spent much of the time learning the codebase and wrote a detailed design doc comparing several approaches. That work showed productivity, and Ricky received a return offer.

How did you get promoted so quickly to staff engineer in your 20s?

Ricky

Ricky says each level expects a different kind of work. Many projects at the current level do not earn the next promotion. One project at the next level, which clearly shows readiness, counts for more. Managers often describe these expectations as behaviors. Ricky and Ryan focused on projects that would move them up, not on busy work that would not.

Ricky also says that, after each promotion, Ricky asked the manager what the next level required and then took on that kind of work. The manager explained which skills to build, and Ricky credits this for the fast promotions.

Is career success mostly luck?

Ryan

Ryan says luck is a big part of it, but people can raise their own luck through initiative. After about eight months at Amazon, Ryan felt stuck and could not see the path to the next level. Ryan applied to many companies and received offers from every company interviewed with except one. That led to Meta.

What one piece of advice would the speakers give?

Ricky

Ricky says the main advice is to ask a lot of questions, at work and during an internship. Ricky once told a mentee to keep asking, and at the end of the internship the mentee said Ricky had not really meant it. Ricky says the biggest difference between people who succeed quickly and those who do not is how fast they start asking questions, learning, and unblocking themselves. Fear of looking foolish holds many people back.

What separates strong interns from weak ones?
Ryan

Ryan has had five interns at Meta. The strong ones had the nerve to propose improvements and ask questions, even though Ryan was the senior person. Some suggestions were wrong, but many were right. The weaker interns were quieter, and Ryan could not tell how they were progressing. Time passed with little progress, and such interns often did not get return offers.

Are the best engineers the smartest students in the class?

The speakers say no. Strong engineers need solid technical skill and soft skills, such as persuading and influencing others. Work is a large group project, and disagreements are common. Telling a colleague that their idea is bad does not win them over. Naming the other person's frustration, acknowledging their view, and proposing a middle ground makes it more likely that the work ships. The speakers say these skills matter about as much as coding.

How much of the job is actually code?

One speaker says code is a smaller part of the job than new graduates expect. Writing is a large part of it. A design doc comes before the code, a change needs a written description, and a finished project needs a write-up of its results. The speaker says this writing is how a person influences others, so people skills often decide how far an engineer goes.

Do experienced engineers still get imposter syndrome?

Ricky

Ricky says imposter syndrome is very common, and that most people feel it. Ricky felt it on joining Google, after passing the interviews and the internship, and found the other engineers very strong. Even after promotions, Ricky wondered whether the company had made a mistake. Ricky copes by learning as much as possible and doing the best job possible, on the view that even being fired would leave something learned. Ricky says the feeling still returns in waves.

Did praise at work reduce the stress?
Ricky

Ricky describes being an anxious person who was always stressed about work. A manager once told Ricky to calm down. Ricky was not sure whether the praise meant a passing grade or a strong one. Talking through expectations with the manager helped, and the stress eased somewhat.

How do you advocate for yourself at work?

Ryan

Ryan says good work is required but not enough, because people decide promotions and they must know about the work. The last few percent of effort is to tell people about it. That can mean writing about a result, presenting it in a meeting, or telling a manager that a milestone is done early and the next task is ready. Ryan says a clear post about strong results makes a return offer hard to refuse. Ryan says this step is often skipped, especially by introverted people.

Is visibility a separate skill from doing the work?
Ricky

Ricky says visibility can come from a manager, a product manager, or teammates, as well as from the person's own writing. Ricky compares unseen work to a tree falling in a forest that nobody sees, and says people cannot promote work they do not know about.

How do managers measure impact?

The speakers define impact as the concrete, measurable results of the work, such as revenue, cost, speed, or user growth. The measure depends on the team. On an ads team it may be money. On infrastructure it may be the cost or latency of a database. On a growth team it may be daily active users or sign-ups at key steps. Engineers should learn the measure from their team and manager, because that is how their work is rewarded.

The speakers also say one small change that improves a key number can matter more than ten thousand lines of typo fixes. Their example is a one-line change that gives a 20 percent gain on something that matters.

Do you need an MBA for engineering management?

Ryan says no, and Ryan is a manager without one. Ryan describes a graph from a company that gathers LinkedIn data, covering a few thousand directors and above. Pay with and without an MBA looked comparable, and pay without one was slightly lower. Ryan describes this as research done with a company, not a published study.

Did family expectations about an MBA affect Ricky?
Ricky

Ricky's mother believed Ricky would not succeed without an MBA, and pushed for a top school. She has become more relaxed since Ricky reached staff engineer, and now reads about careers and thinks the path is good.

What are your goals now, and did you push for promotion?

Ricky

Ricky says Ricky was not very career-driven at first. Ricky and Ryan were roommates and still are. Ryan would ask whether they could aim for promotion faster than the usual timeline. Ricky had seen data on how long each level took, and Ryan's push made Ricky test whether a faster path was possible.

Ricky says Ricky put in the effort, was promoted faster than average, and did not give up other interests to do it.

Should people change jobs every two or three years for pay or promotion?

Ricky says the answer depends on the case. Ricky has stayed on the same team under the same manager at Google, while still looking at other teams. Ricky notes survivorship bias, because people who left may have had a worse time. Ricky suggests asking every six months whether you still want to be there, whether the opportunities still fit, and whether the team and manager support you.

Ryan says the common advice to job hop for promotion is more nuanced. Early in a career, job hopping can be the fastest route, because momentum matters less than reaching the next level. At senior levels it can backfire. Ryan says companies usually do not hire outside candidates straight into E7 or L7, and promotion there depends on credibility and a track record that frequent moves do not build. Ryan's advice is to job hop aggressively early and to be more deliberate later.

Can leaving a company help someone come back at a higher level?
Ryan

Ryan says this is rare. Ryan has seen a person leave a company, join a startup, and come back to Meta at a higher level. Ryan says a person who leaves a clear ladder is harder to place, so a return can leave room for a higher offer, but few cases work this way.

About this source

Industry Secrets We Wish We Knew Before Graduating (Staff Engs Talk at UCLA)

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening channel lead-in and event introduction, 00:00.08 to 01:40.00, including the teaser of the rejection line and the repeated setup of the Q&A.

Off-camera offers: naming the company that rejected Ryan (12:00.00 to 12:24.64), and an offer to show ad work afterwards (about 46:00.00 to 46:05.28).

Audience logistics and calls on named audience members (about 04:55.92 to 05:10.00).

Transition to audience questions and thanks for hosting, about 39:40.00 to 40:16.80, kept only as context for the diminishing-returns follow-up.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 26 · interview

Austin McDonald: Behavioral Interviews, Downleveling, and How Hiring Committees Decide

Austin McDonald, a former Meta hiring committee member, explains how leveling and hiring decisions are made and why scope-focused behavioral stories decide outcomes for senior engineers.

Senior hiring turns on scope shown in behavioral stories (Austin McDonald's view)

Austin McDonald, introduced by the host as a former Meta hiring committee member who led mobile hiring across the company, argues that for senior engineers the behavioral interview, and even the first recruiter conversation, is where level is decided. A candidate who wants to avoid being downleveled should know the company's rubric, choose the highest-scope stories that still fit the question, show technical, organizational and business depth, and treat every contact (recruiter, hiring manager, closing questions) as evaluative. The second half moves to interviewer dynamics, story structure, and Austin's own reflections on regret, scope and fear. Everything about Meta's process is Austin's account of their own time there and may differ at other companies or today.

What actually happens in a hiring committee, and who touches a candidate between first contact and the final decision?

Austin McDonald

Austin says that when a senior packet reached the committee, the first thing Austin read was the behavioral interview. Austin wanted to see the scope the engineer had operated at, their level of influence, insight and communication, and the size of the organization they had worked in. Committees are made up of engineers and influential engineering managers, recruited by a chair such as Austin, and work with recruiting on two decisions: hire or not, and level. Austin describes a company-wide committee that mostly does a gut check against a cross-company bar, and says that at Meta a final committee of engineering directors makes the hiring and leveling call.

The path starts with a sourcer, an entry-level recruiting job whose task is to find candidates or process referrals. The sourcer looks at the job description, years of experience and past companies. The phone screen that follows is often a coding interview, and sometimes a multiple-choice technical quiz used as a pre-filter. A clearly strong phone screen goes straight to on-site scheduling. A borderline one comes to the hiring committee for the first time, which decides whether to add a follow-up, move the person on, or pass for now.

The committee is also consulted for specialized candidates, for example a low-level C++ mobile engineer who needs a fitting system design interview, and for the choice between senior and staff. That choice changes the loop. At Meta, Austin says, staff candidates get two system design interviews, so no one could be hired at staff without them, and principal and distinguished loops add further behavioral interviews. After the on-site, the committee decides hire, level and follow-ups. Behavioral interviews generate most follow-ups, because Austin considers them among the hardest to give and to read. Committee members sometimes go with the recruiter to the directors to argue for taking a chance on someone whose packet is weak in one area but strong in a trait the company needs.

How is a candidate's starting level first decided?
Austin McDonald

Austin says the early call rests on years of experience and previous title: a staff engineer at Google will likely be brought in as staff at Meta. Many companies, Meta included, do not publish levels, so a LinkedIn profile rarely shows level, which is why years of experience carry so much weight.

What happens to a high-titled candidate from outside big tech?
Austin McDonald

Austin says sourcers and recruiters know that titles inflate in parts of the industry. A manager of 50 or 75 people at a business-oriented company might be downleveled to a team of eight or ten engineers at Meta, and individual contributors are treated the same way. Calling oneself a principal engineer on LinkedIn does not draw principal-level outreach, because different companies attach different expectations to the same level. Austin adds that a consistent industry-wide scale would be nice, but it does not exist.

Could someone get through by inflating a title on a resume?
Austin McDonald

The host posed this as a hypothetical about an unethical candidate. Austin says the first phone screen at staff and above is also a scope check: some coding, some system design, and a walk through a large shipped project. Lying convincingly is hard, because interviewers sense whether the story is true and follow-up questions expose gaps. Austin says coaching clients who recite AI-generated stories start giving vague, inconsistent answers once asked about the technology.

Austin concedes that anyone can be fooled by a good enough liar, but the on-site interviewers for staff and principal candidates are very senior and highly calibrated, so a liar would have to lie repeatedly and convincingly. Austin jokes that someone able to do that might be good enough for the job, and says that in a career of hiring thousands of people, Austin has not heard of a hire later found to have invented their background.

The host said engineers often assume the behavioral round can be improvised. What should a candidate do to be placed at staff?

Austin McDonald

Austin says the most important task, in any behavioral story and in the first chat with a recruiter, is to establish scope: what size of business problem was solved with technology, how much ambiguity was handled, and what kind of organization the candidate operated in. The recruiter call is effectively a behavioral interview, so the opening “tell me about yourself” should be the greatest hits of the resume, with metrics, and with depth and complexity.

Austin contrasts “I improved performance in the Facebook app” with an account of organizing about 100 engineers across a twelve-month performance project that hit hard technical problems, needed several staff engineers, and ended in three core principles. A candidate should convey technical depth, organizational depth and business impact, because every interviewer in the loop is listening for the same things. Crisp practice on that opening is the first place to land in the right leveling bucket.

Responding to the host's point that staff promotions also require cross-organization work, Austin agrees and says preparing for behavioral interviews makes someone a better engineer. Most of Austin's coaching clients undersell rather than exaggerate. They need to show how hard the problem was and what impact it had on the team, code quality and the organization over time. Telling the whole story takes preparation, but it is the same skill used in weekly one-on-ones and executive updates.

Is the first recruiter call already an evaluation?
Austin McDonald

The host noted that recruiters pitch the first call as a casual chat. Austin answers “always be closing”: the call is evaluative, though softer, since the recruiter wants to find a candidate who gets through. Recruiters at big companies are paid by the hires they deliver. They advocate for candidates but are not friends, and compensation is a topic to handle carefully.

Austin advises against showing up unprepared or disconnected. If not ready, reschedule and spend time preparing what to say, since that is the best route to a higher-level offer.

Does the final chat with the hiring manager also carry signal?
Austin McDonald

Austin says yes. The pressure is lower, and at companies such as Meta or Google a team-matching phase brings conversations with several managers. These chats are more social than interviews, where a long self-introduction cuts into the interviewer's time for collecting signal. The manager is asking whether they like the candidate, whether they will fit the team, and whether the candidate can solve problems like the manager's own.

So Austin recommends asking the recruiter and sourcer in advance what the manager values and what the team is working on, then telling stories that show the candidate can solve those problems.

What is the most common mistake candidates make in compensation conversations with recruiters?

Austin McDonald

Austin says they are not a negotiation expert and recommends getting advice from people who are. Their own view is that early anchoring is dangerous: when asked early about compensation expectations, a candidate should be careful, because whatever is said anchors the rest of the conversation.

Austin tells candidates to learn the local laws and says that in California and New York recruiters are required to share salary and total-comp bands, which a candidate can use to see where they sit (this legal claim is Austin's and was not checked). Austin thinks the biggest mistake is not having multiple offers. Without them, a candidate negotiates from weakness, so Austin urges candidates to time offers to land at about the same moment, even though that is more stressful and more work.

If a candidate who wants only staff roles sees they are being funneled into the wrong loop, can that be corrected mid-process?

Austin McDonald

Austin says that depends on the company and process, but it is a good conversation to have with the recruiter. Companies uplevel candidates as well as downlevel them, and recruiters will usually try to keep someone in the process. Austin suggests pushing to complete as much of the evaluation as possible for the desired level up front, so that follow-up interviews and late changes are not needed. If a team offers only a lower level, it depends on the job and total compensation, but Austin would aim to excel and then ask for consideration at the higher level.

Austin names two methods. The first is to anchor every conversation at the higher level, starting with “tell me about yourself” and then in the behavioral and system design interviews, so that interviewers see large-scope projects and impact and reset what they expect from the rest of the interview. The second is story choice. Behind every behavioral question is a question the interviewer actually cares about: is the candidate operating at the expected level? Interviewers forget the details quickly.

Austin says their book gives four considerations for choosing a story, and scope comes first. The candidate's job is to leave having told the most important stories of their career, and since the interviewer drives, to steer the conversation toward the signal that best represents them.

What do senior, staff and principal scope look like, and how should a candidate express them?

Austin McDonald

Austin first says to research the specific company's level expectations, then offers a simple rubric for big-tech-style companies, shown in the table below. Levels are really about how much ambiguity a person can handle. Austin notes that the ambiguity facing an intern differs from the ambiguity facing a chief executive, and says that difference is what separates both levels and pay.

Staff versus senior comes down to breadth of impact: a whole team or several teams rather than a small project. Stories involve working across a large organization. For that reason Austin thinks startup engineers struggle to reach staff unless they were founders, because a few engineers and one stakeholder limit how much organizational leadership they can show.

Austin adds two more things to quantify or mention. For technical complexity, a candidate should give a sense of the time involved, the risk, how many people were consulted, and how hard it would have been to back out of a decision. For leadership, which engineers often forget because they love to talk about technology, a candidate should describe influence, getting concessions from other teams, aligning roadmaps, and mentoring people to make the team and organization better. Austin recommends reflecting on one's own career to identify what differentiates it, and talking about those things.

How should a specialist who solves problems no one else can describe their scope?
Austin McDonald

The host asked about people who push the industry forward on their own. Austin says to start with business impact, which technology-focused engineers find hard. There was a reason the technology was needed and a context around it, and Austin encourages people to ask what Steve Jobs would say about the advance and why the project was critical to the company.

Is it too much to say that a team of staff engineers failed before the candidate succeeded?
Austin McDonald

The host said that framing works when a manager says it in a promotion committee, but that a candidate saying it about themselves may sound like too much. Austin disagrees outright. In Austin's view behavioral interviewers are pattern matchers, and having solved problems others could not is one of the patterns for a higher level.

Austin finds it fine to say a candidate was the third owner of a project and where earlier owners failed, as long as the point is not to boast but to show insight into why those efforts failed, whether a product-market fit that did not work or a technical approach that did not work. Austin sees that judgment and reflection as a mark of seniority, and says many candidates simply tell a problem-solved story with no lesson, which Austin treats as a sign of someone below the level.

Is it unfair that candidates who sell themselves well do better?
Austin McDonald

The host noted that commenters complain about people who manage optics, and that promotion content draws the same objection. Austin replies that this is how people work, in careers and in personal relationships alike: saying “can't you feel that I love you” does not work, and behaviors must be shown and communicated.

Austin calls self-advocacy an unpleasant but worthwhile tax on progress that candidates can skip only by giving up staff-level promotion or hiring. Austin tells people that a principal engineering job is about a million dollars a year in compensation, so they should be fully ready for the process.

Austin McDonald's rubric of scope by level
LevelWhat the person ownsWhat that looks like
New gradTasksTakes a task from the manager or ticket system, completes it, and comes back for the next.
Mid-levelA feature (many tasks, a couple of weeks)Delivers a feature end to end.
SeniorA project (many features)Leads and delegates, often through mid-level or junior engineers, with communication and organization.
Staff (level 6 at Meta)A goal such as an engagement or revenue goalCoordinates several projects, working across teams and a large organization, with influence and mentoring.
Principal or distinguishedAn organization (many goals)Responsibility spans many goals, projects, features and tasks; Austin says names for these levels vary.
Next level upA business or industry (many organizations)Responsibility for an entire business containing many organizations.

Who actually makes the hiring decision?

Austin McDonald

Austin lists the decision points. The sourcer, who decides from a LinkedIn profile whether to contact someone, is distinct from the recruiter, who takes over after the phone screen, runs the negotiation, organizes the loop and advocates before the committee. The phone screener is another decision point, whether a sourcer's multiple-choice question or an engineer's coding screen.

The hiring committee then decides, usually by consensus and sometimes by vote, whether to hire at a level, add a follow-up, or drop the candidate. Two or three engineering directors above the committee make the final call, again mostly by consensus and sometimes by vote.

Did Austin ever see bias in a hiring committee, such as nepotism, and how much do referrals matter?

Austin McDonald

Austin has never seen overt nepotism or bribery, but has seen referrals play a huge role, especially when the referrer is senior or shows up in the committee room to advocate. The referrer's seniority matters: a VP or director risks personal reputation, while a note that someone knew a candidate at school carries little weight. Content matters as well. A referral saying the person worked directly with the candidate and listing specific strengths helps much more, so Austin tells candidates to write the referral for the referrer.

Austin says referrals matter most for candidates on the bubble. Austin's own phone screens went poorly, and Austin believes a follow-up interview was granted because a former schoolmate who had worked with them directly had referred them.

Could a very strong referral rescue a lukewarm interview performance?
Austin McDonald

The host described a candidate with a lukewarm result and the strongest possible VP referral. Austin says referrals help on the bubble, usually by winning a follow-up, and Austin has never seen a general consensus not to hire overturned for an engineer. It may happen more in leadership hiring, which Austin calls a different matter. At senior manager and director level, Austin thinks who you know sometimes matters more than raw performance, because the number of decision makers shrinks and they are easier to influence.

Austin adds that a good hiring process is not like that: it identifies what makes people successful and evaluates for it without bias.

How well does interview performance predict performance on the job?

Austin McDonald

Austin says the committee did not track how many interviews someone passed. It looked at the interviewer's stated confidence in a hire-and-level decision, and that confidence correlated with later performance. Austin reads this as evidence that calibrated interviewers who have run hundreds of interviews sense what good looks like even when it is hard to define, and that a rubric reduces bias without removing the gut feel.

Austin also notes that some candidates excel in interviews and then do poorly, and others look rocky and then do well. Interviewing is a skill separate from the job, and Austin says candidates need to spend time getting good at it.

What does the behavioral rubric look like, and how should a candidate use it?

Austin McDonald

Austin says it varies by company. Well-run large companies often employ industrial-psychology PhDs, called selection scientists, who study what makes engineers successful and codify it into signal areas. At Meta, according to Austin, there are five: driving results, embracing ambiguity, resolving conflicts, growing continuously and communicating effectively. These are not Meta's company values. Candidates should ask the recruiter for the rubric in advance or search for it.

Austin groups the typical five to eight items into eight broader signal areas, described in their book, and tells candidates to categorize their stories by those areas. Inside the interview the core loop is decode, select, deliver: work out why the question is being asked and which area it probes, select a story that supplies that signal, and tell it engagingly. At smaller companies a formal rubric may not exist. There Austin suggests relying on company values and asking recruiters or team members what makes engineers successful and what the hiring process looks for.

How can one story serve different questions, and what does the interviewer need from the candidate?
Austin McDonald

The host says that as an interviewer of hundreds of candidates, including engineering managers, the host often asked a targeted question and watched candidates talk past it into a rehearsed spiel, leaving a blank in the rubric. The host sees the interview as a mutual exercise in filling out that rubric.

Austin agrees and offers a movie-trailer image, credited to PM behavioral coach Robert Hamilton. One story may contain action, romance, ambiguity, communication and conflict, and the candidate can re-cut it into a trailer that fits the question. That has to happen early, in the opening context. Austin says candidates should treat themselves as partners helping the interviewer reach the signal sought.

Editorial synthesis

Austin McDonald's decode, select, deliver loop

  1. DecodeListen for why the question is being asked and which signal area, or company value, the interviewer is probing.
  2. SelectChoose, from stories already sorted by signal area, the one that gives that signal at the highest scope that fits.
  3. DeliverTell it as a short arc, putting the part that answers the question near the start so the interviewer gets the signal early.
Editorial summary of the loop Austin describes while discussing the behavioral rubric; the step wording is condensed from Austin's account.

How should candidates tailor behavioral stories for OpenAI and Anthropic?

Austin McDonald

Austin starts by mapping stories onto the eight general signal areas, because most company values reduce to them, and then adds whatever the company's own values contribute. For OpenAI, Austin reads “act with humility” as growth: taking feedback and improving yourself and those around you. “Feel the AGI” is outside the eight areas. Austin reads it as being optimistic about what AI could do for the world.

For Anthropic, the caption renders a value as “hold light and shade”, which Austin takes to mean understanding both the positive and negative implications of AI. A story about using AI at Anthropic should mention the potential harms the candidate thought about and how they assessed and mitigated them. Without that, Austin says, the interviewers will not feel comfortable hiring. At OpenAI a candidate who is not AI-forward or excited about new domains for AI will interest them less. These are Austin's readings of the values, not official definitions.

What are the most common behavioral interview mistakes for senior engineers?

Austin McDonald

Austin lists several. First, the wrong stories, meaning stories that do not match the target scope. Second, too much context: senior people are good communicators and tend to talk, but only the context needed to understand the behaviors is useful. If about thirty seconds pass without an action in the story, Austin suggests the candidate is giving too much backstory or technical detail. Work stories are not exciting, Austin admits, so the action must keep moving.

Third, inviting uncharitable readings. Interviewers hiring a senior leader are risk-averse, so a candidate should think defensively. Saying the codebase had heavy technical debt may sound like a good story, but a senior engineer in the room invites the question of how it got that way. Austin recommends adding the judgment behind the situation, for example that the team was a startup that had to close its next funding round and so accepted the debt, then chose to prioritize paying it down.

Fourth, too little on non-technical work: mentoring, organizing, delegating, influencing the roadmap, resolving conflicts, working across teams and managing up. Fifth, long, multi-year stories need an organized shape. Austin suggests opening with a short table of contents (the business context, then perhaps five parts such as proposing the idea, aligning stakeholders, solving hard problems and a long rollout), so the candidate can return to the key parts after interruptions.

How should a candidate choose which story to tell?
Austin McDonald

Austin gives four criteria in order. Scope comes first, which Austin says surprises people who assume relevance is first: how can a big-scope story fit the question? Relevance is second, since a story about an unambiguous project cannot answer a question on ambiguity. Recency is third: stories from the last two to three years are fine, beyond three or four years needs a strong reason, and the limit stretches with seniority, so a principal with a 30-year career may use a ten-year-old story. Uniqueness is fourth: across several behavioral rounds a candidate should avoid repeating the same story, for example keeping the project deep dive separate from the general ambiguity answer.

Is it acceptable to answer like a politician and steer toward a stronger story?
Austin McDonald

The host compared this to a politician delivering a rehearsed answer that fills in the rubric rather than the question asked. Austin says, unfortunately, yes. The aim is to leave having shown the most business value and problem solving, and strictly answering the narrow question can leave a bigger story untold.

Austin's example is a question about a conflict with a product manager. A candidate can say they had one and outline it, then offer that a longer conflict with a director of engineering, involving data collection and many meetings, might be more interesting, and ask whether to tell that instead. The interviewer may constrain the candidate back to the smaller story, but the interviewer may also only be gathering conflict-resolution signal.

How can a candidate tell whether they are talking too long?
Austin McDonald

Austin says interviewers differ. Some, like Austin, listen and take in what the candidate finds interesting. Others interrupt, turn a detail over, ask many follow-ups or move quickly between questions. Candidates should be emotionally prepared for the second type, who can make a candidate feel they are failing when the interviewer is just bouncing around.

Austin advises reading cues such as eye contact and note-taking, and if engagement drops, pausing to ask whether this is what the interviewer wants. A calibrated interviewer will interrupt even if rude in order to collect signal, but weaker ones need the candidate to make stopping easy. Austin recommends talking for no more than two to four minutes at a time, since a monologue longer than four or five minutes has to be very good.

How should a candidate split preparation time across coding, system design and behavioral rounds?

Austin McDonald

Austin says most people spend too much time on coding and too little on system design and behavioral, which are murkier to prepare for. For juniors, the technical signal matters most, and the behavioral focus should be on thinking, motivations and ideas tried, as signals of future impact, since juniors have fewer accomplishments.

For mid-level engineers, Austin says the old approach of focusing only on technical work and not flubbing the behavioral no longer works. Austin gives two reasons: layoffs have produced many candidates, so one must shine across all interview types, and more technical work is being done with agentic coding, so employers want mid-level engineers who own problems end to end and keep learning as engineering changes quickly. Austin says that ownership and growth show up in the behavioral interview. Coding practice should come early because coding assessments come first, but some weeks before the on-site a candidate should choose core stories, study values and the rubric, and make sure each key area has a story.

From senior up, Austin says it mostly comes down to behavioral. For a staff packet Austin went straight to the behavioral interview, since there are only so many ways to design a web crawler or solve two-sum, and the behavioral shows organizational impact, influence, conflict handling, scope and business impact. At staff-plus levels, extra rounds may include a cross-functional partner such as a PM or a project deep dive. Austin sees the technical rounds there as checkmarks to pass and the behavioral ones as what gets someone hired.

Austin thinks most people underinvest in behavioral preparation, which takes at least a few weeks. Staff candidates and above should start when they start LeetCode, work on positioning stories, get feedback, and do mocks with a friend or professional. For in-demand companies such as Meta, OpenAI or Anthropic, Austin recommends a mock interviewer calibrated to that company who can give a feel for its culture.

Can a packet with a modest technical result and a strong behavioral result still go through?
Austin McDonald

Austin says yes at the highest levels. At staff, principal and manager levels, where less day-to-day coding is expected, the committee would discount a weak coding performance. That is much harder for junior candidates.

Austin tells of a candidate whose accomplishments were limited and technical performance only okay. Austin kept seeing ideas the candidate had tried to push even though a manager disagreed or the organization blocked them. Austin pushed for the hire and says the person later became a staff engineer. Austin's reading is that the behavioral interview assesses a slope of growth, even for juniors.

How much does subjective likeability matter, and how does presence affect the outcome?

Austin McDonald

Austin says it scales with level. At big companies, behavioral interviews for juniors are structured, with forms, to reduce the “beer test” effect. For seniors the interviewer expects the person to influence others on the job, so how they come across counts. Austin describes a Silicon Valley quality of “casual excellence”: looking calm yet sharply competent. A disheveled or nervous candidate who cannot be present is giving signal about how they will show up in meetings and before a CEO.

Austin adds that cultural norms differ by country and company. The conversation here is about a Silicon Valley or Seattle style that opens with playful banter and then turns to hard-hitting questions, and candidates should learn the expectations of the place they are applying to.

How can a staff engineer who is not a people person come across strongly?
Austin McDonald

Austin starts from the idea that the inside shows on the outside, so the work begins with belief rather than a mask. Austin cites a recent podcast by the author of a book on Silicon Valley etiquette, named in the captions as Sam Lesson (spelling unverified), who stressed lowering heart rate before the conversation. Austin points out that a company that will be around has other chances, so a candidate can give themselves permission to make mistakes and appear calmer.

The second belief is empathy: the interviewer wants to find a great engineer, is not an enemy, and is a human who would be glad to work with the candidate. On the outside, Austin suggests dressing one notch up, checking the video background, and showing care in the first minutes rather than waiting passively. A candidate who is not extroverted can still let their regard for people show through a warm greeting and stated enthusiasm. Austin recommends practicing that opening in mock interviews, noting that the interviewer may be nervous too and that a hiring manager or leader shapes the candidate's view of the team.

Does a curt, concise candidate or a warm, bubbly one score better?
Austin McDonald

The host posed this contrast. Austin says it depends on who conducts the interview, and that Austin would favor the warmer person because Austin likes to engage. But rapport does not mean bubbliness, it means connecting with the other person. A candidate should start positive and energetic, then read the interviewer. Someone who skips the introduction and goes straight to “tell me about a time” wants efficiency, so the candidate should be efficient. Someone who opens with several minutes of weather and sports is a different type, and the candidate should match that energy.

Which counts more, the first impression or the last impression?

Austin McDonald

Austin says that if forced to choose, the beginning. Austin often decides within the first ten or fifteen minutes whether to hire, since Austin opens with the biggest-scope questions (favorite project, most ambiguous project, something proud of). If Austin would like to see that performance replicated in the organization, the rest of the interview is a check on other areas such as conflict resolution and growth.

The ending still matters, mainly through the candidate's questions. Austin says candidates often prepare stories but then ask something generic like a day in the life of an engineer, which is similar everywhere. Questions drawn from real thought about the team, organization, product and company, and that help the candidate decide whether to join, leave the impression of an engaged candidate.

What share of the outcome is already set early in the interview?
Austin McDonald

Austin says no social science has been applied directly to tech interviews, and one cannot simply transfer research from a fast-food company. Austin recalls research saying roughly 40 percent of decisions are made in the first 15 percent, about the first ten minutes (Austin's recollection, not verified). In Austin's own experience it is rare to decide against someone early and then be won back at minute 38. More common is feeling unsure, then writing notes against the rubric, which is meant to move the decision from a gut reaction to something more deliberate.

If Austin decided early, it was hard for the candidate to overcome, usually because of poor story choice, work below the expected level, or weak storytelling. The host adds from experience that interviewers seem to zone out halfway once they have already decided, which makes the first half important, and that the closing questions are also evaluative.

What makes a good question to ask at the end?
Austin McDonald

Austin says everything is evaluative, from the recruiter call to the closing questions. A candidate should start from what matters to them: worry about the company's long-term product prospects, or, for career growth and a supportive manager, a request such as asking the manager to describe helping someone grow from one level to the next. Technology-stack questions seem more junior to Austin, though in an AI context a question about model construction or evaluation could be strong. One of Austin's favorites is what makes someone in this role successful, which signals interest in succeeding.

Austin would not try to impress with a deep question, but would let a genuine concern read as depth. Questions about the conversation for the role, or about free food, may matter to the candidate but do not belong with a behavioral interviewer.

What are the best ways to tell a behavioral story with the least effort?

Austin McDonald

Austin says a story needs an arc, with a beginning, middle and end, and must deliver the signal area the interviewer is after: past behavior that can be repeated in the new organization. STAR (situation, task, action, result) is the best-known shortcut. Austin does not love it but says that anyone with prepared STAR stories the night before should use them, since they give an arc, context for the actions, and results.

Austin prefers CALR: context, actions, results, learnings. The difference between situation and task is not useful in a long project, which has many tasks, so context followed by actions is simpler. For senior engineers STAR leaves no room for reflection, judgment or learning, and Austin looks for whether the candidate can see what made them successful or not and apply it forward.

How should a candidate adapt the length of an answer to the question?
Austin McDonald

Austin says senior candidates manage time. A “trunk” question such as a project that was really ambiguous invites a longer story. A “branch” question, such as whom the candidate spoke to for a piece of information, seeks a communication signal and deserves something shorter than a full STAR or CALR story. A “leaf” question, such as which framework was used, only needs the answer before moving on. Austin says detecting how long the interviewer wants to listen is both a mark of seniority and a way to manage the interview.

What matters more, what the candidate says or how they say it?
Austin McDonald

Austin says mostly what, because engineering interviews are structured and engineers value substance. A candidate who sounds confident and positive but shows no structured approach to ambiguity or conflict will not win support. Form follows function.

Austin adds that delivery matters more at senior levels, because senior people must tell engaging status stories, for example when a VP asks how a project is going. Details belong only when they serve a purpose, such as technical depth or, in a cross-team story, how another tech lead's hostile look showed the candidate pushing through resistance. Most candidates, Austin thinks, need more work on basic story structure and on naming the repeatable actions they took.

The host asked Austin to explain, in terms of scope, why Austin was promoted to M2 at Meta.

Austin McDonald

Austin says getting to M2 meant solving hard problems in recruiting, with the most important being diversity. Austin left a team building products for teenagers, which Austin calls a hard time for Facebook, to lead teams in the internal recruiting products organization that supports candidates, recruiters and sourcers. What drew Austin was a team working to hire more diverse engineers, and Austin was motivated by opening technology, which Austin calls the largest wealth opportunity, to more people.

Austin says a product team cannot decide school curricula or all hiring decisions, but could move the needle by improving interview preparation, and credits that with helping diversity hiring at Meta. Austin also supported other teams in building high-quality candidate data in Facebook's applicant tracking system. The host heard multiple teams, an ambiguous problem and strong self-motivation. Austin agrees and adds company-wide impact from leading the iOS and Android recruiting pipelines, which scaled Austin beyond the teams directly managed. These are Austin's own account of their record.

Looking back on big tech, does Austin regret anything?

Austin McDonald

Austin does not regret leaving and says they enjoyed working with wonderful people. The regret is the anxiety brought into teams and into their own life. Austin points out that no one at the end of life wishes they had gotten a few more percent of an engagement number, and says people value relationships and connection.

Austin says they made conscious choices to favor life experience over career but were not always honest with themselves about the trade-offs in pay, progression and status. Since leaving big tech to support a spouse's business, income has dropped. Before leaving, Austin decided to accept lower cash flow in exchange for more time with their kids and more community volunteering, and has returned to that choice when money was tight. Austin wishes to have made that kind of values-driven decision earlier.

What did being dishonest with oneself look like?
Austin McDonald

Austin describes frustration and at times bitterness when others were promoted or got jobs. Austin says the honest answer was that those people moved teams faster and worked harder, while Austin prioritized family and community. Austin does not think people can have everything: some may be able to be a level-seven IC and leave at 5:00, depending on talent and skills built, but for most people accomplishing something extraordinary takes extraordinary steps.

Austin says that deciding what mattered, including what their children would remember about them in ten or fifteen years, was clarifying.

Did that clarity remove the feelings of envy?
Austin McDonald

Austin says the feelings return on a semi-regular basis, especially in Silicon Valley where people stack wealth quickly. Each time Austin asks whether that is what they want. Being aligned with one's own values, with a mission statement or vision for life, is what Austin finds satisfying.

What is the best career advice Austin ever received?

Austin McDonald

Austin says it was the importance of creating scope. Many people wait for someone to give them the opportunity, but a manager once told Austin that to get an M2 role, Austin had to create an M2-scope team and solve problems of that size. Advancing does not mean doing the same thing better. It means doing something different, which is creating more scope and room for the organization to succeed.

Austin adds a test: what is the VP saying about your project, and if the VP is not telling peers or their manager, is it the right work? Candidates already work backwards from the signal area they want to show in an interview and from the packet they want in a promotion. Austin suggests working backwards in the same way from what leadership should say about the accomplishment, then finding a way to achieve it. The host adds that promotions built on self-created scope are the most satisfying because they need no one's permission.

What advice would Austin give a younger self just after college?

Austin McDonald

Austin says imposter syndrome held them back. After completing a computer science PhD, Austin spent summers doing university research while peers took industry internships at places like Google or Facebook, because Austin did not want to go through interviews and risk rejection. Austin loves their career and would not change much, but says that fear slowed their understanding of how big organizations and large codebases work, coming from academia.

Austin's summary advice is simple: do not give in to fear.

About this source

Meta Hiring Lead: Avoid Downleveling, Liars, Passing OpenAI And Anthropic Interviews

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening teaser montage and full-episode lead-in, 00:00.08 to 00:49.28 (the host's framing is represented once in the overview and the first question).

Host sponsor read for an interview-prep site, including the host's remarks on the podcast's finances, about 26:30 to 27:33 (inside the 26:06.96 to 27:33.84 caption span).

Closing thanks, ergonomic keyboard product promotion, request for comments and a note about guests found through comments, 01:41:36.80 to 01:42:38.48.

Greetings, laughter, restated questions and brief back-channel remarks omitted throughout.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 27 · interview

Vlad Feinberg: Visible Contributions and Supportive Collaboration

Selected passages on internal-transfer visibility, proof of contribution, kindness, and being a colleague others want to support.

Make useful contributions visible

Vlad Feinberg

Feinberg says the strongest signal is evidence of building something that others use. Useful contributions to an existing project give a candidate concrete proof of impact and make their capabilities visible to the people who might work with them.

Does the advice change for an internal transfer, such as an infrastructure engineer moving into a frontier team?

Vlad Feinberg

Feinberg says the advice so far assumed an external hire. Many large organizations do not build frontier models, but still use them. Feinberg gives the example of a colleague from the search side who moved onto Feinberg's team. That colleague's approach was to help the product area adopt the technology as well as possible. Feinberg says there is a large gap in applying and serving LLMs effectively inside such an organization.

Feinberg says becoming the person who closes that gap creates business value and raises the standing of the organization. It also makes that person the natural partner for the research side, so models work well inside that org. Feinberg says transferring is then optional. The work is already cutting edge, because it puts new technology into a product people use.

If you could advise yourself just after college, what would you say?

Vlad Feinberg

Feinberg's first advice is to chase the problems people face today. Feinberg says a person should not avoid a smaller or less glamorous part of a big problem, even if it is not fancy research math. Working on what matters shows what moves the frontier. Feinberg calls for humility in how to approach problems.

Feinberg's second piece of advice is professional: be the co-worker others want to see succeed. Feinberg contrasts this with workplace leaders who squeeze people for short-term results. Feinberg says the most effective people are kind, and cites a mentor who first introduced Feinberg to computer science as one example.

Feinberg says a generous approach can look naive when viewed as workplace game theory, but it builds collaboration and a willingness to help. That trust matters for large projects that need several people and skill sets to finish. Feinberg's summary is to be the kind of person other people want to see succeed.

About this source

Google DeepMind Distinguished Eng (L9): How To Land a Job at a Frontier Lab | Vlad Feinberg

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Cold open teaser 00:00.00 to 00:05.20 and host pre-roll about the scaling-book invitation 00:14.44 to 00:30.60 omitted; the invitation itself is covered at 35:13.80 to 37:39.44.

Sponsor read for WorkOS 37:41.60 to 38:29.80 omitted.

Host closing reflection 01:02:51.24 to 01:03:05.12 omitted.

Channel call for comments and guest suggestions, and a keyboard product promotion with Kickstarter links, 01:03:05.80 to 01:04:02.44 omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 28 · interview

Make your work and leadership easy to discover

Selected passages on choosing collaborators, leading groups, presenting work clearly, and making a professional brand discoverable.

How do you choose good teammates?

Jia Chen

Look at demonstrated skills and projects rather than titles alone. She checks GitHub work, activity, and experience relevant to the proposed project. She also values enthusiasm, effort, resourcefulness, and a willingness to attempt the unfamiliar. The best credential is useful evidence that the person can contribute to this particular build.

What is the social part of a hackathon?

Jia Chen

It includes both the team and the judges. Inside the team, motivation matters over the whole event: one person giving up can affect a small group disproportionately. An enthusiastic teammate can lift the group, and she has seen the strongest results when everyone is fully engaged.

How do you present a project to judges?

Jia Chen

Keep the pitch short: state the idea, explain what it does, and spend most of the time demonstrating it. Watch whether the judges understand and let them interact with the result. In her experience, many judges were not deeply technical, so a list of frameworks was less persuasive than a product whose value they could see.

This does not rule out technical ambition. A complex project can feel clear and simple when it works well and the presentation makes its purpose obvious. The mistake is assuming that complexity alone is the reason it should win.

Did hackathons strengthen your initiative?

Jia Chen

She already had some willingness to try unusual things, but thinks the events helped. School sometimes felt repetitive, and building offered a more stimulating outlet. Coming from an environment where few people were seriously pursuing startups made that experimentation feel different from the usual path.

What can a student at a less recognizable school do to stand out?

Jia Chen

Develop initiative and responsibility: lead a club, help decide the direction of a substantial project, or make useful work visible. Her point is to become someone who makes decisions and carries them through, rather than relying exclusively on the school’s name.

What does a personal brand do for a student?

Jia Chen

It makes subsequent work easier to discover. A project shown to a small group reaches only that group; a visible body of work can reach many more recruiters or potential collaborators at once. She sees it as increasing the chances that useful opportunities find her.

How did you overcome fear of putting yourself out there?

She discussed ideas with a few close friends. Knowing that a small group would support her helped make negative reactions from strangers less important. She acted while still feeling nervous, with a grounding support network.

What is one concrete step for someone who does not want to become a frequent creator?

Move the project beyond localhost. Publish a working version, make the repository available where appropriate, and give people a usable link. Visibility can begin with sharing the work itself rather than posting constantly.

About this source

College Dropout Who Won 21 Hackathons (70% Win Rate) | Jia Chen

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening teaser montage (00:00–00:44) repeats later discussion.

Closing promotional sign-up language condensed into a brief product-context paragraph.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 29 · interview

Sash: Collaboration, Visible Work, and Career Reputation

Selected passages on cross-functional collaboration, prototype visibility, reputation, performance recognition, and mentor feedback.

How did you choose your first team at Meta?

Sash

An initial London-based option lost its appeal when code review across locations took days. Sash then met someone who saw his mix of design and engineering experience as a fit for a team that would turn designers’ unused prototypes into shipped experiences.

That News Feed delight team prioritized animations, playful interactions and other small moments of enjoyment without a clear metrics requirement at the outset. He loved it, but the team lasted only about half a year. Looking back, he recognizes that an enjoyable proposition without a durable impact story was unlikely to survive scrutiny in that organization.

How could a design-oriented team prove its work was successful?

Sash

Sash retrospectively sees the need for an executive sponsor with a credible theory of value. He recalls a survey measure asking whether people felt Facebook cared about them, which supplied a possible connection for delight work. The measure was subjective and open to interpretation.

He thinks it is harder to defend such teams when the company is intensely focused on efficiency. This explains a tension in his choices: he sought work he found compelling even when its measurable payoff was uncertain.

What were you optimizing for when choosing teams?

Sash

Initially, fun. He followed people, intuition and opportunities that seemed interesting, then made sense of the resulting path afterward. Over time he became somewhat more deliberate but still preferred risky zero-to-one work.

He noticed that many strong engineers wanted a clear product definition, diagram or design before beginning. His comfort working without those gave him a useful niche. Breadth accumulated tools, relationships and knowledge that could become valuable on later projects, although that does not guarantee a successful outcome for every move.

What makes a designer especially good to work with?

Sash

A willingness to collaborate continuously. An initial design need not anticipate every engineering constraint, but the team eventually has to resolve missing data, network failure and other real-world conditions. Engineering can also introduce possibilities the designer may not have considered, such as sensors affecting an interaction.

He values short feedback loops. On an unreleased hardware project, he worked on a makeshift pipeline that showed Figma designs on the device quickly so designers could change them and immediately see the result. Both sides listening and adjusting produces a stronger product than handing off a supposedly finished idea.

Is the key both rapid iteration and two-way communication?

Yes. He likes beginning with an ambitious picture rather than rejecting it immediately through constraints, then jointly adapting it to processing power, heat or other limits. The constraints still matter; delaying premature dismissal gives the collaboration more room to discover a good solution.

How was your performance judged when you committed so little code?

Sash

The early team’s expectations centered on reducing uncertainty, not simply landing production code. It was staffed with senior people who understood that a risky project needed that kind of work. Sash describes this as one way a large company can encourage exploration without promising a promotion.

He also sees a tension in review cadence: frequent feedback is useful, but a short cycle can discourage bets whose outcome takes multiple cycles. He does not claim there is a review process that perfectly serves everyone. The important point in his example is that expected contribution was aligned with the project’s exploratory stage.

What made the senior back-end engineer on that project so effective?

Sash

Deep familiarity with the existing system. The colleague knew how to create a feed, make a post work without an image and understand consequences elsewhere in the application. Their conversations rapidly became working front-end/back-end changes that Sash could test.

Large, mature primitives also helped. A high-level operation could provide defaults and integrations without each engineer rebuilding lower layers. The knowledgeable partner knew how to use those facilities appropriately. Sash’s playful comparison with a copilot emphasizes accurate context and judgment, rather than a literal substitute for the person.

Did sharing prototypes build the reputation that led to new opportunities?

Sash

He cannot know exactly what others thought, but believes repeated internal demonstrations made people associate him with fast, exploratory work. Prototypes using company technology could not be shared publicly, so internal posts were an important venue even when immediate engagement was modest.

Responding to an ambiguous inquiry with something working also showed initiative. Early projects benefit from people who can move without a fully assigned checklist. He thinks that behavior stands out amid the meetings and alignment work common in a large company.

Why does a prototype communicate better than a written proposal?

Sash

A written description depends on everyone constructing the same mental model. An image narrows that ambiguity; a video narrows it further. An interactive prototype lets people experience the behavior directly and talk about a specific interaction.

Sash has seen meetings progress for some time before participants discover they imagined different products. A prototype can expose that disagreement early and shorten the ambiguous part of a project. Its fidelity helps alignment, not merely publicity.

How do you assess your growth from IC4 to IC6 despite frequent team switches?

Sash

Staying in one space usually makes leveling easier: expertise, goodwill and relationships compound around a known problem. He saw that in a colleague who remained on the original team for years. He often found that kind of continuity less interesting for himself.

His choices favored enjoyable projects and breadth over maximizing promotion speed. They accumulated connections and knowledge, with some wrong turns along the way. Because he worked long hours, enjoyment mattered to sustaining the effort.

He explicitly resists turning his path into universal advice. The right strategy depends on the career and life a person wants. His eventual promotion does not prove that repeated switching is the fastest route, only that the route can develop a useful niche for someone with his preferences.

How did your path compare with people from your original bootcamp group?

Sash

He remembers peers becoming managers or remaining in the same application or domain, generally doing well. They preferred vertical growth more than his broad exploration. The comparison is a small anecdotal sample, not evidence that one strategy wins.

When leaving, he found it difficult to identify a replacement for a role centered almost entirely on prototyping. He thinks large-company incentives naturally direct most people toward predictable impact. Yet a company also needs some people prepared to test uncertain directions. That balance may help it discover options beyond its established work.

What are the limits of optimizing only for a metric?

Sash

Sash invokes the familiar problem that a measure can become less informative once it becomes a target: people learn to game it. He also thinks important parts of product quality are difficult to measure and require taste.

A relentlessly increasing local measure can obscure opportunities that require a temporary setback or a different direction. He recognizes the difficulty of translating that insight into a scalable framework, because large organizations also need repeatable processes. His preference for experimentation is a response to that tension, not a fully specified replacement for metrics.

Do you regret any of the ten team switches?

Sash

Some paid off less than he hoped, but he learned from them and built relationships. Trying to be a good teammate made those connections useful in both directions: someone could invite him to a later project, or he could bring them along.

The size of that network became particularly visible after he left Meta, when people offered introductions or expressed interest in what he might build next. He values the adventure and people as outcomes, rather than evaluating every move only by title progression.

What advice would you give yourself at the beginning of your career?

Sash

Address weaknesses enough that they do not obstruct the work, then invest in the strengths that make the contribution distinctive. A manager helped him see that fixing every shortcoming was not necessarily the highest-value development plan.

For Sash, that means choosing a setting where his comfort with ambiguity, design collaboration and rapid prototyping can be useful. The advice asks a person to understand their own strengths and fit, rather than copy his specific team choices.

About this source

Instagram Staff (IC6) Promo Despite 10 Team Switches in 9 Years (Career Story)

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening promotional montage repeats later discussion and is counted once; closing social-account and podcast engagement requests are omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 30 · interview

Practice speaking clearly and listening well

Selected passages on practicing public speaking, seeking feedback on communication, and listening without interrupting.

Why create a podcast about senior engineers’ careers?

Ryan Peterman

Ryan wanted to become a better speaker, a skill he believes affects careers, relationships, and how others perceive someone. Toastmasters supplied useful practice, but he found that recordings often went unreviewed amid other priorities. Publishing created a stronger commitment: because people would listen, he examined every word during editing. The content became both practice and a feedback loop.

What was harder about podcasting than ordinary conversation?

Ryan Peterman

Natural verbal acknowledgments—short agreements and listening noises—can obscure a guest’s answer in an audio recording. Ryan had to learn to express engagement with nods while holding back interruptions. Producing something pleasant to hear calls for a different listening habit than an unrecorded conversation.

About this source

Behind the Scenes of this Podcast So Far (25,000 Sub Special)

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Introductory explanation of the rescheduled recording and unused studio booking at 00:00–00:58 is summarized only as production context.

Closing engagement requests and repeated guest-sourcing call after the work-balance discussion are omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Part

Navigate promotions and organizational change

Align work with real scope, understand review decisions, and keep your growth moving through changes in teams and roles.

Section 31 · interview

Anders Hejlsberg: Broad Impact Without Losing the Work You Enjoy

Selected passages on delegation, staying engaged while guiding architecture, broad IC impact, and choosing a motivating role.

How did you learn to let go of implementation work?

Anders Hejlsberg

Hejlsberg offers a counterexample to the assumption that letting go is always progress. On C#, his central role became language design and specification, with less direct compiler implementation. He gradually found that too detached from the difficult coding problems he enjoyed.

Participating directly in TypeScript’s compiler restored that enjoyment. He likes design work, but writing code is also what makes him eager to begin the day. The lesson was to delegate without accidentally removing the activity that motivates him.

How can a very senior engineer continue coding while meeting expectations for broad impact?

Anders Hejlsberg

His impact comes from architectural guidance as part of a group, while he remains involved in a portion of the implementation. That involvement lets him notice awkward code, emerging refactoring needs and practical issues that a specification alone would not reveal.

He distinguishes the impact of any single line he writes from the judgment supported by staying close to the codebase. Combining guidance with direct work allows him to understand the thing people use, not only describe its syntax.

Should every high-level engineer therefore be hands-on?

He does not make that universal claim. He consciously chose an individual-contributor path instead of management because it suits how he does his best work. Other people should identify what motivates them enough to sustain a lifetime of work. The example is a personal choice about contribution and satisfaction.

What advice would you give yourself at the start of your career?

Anders Hejlsberg

Learn to work with other people earlier. Also, do not automatically accept another person’s declaration that a technical goal cannot be achieved: their limit may reflect their experience rather than a fundamental impossibility.

This advice invites investigation and persistence, rather than proving that every ambitious idea will work.

Was there a project where you encountered that skepticism?

He recalls people dismissing what the early Turbo Pascal product could do, even when the team described an implementation it had already built. Not knowing that others considered it impossible helped him attempt the work.

About this source

Creator of TypeScript: 10x Faster Typescript, Why AI Won't Replace SWEs | Anders Hejlsberg

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening montage, sponsor segments and closing channel/keyboard promotion are omitted; repeated interview excerpts are counted once. Source ranges: 0–47 seconds, 1811–1892 seconds, 3898–3956 seconds.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 32 · interview

Build tooling around real pain, then earn adoption

The Bento story links a staff-level technical vision with onboarding, legacy support, team creation, and explicitly agreed exploration.

What was the work behind your senior-staff-equivalent promotion?

Guest

The guest began on a project estimating usage of a Facebook property around 2015. Moving between separate data-pipeline and machine-learning systems was cumbersome, so he built helper scripts that let pipeline work live within the orchestration environment. Sensible defaults removed repeated boilerplate, with an escape hatch for advanced configuration. He estimates that a task needing roughly 300 lines in the older system could need about 20 in his library.

That experience redirected his interest from a single analysis to helping analysts and machine-learning engineers work faster. Notebook setup was another repeated pain: people used outdated wikis to install Jupyter or RStudio manually. With his manager’s agreement, he spent an initial two or three months exploring an automated setup, then recruited others. The earliest Bento was just a setup script; the larger vision was a browser-accessible environment integrated with internal libraries and eventually other languages.

Over roughly a year, the team built the platform and on-demand instances that users could request and release without maintaining their own server. He also assembled a team of six to eight people by inviting engineers who already loved building tools on the side to do it full time. He moved into a tech-lead-manager role and says his TLM2 promotion depended largely on his individual technical work and the Bento vision. The host explains that level as senior-manager or senior-staff equivalent.

How did you turn a useful internal tool into something widely adopted?

Guest

Bento did not initially require converting everybody’s existing workflow. The team targeted onboarding programs, where new data users had no attachment to legacy setup. In a fast-growing company, that supplied many users; existing employees then saw more colleagues on the new system.

For people who remained on legacy notebooks, the team provided maintenance and support in previously underserved channels. That created trust before a migration request. When someone needed an awkward setup, the team could offer either a long manual recipe or the simpler supported Bento path.

The team also spoke with analytics leaders about concrete pain in their groups. Those conversations revealed a larger backlog of data-tooling needs. Because no dedicated team served that area, the guest moved from core data science into developer infrastructure to create one. Adoption was therefore a mix of a convenient entry point, service to existing users, leadership relationships, and a fitting organizational home.

Editorial synthesis

A tool earns adoption

  1. Remove a recurring painReduce boilerplate and setup work in a real workflow.
  2. Meet new users at onboardingOffer a simpler default before habits form.
  3. Support existing usersHelp with legacy systems and earn trust.
  4. Expand with the needsIntegrate the environment and create a dedicated team.
Editorial synthesis. Arrows show the order of emphasis in this account, not a universal adoption formula.

How do you take a promising risk when short-term performance expectations are strict?

Guest

The guest thinks underperformance has greater consequences than it did a decade earlier, but the key practice is the same: agree on expectations before departing from normal work. He was assigned to data consulting, while the proposed work was infrastructure, so he asked his manager and skip to make a bounded exploration part of his job.

If the tool succeeded, the team benefited; if it failed, completing an agreed exploration was still the expectation. He sees that as much safer than disappearing for three months and returning with work nobody knew had displaced his normal obligations.

Over-communicate and be prepared to hear no. He credits a manager who supported this experiment and remembers later proposals that leadership rejected. The story does not promise that every risk can be negotiated away or that an exploratory project guarantees a promotion.

About this source

Meta Principal Eng (IC8) On His Senior Staff Promo Story

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Closing clip promotion and comment request (11:23 onward) omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 33 · lesson

Build agency, confidence, and organizational judgment

Selected passages on agency, confidence, useful strengths, collaboration, speaking up, and reading organizational context.

What did imposter syndrome delay?

Guest 3

A third guest would trust his judgment sooner. Successful projects, good collaboration, and feedback eventually built confidence, but earlier anxiety kept him from trying some ideas because he feared rocking the boat. Several of those disruptive projects later worked well. He wishes he had tested them earlier and spent less time worrying, while grounding the eventual confidence in experience rather than claiming every first idea was right.

How can a combination of ordinary strengths become distinctive?

Guest 5

A guest who admired specialists in design and engineering worried that being only moderately strong across several areas would not work. His actual advantage was negotiating across those areas. He would focus less on being the best at a single discipline and more on the unusual combination he could bring.

He would also be braver about sharing ideas. His fear of public speaking at school contrasted sharply with his comfort pitching a product he cared about. Explaining material as a test of knowledge made him anxious; advocating for a change he wanted to create gave him a different purpose. Passion did not magically remove every challenge, but it changed what speaking meant to him.

What matters beyond being the person who writes requested code?

Dwayne

Addressing his younger self as Dwayne, this guest would ask how anyone knows that a requested implementation is the right thing to build. He would seek participation in those decisions, instead of defining his value only by what he can type. That wider role would have helped counter his early imposter syndrome and clarify that ideas and judgment can matter more than raw output.

How would you become more courageous without pretending embarrassment disappears?

Brian

Addressing himself as Brian, the next guest would be more courageous and less embarrassed by failure. He immediately qualifies the short advice as the beginning of a larger conversation about understanding feelings, not a command that makes them vanish. He thinks being more in touch with emotion, possibly through therapy, can help both the person and their relationships.

Is that easier said than done when embarrassment is something you simply feel?

Yes. He agrees and says the two-sentence advice would need deeper discussion of the feelings and how to understand them. He does not supply a complete technique for eliminating embarrassment.

How do you choose an environment that values your strengths?

Guest 9

Another guest says a strong front-end engineer can struggle on a back-end team, or a person who loves improving frameworks can receive poor results on a team focused on product delivery. Activity alone is insufficient: even hundreds of changes may not serve the team’s priorities. Recognize a persistent mismatch and seek a team and management chain that need what you are good at. The principle is fit between strengths and valued work, rather than simply doing more of a strength in any environment.

What should guide you when an organization’s inherited practices seem strange?

Guest 11

The final guest recommends common sense. Large companies can have misaligned incentives and processes retained mainly because they have always existed. Startups also need judgment about what markets and users actually want. He would trust and develop that practical judgment rather than assume organizational convention has already answered the problem.

About this source

Best Software Engineering Career Advice of 2025

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening compilation introduction (0:00–0:43) and closing channel requests (about 15:47 onward) are condensed or omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 34 · companion

Senior scope grows in depth, breadth, and time horizon

Philip Su explains why the highest engineering levels require qualitative judgment and illustrates that scope through building Meta’s London engineering site.

What distinguishes the work at E7, E8, and E9?

Philip Su

Philip Su begins with scope of influence: how large, valuable, or long-running an effort can someone reliably bring to completion? He offers approximate historical expectations, such as influencing roughly ten to fifteen people at senior/staff-adjacent levels and perhaps fifty at E7. He explicitly warns that his leveling information may be stale. These are illustrations from his experience, not a promotion standard for any company today.

Higher levels also differ qualitatively. An unusually deep specialist may solve problems that several less-senior engineers cannot substitute for. A broad generalist may integrate many kinds of work for a small or new team more effectively than separate hires. Headcount alone misses that distinction.

He recalls E9 being created after his initial E8 promotion and early decisions involving only a few very different candidates. Such a small and varied group makes a universal checklist implausible. At the top, informed judgment from peers and more-senior leaders matters: do they recognize work of that level, and why? He compares it to the qualitative recognition involved in academic seniority. The point is not that all evaluation is arbitrary, but that a list of tasks cannot fully represent exceptional and varied contributions.

What if a strong E7 has no E8 or E9 nearby to learn from or assess them?

Philip Su

Su recognizes the problem both in small companies and in weaker teams inside huge organizations. Being the strongest local person can distort self-calibration or remove opportunities to observe better judgment. He recommends an environment where there is room to grow alongside strong colleagues, rather than treating being locally best as the only goal.

At very high levels, merely copying another senior person may not work because their archetype and strengths can differ from yours. He favors access to a coach who participates in the relevant promotion decisions and can give a qualitative assessment. That person can explain where the work remains short of the bar and help discuss what stronger work would look like. The desired input is specific feedback, not an assumption that proximity to a prestigious title automatically produces growth.

What scope of work contributed to your own E9 promotion?

Philip Su

Su helped start Meta’s London engineering presence with twelve people and, over roughly four or five years, grow it to around four or five hundred. He describes managing the strategic and organizational transitions as the site expanded. A team of twelve could be run well by a capable engineering manager; several orders of magnitude of growth made problems more varied and answers less clear-cut.

One example was planning London internships and headcount based on anticipated visa constraints affecting future full-time arrivals in Menlo Park. He used data to recommend decisions roughly eighteen months before their consequences. Another was examining the site’s seniority distribution and whether engineers were developing at appropriate rates, rather than only checking each person’s nominal level.

The increased scope involved both breadth of people affected and the time horizon of judgment. He presents a collection of such decisions as the promotion story rather than naming one isolated code change or asserting that simply growing a site guarantees the same level.

Several ways for senior scope to grow
DimensionWhat Su emphasizes
BreadthCoordinate and influence a wider collection of people and decisions.
DepthSolve qualitative technical problems that adding less-senior engineers cannot reproduce.
IntegrationCombine many kinds of work where a strong generalist matters.
Time horizonUse evidence now to choose actions whose effects arrive much later.
About this source

OpenAI Distinguished Eng (IC9) Clip On What Separates the Best Engineers

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Closing pointer to the full episode and feedback request at 00:10:38–00:10:48 are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 35 · lesson

Staff engineering begins with leadership beyond your own tasks

Peterman introduces staff engineering through scope, influence, and the individual-contributor career path.

A career branch, not an obligatory next promotion

Peterman describes a common progression from entry-level through mid-level to senior engineering. At many companies, senior can be a sustainable destination as well as a branching point: an engineer may continue on the individual-contributor ladder or move into management. He presents this as a broad framing, not a universal set of titles or a guarantee that every company organizes careers the same way.

Lead while remaining an individual contributor

In his framing, staff is the first individual-contributor level at which leadership is unavoidable. You can remain an engineer without becoming a people manager, but you must help other people and projects succeed. The promotion is difficult precisely because it is a change in scope and behavior, not merely recognition for writing more code.

Use engineering to extend your impact

He emphasizes the unusual scope of the engineering path: tools, systems, and methods can increase the effectiveness of both an individual and many other people. This creates a route to greater influence and compensation outside management. His comparison with other professions is an illustration of that idea, rather than a comprehensive claim about their career ladders.

A way to think about expanding scope
Illustrative scopeWhat becomes more important
A task or featureDelivering a bounded piece of work
A projectCoordinating the pieces of a substantial outcome
Several projects or a productLeading across people and code boundaries
Company or industry influenceCreating systems or methods that many teams adopt
About this source

What is a Staff Engineer? (Meta Staff Eng explains)

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 36 · interview

Adrien Friggeri: Negotiate Scope and Build Promotion Support

Selected passages on manager alignment, negotiating scope, team assembly, adoption, and opportunity-building relationships.

What was the story behind your first senior-level promotion, at Instagram?

Adrien Friggeri

After the rumor work, Adrien met Instagram's co-founder and CTO. Facebook had acquired Instagram in September 2012, and the core team had about 30 people. Instagram had no personalization and no A/B testing. He started with the Explore tab, adding personalization, and needed a way to measure whether it worked. Product leaders said they had bigger priorities during Instagram's move from AWS to Facebook infrastructure.

He built the testing system anyway, with a product manager giving cover. He reused Facebook's system. Because Instagram ran on different infrastructure, he added a custom Facebook API endpoint, allowlisted to Instagram's app ID, to log exposures. He calls that hacky and probably expensive. He also added user hashing, connected the logs to the data warehouse, ran a server-side A/A test, and worked with mobile engineers on small experiments.

He says he did not know promotions existed. He was an IC4, and when his manager announced an IC5 promotion, he had to ask what the level meant. He then handed the A/B testing system to a newly created team that owned it.

Was reaching out to senior people and peers unusual early in your career?
Adrien Friggeri

Adrien says early Facebook was bottom-up: if you needed something you could not do alone, you found someone to help. In his first six months he joined about six hackathons, usually on Thursday evenings, working through the night on projects unrelated to his day job. He says that was the culture.

Were there cultural differences between the early Instagram team and Facebook?

Adrien Friggeri

Adrien says he never officially joined the Instagram team. His data science group worked like consultants, embedding in other teams while his reporting line stayed the same, and he had two managers in his first few years. Instagram felt like a startup within a startup. Facebook had about 2,000 employees, and the core Instagram team of 30 to 40 people fit in one conference room, with a focus on design and craft over data.

What do you mean by your biggest career mistake, and where would your career be if you had joined Instagram?
Adrien Friggeri

He calls not joining Instagram one of his biggest career mistakes, but not a serious regret. His career might have grown faster, since colleagues who stayed reached senior levels sooner. He calls it a road not taken and says the counterfactual is hard to know.

Can you tell the story behind your IC7, or senior staff, promotion?

Adrien Friggeri

Adrien worked on projects that brought data to non-data teams. One project to count users of a Facebook product needed machine learning and inference, but the tools were poor. He built a library to run data pipelines inside the machine learning framework. He says a pipeline that took about 300 lines in a standard system could take about 20 with the library. That convinced him to build tools that help others move faster.

Half the company used Jupyter and half used RStudio, and setup depended on outdated wikis. He proposed that everyone have a Jupyter instance, pitched a two-to-three-month trial to his manager, and built the first version of Bento. At first it was only a setup script. The vision was to connect it to company tools, so a user could open a browser, type Bento, and get a notebook with internal libraries ready.

Bento on demand later let users request a temporary instance instead of a shared dev server. Adrien helped lead the work and built the team by hiring people who were already building tools on their own time. He became a tech lead manager and was promoted to TLM2, which he says is equivalent to senior manager and to senior staff engineer in the industry.

What is the step-by-step process for getting internal tooling from an idea to something everyone uses?

Adrien Friggeri

Adrien says Bento did not try to win adoption within existing workflows. The team targeted bootcamp, the onboarding program for new hires, and told everyone who worked with data that this was the way to set up. The company was growing fast, so many newcomers did not know the legacy systems, and others followed their peers onto the new tool.

The team also maintained legacy setups that had gone unmaintained. Doing that built trust with users.

Was the approach an easy sell because the company was growing, and did leadership support matter too?
Adrien Friggeri

Adrien summarizes the approach in two steps. First, use network effects to get a group of users through an easy path. Second, give value to people on legacy systems. Once trust was built, the team offered Bento features in place of a 25-step manual recipe. The host notes that developer tools usually need people to leave something they already use, but new hires in a growing company choose on a fresh slate, so the product may have been an easy sell.

Adrien also went to the head of analytics and another leader, said teams had real pain, and offered help. One leader said it was a good first step, but there were about 20 other things to fix. They agreed to take it one step at a time. Adrien then moved into the developer infrastructure organization to build a team focused on data developer tools, since no team then built tools for data science and machine learning.

You took on a performance risk to build something that could flop. Is that harder today, and how should someone take risks for bigger rewards?

Adrien Friggeri

Adrien says the stakes for underperforming are higher now, but the approach is the same. Align with your manager first, because people are judged against expectations. He told his manager he would step away from assigned work and asked for two or three months to explore the idea. He called it a calculated risk that the team agreed to.

He thinks doing your own project in secret is riskier, since you can show up after three months with a result nobody knew about. His advice is to overcommunicate and be ready to hear no. Later, when he tried to build consensus for other ideas, he was sometimes told no.

What was the thinking behind moving into a tech lead manager role?

Adrien Friggeri

The team was building a product that had to scale, and it needed more people. Adrien could hire a manager with a different vision or try management himself. The move was driven by a wish to lead the team he had assembled, not by a plan to become a manager. The team needed a manager, and he became that manager.

What advice do you have for ramping up in a completely different domain?

Adrien Friggeri

He starts with a social network exploration: talk to people and ask who else to talk to. Do not fear basic questions, since everyone knows a newcomer is new. He also gets hands-on. Although he never officially worked on firmware, he read the code and made a few changes. He then picks a hard problem he roughly knows how to solve, because he learns by doing.

What scope got you promoted to IC8, principal engineer?

Adrien Friggeri

Adrien became responsible for all experiences on a device, across dozens of teams and about 35 product managers. Partner teams owned the operating system layer. His job was coordination, architecture, and hitting milestones. For a product such as Ray-Ban Meta, the experiences include on-device AI, music, photo capture, and the companion app.

IC5 surprised him. For IC6 he asked his manager to put him forward, and IC7 took a couple of review cycles. For IC8, his manager had never run that promotion, so they worked out the packet together, and Adrien wrote much of it. He built consensus with several vice presidents early, and asked a director for monthly check-ins on the gap to that level. Six months later, the director supported the promotion because he had been involved throughout.

Is identifying champions even more important for the highest-level promotions?
Adrien Friggeri

The host says champions matter most at the highest levels. Adrien agrees, but says the underlying impact still has to be there. Building consensus early keeps calibration from becoming a debate. His IC promotion took two cycles, and in the first, his manager socialized the idea without formally nominating him.

When a role is limited to one person, such as the only tech lead for a program, how do you secure scope?

Adrien Friggeri

One engineer was the tech lead for the whole program. Adrien saw that much of the experience work could be handled by someone focused on it. He took it off the lead's plate so the lead could focus on the wider program, while the lead kept the systems work. The two built trust. After about a year, Adrien asked leadership to formally recognize the role, so he could describe it in one sentence.

He rejects the idea that taking scope is stealing. It is a problem only if you do not talk to the person. He asked the engineer first, who agreed, and he asked again later about a related area. Overcommunicating is the consistent theme.

Is giving up scope a win for the person who gives it away?
Adrien Friggeri

The host suggests that handing off scope can help a senior engineer grow into a bigger role. Adrien agrees, and says he has pushed junior engineers to take ownership, which helps them and lets him delegate more.

Your career has been a series of bumping into the right people. Do you have tips for maximizing luck with people opportunities?

Adrien Friggeri

Adrien says none of his work happened in a vacuum. Early on he had rough edges and strong opinions that did not help him, and he learned that people succeed together. He says trust and respect mean people show up when you need them, but you should not help others in order to get something back.

He also says do not be afraid to ask. For career changes, he never applied through a job website. He reached out to people he knew and asked for small favors, with an easy way to say no. People are busy, so silence is not a verdict. On luck, he says taking more shots increases the odds.

If you could go back to yourself right after graduating college in France, what advice would you give?

Adrien Friggeri

He would say to be a good person, invest in things that are fun, and invest in relationships with co-workers. Credit matters less than it seems, since everyone gets credit for something. He was very credit-driven early on. He would also tell himself to be patient, since he sometimes pushed for promotions before he was ready, and to stay curious and enjoy the work.

About this source

New Grad to Principal Engineer (IC8) at Meta (Career Story) | Adrien Friggeri

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Cold-open teasers and lead-in, 00:00.16 to 00:38.56. The teaser on impact and early consensus is covered in full at 44:07.12 to 45:18.00. The host intro (00:03.44 to 00:08.16) is used only for framing.

Sign-off, LinkedIn pointer, and channel appeal (support, reviews, guest suggestions), 55:25.20 to 56:16.64.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 37 · interview

Carey Nachenberg: Credit, Manager Trust, and Communicating Impact

Selected passages on claiming credit honestly, review records, communication to leaders, manager trust, and collaboration.

Can you give the high-level story of your time at Symantec and how you grew to fellow?

Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg started in about 1992 as an intern at the Peter Norton Group, which Symantec later acquired. He thinks he was the first intern there and says the company had no desk for him, so he worked in the QA lab. By the time he left in 2016, he had gone from the most junior person to the most senior engineer at Symantec.

Did you set out to work in cyber security, or did it happen by chance?
Carey Nachenberg

By chance. Nachenberg first worked on a file-management utility, not security. In his third internship, Symantec bought an antivirus product and renamed it Norton Antivirus. The team that analyzed computer viruses needed an intern, and he was placed there with no experience.

What did the career ladder look like at Symantec, and how did hiring work for someone as senior as you when you joined Google?

Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg says the levels tracked those at Google and Meta from junior engineer up to staff. They differed at the top, with distinguished engineer and fellow at Symantec. Google told him it could not hire a fellow without knowing how he would perform there. He was effectively downgraded to principal engineer, level 8, from what he says would have been about a level 10 and a vice president role at Symantec.

Was your hiring process tailored to your seniority?
Carey Nachenberg

Yes. Nachenberg did not apply. A former Symantec chief operating officer had moved into Google X, where a stealth project was starting, and invited him to talk to the team. He had a meet and greet with the founders in Venice, then about eight interviews in a day. He had an offer letter roughly six weeks later.

Did that loop include LeetCode-style coding, or was it mostly behavioral?
Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg does not recall any coding problems and thinks there was one design problem. Most questions were leadership-style: how he solved a hard problem, how he handles conflict, and where the field is going. Some sessions were effectively sales pitches about where Google X thought the world was heading. He believes the team already thought he was a good fit, so the day was mostly about going through the motions and selling him on the role.

What do promotions at the highest levels look like?

Carey Nachenberg

At Symantec, Nachenberg says, promotions up to senior technical director were handled within the organization, provided a vice president or senior vice president agreed. Distinguished engineer and fellow went to a core group of technologists led by the chief technology officer. The group met quarterly, reviewed applications, and had candidates present their work. The aim was a consistent bar across the whole company, not division by division.

Was your promotion to fellow a big moment, or something you expected?
Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg skipped that process. After Symantec merged with Veritas, which already had a fellow role, the company needed to set the level. He was nominated without his knowledge, his portfolio was passed to the evaluators, and he was told he was a fellow.

What set you apart from other engineers on the way to fellow?

Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg credits impactful projects, not always the most technically difficult ones. He looked for gaps: things the company needed that no one was stepping up to do. Symantec in his early years was, in his words, the wild west, with no agile process and no engineers testing their own code. He was never handed a boxed-in project. Because he already knew the technology as an intern, he was told to work out what to do and do it, and he says he chose projects that landed, shipped and transferred into the product.

How did you train your project taste?
Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg says he looks for large business impact and for gaps. His example was polymorphic viruses, which mutated themselves into huge numbers of variants. Teams hand-wrote assembly to catch each variant, a process that took six months because the product shipped twice a year. New variants appeared the next day. He saw a need to respond faster, noted that such threats could not be found by searching for a string, and picked the problem. It became his master's thesis and then a product feature.

Was your career a series of self-chosen side projects?
Carey Nachenberg

Partly. Nachenberg says that perhaps six or seven times he spotted a company need and spent from six weeks to five months on prototypes and talking to engineers. About 80 percent of his career was then incremental work on those systems, such as helping transfer the technology into products, fixing bugs and improving them.

What kept you at Symantec for so long?

Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg says, honestly, imposter syndrome. At Symantec he felt secure because he was well known there. He worried that his success came from having grown up in that company, and that he might not be good enough for Google or Meta. He stayed because it was comfortable and he complained a lot. Near the end he was unhappy, since senior roles bring more meetings and less building, which he describes as a lot of BS.

What helped you overcome it?
Carey Nachenberg

An outside pull. Someone at Google X said they wanted to interview him. Nachenberg was sure he would fail but went ahead. He says he needed that push to take the chance, and it worked out.

How do you avoid the BS at senior levels?
Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg says some senior people stay hands-on, but as an individual-contributor vice president he found the strategy meetings inevitable. They bring many opinions, debate and power posturing. His best moments were picking his own projects and going two months with no one asking what he was doing. He gives one example: he wrote Symantec's technology strategy and the CEO agreed with it, but product teams then objected because of revenue targets. He calls those debates draining.

What was Google X like, and were there cultural differences?

Carey Nachenberg

Fewer than expected, Nachenberg says. The main difference was the quality of the people, who were very smart, whereas Symantec lacked an engineering culture, at least until it began to form around 2016. What was the same was that many people lacked project taste. They were smart, but he doubted they picked projects that would land or were feasible. He says this is true of engineers at any company.

Why was one very bright colleague still at a low level?
Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg describes a colleague he judged astoundingly brilliant who was still at L4. He says the reasons were weak communication, work that interested the colleague but had little business impact, and apparently poor collaboration. He concludes that intelligence alone does not guarantee success.

If intelligence matters less, what matters more?
Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg says a baseline is needed and that most Google engineers had it. He does not consider himself especially intelligent and says he learns slowly. Beyond that baseline he names communication and collaboration, including getting what you need from people without telling them they are wrong. He admits he has not mastered this and has failed at it. The big one, he says, is focusing on outcomes: engineers naturally focus on their own, such as making something 10 percent faster, but the company or another team has different outcomes. Identify those, the metrics behind them, and the few requirements that matter most, and he says that will take you much further than intelligence.

Is career growth in industry meritocratic?
Carey Nachenberg

By and large, yes, in Nachenberg's experience. He saw exceptions where a senior vice president pushed a promotion mainly to retain someone, which he says damages standards. The committees he sat on weighed the complexity and impact of work, communication and patents. He also found Google's discussions careful and fair. In his view senior levels required being well rounded, or at least very strong in some areas.

Why did you eventually leave Google?

Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg again cites imposter syndrome, plus a wish to work at a startup instead of a slower, more regulated environment. He says there were big problems he could have taken on, such as moving Chronicle's expensive storage design off heavyweight systems like Spanner. He lacked the confidence to try. Expectations at senior levels are high, and at Google he did not feel leadership would back him if a months-long attempt did not land. At Symantec his managers had known him for years and gave him rope. He was offered other roles, such as secure databases that compute on encrypted data. He wanted something new, and talks with Waymo people while at X had made him want to work on self-driving cars.

Did you consider asking for a demotion to reduce the pressure?
Carey Nachenberg

Not at Symantec, where he could do what he liked. He thought about it at Google but concluded it would not help. Even at lower levels, he says, there are expectations he might not meet if he went off for a couple of months to think, which is how he had been most successful. He calls himself a loosey-goosey prototyper who does not enjoy testing every edge case. Google expects that, so he would have had to do things he disliked to do the things he wanted.

How did you become a lecturer at UCLA, and how do you make your lectures engaging?

Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg taught programming at Learning Tree around 1990 to 1991, including to DeVry staff. He also ran evening whiteboard sessions at UCLA as an undergraduate. Years later, a colleague at Symantec who lectured part time at UCLA told him to apply. Nachenberg assumed his lack of a PhD ruled him out. After months of silence, UCLA called in a panic when a lecturer dropped out, and he had two weeks to plan an undergraduate course. That was about 25 years ago.

For lectures, he designs for roughly the 30th to 50th percentile of the class, and uses himself, a slow learner, as the model. He asks what he would want to know on first meeting a topic, and what students are likely to be fuzzy on. He says he spends days with ChatGPT o3 simplifying concepts, then checks with Gemini and compares differences, because he finds good online material scarce and textbooks poor. He also wants students to enjoy class, so he adds humor, color and surprise.

What tips do you have for public speaking?
Carey Nachenberg

Practice, says Nachenberg. He finds his own speaking declines within a year of not using it. He suggests giving a lunchroom talk about a project even when nothing requires it. People appreciate it, and you improve. He recalls giving his Stuxnet and malware talk privately inside X, after which colleagues said he was one of the smartest people they had met. He says people read good communication as intelligence, and it brings credit and opportunities.

Looking back, is there anything you regret or would change?

Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg says he should have left Symantec earlier. His rule is to stay while you are learning, building skills and feel free to fail occasionally. He lost that at Symantec, but stayed because he lacked confidence, not because the work interested him. He still values staying five or even ten years as long as you learn. Switching teams can keep a good reputation and institutional knowledge. Staying too long makes you stale and comfortable.

He also notes the cost of leaving. At Symantec he was widely known and appeared on TV and in major newspapers about Stuxnet. At Google nobody cared what he had done before, so he had to rebuild trust and reputation, which is stressful.

What about golden handcuffs, where you earn well but no longer learn?
Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg would never say to leave a good package. People need different amounts of money to feel safe, and people balance several things. Being comfortable and well paid for a while can be fine. But for someone who is solving for enjoyment and hard problems, he thinks too long in that state can become toxic.

If you could advise yourself on graduating from UCLA, what would you say?

Carey Nachenberg

Nachenberg says there is no single item. First, do not let fear of failure hold you back. You can probably do more than you think, and he says he might have had a richer career had he listened. Second, focus on outcomes: who will use the work, what they care about and how they measure success. Problems often need a small square piece, not a perfect round thing.

He says he once presented technology to senior leaders, who did not care how the algorithm worked. They wanted to know whether it was faster, by how much, and what it meant for revenue or headcount. Speak to their needs, not your own. Third, find a good manager who trusts you and gives you rope, since a manager can make or break your career and happiness. Fourth, learn to collaborate and not assume you are right and tell others they are wrong. He says he still struggles with this.

About this source

GoogleX Chief Scientist: Imposter Syndrome, Career Growth, Project Taste | Carey Nachenberg

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Cold-open teaser montage and host introduction, 00:00.56 to 00:42.16, omitted; the central claims appear in the overview and later rounds.

Short back-channel exchanges and repeated question restatements throughout omitted.

Closing thanks and request to subscribe, review and suggest guests, 01:11:02.56 to 01:11:25.44, omitted. The host states there are no sponsorships.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 38 · interview

Choose the staff role with its responsibilities in view

Ricky explains a fast Google promotion path built on ownership and measurable impact, while questioning whether faster advancement always improves daily life.

What was the overall promotion and compensation timeline?

Ricky

Ricky joined Google as a new graduate in 2017 after an internship. He reports approximately $180,000 annual compensation plus a signing bonus, then promotion to L4 after a year and a half at about $250,000, L5 after another year and a half at roughly $350,000, and L6 three years later at roughly $500,000–$520,000. The amounts are retrospective figures from his own situation, including equity effects, rather than current compensation guarantees.

He credits a fortunate team match and considers reaching senior in three years faster than the typical path he observed. Staff took longer and involved a different kind of responsibility. The career story combines his deliberate work with opportunities he did not control.

What happened in the junior-to-midlevel promotion process?

Ricky

In the review system Ricky describes, ratings arrived every six months. He first met expectations, then exceeded them, and received a still stronger rating alongside promotion. He believed his impact and independence matched the next level but worried that short tenure might count against him. His manager supported the attempt.

Who should initiate promotion discussions?
Ricky

He recommends employee initiative supported by an ongoing conversation with the manager. He regularly asked whether his current projects demonstrated the next level and aligned expectations about timing and scope. Managing upward made an accelerated path more deliberate; it was not a promotion that arrived without discussion.

What behavior made the first promotion possible?

Ricky

Independence: finishing projects with less handholding and finding ways to unblock himself. This did not mean refusing to ask anyone for help. It meant learning enough to move the project without requiring the manager to solve every obstacle.

How did you become better at unblocking yourself?
Ricky

He deliberately asked questions despite fearing he would look incompetent. His alternative was worse: staying silent, learning nothing, and failing to deliver. Colleagues generally wanted him to succeed. Asking the knowledgeable engineer helped him learn to do the work himself.

They recommend a real attempt before asking, but not remaining motionless for half a day or longer. Repeatedly asking the same question or receiving the same code-review feedback without improvement is different from healthy learning. The desired pattern is increasing independence and fewer repeated mistakes over time.

What changed when working toward senior?

Ricky

He became the owner and go-to person for a defined area, learning its code and delivering several impactful projects there. Ownership meant being able to answer questions and advance the area, not merely shipping more isolated changes.

Did you choose the area through an explicit promotion plan?
Ricky

At first he simply found a part of the advertising experience visually unappealing and interesting to improve. The improvements could also produce measurable impact. Repeated projects and exploration gradually made him the owner, rather than a manager initially assigning a complete senior-level charter.

Did you have to compete for that scope?
Ricky

His team allowed engineers to choose many of their own projects. He sought work with meaningful impact and enough challenge to extend his skills. He recognizes that managers may assign useful work too, but relying only on assignments would not necessarily supply the scope needed for his desired growth.

How did you recognize projects that were genuinely at the next level?

Ricky

He studied teammates’ successful senior promotions to understand the scope and complexity expected, generated comparable ideas, and asked his manager to calibrate them. Roughly a year before his promotion he proposed a roadmap and asked whether completing it would meet the bar.

This gave the manager something concrete to assess and made the growth plan explicit. The roadmap emerged after approximately six months of exploration following L4, rather than immediately on the day of that promotion.

When did you put that roadmap together?
Ricky

After the midlevel promotion he tried different projects and learned what interested him. He then wrote the one-year plan himself and sought managerial buy-in. Exploration preceded the more committed roadmap.

What did you do when requested work did not advance that roadmap?

Ricky

He learned to say no to unrelated projects that consumed time without helping him grow. He distinguishes that from accountability: a bug he caused, or a bug within his owned area, still needed attention. A new request could also be worth accepting if its impact and scope were stronger than the existing plan.

How can someone say no without damaging the relationship?
Ricky

For an outside request he would bring the tradeoff to his manager and understand why it was assigned. For the manager’s own request he would ask whether it was required and explain the competing projects’ impact and growth value. This is a discussion of priorities, not a license to ignore obligations.

He believes managers should try to match important work with reports’ growth and interests. His own early record of finding and delivering projects earned trust, although the manager continued to guide which ideas were useful.

How did you learn which ideas would have impact?

Ricky

First define what the organization values. In his advertising area, revenue was a central metric, alongside whether the work helped users, advertisers, and publishers. Other teams might care about active users or product interactions. Running experiments exposed gaps where improvements could move the relevant outcome.

He found measurable results persuasive in arguments about project value. His emphatic statement that numbers settle the matter belongs to his experience in a revenue-measured area; it should not be treated as a claim that every engineering contribution is captured by one number.

How did the senior promotion itself feel?

Ricky

It felt more uncertain than the first promotion. Ricky believed he was ahead of the timing commonly observed around him and worried that the committee might want a longer record of next-level work. His manager supported submitting while setting realistic expectations that it could fail. It succeeded on the first attempt, which Ricky describes as fortunate.

Were there growing pains in becoming a leader?

Ricky

Yes. Handing project ideas to junior engineers made him anxious about whether experiments would succeed; some did not. He had to become comfortable with a portfolio of ideas rather than expect every one to work. A comparatively good success rate, mentoring, and positive influence on other people’s projects supported the case, while confidence developed through practice.

Did you feel stuck waiting for staff?

Ricky

Rather than wishing it had arrived sooner, he sometimes wishes the opportunity came later. Senior offered more flexibility for breaks and personal activities, whereas broader projects created meetings and a more rigid schedule. He advises looking at the actual calendars and work of nearby staff engineers before deciding the trade is desirable.

Is staff required by an up-or-out policy?
Ricky

In the Google context he describes, senior engineers could stay at senior without an expectation to advance to staff. He is less sure about whether the same applies at midlevel. He frames staff as a choice to take on more responsibility rather than an obligatory badge of success.

What was the biggest difference between your senior and staff work?

Ricky

At senior he knew and owned a space and delivered projects within it. Toward staff he challenged the boundaries of that space, questioned the established direction, and guided consequential decisions across teams and functions. Some changes required senior-leadership buy-in. Knowing an area became a platform for shaping where it should go, rather than only operating effectively inside it.

How did you find the anchor project for staff?

Ricky

Deep familiarity made him question practices that no longer made sense. In one example, established user research supported a conclusion but product experiments contradicted it. He pushed the evidence that another direction could produce greater impact. He does not disclose the specific product decision, so the lesson remains about examining assumptions and reconciling conflicting evidence rather than a reproducible advertising tactic.

How did you influence other teams and partners?

Ricky

He had developed a reputation for finding impactful projects. He shared ideas, collaborated without trying to displace others, and turned proposals into projects that launched successfully. Relationships and repeated results gave his judgment weight.

Did your previous results make that easier?
Ricky

Yes. Trust would have been harder to build if the projects repeatedly failed. Staying in the same organization let colleagues accumulate evidence of his work, whereas a new senior hire would need to establish that record. Ricky is cautious about the host’s description of him as a rising star but agrees that past successes made his proposals more credible.

Why did you want to try management?

Ricky

He already enjoyed helping colleagues grow, finding projects for them, and seeing them succeed. A formal management opportunity appeared after he had expressed that interest, and the team supported it. Fulfillment in developing others was the principal motivation.

Did the manager closely vet your motivation first?
Ricky

He does not remember a formal process of that kind. He had raised the aspiration earlier, and the right opportunity eventually appeared. Becoming a manager young felt awkward at times.

What did feeling insufficiently mature mean?
Ricky

He felt younger than the more experienced managers around him and encountered an unfamiliar social-boundary issue when seeing reports at a music festival while drunk. He thinks it was probably fine, but it illustrated situations he had not anticipated before taking the role.

Was there prior management experience or a structured preparation path?
Ricky

He does not describe prior formal management experience and was surprised by how much learning happened after entering the role. Google had many resources, but he had expected a more structured guide to becoming effective. The earlier discussion of informal mentoring should not be mistaken for having already held the full manager job.

What changed most between IC leadership and management?

Ricky

Technical leadership supplied enjoyable elements of helping people succeed. Formal management added difficult performance feedback, review writing, and calibration overhead. At the same time, seeing an actual report get promoted felt especially rewarding because he had direct responsibility for supporting that growth.

Do you regret becoming a manager?

Ricky

He mainly wishes it had happened later. In an unusual period with around twenty new hires, he was informally helping many of them; becoming the formal manager of four narrowed that responsibility and gave some time back. Nevertheless, he would have liked a few more years of senior-level flexibility and lower stress.

He now better understands what higher-level work entails: much of the influence is through other people, so meetings increase whether one is an IC or manager. A nine-to-five calendar can still be an intensely committed day with little discretion about naps or gym trips. Ryan adds that fragmented daytime meetings pushed his own technical work into evenings after reaching staff. The title’s appeal should be assessed against its daily experience.

Was the staff promotion different from the previous applications?

Ricky

He again felt uncertain despite sustained top ratings. Moving from senior to staff could feel like a job change: being an exceptional senior with high impact did not automatically prove readiness for the broader role. A supportive manager and a successful first submission made the outcome fortunate.

Did every promotion succeed on the first attempt?
Ricky

Yes. He did not experience a rejection-and-resubmission cycle at any of these stages and repeatedly acknowledges the luck in that record.

Could you repeat that career path, or did luck explain much of it?

Ricky

He benefited from enjoying the team he was matched into, organizational stability, and managers able to support him. Reorganizations, poor fit, or a manager’s absence could have delayed otherwise good work. He separates the chance that an opportunity appears from being prepared to use it. Effort helped with the second; it did not fully control the first.

How much was ability and how much luck?
Ricky

He offers a rough fifty-fifty impression rather than a measured estimate. He feels confident he would eventually have reached senior with continued growth and effort, but another team might have required a move and a new ramp-up. His speed depended on the unusually good fit. Ryan notes that even a stronger engineer can struggle in an organization with repeated disruption.

Why stay at Google for seven years?

Ricky

He regularly reassessed whether he enjoyed the work and whether the team still offered what he wanted: growth, travel, and work that was sufficiently interesting. Staying was an active decision, not proof that he never considered alternatives. He also acknowledges survivorship bias: people without comparable growth or fit might have had good reasons to leave.

Ryan describes the accumulated advantage of staying in a healthy setting: relationships, code knowledge, and organizational context can expand from expertise in one area to many. That momentum can enable unusually fast growth, while changing employers can offer other benefits. They do not reduce the choice to a universal rule about job hopping.

What advice would you give your new-graduate self?

Ricky

Trust his judgment more and try boundary-pushing ideas earlier. Anxiety made him postpone ideas he later pursued successfully. He believes earlier confidence could have reduced stress and enabled more experimentation, though he developed it gradually through results and good feedback.

Was the impostor feeling about technical ability?
Ricky

He worried that he had been hired for personality rather than ability because his interview and internship had not felt spectacular. At low levels he also lacked a way to judge his own performance. Repeated reassurance that he was doing fine did not answer his internal question of whether that meant barely passing or excelling. Successful projects and collaboration eventually supplied more convincing evidence.

About this source

28 Year Old Staff Eng @ Google Reveals His Promotions

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

The opening trailer at 00:00–00:41 is summarized only through the later full discussion.

Closing social links, channel promotion, production feedback, and farewell at 00:40:28–00:41:57 are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 39 · interview

David Fowler: Initiative, Delegation, and Senior Promotion

Selected passages on initiative, mentoring, scaling through others, reorg/team evaluation, and senior promotion.

How does Microsoft's leveling system work, given that levels run upward from 59 with about two levels per title?

David Fowler

Fowler says he cannot explain why numbering starts at 59, and guesses the lower levels cover non-engineering roles. A college graduate typically starts at 59 or 60, depending on how many times they interned and how well they did. Fowler equates entry level with an SDE I at other companies.

A title maps to a band of about two levels, so a title does not reveal which level someone holds. Principal is the exception at three levels, and Fowler says that band is so broad that a new arrival from senior and a long-serving principal share a title. Above principal come the partner levels, which Fowler says have three bands, and then technical fellow.

What did your performance review look like after NuGet, for someone who was not yet a senior engineer?

David Fowler

Fowler's first promotion came about eight months after joining, before NuGet. Because he had interned twice, he arrived with a lot of Microsoft experience. Beyond assigned work, he read forums for feedback on Microsoft's products, built features to answer it, and showed the results to product managers, architects and the team. Looking back, he says those people became sponsors and positioned him to build NuGet.

Fowler calls himself a code-first, ask-questions-later person and says code is currency: a working sample beats a PowerPoint or a document. A director once told him he would send people to talk to David because David has energy.

Did the lasting impact of something like NuGet carry over into later reviews?
David Fowler

Fowler says the bigger promotions felt like accumulated history plus current success. Impact is officially meant to be for the year, and crossing a band boundary, such as to senior or to principal, takes more than moving within a band. He is unsure whether Microsoft has an official deferred-impact rule, but says it clearly mattered at the higher principal levels, where the question was whether he had shown repeated impact over ten years.

How can others start projects like this within a large company, when the motivation comes entirely from them?

David Fowler

Fowler's one-sentence answer is that you can just do things, which people now call agency. He does not recommend spending every night and weekend on projects, but early on his goal was to get better at software engineering, and the way was to build everything possible: games, websites, many kinds of software.

The second habit was to find someone on the team whose career he wanted. Fowler attached himself to the architect David Ebbo, whose role spanned several areas and looked ahead, copied his behaviors, and for a while coded Ebbo's ideas, which turned into doing it independently. He then built prototypes and showed them to an advocate, the architect or the product manager, to ask whether they were useful. He says he would build a thousand things and maybe one would hit.

So agency at a big company came from energy, moonlighting and doing more than the assigned work?
David Fowler

Fowler agrees in part. Once an engineer builds a reputation for building things, more opportunities arrive and people ask for a take on new work. He cautions that this is not guaranteed, but in his case it was clearly true and continued after SignalR.

Is permissionless agency a way to bypass the credibility that permissioned opportunities require?
David Fowler

The host puts it that way, and the exchange adds that a stronger track record earns more room to be permissionless, because each success buys more latitude to fail. The host describes fast-growing engineers as trusted people management lets loose on risky projects, while an engineer struggling to meet expectations gets directed work and monitoring. Fowler agrees.

What led to the promotion to principal?

David Fowler

Fowler recalls a boss who, when he reached senior, said promotions would slow. The jump to principal turned out to be large. Alongside SignalR, he built Kudu, an early Azure tool that let people push code and deploy an app instantly, as Heroku and AppHarbor did. A director then pulled him onto a new project that became the cross-platform .NET Core.

Fowler was senior, and he and another principal engineer were chosen as architects over about 30 engineers with free rein, which he calls amazing and terrifying. At first he tried to code review every change and was burnt out within a year, and had to learn to trust people and separate urgent from not urgent. He had his first child and was promoted to principal that same year.

How did you scale yourself out of necessity so you did not burn out as architect for so many engineers?
David Fowler

Fowler learned the first lessons on SignalR, a team of seven or eight including two new hires. Before that he never delegated to grow someone and assumed he could do the work faster himself. It flipped when he saw that investing in smart new hires would amplify impact even if early tasks took longer. He calls the senior-to-principal leap doing more through others than yourself, and the point where many engineers plateau because they prefer coding alone.

On .NET Core, where he says the team rebuilt the package manager, runtime and libraries from scratch, he stopped treating everything as equally urgent and let people fail. He says traits that get an engineer to senior, such as being a control freak or insisting on one way, hurt when scaling to a thousand engineers. The fix was to inspire others through one-on-ones and example, and to become outcome-focused.

What does the architect role mean at Microsoft?

David Fowler

Fowler says it is a semi-official role open to the middle principal bands. When he joined, he saw a principal software architect and decided that was the role he wanted. He describes it as breadth over depth: overseeing the design of the whole system. Other archetypes at the top include a super coder who builds enormous amounts, deep specialists such as one of the leading garbage-collection experts working on the .NET collector, and people overseeing a hugely impactful product area.

As architect for ASP.NET Core, he oversaw the web framework, the web server and how packages shipped, vetting decisions that could last 20 years. He had not done this before and learned by shadowing mentors who had.

As a distinguished engineer, how has the share of your time spent writing code changed?

David Fowler

Fowler says the job may no longer reward daily coding, but selfishly he codes every day and currently sends many pull requests on a project involving Aspire. He does not want to be an architect who gives instructions without knowing the code and then disappears. He wants to be a peer on the team, facing the builds and the tests.

If you stopped coding and only led, would your performance review still look fine?
David Fowler

Fowler thinks so. A distinguished engineer is measured on organization-wide or company-wide impact, so part of the job is keeping the architecture sound, looking ahead, talking publicly, inspiring and mentoring. He gave four internal talks on using AI for software engineering, which began when someone asked after seeing him use it. He argues such talks matter because credible engineers explaining how they work persuade more than a boss giving orders.

What is the story behind the promotion to distinguished engineer?

David Fowler

Fowler calls it the craziest promotion he has experienced. Distinguished engineer is the last level within partner, and it comes through an official process, not an annual review: a set of technical leaders peer-reviews the candidate. Guido van Rossum, who created Python, is at the same level, and Fowler describes maximum imposter syndrome. He also thought he was young for the role, though that did not count against him.

Fowler says earlier work carried it, because the role requires a body of work and a track record, not one good year. The email promoting him from principal to partner cited .NET Core, by then about seven years old, and he had acted as architect helping many teams adopt the new .NET internally. NuGet and SignalR counted as signals of how what he helped build affected the industry and the company. He says the fellows decide.

Were you involved in that process, or was it a surprise?
David Fowler

Fowler helped his leadership with content, supplying papers he had written and code contributions, and did nothing else. What affected him most was hearing other fellows say the promotion was well deserved and about time.

Do you worry about the lofty expectations of the level now that you have held it for a while?
David Fowler

At first Fowler called himself a baby DE. After roughly two and a half to three years he feels confident he can perform at the level. In his first review cycle he felt pressure to document all impact and tell his boss, because the level sits just below executive. He found a pattern of talking to bosses and staying visible, and feels less pressure now, though he adds that things could change.

What does the final level, technical fellow, look like?

David Fowler

Fowler says people at that level are unicorns with different paths, so the useful move is to look for proxies for impact, not copy anyone. A fellow needs industry-wide impact. His examples: Anders Hejlsberg, whom people in his division idolize, made Turbo Pascal, Delphi, C# and TypeScript. Dave Cutler, who Fowler says built Windows NT, the Azure operating system and the Xbox hypervisor, is the only senior technical fellow, a title Fowler says is simply his own.

Fowler adds that Microsoft recently hired a fellow who invented RSS, and that a teammate was once an intern for Tim Berners-Lee and is on the HTTP specification. These are Fowler's own statements and were not checked against other sources.

What did that mentor say that made a difference?

David Fowler

Fowler says much career advice is vague, such as telling someone to do a super impactful project, whereas Snover was direct. He suggested going to the people who decide, including the CTOs, and asking what the role requires. Fowler found it jarring, since no one had told him to ask the source, but very helpful, because it showed him what he should and should not be doing.

A second mentor helped after Fowler received a feedback package from his manager and peers listing strengths, weaknesses and behavior under stress. His first reaction was to fix every weakness. The mentor said to amplify his strengths instead, because no one is promoted to these roles for being average. About five years ago this changed how Fowler works. He now builds teams around his gaps: he does not schedule meetings or run every shipping checklist, and makes sure someone who is good at that does. The host likens this to a power law, and Fowler agrees.

Which engineers do you look up to, and what makes them impressive?

David Fowler

Fowler's team includes about five other partner-level engineers with more than 20 years at the company, each excellent for a different reason: a garbage-collector expert, a super coder who he says is a true 10x engineer, someone who seems to know obscure details across C, compilers and the operating system, and others with a strong eye for what to build.

On the C# language design review team, Fowler sits with Hejlsberg, whose feedback he says never talks down and stays pragmatic, even though the code Hejlsberg commits looks like it is inventing theory no one has seen. Fowler also names Mark Russinovich, CTO of Azure, who still codes and recently emailed about a performance improvement he wrote. Fowler is inspired when senior engineers still code.

He warns about the meeting trap. After becoming partner, he sat in meetings all day and was sad. A mentor told him an individual contributor needs time to think and build, and to block at least eight hours a week. It took him a while to learn to decline meetings.

You tweeted that when promoted to senior you felt others were smarter and should have gone first. What did you take from that?

David Fowler

Fowler worried about being promoted early on a fast path. His team had four people from MIT and two from Carnegie Mellon, and he had gone to Florida Tech, so he worked through imposter syndrome by working very hard.

The promotion taught him that impact is not about being the smartest, but about whether the work is at the top of the business, as NuGet and SignalR were. He had always felt he needed to go deeper on some technology, and now asks whether that is for you or for your career. He says an engineer does not need to know how TCP/IP works to be promoted to senior. It helped him separate being smart from making impact.

Co-workers were happy for him, at least outwardly. When he asked about others who had risen fast, he was told everyone knew it would happen, and he adds that you never know which category you are in.

One of your big-company tips is to ask when the last reorg was before changing roles. What is the thinking behind that?

David Fowler

Fowler calls big companies machines and recalls hearing, perhaps tongue in cheek, that executives show motion through reorgs. A reorg is always coming or has just happened, so learn about the last one: who the leaders are, what triggered it and where the org is heading. Because Microsoft is so big, he says, every new org is effectively a new company. The tweet likely followed a mentee who had been reorged several times in a row, or something that happened to him.

Is this about reading what a reorg means for your future?
David Fowler

Yes. Fowler also relays advice he heard recently: when changing jobs, think about what you hate, not what you love, because the things you love will be easy. Someone who hates open offices should not join a company with open-plan seating.

What has kept you at Microsoft for so long, since your internships?

David Fowler

Fowler describes himself as part of a millennial generation that broke from the boomer-parent habit of staying in one place forever, and says many job-hopping friends were paid well for it. His closest call came when he was senior and a boss who had left for pre-IPO Twitter asked him to interview there. He interviewed at Twitter and GitHub, got both offers, and stayed after much deliberation. The morning Twitter went public, he adds, brought instant depression that lasted about a week.

Microsoft's counteroffer was fine but not the main reason. An executive vice president told him he would be a distinguished engineer in five years, which Fowler says oversold it. What mattered more was that he had built something impactful and permissionless and had gained autonomy, and leaving meant starting over. People overlook the network and track record they have built, and the people matter as much as pay: not just good engineers but good people to work with.

He also stayed because he got to work on something new about every two years, by design, which kept him from feeling the need to go elsewhere.

If a mentee at Microsoft had a pre-IPO offer from a company like OpenAI, would you say stay or go?
David Fowler

Fowler would tell them to go. He recalls a mentee with an offer from another company who was not in a place to do their best work, and told that mentee to leave despite any counteroffer. He says that, in the same situation himself, he might have gone.

You tweeted that once in a career you should stay on a project long enough to see the long-term impact of your decisions. What prompted that?
David Fowler

Fowler's career had been to work on something and move on, still helping those who took over. .NET Core, at about ten years, is the longest he has worked on anything. Seeing the effects of decisions made in the first two years, good or bad, gave him a new perspective. He jokes that on a ten-year project every small issue you postponed becomes a big one, because somebody will hit all of it.

He is unsure twenty years on one project is good for career growth, but says it teaches you the implications of your choices and what you would fix in the next version. The host wonders what a chain of ever-higher jumps does for judgment if each project declines after the person leaves. Fowler does not fault either path and has done both. He cannot name the ingredients of a successful project, but can tell when he is on one, like a fine-tuned internal model built over experience.

Did you notice the culture shifting internally when Satya Nadella became CEO?

David Fowler

Fowler says the shift was huge, but it is hard to see the jump from Steve Ballmer's era because he lived through it and it happened gradually. A big one was that, historically, two teams could work toward the same end state and one would win. Under Nadella the focus moved to collaboration over being first. He saw teams building solutions before knowing the problem, though not on his own team.

He describes changes in meetings, email and remote friendliness. He remembers being surprised by someone raising a hand in a Teams meeting, having grown up in a culture where you wait for a pause and talk. Earlier meetings were often a highest-paid-person's-opinion affair, where a loud senior person could stop others from feeling safe to speak. Early in his career he saw people shouting and wondered whether he would have to shout too. Now leaders model behavior such as inviting quiet people to share their views.

Collaboration also became part of reviews: engineers who avoided other teams' work, or cloned it, were marked down. The host summarizes this as a change driven by performance incentives and top-down messaging, and Fowler adds the behaviors leaders modeled. The host recalls the XKCD comic that draws Microsoft as people pointing guns at each other. Fowler says the real shift went from guns to ambivalence, with teams staying out of each other's way, and then to rewarded collaboration.

If you could advise yourself when graduating college and entering the industry, what would you say?

David Fowler

Fowler's answer is to negotiate the salary. He did not know it was possible when he took his first job. A new graduate should get multiple offers and push the number up. Coming from Barbados and grateful for the most money he had seen, he was shocked to watch friends decline offers and say they would check Google or Facebook first. Having since sat on hiring committees for interns, he finds it impressive to watch a candidate bump up an offer well.

About this source

Intern to Microsoft Distinguished Engineer in 11 Promotions (Career Story)

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Cold-open teaser clips and the episode trailer, including preview lines repeated later in the interview, from 00:00.16 to about 00:50, represented once in the overview and the first question.

Guest contact handles and social-media platforms from 1:31:24.40 to 1:31:59.12 omitted.

Podcast outro with review and support requests, and the call for suggested senior-engineer guests, from 1:32:00.40 to the end omitted.

Short back-channel interjections and repeated restatements of questions omitted throughout.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 40 · interview

Expand ownership without losing the engineer

Simon’s three-year rise to staff engineering shows how project ownership, mentorship, delegation, communication, and role fit interact.

What work and team context supported your unusually fast growth?

Simon

Simon stayed with the same team and manager for about five and a half years. That continuity was unusual in his experience of Meta, but the team’s responsibilities changed substantially. It worked in ads payments, initially improving payment experiences and revenue, then supporting a large infrastructure migration, and later returning to product work.

The product context mattered. Revenue provided a relatively direct measure of impact, while local behavior created concrete problems to solve: in Thailand, for example, people bought through Messenger and exchanged bank slips as payment evidence. His career story therefore combines organizational continuity with changing technical and product scope, rather than repeating the same job for years.

How did you earn the IC3-to-IC4 promotion in your first half?

Simon

His earlier Meta internship reduced the learning curve for custom internal tools. He estimates that familiarity with tools such as Phabricator and the task system saved four to eight weeks. Before joining full time, he had also explored technologies through small projects, so bootcamp tasks were easier and he could help other new hires.

He joined as the second engineer on a new ads payments team. That gave him substantial access to a technical manager and impactful projects. Simon says the projects he delivered produced more than three times the team’s half-year revenue goal. The behavioral distinction was ownership of complete projects: finish the task, seek the next related opportunity, investigate disappointing results, and bring the work to a conclusion while asking for help where needed. In his account, promotion followed demonstrated next-level behavior rather than promising potential.

What preparation was actually useful before joining?

Small React projects and familiarity with what different technologies did were more useful than trying to memorize unavailable internal documentation. He describes engineers as pattern matchers: experience with TypeScript, for example, makes Meta’s Flow easier to learn even though the two are not identical. Exploration gave him enough vocabulary and examples to recognize new tools quickly.

Did an internship on another team still help?

Yes. The team was different, but internal tools and the workflow for landing code transferred. His internship did not remove the need to learn the product domain; it removed friction in getting started.

Why join a tiny product team, and where did the technical mentorship come from?

Simon

He originally expected to join an infrastructure team because C++ infrastructure was his interest and his internship background. During bootcamp, however, the first manager he met connected career growth with revenue impact and made a persuasive case for ads payments. The team also felt welcoming.

The manager had recently moved from IC6 engineering to management and could guide technical decisions as well as product experiments. Simon ran 20 experiments in his first half when the broader organization ran about 50. He attributes much of that velocity to direct, technically informed coaching.

Why were you already focused on impact as a new graduate?

He had set a personal goal of reaching IC5 within three years and explicitly asked prospective managers how they could support it. His eventual manager drew a possible path on a whiteboard and had followed a similarly rapid path himself. Simon credits that manager heavily; the opportunity was not simply the result of individual effort in isolation.

What produced the first “redefines expectations” rating at IC4?

Simon

Simon says impact was the primary driver. His project exceeded an already ambitious team revenue target measured in many tens of millions of dollars. Recruiting and onboarding additional engineers also contributed, and he broadened his reviews across JavaScript, Hack, Android, and iOS as the team grew.

The revenue result was not obvious at the outset. A strong data scientist suspected opportunities, but several initial experiments were neutral. In one, a failed-payment notice did not help advertisers as expected; examining the result led to better targeting and design, after which the project contributed roughly a fifth of his impact that half. In another, a daily script changed advertiser settings but experimentation logging failed. He read the code, contacted the experimentation team, and worked with the data scientist to understand the failure. The important pattern was continuing to investigate rather than declaring the first neutral result final.

His code review also aimed to develop people. That required calibration: some feedback said his reviews were overbearing, while other feedback said they made colleagues better engineers. He does not present helpful review as having been effortless or perfectly balanced from the start.

Did you expect those early ratings, and how did you interpret them?

Simon

He had little context for the rating scale. As a new arrival from Sweden, he had not understood that restricted stock would become a large part of compensation, and he was not predicting ratings closely. The first promotion was revealed through his manager’s routine of taking newly promoted reports to dinner.

He was happy with the later top rating, but receiving strong results so early made it hard to judge how unusual they were. His only prior comparison was a promotion with a “greatly exceeds” rating. He knew someone else with a top rating, which also made it seem less rare. His account cautions against treating a person’s early expectations as a reliable guide to the broader distribution.

How could the highest performance rating come without a promotion?

Simon

In Simon’s explanation, ratings largely recognized what he achieved, whereas promotion asked how he achieved it. IC4 work meant driving his own project. IC5 required broader responsibility for others and their projects. He was helping onboard people but was not yet accountable for their success, so very large individual project impact did not by itself demonstrate the IC5 role.

He and the host stress that ratings and promotion are correlated without mapping one to one. Repeating a great deal of current-level work can produce a strong rating while leaving the next-level behavioral gap unresolved.

Did you ask your manager about the missing promotion?

He remembers being sufficiently happy with the rating that he did not press the question. This was not an account of a promised promotion being denied.

What happened during the COVID review pause and your eventual IC5 promotion?

Simon

The first COVID half used annotations rather than normal ratings and did not include promotions. Simon understood his annotation as indicating substantially above-expectation performance. He was disappointed because he felt on track; at that point a single half represented a large fraction of his career, although he now recognizes careers are much longer.

In the next half, he received another “redefines expectations” rating and the IC4-to-IC5 promotion. He qualifies that result: ratings were somewhat boosted to recognize work from the prior half, and his unadjusted result might have been near the boundary with “greatly exceeds.” He does not claim that all strong performers were automatically bumped to the top rating.

The substantive change was leading a pod of about four people through an unscoped product space from initial idea to completed projects. The product itself was not as successful as hoped, but handling the work, people, and director-level escalations showed broader ownership and communication. Promotion therefore reflected changed responsibilities even when the product outcome was imperfect.

Why did the team trust you to lead a pod while you were still IC4?

Simon

Simon sees two foundations: strong technical ability and an interest in people’s growth. He had studied computing from high school in Sweden and enjoyed solving difficult problems across platforms. He also cared about whether colleagues succeeded, had helped people improve, and had already done some sprint planning before taking full responsibility for a pod.

He distinguished prioritizing work from owning its outcome. Earlier he could help plan tasks without being responsible for the project’s or engineers’ success; the pod leadership assignment added that responsibility.

Did that leadership include career conversations?

With some people, yes. With others, he focused on whether they were happy and growing in a weak area rather than on a formal promotion plan. He remembers mentoring roughly four engineers around IC3 and IC4 while also managing one intern and serving as a peer for several others.

How did you help a struggling intern obtain a return offer?

The intern needed more time with fundamental React or Hack concepts and internal data modeling than anticipated. Simon invested enough time to get her over that early hump, after which progress improved. Helping her secure a return offer remains one of his proudest moments.

He calls generosity with time a potential way to create future capacity, because better-supported colleagues can contribute more independently. He also admits that some investments do not move the needle, that he may persist too long, and that helping this intern intruded on time with his wife. The story supports attentive coaching, not unlimited self-sacrifice as a universal rule.

What changed between IC5 and IC6?

Simon

He earned the next promotion in two halves. First, one pod became two pods with roughly seven people, forcing him to delegate sprint planning and recruitment follow-through. He coached new pod leads and colleagues doing outreach, sometimes retaining the difficult initial recruiting conversation while letting others manage the candidate afterward. Those assignments also created growth opportunities for the people receiving them.

His initial delegation had a serious gap: he trusted that work would succeed without tracking it well enough, then discovered slippage near the end of the half. He later learned to zoom out, establish milestones and goals, notice stalled projects or struggling people earlier, and intervene in the specific gap rather than wait for a crisis.

His later scope included an eight-person team plus a separate project involving about 13 people. This tested whether he could combine roadmap and people leadership with deep technical contribution. Detailed reviews across clients and back ends helped him understand system interactions and catch incompatible implementations. Near a payment milestone, he also debugged a difficult path spanning Android or iOS, Instagram servers, Meta’s main backend, C++ payments infrastructure, and an external payments partner. He credits both broad coordination and the ability to go deeply into a hard technical problem.

What specifically fixed the accountability gap after delegation?

His manager’s principle was that delegation did not remove responsibility for the outcome. Simon began using regular progress conversations and two views of work: a project breakdown and a people breakdown. A project may look healthy because one person is compensating for another who has stopped progressing; the people view reveals a need for support.

He also had to avoid the opposite error. Earlier colleagues asked him to step back because he was interfering with their opportunities to implement and grow. His eventual approach was to trust colleagues with execution while checking progress and supporting them through the responsible lead, rather than personally controlling every detail.

What changed in Simon’s ownership
StagePrimary responsibilityGap or new practice
IC3 to IC4Bring an assigned project to a useful conclusionInvestigate results, find the next opportunity, ask for help
IC4 to IC5Own a pod’s projects and help its people succeedPlan an initially unclear space and communicate escalations
IC5 to IC6Deliver through several leads and teamsDelegate, track people and projects, and intervene selectively

After reaching IC6, how did you decide whether to pursue management?

Simon

He remained ambitious, but management presented an identity concern: he valued being a capable engineer and worried that years away from technical work could leave him feeling less useful. The opportunity nevertheless came with his longtime manager’s support. Both had moved to London, and his manager was leading two teams with too many direct reports. Simon already led one of those teams technically.

He chose to try management because learning under a manager he admired seemed unusually favorable. He hoped to become a similar kind of manager, rather than viewing the move as the inevitable next promotion.

What made that manager unusually helpful?

Simon

Simon emphasizes care for people, projects, and impact; familiarity with Meta’s processes; and firsthand understanding of rapid engineering growth. The manager was also strong at product direction, setting a clear roadmap and communicating upward and downward. That let engineers execute while learning how to reason about data, growth, and product choices.

Written communication was another major lesson. Simon believes people can do excellent work yet limit their careers by explaining only what they did, without explaining why it mattered, what was learned, or what the company gained. A clear internal post can reach thousands and remain available for future decisions.

What makes a project update effective?

Simon

Assume a reader may spend only five or ten seconds on it. Simon recommends a genuinely short summary, visible before any “see more” expansion, with meaningful numbers when available. Readers should be able to recognize the result and its importance immediately.

He organizes the early portion around context, impact, and next steps, then offers technical details for specialists. Most of a large audience will not know the exact subsystem, but they can still care about outcomes and reasons. The host adds that engineers often lead with code-level investigation that only one or two collaborators understand; status, metric movement, and why the audience should care are more useful first.

What did the management experiment teach you about technical work and role fit?

Simon

He managed for less than a year, too little time to know whether his technical abilities would truly decay. The more immediate problem was that he struggled to stop doing technical work. Reports asked him to step away; when he saw a gap, his old tech-lead instincts made him want to fill it. He acknowledges that he did not fully correct this before returning to individual contribution.

The circumstances were also unusually difficult. His immediate manager had an accident and was out for months, his skip-level manager was on parental leave, and the nearest available leader was a California-based director returning from prolonged sick leave. Simon was in London, so context and time-zone support were weak. He also had to leave London and was trying to support two engineers who wanted IC5-to-IC6 promotions on a small team. He believes he overpromised: one could take his former technical leadership role, but finding equivalent scope for both was hard.

Burnout and the loss of his support network contributed to switching back. When a director asked if he wanted to return to IC work, the answer felt immediately right. He remains open to management later. His conclusion is qualified: better circumstances might have kept him in management longer, although he suspects he might still have returned to engineering.

Why did returning to IC work fit better?

At IC6 he can combine hands-on work with mentoring and coaching while having more choice about whom and what to help. In management, developing and supporting every report becomes a central obligation and evaluation criterion. As an IC, those activities can add value without becoming his entire job. He is pleased with that flexibility, while recognizing that IC leadership still carries responsibilities.

What was the discretionary or additional equity you received?

Simon

Simon describes additional equity as extra restricted stock units granted at a director’s discretion. He received it twice: around the IC5-to-IC6 promotion and about a year later as he moved into management. The first arrived through an unexpected 15-minute director meeting. He had seen compensation-group posts about such grants but recognizes that those posts skew toward unusually strong outcomes.

He speculates that retention and a low original new-graduate stock grant may have contributed to the first award; he does not know the decision makers’ full reasoning. He associates the second with successfully shipping a priority product in London faster than expected. Together, the awards materially increased his compensation. Market comparisons were hard at the time because Meta’s stock price had fallen.

What did you think when a director scheduled a meeting without an agenda?

He had no clear expectation and was nervous. The unexpected meeting turned out to announce good news. This is a personal anecdote, not a dependable signal for interpreting every short leadership meeting.

From your experience as intern, intern manager, and intern director, what helps interns succeed?

Simon

He nearly failed to get his own return offer, later managed two interns with very different starting points, and served as an intern director overseeing roughly ten intern managers. That director role involved checking project plans and reviewing ramp-up at three weeks, midpoint progress, and the final evaluation.

He sees project completion and velocity as central, with safeguards for badly scoped assignments. A common problem is failing to ask enough early questions. During the first weeks, expectations are low and asking about basics is appropriate; delaying until week six makes the same gap much more consequential. He told interns and new graduates to ask him when a small question consumed more than roughly 30–60 minutes rather than lose repeated hours to an issue an experienced colleague could resolve quickly.

Peers matter as well as managers. A shared chat can distribute support when one person cannot answer everything. Peers also provide important evaluation evidence; knowing the intern’s project and behavior helps them give substantive feedback rather than forcing reviewers to reconstruct what happened.

Can an intern compensate by working extreme hours?

Reviewers try to distinguish sustainable performance from barely meeting expectations through round-the-clock effort. Repeated code submissions at both early morning and late night can be a warning, especially for someone near the pass threshold.

Simon also frames self-care as part of performance. He values exercise, journaling, and morning focus time. He has used a temporary 12–14-hour sprint for about a week and a half to solve a difficult bug, but noticed declining clarity while skipping workouts and drinking more coffee. Occasional intentional sprints and a permanent unsustainable schedule are different choices.

What workload has felt sustainable, and how does motivation affect it?

Simon

He estimates an average around 50 hours a week, with variation for California meetings and his morning routine. He enjoys the work and people, but noticed that the same hours began to feel like a grind when his interest in the product area faded.

After reflection, he moved to an infrastructure team and regained enthusiasm and better-quality output. He and the host connect the felt burden of work to interest and motivation as well as hours. This is their experience, not a claim that enjoying work eliminates the need for limits.

Looking back, what most explains your career growth?

Simon

Simon’s central theme is expanding ownership. Early on it means ensuring that a specific task succeeds; later it means owning a team’s success. Curiosity is integral: when another system blocks you, inspect its code and history, understand why a decision was made, and bring a researched question or proposal rather than simply wait.

He interprets Meta’s saying that nothing is someone else’s problem as permission to investigate, not as an excuse to ignore people. Cross-functional ownership requires empathy: learn a partner’s goals and incentives, including whether your proposed improvement damages the metric on which they are evaluated. Technical investigation and understanding people both help unblock the work.

How much of engineering career growth is technical skill versus other behavior?

Simon

He does not give a numerical split. He believes a solid technical baseline can support considerable success, including IC5, if an engineer can execute work to good quality, work with designers, use data, and collaborate effectively. Extraordinary ability to solve any technical problem is not his minimum requirement for that level.

He regards interpersonal skills as particularly important for gaining trust and opportunities to grow. He also qualifies this: exceptional technical talent can outweigh other weaknesses in some cases. His view is a description of a path he has seen at Meta rather than a universal rule for all roles.

Why have you stayed at Meta for your whole career so far?

Simon

People and flexibility have kept meeting his needs. His initial team grew from two engineers to around 16 before splitting, and because he helped recruit many of them, the young and supportive group felt close. He continues to value colleagues’ empathy and technical skill.

Internal mobility let him live and work in several locations, including California, London, and New York, and recently move into work that revived his interest. He did consider leaving when his motivation declined, then chose to give an internal move a chance. He acknowledges that some experiences cannot be found at Meta and that his preferences may change; he has simply not yet reached that point.

What would you tell yourself when joining as a new graduate?

Simon

Ask enough early questions to become productive, then keep investigating why systems work as they do. Be curious, take ownership, and avoid treating every existing constraint as permanent. In a large codebase, past decisions and abandoned experiments may no longer make sense; understanding their history can reveal useful cleanup or a way past a blocker.

He pairs that advice with time awareness. A new engineer still needs velocity and should not disappear indefinitely into investigation. Curiosity becomes more valuable once basic productivity is established.

About this source

26 Year Old Meta Staff Eng (IC6): Promotions, Redefining Expectations, Secret Equity Bonuses

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening trailer (0:00–0:55) repeats later exchanges and is represented once in the full interview.

Closing thanks, on-call shout-out, and subscription requests (about 1:16:58 onward) are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 41 · interview

From Strong Output to Scalable Ownership on Instagram Web

An Instagram senior staff engineer traces three promotion projects, explains why collaboration can block a promotion, and shows how tooling and ownership multiply a specialist’s impact.

Why specialize in front-end engineering?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

Marius describes a longstanding enthusiasm for the web, dating to school lessons in HTML and a CSS book he requested as a Christmas gift. He deliberately sought jobs where he could build web applications, including agency work while studying computer science.

The specialty was a positive choice about work he wanted to do, rather than merely the first technology assigned to him. That preference later helped him decide which opportunities and teams fit his career.

Why did strong performance ratings not immediately lead to promotion from IC4 to IC5?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

In his account, one behavioral gap held back the promotion: cross-functional collaboration. Strong conviction about his ideas sometimes came across as too insistent or intense. Advocating for a proposal was appropriate, but he needed to recognize when continued pressure became counterproductive.

He distinguishes a rating for delivered impact from promotion readiness. A person can deliver a great deal while still missing one behavior expected at the next level. His promotion also encountered a later company-wide pause during the early pandemic, after he had worked on the feedback. He describes these as separate causes, and his eventual promotion came at the end of 2020.

So a high rating and a specific performance concern can coexist?

Yes. A retrospective impact rating does not establish that every next-level behavior is present. Marius believes calibration wanted to see the collaboration issue addressed over another period before promoting him.

How did you handle the frustration of a delayed promotion?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

He acknowledges frustration, especially after peers reported a visible improvement and an external company decision still blocked the result. He reminded himself that careers are long and a half-year delay has limited meaning across that span.

He continued growing and taking work beyond his current title. With a lagging promotion system, refusing to demonstrate next-level behavior until the title arrives defeats the process itself. The work and learning could continue even while the paperwork lagged, and were eventually recognized.

What work led to the redefined-expectations rating and IC5 promotion?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

As an IC4, he took a leading role in a large web project considered IC6 scope. More than ten engineers and several partner functions contributed. Delivering it on an ambitious pandemic-era timeline required much more than coding: interpreting product ambiguity, dividing workstreams, coordinating people, running meetings and communicating progress.

Operational excellence mattered too. A large launch that breaks systems does not become successful simply because many changes were submitted. The project landed without major issues, with attention to release hygiene.

Marius does not claim to know every detail of the calibration conversation. His interpretation is that work two levels beyond his assigned scope made the unusually strong rating easier to explain. Ratings need an articulated progression from expected work to additional contribution, rather than an unexplained assertion of excellence.

How did an IC4 get trusted with an IC6-sized project?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

The opportunity arose through a staffing domino effect. A senior engineer was on parental leave while a major priority changed the team’s work. Another engineer covered that gap, and Marius took a project that might otherwise have gone to someone more senior.

There was luck in the timing, but preparation shaped who was considered. He had established himself as a web specialist who wanted responsibility for that platform and had a record of strong delivery. A relevant opportunity was therefore a plausible match. He calls this increasing the surface area for luck, while recognizing that wanting the project did not guarantee receiving it.

Have you always been ambitious about this work?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

Yes. Understanding conditions and loops in JavaScript gave him an early sense of agency: he could make the machine do something of his own choosing. The web also appeals to him philosophically as connected documents making knowledge widely available.

His later ambition grows from that intrinsic interest, not solely from the promotion ladder. That distinction helps explain both his sustained effort and his preference for particular kinds of engineering.

What led to the next redefined-expectations rating and IC6 promotion?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

He led another time-sensitive web project that enabled other pieces of a larger investment. Missing its hard deadline would block their impact. More time was unavailable, and other people were already assigned to important work, so he had to manage scope and quality with the team he had.

His preference was to reduce scope rather than casually sacrifice performance, reliability and design craft. A smaller well-built outcome was preferable to a broad but poor implementation. Some concessions can be necessary, but he wanted them made deliberately.

Product-management support was limited and important questions remained unresolved. He received credit for operating as a product-engineering hybrid: clarifying what needed to be built, aligning the decision with product and engineering leadership, defining success, sequencing work and then contributing heavily to implementation. He likens the early ambiguity to exploring a fog-covered map before the work becomes operational.

The delivery constraints in Marius’s IC6 project
Possible leverConstraint in this caseHis response
Extend the deadlineThe project unlocked other work and had a hard datePlan around the fixed deadline.
Add engineersAvailable people were already allocatedCoordinate the small group already assigned.
Cut scopePossible, but an empty minimum product would not meet the needChoose reductions carefully while preserving the useful outcome.
Lower qualitySome concessions were possible, but quality mattered stronglyFavor a smaller implementation with performance, reliability and craft.
Wait for product answersProduct support was stretchedClarify ambiguity and obtain alignment before executing.

Why switch to Instagram web after things were going well?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

His previous organization’s priorities moved away from the work he wanted to pursue. He had learned that web engineering and product quality—performance, reliability and design craft—were especially satisfying. Staying successful on a less aligned direction was not necessarily the right long-term choice.

The Instagram web team had recently migrated its technology stack and needed quality work. The opening matched his experience and interests. He began with the notifications surface, which needed modernization and alignment with the native applications, then spent much of his time in product infrastructure.

That layer sits between visible product features and deeper infrastructure: code structure, safeguards, testing and architecture that help other engineers iterate confidently. It offered increasing leverage as the expectations for his own impact grew.

What do you mean by engineering leverage?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

Leverage means shaping defaults and tools so other well-intentioned engineers can succeed without personally consulting the specialist for every decision. The framework guides them toward a good outcome. Marius illustrates this with front-end reliability and React error boundaries, which contain a rendering failure to part of an interface.

Adding one missing boundary fixes one location. Auditing the whole site systematically solves a broader problem. Writing guidance that explains how to trigger failures and how to distinguish primary, secondary and tertiary content lets other teams apply the approach themselves. Adding lint rules can make the editor warn about a known unsafe pattern before a change is submitted.

He uses that sequence to illustrate increasing levels of impact, while treating the level labels as his practical interpretation rather than an official formula. The more comprehensive solution continues helping after he moves on to performance or another problem. He cannot personally inspect every web product in the company, so direction and tooling extend his contribution.

Is the leverage that other people can prevent or fix these problems themselves?

Yes. Guidance and automated checks scale beyond the places he can directly work. The aim is to solve a class of problems sufficiently well that recurring intervention by the same expert is no longer necessary.

Editorial synthesis

From one reliability fix to a repeatable improvement

  1. Contain one failureAdd an error boundary around one vulnerable region.
  2. Audit the surfaceTrigger failures systematically and harden the site.
  3. Teach the decisionExplain testing and how fallback behavior depends on the importance of missing content.
  4. Encode the defaultUse lint or framework safeguards to guide future changes.
  5. Move to the next constraintLet the improvement keep working while attention shifts to another problem.
An editor-assembled progression from Marius’s error-boundary example; arrows show broader ways to address the same class of failure.

How did you begin working on Threads web?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

His manager offered an introduction to a small, initially secretive project. Marius discussed the needed web work with its hiring manager and became the only web engineer for roughly the first six to eight weeks. Scope was initially limited and later expanded.

He values that rare opportunity to help launch a new application from its beginning inside a large company. Other engineers subsequently joined, so being first is not the same as having built the entire eventual product alone.

Did you start a separate web application from scratch?

He first experimented inside Instagram web, hiding the existing interface to render something for the new product. He then decided a distinct surface needed separate components and organization to avoid unintended coupling. That separation was a reasoned architectural choice; it was not obvious at the first experiment.

What made the Threads work a convincing IC7 promotion case?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

The work was intense, but its impact story was clear. Threads needed a web presence. Marius established its foundations, helped grow and organize the team, led delivery and wrote a substantial amount of code. The scope grew from logged-out viewing and sharing to a logged-in client with feeds, notifications, settings, search and posting.

The launch and reception made the outcome visible. He says this was an unusually easy self-review to write because the connection between business need, his responsibilities and delivered work was straightforward. That clarity does not mean the project was easy or that his teammates’ contributions were unimportant.

Attribution also required senior reviewers to understand that his involvement materially changed the result. Clear ownership and responsibility for the outcome supplied that connection more convincingly than a count of isolated tasks.

What does owning a launch actually require?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

Marius thinks through failure modes before launch and works backward to prevent them. A new domain raises DNS and infrastructure questions; the right experts should verify the setup rather than the team simply assume it works. Other predictable risks deserve the same treatment.

Not every problem can be anticipated. Operational readiness includes error reporting, QA, release hygiene and responsive feedback channels so an unexpected browser-specific problem can be diagnosed quickly. Ownership covers the outcome of that system of preparation, not only writing the feature.

Does being the directly responsible individual mean doing everything yourself?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

No. He divides the product into meaningful areas owned by other senior engineers. Those engineers are accountable for their areas, while he remains accountable for the overall launch. Delegating a portion does not allow the overall owner to blame that portion if the product fails.

The difficult skill is adjusting the amount of oversight. A lead should give people room to grow without disappearing from the work. His driving-instructor analogy places a hand near the emergency controls while someone is learning, then gradually increases freedom as trust and capability become established. The relationship should prevent avoidable failure without turning every decision into micromanagement.

How should a senior engineer distribute scope while preserving their own impact?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

Marius favors reasonable ownership boundaries matched to people’s capabilities. A stretch assignment can develop someone; work far beyond their ability can set both the person and the project up to fail. Work far below their capability may also be a poor match.

He does not expect every change written by a senior staff engineer to contain extraordinary technical complexity. Sometimes the important contribution is quickly implementing many straightforward pieces that unblock a critical workstream. At other times the right role is coordinating work across teams or organizations.

The value is the necessary result and the role in achieving it. Hoarding work or judging every diff in isolation misses the context that makes the overall contribution important. He treats fast coding and broad coordination as different tools for different situations.

What are you considering for the next part of your career?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

He has no fixed answer about IC8. At the time of the interview, he had moved from Threads web to an important Instagram server-side project, deliberately extending beyond his front-end comfort zone toward fuller-stack work. He finds that both exciting and a little intimidating.

Management is not his preferred direction because he enjoys deeply technical individual-contributor work. He wants his work to matter and offer learning, without assuming that the next title must be the immediate goal. He also offers the Tron: Legacy soundtrack as a personal recommendation for concentrated coding.

When you reached IC6, did you immediately start aiming for IC7?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

Not in the way he had immediately looked ahead after reaching IC5. A more senior promotion needs a business need that matches the level as well as successful execution. Threads web supplied a timely opportunity of that shape.

The opportunity was necessary but not sufficient: the work still had to land. Conversely, an engineer without such an opportunity may struggle to make a case despite ability. His story therefore combines delivery, fit and timing rather than treating ambition alone as the explanation.

Have higher-level expectations ever frightened you?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

Yes. As an IC4, he saw IC5 as the eventual expected destination under the policy he understood then, was apprehensive about IC6 and believed he never wanted IC7. His preferences changed as he grew. Even later, he was not actively pursuing IC8 because the role would need to fit and he would not want to lose too much work he enjoys.

The account is a reminder that a person’s view of the next level can change with experience. It does not prescribe indefinite promotion seeking, nor establish a current company policy for every role.

What was your most unusually high coding output?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

He recalls just under two thousand diffs during the year Threads launched. The number suggests an intense implementation period, but he immediately cautions that diff counts are gameable and at best directionally interesting.

He sees no meaningful automatic distinction between, for example, three hundred and four hundred changes in a period: one person may simply split work into smaller commits. Output volume should be interpreted alongside the outcome and the context, not converted into a universal target.

What advice would you give yourself when entering the industry?

Marius, Instagram senior staff engineer

Things are going to be fine; do not add unnecessary pressure. Early ambition led him to publish a blog post every week while balancing degrees, near-full-time agency work, friends and a demanding hobby. He sometimes wrote late at night merely to keep the commitment.

He enjoyed that work, learned a great deal and thinks his public writing helped a recruiter find him. He does not regret it. But he no longer considers that intensity a healthy default and would tell his younger self that the existing effort was already enough.

His practical web work also complemented university fundamentals. Theory gave him useful concepts, while years of building applications supplied expertise in the technologies he used daily. The lesson is a sustainable combination, rather than dismissing either kind of learning.

Would you have reached the same position without that early intensity?

He cannot know. The counterfactual is uncertain, and he does not rewrite his past as a regimen he hated. He valued it at the time while recognizing that he would choose a healthier balance now.

About this source

Instagram Senior Staff Eng (IC7): What Held Him Back, Redefining Expectations, Promo Stories

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening montage repeats later answers and is counted once; the closing request for podcast engagement and guest suggestions is omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 42 · panel

Getting to Staff Engineer at Big Tech: A Five-Person Panel on Scope, Relationships, and Promotion

Five engineers who reached staff level at Meta, Google, Activision, Netflix and Airbnb discuss the projects behind their promotions, how to find scope, and why relationships and communication matter as much as technical depth.

The panel's view: staff scope is found through problems and people, not through code alone

Rahul hosts four engineers (Lee, Ryan Peterman, Carly and Zach) and also answers as a panelist. Between them they have worked at staff level, or the equivalent, at Meta, Google, Activision, Netflix and Airbnb. Their shared view is that staff level changes the kind of work, not only its size. A staff engineer is expected to influence other people, to find problems that are worth the company's time, and to be known well enough that others can vouch for the result. They disagree on details, such as how much a staff engineer should still code, but they return again and again to three points: relationships, clear communication, and a direct read of the company's own promotion process. Everything below is the speakers' own experience and opinion, not company policy.

Levels discussed, as summarized by the host from a levels.fyi diagram
CompanySenior levelStaff-level equivalent
GoogleL5L6
Facebook / MetaE5E6
AmazonSDE IIINo staff title; the level after senior is principal
Panelists and the background each one stated
PanelistBackground as stated in the panel
LeeIn software engineering since 2004. At Amazon from 2012, first as an SDE II and later in people management. Then a staff-level IC role at Meta, which Lee says did not go well. About a year and a half before the panel, moved to Google as a staff engineer (chat, then Gmail notifications).
Ryan PetermanStaff engineer at Meta, working on Instagram. Graduated in 2017, spent about eight months at an Amazon satellite office, then joined Meta as a new graduate. Three promotions in about five years.
CarlyAt Activision. A senior manager who also holds an IC title equivalent to staff (lead engineer). Finished graduate school in 2017, started as a junior data scientist, joined Activision at senior level and took about two years to reach lead. Works in security.
ZachBegan in data engineering at Facebook in 2016. Then Netflix, where every engineer held the senior title. Then Airbnb, where Zach received the official staff title and stayed two years. Left about six months before the panel to create content full time.
Rahul (host)Runs Taro. About four and a half years at Meta, going from senior to staff. About two and a half years at Pinterest, where Rahul was rejected for promotion twice. Before that, a startup that Pinterest acquired.

What project or projects got each panelist to staff level?

Zach moved up by changing companies. At Netflix every engineer held the senior title, but Zach felt the responsibilities were already staff-level, and Airbnb later hired Zach at staff. The project Zach credits is an asset inventory at Netflix. Netflix used microservices, which give each team ownership but also leave thousands of separate applications that could each hold their own vulnerabilities. Zach built a graph database describing applications, code bases, data sets and employees and how they connect to one another. The work took about two years.

Lee was also hired at staff level rather than promoted into it. Lee had managed people for about three years at Amazon before joining Meta. Lee says technical work alone was not enough. Some people point to a large, complex project they delivered alone, but staff-level readiness also depends on whether they planned the work, split it into parallel work streams, and reduced risk so the hardest part was not left until last. Lee's hardest technical project was a custom class loader that let an Android app use multiple executable files before Google supported that, so that Amazon's video app (now Prime Video) and its combined apps did not hit the method limit. Lee did not want engineers forced to write poor code to fit a technical limit.

Ryan Peterman describes a large efficiency project that made video processing at Instagram much cheaper, 94 percent cheaper for some basic encodings. Ryan says the project reached staff level because Ryan created the scope: Ryan found the problem, convinced people it was worth doing, got buy-in, and led execution. Ryan stepped in personally only on the riskiest components. Several engineers did most of the work while Ryan led and reviewed code. Ryan stresses that staff is one of the first levels where influencing others is a baseline expectation, because software is collaborative.

Carly says the step up is not just technical brilliance. It comes down to trust and to being a collaborator that others rely on. Carly points to a presentation of security findings to an executive leader and the CTO. Carly could explain technical work to people who did not want to sit in an engineering meeting, and received a job offer from a leader in that meeting. That became an internal move to staff. Carly says this is not a normal route. The wider lesson is to know your numbers, be ready to state your impact to technical and non-technical audiences, and work on large, cross-business problems that address a real pain point. The people who decide on promotion are often both kinds of audience.

Rahul names two projects at Meta. One was an internal tool that improved debugging of the product. Rahul measured that it saved thousands of engineering hours in a year, and other engineers could plug in their own debugging tools, which multiplied the impact. The other was re-architecting the product's calling architecture, moving it onto another team's set of APIs. Rahul's lesson is to think in terms of a portfolio of bets. A big-tech company has many things outside your control, so pair one main project with a smaller one you control, and switch when one is blocked. Two or three projects is realistic, not ten. Rahul adds that a company must also have enough business need for staff-level scope, so some people get promoted simply by moving to a company that needs their skills.

Is a staff promotion usually a sudden result of one project?

One panelist says no. A promotion packet is normally a track record covering several half-year review periods. By the time it reaches the promotion committee, people should already know the candidate's name and the candidate should have been doing near-staff or staff-level work for some time.

What kind of impact makes people notice a staff engineer?

Zach describes two directions of impact. Vertical impact is the direct effect on the business. Horizontal impact is helping a team move faster by improving how work gets done, not only what is built. Zach's Netflix example was a Groovy script that removed unused dependencies from the deployable file for pipelines. Zach estimates each deploy saved one to seven minutes, which at five or six deploys a day is about 30 minutes to an hour a day per engineer. Zach says the rest is adoption rather than technical excellence.

Another panelist adds a rough calculation: a 16 percent speedup across 66 people is the equivalent of a 10x engineer. The same panelist says that the very senior engineers they studied, three levels above staff, often make compounding improvements to tooling used by thousands of engineers.

How should a senior or staff engineer balance delegating work and doing it personally? (An attendee, Brian, asked, and Rahul rephrased the question.)

Zach recalls weekly conversations with an Airbnb manager about whether Zach was managing, delegating and coding enough. Zach loves to code Scala all day, and says that doing so has sometimes been to the team's detriment. Frank talks with a manager about how time is spent helped Zach see when more leadership was needed.

Lee says each person should know their own bias. An engineer who came from management may spend too much time on people and too little on reducing technical risk, while others lean the other way. The split does not need to be 50/50 each week. Lee also asks whether the engineer is leading from the front, finding the path and sending others down it, or from behind, pointing people in a direction. The answer varies by team: a team of peers differs from a team of new graduates. Lee says a manager's input helps here. A manager can point out that a 4 percent performance gain is good, but that no one knows which tools were used and nothing would be committed if the person were unavailable. In Lee's view how you do the work matters as much as what you do, and pairing with junior engineers helps them follow the threads.

Carly gives a manager's view, using Zach as an example. Carly would rather Zach had input into research, design and the roadmap of the big projects, so that someone with Zach's depth can quickly say what will break, and others do the deep implementation. Zach would step in when something is very complicated. Carly says the balance is hard to get right and is something to settle in talks with the manager.

Lee builds on this: one of the most powerful tools is asking the right question at the right time. A senior person who hears a team plan to re-architect something can say it is not the right focus and that it can sit behind a shim for now. Twenty minutes of that person's time can save two or three developer-years. Lee says that people's time should go where a design matters, because a missed hallway conversation can be costly.

How should a staff engineer decide what not to work on?

Zach tells of starting at Airbnb, when stakeholders were loud about certifying profitability numbers. As a newcomer Zach leaned on their requests. After about six months, Zach asked what difference certification would actually make, and the answer was essentially none, with roughly a one-day delay at most. Zach told the manager it was a case of diminishing returns, because the pipeline was too complicated to finish and the effort should move to higher-impact work. Another panelist notes that four people working on it for about four months likely cost the company a million dollars or more in salary alone, before counting what else they could have done.

A panelist adds that staff engineers must persuade, not just execute. Managers lean on staff engineers to identify what should and should not be worked on, which takes courage to tell stakeholders their project is being deprioritized. Explaining the reasoning is what keeps cross-functional partners' respect. Without it, the panelist says, mistrust builds first and resentment follows, and team dynamics can fall apart.

Is a staff engineer always less hands-on?

A panelist says no. It depends on the project and on the person's strengths. On a project with many senior people, staff may lead. Some very productive specialists, or people whose execution is worth four or five engineers, can have staff-level impact by doing most of the execution themselves. They are still expected to scale by sharing their knowledge. The panelist says not every staff engineer fits the tech-lead type: some are heads-down coders and some are domain specialists. Another panelist recalls that Meta had a "code machine" archetype for this kind of person.

Where does a staff engineer find, or make up, the scope?

Lee says that as you become better than your managers at your job, they can no longer see the landmines or the technical constraints on a project. Lee rejects the idea of making up scope to justify a promotion as a bad choice. The job is to identify what is hurting the team and holding it back, raise it, and convince others to fix it. Lee compares this to the question of whether calculus was invented or discovered. Lee says most scope is discovered: work that others fear, do not see, or do not think is valuable, and that you must persuade them will speed up the next three projects or enable something the product could not do before. It may be found by looking through code, or in product requirements where there is a gap.

Lee's own habit is to put a hand up when no one else will. Lee gives the example of an old, fragile system that no one wants to touch. Lee says that when someone suggests turning it off, it may turn out to generate hundreds of millions of dollars in revenue, so it is worth a gradual replacement such as the strangler fig pattern. Lee admits that this sometimes leaves a person stuck with something awful.

Rahul sums up that asking how to find scope to justify a promotion is already the wrong question. The right one is what the most burning problems are, and what is on the mind of the manager, director and other engineers, and whether you can build something that helps them. Rahul compares it to a startup: you start with the problem, not a solution. Knowing those problems takes relationship building and being embedded in the organization.

How deliberate were you about building relationships with mentees, tech leads, managers and directors who might speak for you at review time? (Rahul)

Carly calls it extremely intentional. Carly looks for people with a common problem or approach and teams up with them. Carly now has friends across business units, including people Carly seldom works with. Carly says that being remote full time makes this much harder than working in an office. Carly describes being an introverted extrovert and says people have to push against the urge not to message others, because no one will argue for you if no one knows you. Carly adds that someone working late and shown as online will not be noticed for that. People vouch for those they have seen deliver on time, on scope and on budget, and waiting to be rescued is the wrong approach.

Another panelist says that they were poor at happy hours, but their work was highly visible and they were promoted even during the pandemic. The key for them was to communicate the work: share the plan, get buy-in, and report the results. Writing and communication are strong tools, because in practice work does not market itself. A manager can be a cheerleader for only so long.

Lee says that being known was the difference between being stuck at L5 and being the person who pulled together Android engineers across Amazon, with data on when apps would run out of methods. People then send others to that person, and the person can point to the next step even when they lack the answer. Lee says human relationships are all there is. Lee worked remotely at Meta, never visited, and did not succeed. Lee had decent relationships but not the visibility, and so lacked help once things went wrong. Lee began asking one off-topic question a day on an Amazon team during the pandemic. Lee now does so in the chat rooms of two organizations at Google, and says people recognize Lee as the question person, which makes it easy to ask a product manager for help. Lee also suggests asking a manager whether anyone on the team needs a mentor, since even a no changes how they think of you, and sitting in on a product managers' event to understand their process and offer a developer's view. Lee says it may sound like politics, and sometimes it is, but it is part of the job. Lee, who describes being autistic with many social challenges, says Lee still has to do this to succeed.

Rahul offers a litmus test. If you asked a teammate what a person is known for, would they answer cohesively, such as saying that person is the expert on a system? If not, that is a bad sign.

Is telling people about your work just self-promotion? (Sean, an attendee, asked what happened to modesty.)

Rahul says do not frame it as bragging. Frame it as telling teammates how the work benefits them. Rahul's debugging tool at Meta made it faster to debug issues, and Rahul pitched it as a way to ease the work, help the product, and even help their performance reviews. Rahul's reframing is to give a call to action: here is how you can get plugged in.

Other panelists agree that sharing knowledge is mutual. Explaining what you tried, what failed and what worked, or building a lower-level framework others can reuse, makes the work more useful and spares others from learning the hard way. A panelist notes that big-tech engineers are often curious and open, and so they want to hear it. Lunch-and-learns and demos, such as a short screen share of a browser extension, can change how others work. The panelists draw the line between bragging and teaching there.

What heuristics improve the chance of promotion to staff, for example the choice of team, its size, or infrastructure versus product work? (Rahul)

One panelist advises talking to someone above staff, such as a senior staff or principal engineer, asking what they would fix if they had the time, and doing that. A principal who supports your document goes a long way. The same panelist says to write the promotion document now, not when it feels ready. Show it to the people who review promotions and ask why they would reject it, then work on those gaps. Otherwise a promotion project might turn out not to be the right one, and that is the candidate's own fault. If the feedback is that you have never led anyone, the next project needs to show leadership rather than more code. Not understanding the process, the panelist says, leaves the outcome to luck.

Another panelist says they favor work on churn and finance-related problems at each company, because that is where the pain in the business is.

Zach puts the relationship with your manager first: without it, even a star will struggle. For data engineers, Zach says the data sets must be ones many other pipelines read from, such as master data. A data set made only for a visualization is not staff-level. A staff analytics engineer may instead own the whole chain from logging to data set to visualization and perhaps a model.

Another panelist describes three common rubric dimensions. One is the size of the work stream, such as the number of engineers and the duration. A second is complexity: could someone a level below solve it, or does it need domain knowledge such as distributed systems or AI? The third is impact: does it span several teams or reach significant business goals? This panelist says leverage comes from building things that other engineers build on, which biases toward infrastructure and tooling teams. Leading a very large product initiative is limited to a few places, and someone must grant permission, so those chances are fewer and harder to compete for.

Is the preference for infrastructure a fair measure of staff-level work?

Lee calls the focus on infrastructure and backend a legacy bias. Companies understood what top-level work on backend systems for billions of users looks like, but not what a principal front-end engineer does. Lee says people were advised to switch to a backend team to get promoted, which Lee considers wrong, though it has been real.

Zach adds that data engineering was new in 2016, and Facebook had only one staff data engineer at the time and now has dozens.

Rahul says the bias is not strictly front end versus back end. Engineers who build client-side infrastructure, such as an Android build system or a framework for client and server requests, also count. The key is that other engineers use what you build, and that is usually one layer below the people building the user-facing product.

Audience question: once you are at staff level, how do you keep exceeding expectations?

One panelist says behaviors at staff and above are similar: influencing through others, growing people around you, and taking on the largest problems. What changes is that the initiatives are a step bigger. To exceed, find something larger in scope, such as influencing two larger organizations instead of one group of about 50, or building infrastructure for hundreds of engineers instead of dozens.

Zach, who says they received an exceeds rating at staff level at Airbnb for 2020, describes two parts. One was delivering the main "big rock" project, which for Zach was refining pricing and availability metrics. The other was design work on longer-term questions, such as a document on best practices for moving data from the data lake back into the Airbnb app, with feedback from principal engineers on edge cases. Zach says that missing the first means not meeting expectations at all, and doing both is what moves a person toward the senior staff level.

Audience question (Alan): what resources help with technical communication and finding mentorship?

Rahul says the core skill is knowing your audience. At Meta, Rahul checked who belonged to an internal Workplace group before posting an update: engineers, leadership, or a cross-functional mix. Rahul then adjusted the depth, avoiding both too much detail and too little. Before a stand-up or meeting, find out who will be there and how much they know and care. Rahul has no book or video to suggest, and says the way to build empathy for different audiences is relationship building, which gives a sense of the personas you address.

Zach adds that posting on LinkedIn almost every day while at Airbnb taught Zach to say dense information concisely, because the platform rewards short posts. Zach recommends that skill for growth.

Audience question (sesh): should a senior engineer become a tech lead first on the way to staff?

Ryan Peterman sees tech lead as a set of behaviors that can occur at any level, not as a level between senior and staff. Senior engineers on some teams lead smaller projects. Ryan suggests checking the company's own leveling system.

Another panelist cautions that if the missing pieces are leadership and visibility, being a tech lead may give more chances to practice them. But it is not necessarily a stepping stone, and doing the behaviors well does not guarantee a path to staff. A further panelist says the expected behaviors at each level should be written down at the company. Use that with your manager to see where you exceed and where you fall short, and ask for the documentation if you do not have it, because otherwise you can only guess.

Audience question (Sam): how can a data engineer show backend work to a manager who is not their day-to-day lead?

Zach says that if there is no shiny front-end piece, part of the answer is to work with the data scientist or analyst who builds the visualization on top of your data. The other part is to show downstream impact. Zach says a data set can be sold as improving one of three kinds of decision: an executive's strategic decision, a data scientist's or analyst's product decision, or a machine-learning algorithm's automated decision. Zach's pricing and availability data sets at Airbnb fed Smart Pricing, an algorithm that sets prices for listings, which had a large effect on the business.

Zach adds that data engineers can also cite optimization numbers, such as a pipeline running 30 or 40 percent faster. At Airbnb, Zach cut the size of the pricing and availability data sets by 90 percent, so the company could use data 10 times smaller. Zach admits that data engineering can fall into the shadows because it lacks the show-it-off quality of a front end or a SQL query. Where the gain is only visibility, Zach suggests building a story around it.

About this source

Getting To Staff (IC6) at FAANG Panel (Full, Sept 2023)

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Session logistics and the plan for audience questions, 07:00 to 07:43, omitted.

Rahul's pointer to a Taro video about a personal promotion case study, 19:10 to 19:27, omitted as channel promotion.

Banter about managing Zach, 24:57 to 26:28, kept only where it carries the advice on delegating; short laughter and agreement exchanges, such as 38:42 to 38:55 and 31:14 to 31:30, omitted.

Request for thumbs-up reactions, 45:10 to 45:20, and a crude joke about sharing knowledge, 47:23 to 47:35, omitted.

Closing socials, Substack and newsletter plugs, domain-name banter, Instagram and gaming mentions, YouTube channel request, and talk of a second panel and a side story, 01:09:34 to 01:13:02 and 01:13:46 to the end, omitted. Only Rahul's takeaway at 01:13:02 to 01:13:46 is kept.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 43 · panel

Getting to Staff: Scope, Promotion Timing, and Visibility at Big Tech

Five panelists on reaching staff argue that high-scope work, early and explicit promotion conversations, willingness to take feedback, and visibility matter more than title alone.

The panel's view: scope, early asking, and visibility shape the path to staff

Editorial summary of the panel's shared view: the opening framing treats staff as the first level where an individual contributor must lead without managing people. Progression runs from tasks to features to projects, and then to several projects or a whole product. The panelists argue that reaching that level depends on choosing work with real scope and visible impact, asking for promotion early and explicitly, and then acting on feedback. They also say title opens doors without settling scope, that managers differ in how much they control promotion, and that infrastructure and product teams offer different routes. Several points are offered as personal experience rather than general rules.

How do you tell which problems are worth solving, when a staff promotion needs enough scope?

Zach describes a move at Netflix from an automated threat-detection project, which looked too ambitious, to a shared graph database that other teams could use in many cases. The shift brought more pay, more respect, and a larger leadership role.

Zach adds that scope is not the only test. Risky projects that may never pan out also waste time. Senior engineers can judge how much impact a project will have before investing in it, so a small request to them may sit in a backlog.

How do you build the judgment to see which work will matter?

Ryan says the main method is to read the incentives of the organization. Most teams publish plans with metric targets, so a person can compare an idea with a team goal and judge whether it is large enough.

Ryan also worked on an ads project outside Ryan's own team, which no one assigned, because the revenue opportunity looked large. The work had clear impact and was linked to a senior promotion.

For Carly and Lee: how explicit should someone be about wanting to reach staff, and how much should they tell a manager?

Carly manages staff engineers and says people raise promotion in different ways. In Carly's experience, about half of the requests to move to staff came from people who were not yet ready. The other half came from people who were ready long before they asked. Carly sees two groups: people who ask readily, sometimes before they are ready, and people who wait until readiness is proved, often a year past it.

Carly suggests reflecting honestly on readiness without setting the bar so high that a reserved person holds back.

Lee says promotions often trail performance at large tech companies, so a person who never raises the question may not know what is missing. Lee suggests stating the goal directly: a wish to grow on the technical track rather than into management. Ask what is missing, build a plan, and write down the evidence, so the manager has the material when the person is ready. Lee notes that not everyone wants a promotion, and some people prefer their current level.

Should a manager wait to be asked, or raise a promotion first?

Carly says both happen. Carly has raised promotions with people who did not ask, when Carly judged them ready. With a large team, year-end reviews are the main time to reflect, but Carly prefers that people speak up between reviews when they feel ready or are clearly above the bar. Carly calls waiting a passive approach and sees little downside to asking too early.

What should someone do if their manager says they are not ready?

Carly says to listen. Feedback usually points to a blind spot the person cannot see, and a well-meaning manager is not trying to block a ready person. Carly also treats the response to feedback as part of readiness. A staff engineer must take feedback from leaders and teams, act on it, and reflect on it without turning combative.

Another panelist describes a first attempt to promote them into a manager role at Amazon that did not go through. The panelist asked which objections were raised and what evidence would answer each one, then tracked those gaps. The promotion came later, and the panelist says the change was the response to feedback, not one more project.

What if you disagree with the feedback?

A panelist says that if you disagree and think the feedback is wrong, you can test it by interviewing elsewhere, because the market gives its own view of readiness. The panelist has been promoted internally only once, from junior to mid-level, and got later promotions by changing companies. Some feedback is unreasonable, the panelist says, but learning to take feedback still matters, and leaving is one valid option rather than a required one.

How should someone phrase a request for promotion?

A panelist says framing matters. A new hire who asks for a promotion right away is unlikely to get support. A better frame is to name a first goal, such as ramping up and having impact, and ask for a check-in in about three months to plan the path. A manager is likely to agree, because the request then shows both interest in promotion and sound priorities.

Another panelist says asking early and explicitly is worth doing, even when it feels uncomfortable. At each level, that panelist asked what it would take to reach the next one, and the manager was glad to help because the team gained impact. Once a promotion looked likely, the panelist also asked about the level after that.

Does a high performer have leverage with a manager?

A panelist says strong performers have leverage inside a company, because a manager wants to keep someone who solves the team's problems. Asking for growth from that position is more likely to get a receptive response than asking from a less central role.

The same panelist names the limits. A manager cannot promote someone on request, because processes and other decision-makers are involved. A manager can still steer projects toward the gaps named in a promotion plan. If the current team cannot offer that work, the honest options are to move to another team or look outside.

How much control does a manager have over promotion at each level?

Zach says that at Airbnb, managers decided promotions up to senior, while promotion from senior to staff and above went through a committee. Zach describes Amazon before it used committees for promotion, where decisions moved up the management chain through skip-level managers and directors above the senior level, not only the direct manager.

How does the process change at the highest levels?

A panelist says that from junior to mid-level, the direct manager's view is usually decisive, so alignment with the manager matters most there. At the highest levels, sign-off from VPs and other senior leaders is needed, and the manager becomes more of a messenger for the committee. That is why it helps to ask early, so the manager can collect the committee's feedback sooner.

How should someone judge which team is the best place to earn a staff promotion?

A panelist offers a rough test. At a company with many products, a team that works on the core product usually has more visibility than a team on a side product. The panelist jokes that working on a smaller app such as Garage Band is unlikely to lead to a promotion, while the flagship product gives visibility almost for free.

Another panelist says a team with less visibility can still make progress. Find the team that owns a weak spot, show them the problem in their code, and offer to help or pair with them. Fixing a real problem with that team makes a person a strong partner, which is different from a small cosmetic change.

A third panelist says caring about the work matters as much as its impact. During a Google interview, that panelist was offered an ads role and said it did not interest them. Work a person cares about gets their best effort, and that makes it easier to advocate for the product to others.

Do product or infrastructure teams offer a clearer route to staff?

Ryan says staff-level opportunities are more common on infrastructure teams. Ryan's view is that product engineers usually reach high impact past senior by leading large projects, and there are few such seats. Infrastructure work has leverage built in, because foundational technology helps many teams move faster, which creates more roles. Ryan says Ryan's own infrastructure team is quite senior compared with others.

Does the same leverage show up in data and engineering roles?

Zach follows up with experience in both kinds of role. At Netflix, Zach was a staff-level tech lead on an infrastructure team building a graph database. At Airbnb, Zach was a tech lead on pricing and availability, which was closer to product. Zach says data engineering shows the difference most clearly. The more a person changes how other engineers do their work, rather than building one pipeline, the more leverage they have.

Does infrastructure work lead to promotion on its own?

A panelist agrees with Ryan's point and adds that changing how other engineers work, such as saving each engineer a few minutes a day, scales across hundreds of engineers. Then the panelist frames it differently. Infrastructure work often spans several teams and can have built-in impact, but the question is what impact is actually available, whether managers in that area know how to promote people, and who sees the work. If only the most senior person on a team sees it, the work may not support a promotion. Infrastructure teams offer more chances, but the team setup still matters, and product work is not ruled out.

How do remote or hybrid engineers compete with colleagues who sit close to the manager?

A panelist says the main answer is documentation, communication, and proof. Written evidence of impact lets the manager and others see the work without relying on physical proximity. The panelist has worked only in fully remote settings, so the hybrid case is an extrapolation.

Did staff promotion require unusually long hours?

Panelists give mixed accounts. One says the project that led to promotion took more than 40 hours a week. Zach recalls about 50 to 55 hours, including the Netflix graph-database build. Another panelist says 50 to 60 hours was common but still left time for sleep. A further panelist notes that some people are promoted while working 40 hours.

Panelists who moved into management say hours mattered less. One says that as a manager, the panelist did not exceed 40 hours a week, and that multiplying other people's output shows impact in fewer hours than personal delivery. Another plans by goal rather than hours, working around 60 hours one week and around 30 the next.

Do inflated startup titles lead to down-leveling at big tech?

A panelist says down-leveling happens when a candidate does not meet the level the company expects. The panelist does not think it can be avoided, except by being stronger or interviewing better. Startup titles are often inflated, so the panelist advises comparing the scope of the work with what each company expects at each level, rather than targeting a title.

Another panelist says title matters less than pay and meaningful work. That panelist moved from a mid-level role at a startup to a junior role at Facebook, for about an 80 percent pay increase, and calls that a good trade.

Seniority opens doors, but bigger projects tend to come after promotion. How do you break that cycle?

A panelist says seniority helps but matters less than internal brand. The person a manager or director thinks of first for a hard problem usually gets the work, and level often tracks that trust. Being known as someone who gets things done brings opportunities even without a senior title.

Another panelist says title is one way through the door, not the only way. A person can be trusted with larger scope than their title suggests if a manager or senior sponsor vouches for them, and their own actions build that trust. A director-level sponsor can push for the scope, but the person still has to go find it.

How do you get visibility without feeling that you are self-promoting?

A panelist says visibility is necessary to move up, even when it feels awkward or the person is reserved. Visibility does not mean posting about every win. It can come from giving tech talks after a major launch, running a talk series that brings others in, or answering questions on an internal forum. The key is that the people who speak for you know what you do.

Another panelist adds that an internal brand comes from being approachable and helping teammates get unblocked. A promotion case usually needs peer feedback from three or four co-workers who can vouch for the person. Reaching across disciplines, such as product managers and data scientists, strengthens that case, because a person who wins over only one group is still not moving up.

What was the main reason to seek promotion: money, title, or work-life balance?

One panelist says the main reason was the kind of work. Senior and principal engineers at Amazon were doing influence-heavy work, such as mentoring people, helping engineers grow, and shaping decisions above their own team. The panelist wanted that work. Pay was welcome, but it was not the main draw.

Does moving up change pay in a meaningful way?

A panelist says pay at big tech does not rise evenly with level. The jump from senior to staff is usually much larger than the jumps before it, and more of total pay shifts into stock. Money gives optionality, but stock adds risk. Another panelist recalls a grant worth about $1.5 million on paper that was worth roughly $600,000 six months later, after the share price fell. That panelist also says stock outcomes vary across companies and years.

Does a well-known employer still help after you leave?

A panelist says pedigree matters because people pattern-match. A name-brand company, such as a staff role at a large tech employer, can set a floor on a later job or a startup. The panelist acknowledges that pattern-matching can also work against people, including on race and gender, and calls that obviously bad. The benefit still mattered to the panelist's own job hopping.

How many people does a staff engineer typically affect?

A panelist thinks about the number of people affected rather than team size. A senior engineer should affect at least their own team and the scope of the senior manager above them. The panel's rough estimates are about 20 to 30 engineers at senior, up to 50 to 60 at staff, and into the hundreds at principal, which can mean a VP's organization.

Another panelist recalls an Airbnb marketplace organization of about 75 engineers, with around five staff engineers within it.

How does office politics affect advancement, and what should people do about it?

A panelist says politics is mostly about people. Some colleagues are difficult, and some use relationships to get ahead in harmful ways. The panelist does not expect a person to change or remove those colleagues, so the better move is to raise your own standing. If the environment is truly toxic, the right answer may be a different place.

The same panelist adds that when people talk about politics, they often mean difficulty communicating with executives or with another team. That gap can be fixed, and fixing it is part of the job.

How can someone who is right but blunt get their ideas heard?

A panelist says a manager once told them they were right on most points, but that the way they said things was too blunt for people to hear. The panelist learned to ask questions instead of declaring an idea wrong, to ask whether a design would hold at a larger scale, and to point to an earlier system that had failed in a similar way. The panelist says being heard matters more than being right, and that the questions a person asks can be a sign of intelligence.

About this source

Getting To Staff (IC6) at FAANG Panel (Full, Feb 2024)

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

00:00.08 to 00:41.52: opening pointer to an outside career chart and an affiliation disclaimer. The ladder framing is used only in the editorial overview.

35:47.00 to 36:23.68: closing logistics and a plug for a data-engineering site and SQL project.

36:25.52 to 38:45.48: closing plugs for LinkedIn, Substack, Instagram, and a YouTube channel, plus personal content pointers.

38:47.76 to 39:30.12: plug for a same-day event and a course, and departure lines.

49:29.76 to 49:38.24: sign-off and thanks.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 44 · interview

Joakim Recht: Promotion Fairness, Trust, and Influence

Selected passages on promotion fairness, bottom-up buy-in, stakeholder trust, political scope, and influence through mentoring.

You did not have a grand plan to manage all of Uber's stateful workloads, so how did you convince people to start running databases in Docker?

Joakim Recht

Recht credits the freedom of early Uber, which also came with a cost: at one point someone counted around 52 different database technologies in use. Because few people had to approve it, adopting the approach for Recht's own team was easy. The harder part came when the team realised it should be done for everything.

Recht says they deliberately did not try to convince everyone at once. They would start with what the Denmark office owned, then move to teams owned by friends in other departments, then to increasingly resistant groups. They also knew the platform would not be ready on day one anyway. Recht prefers not to force anything on anybody, and would rather build something, make sure it works, and let sceptics see it running elsewhere. Recht says this incremental approach helped a lot and also took a very long time.

What was the main pushback from other teams, and how did you answer it?
Joakim Recht

The most common objection, Recht says, was that a team already had something that worked, so a replacement was waste. Recht calls that a local view rather than a company-wide one, since the aim was to improve stateful workloads in general, not one team's setup.

Recht concedes the cost. Uber lacked a full software-defined network, so a new host means a new host name and a random port, and logical moves are not possible. That makes some storage technologies very hard, and teams had to rebuild working tooling under a different paradigm. Recht says the payoff was real and often free. One example is NUMA, aligning memory with the CPUs a database process runs on, which matters for data-heavy workloads and for scheduling. A shared platform can handle that, whereas a single team seldom gets around to it. The more of these benefits the platform accumulated, Recht says, the more people came around.

Was this a bottom-up effort, and when did leadership get involved?

Joakim Recht

Recht says the effort could only go so far from below. Uber's stateful side was split in two: the online databases (MySQL, Postgres, Cassandra and similar) and the data stack (HDFS, Kafka, Pinot and similar), which sat in a completely different org whose management chains met only at the CEO. The data-stack side initially said the idea sounded nice but they did not care.

Over time more support built up the management chain, and eventually leadership declared Odin the future and said teams would no longer be allowed to run their own servers. Recht says the mandate helped adoption, because stragglers always exist however good the product is, and full alignment is hard to reach alone.

For people interested in the career side, how did your career grow at each step of this?

Joakim Recht

Recht describes a self-admittedly naive hope that promotion is not always fair, but pretty fair, and tied to the scope of the work and the number of people affected by it, not through direct authority. Odin followed a natural expansion: first inside the team, then the local org, then the wider platform, then beyond. Running a project of that scope to success, Recht says, produces a series of promotions that happen almost automatically, and it drags the whole team along.

Recht acknowledges some luck: one project lasted a very long time, whereas many people are shuffled around or see projects cancelled, which makes it harder, though not impossible, to show expanding scope. Recht's promotions tracked the work. Background work came first, then the first version of the platform, which Recht thinks earned a promotion. Expansion to standard MySQL and Cassandra then led, Recht believes, to principal engineer (title names changed along the way). Handing the project to the team so Recht could do other things led to distinguished. Recht says that progression was never the reason for doing the work.

What are the typical ways to have your work influence more and more engineers?
Joakim Recht

Recht names a personal driver: a dislike of doing the same thing many times. Replacing a database host by hand a few times makes it something to automate or abstract away. The same question then extends from one's own waste to the waste of the team and of others, and Recht says that is where scope expansion comes from. Recht jokingly refers to this as the lazy engineer idea. The drawback is the depth-first rabbit hole: a task needs a tool, the tool needs a better build system, and so on, which can badly sidetrack the real work. Recht sees natural leverage in it, because tooling lets software act on one's behalf and help others.

On scaling oneself and being a force multiplier, Recht prefers helping others work better and faster, ideally by removing their problem entirely, over mentoring or pushing designs down. The question Recht asks is what people could do if they no longer had to do that thing.

You said promotions are typically fair, based on the impact of the work. What does it mean when you say they are sometimes not?

Joakim Recht

Recht has sat on promotion committees for a long time and says the format changed a great deal. The first one covered all of platform engineering. Managers, VPs, senior directors and senior engineers sat in a room for a day to go through every engineer, with Recht guessing the number was somewhere in the hundreds, with no preparation or written material. Each manager said how good each person was and, unsurprisingly, thought everyone should be promoted, so a point system was improvised. In that setup, Recht says, outcomes depended on how well the manager could present the case: a weak manager meant a weak case, though a good manager could also be attached to weak work. Recht links this unfairness partly to Uber's early culture problems.

Structure improved, but Recht says objective judgment is impossible. An engineer may depend on another team that never delivers, or a nearly finished project may be cancelled by management for reasons that are not the engineer's fault. A committee must then choose between promoting on code that nobody used and denying someone who did good work, trading fairness against motivation. Some engineers also feel treated unfairly because they excelled compared with a weak team, or lived on an island and had not realised other groups were much stronger. Recht recalls Uber moving from Python and JavaScript to Go when nobody knew Go, and committees judging some groups' output as simply not good enough.

Recht says that feels unfair to people who were not prepared for what they entered. That is why Recht wrote a guide to what it means to be a software engineer at Uber, which Recht expects differs from Meta or Google. The title, something like beating the promo committee, was just catchy. Recht regrets that people prepare packets and collect peer feedback without correction along the way, only to be turned down.

The guide is less about promo packets and more about becoming a stronger engineer. What was in it?
Joakim Recht

Recht says its core was good engineering practice, and above all this claim: "If you're not writing code, you're not a software engineer." Recht applies this at every level. The amount may vary, but code should be written regularly, ideally every day. Recht advises against overthinking it or assuming that higher levels need more advanced code, and says they have never seen anyone who keeps writing code fail to grow along with it.

Secondary advice was to write good code, write good commit messages, review code, and make code easy to review. Recht says this craft is rarely taught in college, which is mostly theory, and is learned by watching others, though AI can help now. Engineers also need to articulate their work, for example in design documents. Recht's second philosophy is that running code beats perfect code. Aiming to handle every case before committing can mean a month of work with no feedback, possibly on the wrong track.

Common advice is to scale yourself by delegating and becoming a tech lead who stops writing code. What is your view?

Joakim Recht

Recht does not subscribe to that idea at all, and sees it often. Part of it is taste: Recht has always liked writing code and says they would probably still do it without a job. But Recht also gives reasons. If an engineer stops writing code, the system keeps evolving and the engineer loses touch with it. Designs grow more idealistic and detached from reality, and when they are handed off, the implementers wonder who the person with the whiteboard and documents is, because the real problems are different.

Recht defines scaling oneself as enabling as many people as possible to work efficiently, not cloning oneself, which rarely works. That is easier when people trust you, know that you understand their pain points, know your suggestions usually work, and know you listen. As people rotate in and out, a leader who is not hands-on loses touch with both people and system. Recht says the result can be hostility, with people not saying so to the leader's face. Recht personally dislikes being told what to do by someone without skin in the game, while staying open to input, and promises to stay out of others' work in return.

Why don't engineers trust management, even when a VP says the same thing an engineer does?
Joakim Recht

Recht says top-down direction from people who do not know the team creates mistrust and sometimes plain hostility. In the worst case, people say it is a good idea and then simply do none of it, which Recht calls the most annoying outcome. Recht traces the distrust to a feeling that the speaker does not really know what is going on. The idea might be right, but without a connection to the speaker it is hard to take at face value.

Recht is unsure whether this is human nature or personal, and suspects it may be partly Danish, since there is little structure there, but says authority alone does not take one all the way in the Bay Area either. When people say yes but do not believe it, they do not take ownership, and the project may get done but not well. Recht says earning real belief takes more effort than people would like.

You had to influence many people to scale your project across Uber. How do you influence other engineers and avoid that situation?

Joakim Recht

Recht says someone somewhere will never be convinced, and 100 percent is not the goal. Recht believes in leading by example: if you say what will be built, you help build it and take on much of the pain. The higher the level, the more one is told to concentrate on the hard things only the senior person can do, but Recht says there are very few of those. Recht argues that the person who had the idea tends to keep the interesting parts, such as new algorithms or the fun work, whereas most of the time the hard work should be delegated down, to people who can barely manage it, with support to keep them on track. The senior engineer keeps the boring work, since at that level there is nothing left to prove.

Recht says taking the grind earns a lot of credit and lets others grow much faster, because a challenged team works and grows faster. Leading by example mostly means writing code, plus improving documentation or fixing odd bugs, which usually brings little glory. Recht is a strong believer in it.

That is the opposite of the usual advice to take the hardest, most impressive parts and push the easy work to others. What are the downsides of your approach?
Joakim Recht

Recht does not list downsides. Instead, Recht argues that easy work often hides problems. Looking at why a team has so many bugs can lead to bad reviews or bad testing, and the easy task can grow into something non-trivial that really did need a senior person.

To engineers who ask how to find the right project to get promoted or grow scope, Recht gives the same advice: forget that and write some code that works, however small. Each time, ask whether the work is the right thing, because building a system often creates work for other people, who then have more systems to manage and configure. Consider the net result and how to improve it. Recht's philosophy is that scope then comes by itself, and engineers who worry about finding the right scope should relax and focus on providing value. In most cases it works, Recht says, and where it does not, that is back to the fairness problem, but Recht considers it by far the most successful route.

As you advanced, did your role become more political?

Joakim Recht

Recht first asks what political means, then describes what changed. There is more talking and more fighting, because one must promote ideas and, perhaps worse, listen to everyone else's. There is also more exposure to reality. As a junior engineer it seems someone has a grand plan and everything is under control. Later, Recht says, one realises nobody is in control, and decisions can rest on a vision from the shower or on a conversation with another person who does not know either, and that becomes the strategy. Recht finds this scary for a rational engineer, says it is not for everybody, and did not like it at all.

Recht's coping approach was to abstract from it and do their own thing. Recht has seen many people get sucked into weeks of planning. Because Recht does not need others to tell them how to do things, they do not tell others either. Recht was never a career planner and has a strong aversion to projects that look like dead ends, which Recht left to others, saying no a lot, perhaps too much in some people's view. That works only if one's own work is significant enough to fill one's scope. Recht also has low patience for talking about doing something for days and ending with a vague plan for next year.

Some people avoid promotion to avoid that stuff. Do you regret reaching such a high level and having to deal with politics?
Joakim Recht

Recht says there were 'if only' moments, but that it depends on how well one resists pressure, how confident one is in oneself, and how much one cares about other people's opinions. Caring a lot makes it hard.

Recht credits the remote setup. The Denmark office worked with San Francisco teams, so its days were uninterrupted and meetings came in the evening, pulling people in for only a couple of hours a day. Nobody could grab them in a hallway to join a discussion. Recht says the physical and time-zone distance helped a lot.

You said the best outcome is when the other person thinks the idea is theirs. What do you mean?

Joakim Recht

Recht says it does not happen often, but those are the best days: overhearing someone argue with conviction, months later, an idea that Recht had put forward and that they had not liked, without crediting Recht. The Odin resistance is an example. A team that had to rebuild tooling it already had could initially see only the cost, and later came to see the benefits without being forced.

Recht may have nudged a few times, or the environment may have changed the person a little. Recht describes the feeling not as being proved right but as pride that those people are now on the right track, reached without force.

You reportedly pick mentees outside your own org and disperse them to increase your influence. How do you pick mentees?

Joakim Recht

Recht says mentoring sounds appealing but is very inefficient as a way to scale, because it is one person talking to one other person. Recht therefore aimed mainly at a network and at two-way conversations, in which the other person also shares something. Mentoring inside one's own team raises the question of who is actually learning what, and close-range advice can be given informally in group settings.

With people further away there is more work and also more benefit. Recht can learn what they do, give input on their work, and plant seeds. Recht has seen people who complained about getting bad projects start to think another way of working might be possible, which can rub off inside their teams and eventually the wider org. That is why Recht prefers mentees who are not very close.

How can a promising mentee signal potential and set up mentoring naturally?
Joakim Recht

Recht would not open with a request for mentoring, which can sound like a large responsibility. Better to ask for help with something specific, or to talk about a design or product, and go from there. Cold outreach works most of the time, though Recht did not receive many such requests. Recht also suggests showing up at talks and asking questions, which Recht reads as a good signal of interest.

Recht thinks a mentor should not disqualify someone who does not know what to say, since needing mentoring is the point. Willingness to learn can be gauged in a 10 to 15 minute chat. Recht prefers mentoring to be informal, and disliked the various mentoring programmes Uber tried, because what people need is individual and does not suit a plan or schedule. It is also fine to say the mentoring has run its course.

What was it like to experience Uber's cultural backlash around 2017?

Joakim Recht

Recht says Denmark and Silicon Valley differ a lot, and found the news bewildering, having assumed everyone was just coding and having fun. The distance was a help. With a nine-hour time difference the office's days stayed quiet and it could keep executing while people left or were fired and board members and the CEO were pushed out.

Recht's impression of Uber's culture was that performance reviews, promotions and even salary negotiation were all about the individual and not the team, which Recht finds baffling. The Denmark office never fully adopted that mindset, so for them the change was smaller. Recht cites scandals they could not understand, such as misuse of someone's private data and a board member's remark about women on the board during a company-wide livestream after a harassment scandal. Recht had mixed feelings, glad of the distance but sometimes watching with popcorn. On visits to US offices before 2017, Recht found it odd to be offered whiskey on a Tuesday afternoon.

Knowing what you know now, what advice would you give yourself at the start of your career?

Joakim Recht

Recht says to try things and not be afraid because something looks hard or because others seem much better. They might be better, but one can get there; it is not rocket science, just computers, and anyone who likes computers is well off if they keep going. Recht advises letting curiosity lead, and not assuming that the current work is the best available, because something better probably exists or soon will. Do not discard it just because the present work is fun. Recht admits it is hard to tell what is better than what one has, so sometimes one simply has to take a chance.

About this source

Uber Distinguished Eng: Unfair Promos, Influence, Engineering Regrets | Joakim Recht

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Cold-open teaser montage (00:00.00 to 00:51.04): short excerpts of later answers and the host's lead-in; represented once in the overview and the relevant rounds.

Closing thanks and guest's pointer to LinkedIn for their writing (01:25:49.84 to 01:26:16.00) omitted as channel logistics.

Host's closing channel request to engage with the podcast, leave reviews and suggest guests (01:26:17.36 to end, about 01:26:51) omitted as promotion; the host states there are no sponsorships.

No sponsor reads appear in the source.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 45 · interview

Let the problem choose the role

Ilya Grigorik traces a founder, manager, and principal-engineer career built around curiosity, self-sufficient teams, and a versatile combination of skills.

Why are Waterloo’s co-op students so effective?

Grigorik credits alternating academic terms with work terms, rather than treating industry experience as an optional interruption after years of study. Roughly six placements offer repeated experiments with industry, company size, role, and working environment.

A short placement can disprove a preconceived preference without the resume stigma of repeatedly leaving permanent jobs. Someone who imagined Wall Street may discover the city, people, or work do not suit them. Repeated choices build a better model of personal fit.

The applied work also puts theoretical tools in context. An engineer must solve a real problem under constraints and recognize when a theoretically sophisticated optimization does not matter—for example, when the array has only ten items. He would like more universities to adopt that repeated learning loop.

Why found PostRank after graduation?

He initially planned graduate school partly because he did not know what to do. During the summer, he explored a product idea: links could signal useful content, but comments, likes, and other social interactions could add signals in the newer web. PostRank aggregated those interactions to rank posts.

His launch brought both demand and implementation problems. He recalls several sleepless days because the servers struggled, admitting that poor code contributed. Publicity led to investor conversations.

Facing the graduate-school start, he noticed that the courses most appealing to him concerned entrepreneurship. He could study those ideas academically or learn while already speaking with investors. He postponed the program, closed funding, and never returned to complete the degree. The choice was an experiment connected to a real opportunity, rather than a predetermined founder identity.

How did Google’s acquisition conversation begin?

After a conference presentation, a Google Analytics product leader approached the team and invited a conversation. The discussion was friendly and exploratory, beginning with understanding the product and asking whether they could work together. Grigorik later understood that Google’s response to Facebook and its social initiatives created demand for relevant talent and infrastructure. Analytics could use their experience to understand social engagement, making a mutually useful connection.

How did Google decide levels and compensation for an acquired team?

The team, including Grigorik, underwent full interview panels in an accelerated group process. Google evaluated engineering quality and level rather than assume acquisition alone established those. Deal negotiations also had distinct layers: people, customers, product, and intellectual property.

Was an acquisition payment simply a large signing bonus?

Not necessarily. Different deals acquire different combinations of assets and people. PostRank supplied useful intellectual property, but its product largely had to be rebuilt within Google Analytics. Moving from tens of thousands of accounts to internet-scale pipelines changed the engineering economics: even a small field addition could imply enormous storage. He remembers learning from reliability engineers to scrutinize such changes.

What was your role in Google Analytics, and why leave a director trajectory?

He joined as an engineering manager because he had been founder and CTO. He remained committed to the original aim of helping publishers understand engagement and spent about a year rebuilding the stack. With the team on a sound trajectory, he considered another direction.

A VP offered a clear path toward director, but Google’s technical environment drew his curiosity. Internal documents showed work far ahead of published papers, and engineers sometimes lacked time rather than permission to share the advances. He became interested in contributing to a broader web ecosystem.

The Make the Web Fast group worked across cellular systems, protocols, proxies, and the fundamental question of measuring speed. Grigorik chose a lateral move into IC work even though he might be downleveled and reset the conventional management path. He valued more self-direction, fascinating problems, and collaborators he admired.

Were curiosity and control of your time the actual tradeoff?

Yes. He says a manager’s calendar largely serves other people’s needs. He wanted another mode in which he could direct more of his own work toward research or projects where his skills were especially useful. He acknowledges substantial uncertainty in making the choice.

Why later return to management in developer relations?

He regards movement between IC and manager as an underappreciated pattern among senior engineers. A person may first discover a path alone, then realize that building the full solution requires a team. His analogy distinguishes cutting a trail from constructing a highway.

His performance work moved into browser standards and metrics. Once those metrics existed, the bottleneck became adoption across analytics vendors and open-source projects. One person could not do all that outreach. A developer-relations team could accelerate adoption that otherwise might take several years.

He therefore returned to recruiting and organizing people in service of the problem. The management move was a means of carrying work through a new stage, not a permanent declaration that people management was the only kind of growth.

Is a tour of duty about whichever role best serves the mission?

Yes, while not every problem must become his personal mission. Often success means helping a team reach the point where it can execute without him. Continuing dependence suggests he has not sufficiently strengthened it. If he commits to lead for a period, he still needs a succession plan: finish the problem or establish a self-sufficient trajectory, then step back and find the next problem as an IC.

What does principal-to-distinguished growth at Shopify require?

He does not supply a checklist or name one promotion project. A principal engineer must identify useful work amid ambiguity. He expects someone entering an unfamiliar area to learn the landscape, build partnerships, understand leaders’ problems, and determine where their skills apply.

For distinguished work, he emphasizes a demonstrated range across technical layers and business requirements. Someone must understand low-level constraints, reconstruct the actual problem, and connect it to what product and business partners need.

The execution mode also changes with the situation. A frontier problem requires rapid experiments that reveal unknowns; a long-lived platform API requires slow consideration of consequences for the ecosystem. In either case, exploration must lead to a recommendation and useful execution. He compares the role’s ambiguity with a VP receiving difficult problems that lower layers could not solve.

Why aim to be the only person rather than the best?

He respects deep specialists but considers a portfolio more resilient if demand changes. Modest design, sales, support, hosting, security, and engineering skills can combine into a useful capability that otherwise requires a team. When a specialist arrives, he can hand over one part and focus elsewhere.

Cross-functional learning also lets him translate among marketing, PR, engineering, and business partners. He recalls intensive marketing reading to learn their vocabulary. His rapid-learning percentages are personal heuristics; they are not demonstrated learning rates for every domain.

The senior person need not know the most. His responsibility can be finding experts and helping them navigate the difficult space between platform possibilities and business requirements. Knowing how to find answers and facilitate decisions is different from memorizing every API.

Does a broad skill intersection make a generalist distinctive?

He agrees. A person with sufficient knowledge of several relevant areas can combine them for an unusual problem and change their contribution as circumstances change. Management experience is another available tool: even as an IC, he can coach, give feedback, and partner effectively with managers. His probability-language analogy expresses uniqueness; the interview does not establish an independence-based mathematical model for career success.

Should an IC try management, and is returning a demotion?

He suggests team leadership as a way to explore and management itself if it suits the person. He wants organizations to permit movement in both directions without penalty. Senior managers can value what they learned while still remembering an earlier technical role as their happiest period. Returning to that kind of work can be a new challenge rather than a failure.

What regrets should others learn from?

Do not let success raise the threshold for trying so high that it stops learning. His early writing and code now seem embarrassing, but publishing them generated feedback and encouragement that made improvement possible.

A larger audience creates an expectation of exceptional output. That can suppress ordinary observations and experiments that would once have been shared freely. He continues to struggle with that filter and encourages the courage to be mistaken or disliked without claiming to know everything.

How do you enter an unfamiliar domain when people expect a distinguished engineer to know the answers?

Set expectations explicitly. He arrives to help and learn, asks foundational questions, and explains that he needs to build a model quickly. Curiosity can otherwise sound like an attack. Acknowledging both what others know and what he can contribute makes the exchange collaborative: they supply domain expertise while he can remove obstacles or connect ideas.

What author or book influenced your career?

He recommends Sir Ken Robinson’s books and talks about education, creativity, and finding one’s element. The philosophy resonates with the co-op discussion: allow people to discover their strengths and combine skills rather than fit a rigid age-based factory model. He recognizes that implementing such an education system is difficult; his endorsement concerns its direction rather than a ready-made policy.

What would you tell yourself at the beginning?

Value the ability to combine skills rather than feel inferior because friends excel more deeply in individual areas. Early uncertainty about his own broad but uneven competence eventually gave way to recognizing its usefulness.

He would also be braver and filter himself less. Public speaking once terrified him; pitching a product he cared about felt entirely different from performing knowledge for a class. Passion changed how he engaged. He could not have predicted that communication would later become a large part of his job.

Editorial synthesis

A tour of duty changes with the problem

  1. Find the pathInvestigate and define an uncertain problem as an IC.
  2. Build the teamRecruit and organize when execution exceeds one person.
  3. Make progress durableSolve the problem or establish a self-sufficient direction.
  4. Plan successionRemove dependence on the original pathfinder.
  5. Return to explorationChoose the next contribution and the role it requires.
Editorial synthesis. Arrows show a possible project lifecycle in Grigorik’s account, not a required promotion ladder.
About this source

Shopify Distinguished Eng (L10): Principal+ Engineering, Career Story, Regrets | Ilya Grigorik

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening trailer at 0:00–0:41 repeats later exchanges and is represented once.

Closing greetings and podcast support requests at approximately 49:33–50:26 omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 46 · interview

Understand the interpersonal responsibilities of senior work

Selected passages on senior IC interpersonal duties, feedback, role expectations, and limits of promotion chasing.

What did you think when you reached distinguished engineer—did you want another promotion?

Early in his career, Su assumed that promotions would continue every few years and did not consider an eventual end. By level seven, he recognized that higher roles require more scope and that the business must actually need that scope. An organization might limit partner-level positions for budgetary and organizational reasons, irrespective of an individual’s ambition.

When Facebook first introduced level nine, the initial promotees seemed extraordinarily accomplished and universally recognized. He did not consider going further realistic. His recollection challenges the idea that every promotion simply starts another predictable step upward: roles narrow, opportunity matters, and people encounter limits.

What kept you growing through staff and beyond?

For much of his Microsoft career, levels provided a substitute for the grades and tests he had enjoyed at school. Professional work offered few clear numerical indicators, so promotion felt like an achievement score. He actively pursued that score into his early thirties.

Beyond level seven, he became unsure whether he would enjoy the changing work or meet its expectations. His later promotions to eight and nine were consequences of work he found interesting, rather than explicit targets. Facebook was then small and mission-focused; he says he did not even know levels existed there until his manager told him he had been promoted.

What changed your view of promotion?

The reward became less uncomplicated. A promotion brought expectations he was no longer certain he could fulfill. Staying at a level where he already enjoyed the work began to feel comfortable, and he recognized that it might be his final level.

He recalls immediately asking how to reach eight after a mentor promoted him to seven. The mentor asked whether they could spend one meeting celebrating. Years later, Su realized that this respected, more experienced mentor was himself at the same level. He now sees his earlier response as insufficiently humble: doing excellent work at an existing level is already a substantial accomplishment.

What calmed the intense desire for more?

He thinks age may contribute, while explicitly valuing young people’s ambition. A more concrete factor was the changing job. Up to about IC6, the work often felt like a larger version of coding, refactoring, and longer-term engineering projects.

For a generalist beyond that point, advancement increasingly means setting team direction, judging whether a product is worth building, and resolving conflicts between organizations. More meetings come with the work on either the IC or management path. He became less enthusiastic about those future changes. He acknowledges rare engineers whose exceptional coding ability supports another path.

Before seeking a demotion, did you ever ask not to be promoted beyond IC7?

Not when moving from seven to eight: that promotion surprised him, and the smaller Facebook of that period still involved relatively little organizational overhead. Later, the Seattle office alone had grown from a handful of desks to more than two thousand people. Senior roles in a much larger organization contained more coordination and less direct technical work.

He distinguishes enjoyable people work—welcoming colleagues and creating collaborations—from politics, unhappy colleagues, and constructive feedback. He felt effective leading Facebook London but much less effective at some of the latter responsibilities. Even a senior IC without direct reports is expected to improve people around them, so opting out of management does not remove interpersonal demands.

How did moving from IC9 to IC7 feel?

It was difficult despite choosing it. Rising had felt like progress; being at the top mixed remarkable opportunities with exhausting expectations. He felt a continuing spotlight on whether the company was receiving value from a highly paid senior employee.

Watching people formerly below his level rise above him brought wistfulness rather than a wish to limit their success. He remembered being capable of that work and wondered whether he could do it again. His Beowulf analogy expresses the desire to deliver one last great performance, while accepting that this may no longer be right for him.

What changed that made the higher level harder to sustain?

His environment changed. In a small company, his generalist range was useful: for Facebook video calling, he wrote code, negotiated partner contracts, dealt with testing arrangements, and spoke to the press. A large company assigns those tasks to specialized functions. He thinks senior domain experts fit that setting better, while his own strengths became less relevant.

One later team spent an entire half fixing bugs in an internal tool. He was willing to help, but it was not work in which he felt especially distinguished. Meanwhile, he tired of the pressure to meet senior expectations. Earlier, being the weakest person on a team could feel exciting because he was catching up; later it felt like a recurring risk rather than a desirable challenge.

Was that pressure mostly impostor syndrome, given your promotions?

He allows that some may have been, but considers much of it an honest assessment of fit. At IC4 he could imagine doing many IC5 jobs with time. At IC7 he could see peers doing work he did not believe he could do. Higher-level business roles also become more specific: the organization needs a particular combination of technical and other strengths, and his own shape did not match many of them.

About this source

OpenAI & Meta Distinguished Eng (IC9): The Psychology Behind Tech Career Peaks | Philip Su

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening trailer at 0:00–0:45 repeats later material and is represented once.

WorkOS and Jira sponsor segments at approximately 28:28–29:49 omitted.

Closing podcast and keyboard promotion at 43:24–44:19 omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 47 · interview

Philip Su: Senior Scope, Manager Credibility, and Communication

Selected passages on manager credibility, IC/management choices, senior scope, site culture, mentoring, and writing.

What does Philip credit for the fast climb through Microsoft's ladder?

Philip Su

Philip names several causes. One was working with very good managers and teammates. The Microsoft tablet PC team had about 20 people, and three of them were distinguished engineers, which Philip calls very rare at Microsoft. Philip learned a great deal quickly from them.

Another cause was very long hours. In the first year Philip kept a sleeping bag in the office and often slept there. Philip set a 3 a.m. alarm to follow what Philip describes as Da Vinci's idea of sleeping in two four-hour blocks, coding between them.

Philip sums up fast growth as luck, talent and hard work. Luck means being in the right place at the right time, for example being at Stanford when Sergey and Larry were there. Talent matters because Philip rejects the idea that anyone can become anything: Philip will never be a great basketball player, and a weak public speaker can become passable but not a Cicero. Hard work matters because someone who outworks equally talented and equally lucky people will get further. Philip adds that Philip does not recommend this to everyone.

If the goal is growth at all costs, were those hours actually optimal?
Philip Su

Philip says the work week is often defended by pointing to Henry Ford's finding that each added hour is less productive. Philip agrees that output per hour falls as one stays up too long, but says that for many people the curve runs a long way before an added hour becomes negative. In Philip's view, working 50 or 60 hours probably gets more done in total, though each extra hour is less effective.

Philip adds a second consideration with a surgeon analogy. Philip heard from a surgeon that the quickest way to gain surgical experience is to log many surgery hours, so a long residency may pack six years of exposure into four. Nobody wants a surgeon in the 34th hour, Philip says, but a surgeon with wide experience is valuable. Philip would not recommend the crazy hours Philip worked early on, yet they gave Philip far more experience than a typical junior Microsoft hire. There are diminishing returns, but still returns, so a person who truly puts career above all, including relationships, should work more. Philip says Philip's own work life was out of balance for years.

Why did Philip become a manager, and why did the role keep changing?

Philip Su

Philip says the promotion to the Microsoft equivalent of E7 came as a manager, after which Philip also worked as an individual contributor at that level. Early on Philip was very ambitious and came from a culture, as an ethnically Chinese person, in which managers were more respected and advanced further. Philip now calls the belief that management was the next growth step somewhat misguided.

Over a career Philip has moved between managing and individual contribution at least six times. Philip loves being an individual contributor but is often asked to manage, for example as a temporary manager.

Did Philip step in on poorly managed teams, or did managers ask Philip for help?
Philip Su

Philip says both happened. Philip's order of preference is individual contributor first, then manager of a team that lacks a better manager, and left to their own devices Philip would rather not manage people. Philip would rather manage a team that is poorly managed than leave it that way.

Philip also says that four separate times a former manager of Philip's asked to report to Philip.

How does a manager come to report to someone they used to manage under?
Philip Su

Philip says each case differed. Sometimes the manager reported to Philip on the same team. Sometimes the manager asked, years later, to join Philip's team after both had moved on. In one same-team case the manager wanted to become an individual contributor while Philip, a strong individual contributor, wanted to manage, so it was almost a swap in place. In most cases Philip joined a team elsewhere and a former manager who liked working with Philip was happy to work for Philip there.

Philip suggests part of the reason is having learned from great managers. After chasing management early in the career, Philip stopped looking for management roles as actively as for individual contributor ones.

How should someone decide between staying an individual contributor and becoming a manager?

Philip Su

Philip is open to new experiences and generally advocates trying management if you think you might like it or be good at it, with a few caveats.

The first caveat is not to walk through a one-way door by accident. Philip has gone back to being an individual contributor roughly six times, but says many people cannot. They become managers of managers, drift far from the code, and are then unwilling to take a lower-level job or unable to meet an individual contributor's expectations at their old level. Philip kept the door open both ways by diving into code even while managing teams.

The second caveat is that people tend to think only about themselves when they want to manage. Philip's test is that you are ready to lead when your team would have elected you: "Would you want to work for you?" If the answer is not a solid yes, there is something to improve. Philip notes that nobody can truly make you lead, because teams can slow-roll or sandbag work, so people have to want to work for you. Philip expects that once those improvements are made, people will ask you to manage.

Did Philip lose progress by switching between the two tracks?

Philip Su

Philip says yes, intentionally and willingly. When Philip moved from site director of Facebook London to an individual contributor on Oculus, Philip was eventually releveled from E9 to E7. Philip bought into that and says it was necessary, because the skills shown as a site director differed from those needed to be a good coder on Oculus.

Many people cannot accept such a step, Philip says, either for ego reasons or because lifestyles grow to fill whatever compensation people earn. Those who will not change their lifestyle paint themselves into a corner with fewer and fewer jobs they can take.

Philip also says timing matters. One or two years into a career, a lateral move such as junior software developer to junior product manager is easy, and many people will coach you. Around the senior E5 range, moving from E5 software developer to E5 product manager is very difficult, unless the engineering work already involved product management. At more senior levels the skills converge again, so the shape is a diamond. An effective E8 individual contributor, in Philip's description, has a technical vision, understands infrastructure weak points, plans staged migrations, coaches well and understands business strategy. Philip concludes that the middle of a career is where changing tracks is hardest.

Does the diamond come back for deep specialists, for example in AI?
Philip Su

Philip agrees that for some archetypes it does not come back. Someone who goes very deep, for instance on SQL query optimization, may not need to develop the other skills that go with leading teams, and may not transition well into management.

How did Philip handle the move down from E9 to E7?

Philip Su

Philip had worried about this when first promoted from E8 to E9 as London site director. Philip told the Facebook CTO of the day (captioned "Shrep") that, because Philip liked being an individual contributor, Philip doubted the performance level could be kept when moving back to coding. The CTO replied that they should worry when it happened and not withhold a promotion because of a possible future return to coding.

Back in code, Philip understood the E9 expectations were out of reach. Being moved back to E7, the level Philip joined at about eight years earlier, felt great. Philip says it is far better to perform well at a level than to barely tread water at one where you feel imposter syndrome and doubt you will stay qualified. Philip also did not want pay above what Philip deserved relative to teammates.

Philip says few people make so large a change, and it demands a particular ego. Philip went from running a site of perhaps 400 or 500 people to reporting to a manager who reported to a manager. Philip also had to avoid voicing opinions about running the site, and avoid using outsized influence from the past, so the new leaders could succeed.

What do engineers at E7, E8 and E9 typically do?

Philip Su

Philip caveats that Philip's information is coarse and probably stale, since it comes from working at Meta starting about 15 years earlier. In general, levels reflect scope of influence: how big, long or valuable a project one can single-handedly guarantee. An intern might guarantee a small feature. A senior developer at E5 or E6 should deliver the work of about 10 to 15 people. At E7, Philip would expect regular influence over about 50 people, driving technical direction for a team that size, being consulted by product and engineering managers, and personally delivering about six months of work with no check-ins. A director might influence about a hundred people.

On the individual contributor side, Philip says large scope comes in different forms. Some people are narrow but deep in a way others cannot match, and four E6s cannot replace them. Others are broad generalists, especially valuable for new teams and startups, where three E6s cannot outperform one great generalist E8.

Philip stresses that the qualitative difference matters most and cannot be captured in an HR bullet list. People at those levels excel for different reasons, and someone more senior must judge them. When Philip was first promoted to E8, E9 did not exist. Philip says the company later had to invent such levels for individual contributors like John Carmack. Philip recalls, if memory serves, that when the first E9 promotions were discussed the company had several thousand people and was considering three engineers, each a different archetype. Philip compares this to becoming a professor, where there is no formula and it comes down to whether other E8s think you are an E8.

What if an excellent E7 has no E8s or E9s nearby to give qualitative input?
Philip Su

Philip says this happens often at small companies or on weak teams. When Philip worked at Microsoft it had about 140,000 people, and Philip believes it was about 240,000 before the layoffs. In a company that size there are always weak teams, where someone may feel awesome only because peers are weak. That leads to overleveling or to having nobody to learn from. Philip uses a real-estate analogy: you do not want to be the most expensive house on the block, with no room to grow, nor the worst, so find a block where you are the middle house.

At the highest levels, Philip says, good role models are hard to find and each excels differently, so a model may not match your strengths. More useful is a coach who has a say in promotions and can say you are qualitatively far from where you need to be. Then you can discuss what to do about it.

What project or scope earned Philip the E9 promotion?

Philip Su

Philip brought 12 people to start the engineering portion of Meta's London office and, over roughly four or five years, grew it to about 400 or 500. A good level-six engineering manager could run 12 engineers, Philip says, but with each order of magnitude of growth the problems get harder and the solutions turn gray. The promotion rested on handling a wider variety of things and more strategic decisions.

One example: in one of Philip's last meetings as site lead, Philip argued to people in Menlo Park about how many interns to hire and how much headcount London should have that summer. The argument rested on math about expected H-1B volume 18 months ahead, for full-time offers moving to Menlo Park. Earlier, as an E8, Philip was the first of Meta's sites to look at the seniority pyramid and ask whether people were growing at a commensurate pace. Philip describes these as decisions that grow in scope, by breadth of people affected or by how far ahead one must think.

What made the London site's engineering culture strong?

Philip Su

Philip names two helps. First, before London Philip had been the second person hired in Meta Seattle, the company's first office outside its Palo Alto headquarters, and saw it grow from four desks to 120, including mistakes in how it grew. Second, before starting London, Philip interviewed site directors from other companies. One was the former site director of Google London, David Singleton, whom Philip says later became Stripe's CTO.

Singleton told Philip that Google had experimented with landing teams, the group sent to bootstrap a site's culture, and concluded the team should commit for at least two years. Philip contrasts this with companies that send a team for three or six months and then leave the site on its own. Philip thinks that is a mistake, because culture is hard to hold while new people are about as numerous as those who have been around more than three months. The CTO wanted enough engineers for two full interview loops, about 10 to 12 people.

Philip interviewed nearly 50 volunteers from the company, plus some of their peers and their managers, to choose 12 who would carry the culture. Each was asked to bring a project to lead, and the group included exceptional individual contributors who were happy to do whatever the site needed. Philip says Philip was lucky in the choices and credits learning from people who had done it before.

Was the two-year commitment tied to pay or a contract?
Philip Su

Philip says no. Pay stayed what it had been and nobody signed anything. Philip had a serious conversation saying Philip wanted only people committed to at least two years, so those who could not commit opted out. One or two had to return sooner for understandable reasons, and Philip supported them.

Far more stayed longer than expected. Philip believes about four of the original team are still in London 15 years later. Philip says they did not join planning to settle there. They loved London and the office.

Does Philip have favorite stories from working with Zuck and Bos?

Philip Su

Philip's first manager at Facebook was Bos, who later became CTO, and during the London years Philip's manager was the then-CTO captioned as "Shrep." Both gave great advice and guidance. Philip spoke one-on-one with Zuck only a few times, so Philip's insight is limited, but Philip says Zuck felt genuine in how he led.

What impressed Philip most about both Zuck and Bos was their willingness and ability to grow. Philip joined at 33, when the company's median age was 27, and was the oldest person in the Seattle office for the first seven months, so most of the people Philip worked for were younger. People who had worked with either for years could say exactly how they had grown. Philip saw both as open to coaching, probably seeking it, and making a deliberate effort to improve.

Philip's small example is Zuck's AMAs. Within about two years of Philip joining, Philip says, they had improved a lot. Philip is pretty sure someone coached Zuck on how to hold his head, because early on his natural pose had the head tilted slightly upward, and over the years he deliberately corrected it to face the crowd straight on.

Why did Philip buy the whole company coffee for a day?

Philip Su

The host remembers it as a day of free coffee for everyone and puts the cost at over $23,000. Philip did not state a figure in this answer. Philip says the idea began several years into the Facebook years. After the company moved to its Menlo Park campus, a coffee shop opened in Hacker Square, and one Christmas Philip bought everyone a coffee for a day. Philip found the joy infectious, and the chief executive of the coffee chain wrote to say its staff had never seen anything like it.

When Philip left, Philip wanted to give something back. Philip stresses luck. People forget, Philip says, that when Philip joined, the talk was that Friendster might return, that Google+ would roll over Facebook, and that Facebook would never make money on mobile. Philip had left Microsoft after 12 years, in which Philip says the stock rose about 15 percent, and had low expectations. The Facebook outcome was, in Philip's words, "a brick of money" that came from luck, not design. Philip says Philip gave all IPO proceeds to charity because they felt undeserved, citing luck in being born when an interest in computer science pays and in emigrating to America. Philip then coordinated with coffee shops at the major Facebook sites, around five, by calling the owners, and says it was fun and rewarding.

How did OpenAI compare with Facebook?

Philip Su

Philip first notes that the stages differ: Facebook had about 500 engineers when Philip joined and OpenAI about 120. With that caveat, Philip calls OpenAI the highest talent density of any group of engineers Philip has worked with. Moving from Microsoft to Facebook was a big jump in the average quality of colleagues, and Philip felt OpenAI was a notch above that.

Was it technical ability that stood out, or something else?
Philip Su

Philip says the technical capabilities were exceptional. The difference Philip names is product focus. Facebook focused heavily on what the product is and why people use it, Philip says, because beyond a network effect and a product people loved it had little magic sauce. In the early ChatGPT days, with no viable competitors, a lousy product could still be used. Philip recalls that a year or two earlier a server error appeared in about every fourth conversation thread.

Philip expects OpenAI to get increasingly better at product. As competition heats up, Philip says, success will come from research shipped in compelling products, not from pure research.

How did Philip develop such strong writing?

Philip Su

Philip says Philip was a bad writer through college because Philip did not respect communication. Coming from a culture that prized getting A's, Philip viewed the hard sciences as real and history and English as a waste of time, with no right answers, and so did not invest in soft skills.

At Microsoft, in spare time, Philip reread classics hated in high school. Philip names Hemingway and The Great Gatsby, saw them differently as an older reader, and developed a love of language. Philip cites Virginia Woolf for the idea that to write well you need to read well, and names David Foster Wallace, Alice Munro's short stories and Pilgrim at Tinker Creek as writing that shows what language can do. Philip then came to see writing as a skill as valuable as a hard science skill, and started working at it.

Beyond reading well, Philip says, it takes a willingness to rewrite several times and to leave material on the cutting-room floor, and many of Philip's well-known posts were rewritten repeatedly. Philip also notes clever rhetorical moves in other people's Substacks and tries to remember them. Above all, Philip says, the change came from no longer disrespecting the skill and seeing it as essential even for scientists and technical people.

Was the non-chronological essay structure planned, and did an editor help?
Philip Su

Philip says the structure came from a moment of inspiration about how to tell that story compellingly. Philip says chronological order is usually the most compelling because it makes sense. Some stories work better out of order, Philip says, because a different, threaded arc in a person's life becomes visible, and Philip felt that way about this one.

Philip had no editor for those pieces. Philip did hire a professional editor, captioned Rebecca Ambrose, for a podcast miniseries, wanting the words well structured and expecting a professional to do better, and learned a great deal. Philip says nothing posted professionally was ever edited by another person, though Philip did receive feedback in the podcast case.

How did Philip win respect as a very young manager?

Philip Su

Philip says it was difficult, because Philip lacked humility and was overly ambitious. Philip says Philip would not have worked for Philip's own 24-year-old self. Philip became a manager because Philip was one of the team's strongest engineers, and the team figured it was better to keep a good engineer happy by letting Philip manage.

In that first year, at 24, Philip had to fire a 40-year-old. Philip calls it exceptionally difficult, made harder by awareness of how junior Philip was. Philip says the person deserved it for missing expectations but was two levels above Philip's own level, and Philip says Philip was too immature to know how to manage someone more experienced.

Philip says Philip was a pretty bad manager at first but obsessed with growth: Philip collected mentors, asked for feedback and read nonfiction about managing teams and hard conversations. Philip says Philip made huge mistakes even in the last year of managing. The biggest weakness Philip names is giving feedback. Philip pulls punches, hates confrontation and downplays how serious the feedback is, so people miss the point. Philip says Philip has gone from very bad to passable and does not expect to become excellent. A strength is motivating action, since Philip joins only teams Philip believes in, and Philip's passion and vision excite people.

About this source

OpenAI & Meta Distinguished Engineer (IC9): Working With Zuck, Carmack & Career Growth | Philip Su

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening teaser montage (Carmack, demotion, OpenAI quote) and host lead-in, 00:00.08 to 00:54.72, represented once in the overview and the first question.

Host asides praising Philip's essays and recalling the coffee day, about 45:03 to 45:51 and 01:00:43 to 01:01:32, omitted as filler beyond the questions they lead into.

Podcast miniseries recommendation, show-notes mention, mutual thanks and sign-off, 01:18:58.00 to 01:20:39.36, omitted as promotion and closing; only Philip's stated concern about technical unemployment is kept.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 48 · interview

Rahul Pandey: Promotion Narratives, Mentors, and Relationships

Selected passages on manager calibration, promotion narratives, mentors, relationships, and the TLM transition.

How was Rahul leveled at Pinterest, and how did he choose a team?

Rahul Pandey

Pinterest had just created a leveling system, borrowed from Google and Facebook. Rahul came in at L3, the entry level (L4 is mid-level and L5 senior). He moved away from recommendation systems and data engineering into mobile, which he calls a career reset. It meant a longer ramp-up and, later, a rejected promotion.

Pinterest let new hires choose a team through "base camp," a two-to-three-week version of Facebook's boot camp. Rahul decided against backend work. He wanted to be close to the product and able to build things end to end, including side projects, and liked the idea of an app in the Android store that his Android-using family could try. His startup had no mobile team, so he saw Pinterest as a chance to learn Android professionally with strong people and benefit twice, at work and on the side.

Did Rahul learn what he wanted to learn on the Android team?
Rahul Pandey

Yes, though the first months were rough. A strong staff-level engineer joined a couple of months after Rahul, and the mentorship was a huge pivot. But Rahul says he had not yet learned how to learn. The Android app already had hundreds of thousands of lines of code. He read documentation and code but wrote little of his own, and he links that slow ramp-up to his first failed promotion.

What changed, he says, was being surrounded by good people, especially an L6 engineer from Facebook who started pair programming with him. Being accountable to a team that would judge his work was a fire under him. With mentorship and enough time in the role, it eventually clicked.

What matters most when picking a team?
Rahul Pandey

Rahul names two things. The first is the people, because what he learns is dominated by who he interacts with. The second is how important the team is to the company. In 2015 Pinterest's big initiative was international growth, and Android dominates outside the US, so he expected the company to put smart people and money behind it. His view is that working adjacent to an area of high growth means seeing some of that growth yourself.

Ryan relates this to the idea that a rising tide lifts all boats. Ryan has seen people go from new grad to director in five years by working on the company's most important problem and delivering, since career growth tends to track impact.

How did Rahul eventually get promoted after the failed promotion at Pinterest?

Rahul Pandey

Rahul calls it a difficult journey. The first rejection came about a year after he joined. He thinks the feedback was fair: he had done Android professionally for only about nine months and had not shipped much. He tried again six months later and was rejected again, which he found truly demoralizing. He had arrived through an acqui-hire expecting to be among the best engineers, and two rejections for the same promotion were a real setback.

Pinterest had an appeal process, and Rahul worked with his manager to use it. The appeal succeeded. The anonymous committee had read one project in his packet, described as 16 months of work, as a lack of urgency. Rahul says that was not true. His manager clarified and advocated for him. His lesson is to be clear about what a document says, because readers may interpret it differently, and to have promotion and one-on-one documents reviewed by experienced people.

Ryan notes that a long project can instead signal larger scope. Rahul agrees that context decides: align with the manager on the narrative and collect feedback from tech leads, because 16 months can look impressive, or count against you if it was a minor experiment others expect to take three months. His conclusion is not to assume how others will judge you. Software engineering is a social endeavor, so learn your evaluators' view of your growth areas before a review.

What helped Rahul build skills quickly from L3 to L4?
Rahul Pandey

Rahul credits a lesson from the mentor: be willing to work outside the main codebase. Building the Android app and deploying it to a phone sometimes took two to five minutes, so debugging was slow. The mentor showed Rahul how to create a small separate Android app, copy over themes, and iterate in that sandbox with a much faster loop.

Making a new app had seemed like a big, ambiguous task, but it was easy and raised his speed. It also removed his fear of breaking things and copy-pasting code, which helped with side projects. He calls this the biggest mindset shift behind the L3 to L4 promotion. Ryan agrees that a fast iteration loop matters when promotion rests on contributing more code.

Why did Rahul leave Pinterest for Meta in mid-2017?

Rahul Pandey

Rahul gives three reasons: Meta was a much bigger company with a stronger engineering brand, it paid more, and he did not see a clear path to rapid growth at Pinterest. He wanted to see whether he could get a meaningful bump in level or compensation.

He thinks job hopping works better early in a career than later. As people move up, he says, impact comes mostly through influence. A staff or principal engineer rarely writes enough code to justify the role; they build frameworks, tools and systems that make other developers productive, which takes years of relationships and trust. Early on, showing you can write high-quality production code may be enough to be hired higher.

Ryan's experience matches. Ryan's move from senior to staff was unusually quick because of long relationships on one team, while peers who switched companies quickly had fewer such ties.

Was another prestigious name on the resume the real reason?
Rahul Pandey

Partly, Rahul says. He admits some ego in wanting a brand everyone had heard of, since far more people knew Facebook than Pinterest. But he agrees it was not the main factor: he already had Facebook and other known names on his resume. The main reason was a sense that he could grow his career much faster at Facebook.

What cultural and technical differences did Rahul notice between Pinterest and Meta?

Rahul Pandey

Culturally, Rahul found them similar, since Pinterest's culture was shaped by ex-Facebook and ex-Google people. He describes Facebook as the authentic version, "on steroids." At Pinterest, every change needed at least two reviewers, and Herald rules added blocking reviewers automatically. At Facebook one accept was usually enough to land code, which shocked him.

He also found people more direct at Facebook. At Pinterest, he says, a common criticism was that the company was too nice: people avoided hard feedback or prioritization, so projects and people who should not have stayed lingered. At Facebook people more readily said a project made no sense and should be cut, and he perceived a more aggressive performance-improvement-plan culture.

Was learning Meta's custom stack difficult?
Rahul Pandey

On paper the stacks were similar: Android with Java, and no Kotlin yet. Facebook's scale meant many workarounds and a custom build system, Buck, which Rahul found easy. The harder part was that he joined Portal, then called Building 8, a hardware team. Its software was a forked Android with about 30 custom Android apps on a custom operating system, so its build system and tooling differed even from the rest of Facebook. It took him roughly four or five months to understand it.

Ryan explains that Portal is a standalone video-calling device. Rahul adds that the team first used an Android tablet, later flashing custom hardware with their own OS. Building all 30 apps would take three or four hours, so each engineer built only their own app, in Rahul's case the calling app.

What did the debug tool Rahul built for Portal achieve?
Rahul Pandey

Because the Portal workflow was so unusual, Rahul came to understand how it differed from other engineers' and built a debug tool for people on Portal. He says hundreds of engineers in the Portal org or nearby orgs used it daily or weekly, and estimates it saved hundreds of hours of engineering time each month. Ryan says this sounds like IC6-level impact.

Was Rahul hired at IC5, and did he have to do anything special for that jump?

Rahul Pandey

Rahul was hired at IC5 (senior), so the move from Pinterest was effectively a promotion. He did nothing special, he says; the level was Meta's proposal after interviews in which he felt he had solved nearly every problem.

He also came from a position of strength: a couple of pending offers, a Facebook internship, time at a respectable company, and a hot market for Android developers, all of which made Meta want to give him a compelling offer.

What work led to the promotion from senior to staff (IC6)?

Rahul Pandey

Rahul worked on Portal. Facebook already had a mature cross-platform video-calling infrastructure inside Messenger. Portal's first step was to fork Messenger and go its own way as an experiment. Once Portal had hundreds of thousands of daily users, the team needed to return to the normal infrastructure, because the Messenger RTC team kept improving it. Rahul's main project was migrating Portal's core infrastructure back to Messenger's, keeping Portal's custom features and adopting the new capabilities RTC offered.

He calls it cross-functional work with a lot of bureaucracy, involving the Messenger team, Portal leadership and product managers. Some people can rely on one big project at staff level, he says, but a portfolio worked well for him. The second project was the debug tool, purely engineering-driven and built for himself and his teammates. Together, he says, the two made a clear promotion case.

Was Rahul intentional about reaching IC6?
Rahul Pandey

Rahul says how the promotion conversation is phrased matters. In his first year at Facebook the goal was to do well. Later, as a manager, he learned that a new hire who immediately asks for help getting promoted is a turn-off. He also felt imposter syndrome from joining at a fairly high level, so he focused on meeting or exceeding IC5 expectations first.

After about a year, with some trust built and good work landed, he had a clear conversation with his manager about growing on the IC ladder. Since he enjoyed talking to and mentoring people, they also discussed management. They agreed, and Rahul thinks it was the right call, that he should climb the IC ladder first and try management later.

Did Rahul create the scope for the shared-infrastructure project, or was it assigned?
Rahul Pandey

Neither, exactly. Rahul says it was obvious that someone had to do it, and both the RTC team and the Portal team wanted it. The open question was who would be point person. With long tenure, seniority and a relationship with the Messenger RTC team, he was a natural fit, and he says it was clear to everyone that he was one of the best people, perhaps the best, to take it on.

Why did Rahul move from IC6 to tech lead manager (TLM)?

Rahul Pandey

Rahul says his current company is about helping people, and he sees good managers as people with a real desire to help others grow. As a byproduct, he says, they can have large impact, since managers are usually senior and respected. He also had context and relationships, so the move felt natural: a growing team needed someone to give feedback and keep people on high-impact work, and he had already expressed interest.

What concrete steps should someone take if they want to try management?
Rahul Pandey

Rahul starts with a question: do you enjoy helping and working with people? If you dread one-on-ones, he says, you will struggle, because management is mostly one-on-ones and reacting to pings, so a manager cannot guard their time. He suggests testing this by actually holding one-on-ones and leading meetings now.

His second point is having opinions: about the quality of the team's work, and about how the team and organization should change as priorities shift. He thinks the best managers have a strong point of view and bend the organization toward it. Ryan suggests tech-leadership and direction-setting work is a good simulation, and Rahul agrees: very senior ICs must also articulate and sell clear opinions about what the team should do over the next six months or year. Someone who would rather just execute and write code is not a good fit for management.

What surprised Rahul about management, and what did he learn about the TLM role?
Rahul Pandey

Rahul found the TLM role tougher and more taxing than expected. Straddling IC and management work meant that at the end of a day he asked what he had actually achieved, since his time went to meetings, one-on-ones and roadmapping.

He thinks TLM is fine as a transitional role while deciding between full-time management and full-time IC, but not sustainable long term. It is unclear whether you are judged on code or on people leadership. He switched teams afterward. Ryan, who also became a TLM, asked many TLMs beforehand and says every one advised against staying long term, because the role makes you a jack of all trades and master of none.

In which period did Rahul feel the most skill or career growth?

Rahul Pandey

Rahul names three. The first was meeting the mentor at Pinterest: pair programming, learning by osmosis, and discovering he was empowered to change his environment. The second was at Meta, leading the migration and building the debug tool, which was the first time in big tech he felt he created value, from an idea of his own that people chose to adopt. Before that he often felt like a worker bee carrying out work passed down from above. He says this helped give him the confidence to start a company.

The third, less relevant to a big-tech audience, was the two or three months of Y Combinator: weekly group check-ins brought intense pressure, since underperformers were effectively shamed, and he learned a lot.

How much of Rahul's career growth was luck?

Rahul Pandey

Rahul says he feels he has "failed my way into success" and that a lot of it was luck, in the opportunities and people he came across. He adds that luck can be manufactured by being curious about the people and opportunities around you. Finding his co-founder, the 2014 startup and the Facebook opportunities all came from keeping in touch: asking what someone is up to, what they like about a new job, or offering help on a project.

He says the debug tool came from talking to people about their workflows, and many job hops came from knowing what respected people were doing. He sees this as a repeatable process, not luck. He also describes posting on social media as deliberate: people who see helpful content think of you for opportunities.

Ryan notes that some people call this maximizing your luck surface area, and says internal writing and reaching out give the same visibility at a company. Ryan suggests that credibility from such sharing probably helped Rahul get the shared-infrastructure project that led to staff.

How can someone network without it feeling manufactured?
Rahul Pandey

Rahul hesitates to call what he does networking. He points to two ingredients: genuine curiosity about what the other person is doing, and thoughtfulness about what he shares. Rather than only asking questions or for mentorship, he says one of the best ways to build a relationship is to share something he has worked on that may interest the other person.

In his words, showcasing what you are up to creates gravity: people are drawn to you for your opinion, so it becomes a two-way street. If you always ask and it is never reciprocated, the other person may simply not be interested, or you may need to become more interesting.

Ryan recalls that networking felt artificial as a new grad, but side projects such as writing content and building a keyboard make conversations natural.

What advice would Rahul give his college-graduate self?

Rahul Pandey

Rahul wishes he had realized much earlier that there are no gatekeepers: you need no permission to learn a technology or try something new. He did well in school by being methodical and studious, but not as creative or exploratory as he could have been. He admires Ryan's keyboard project as something nobody told Ryan to do. He cites his own recent projects, such as extensions for a Mac app launcher, as the kind of work he means.

In his view, feeling empowered to do something unique based on what you care about, rather than what peers, instructors or managers expect, is how you get an outlier outcome. He wishes he had cultivated creative interests earlier and set aside time for them deliberately.

Ryan observes that Rahul took more initiative later. Rahul agrees: YouTube tutorials, published Android apps and webinars with 800 people felt like a blindfold lifting. His advice is not to wait until you are ready to start a company, publish an app or teach, but to do it now. He was passive early on, waiting to get better and smarter, and wishes he had adopted that mindset in middle or high school.

Ryan frames this as main-character energy versus NPC energy. Rahul likes the framing but adds that you need not be the main character in every domain. It is enough to do so in the parts of life you care about or where you have a unique take.

About this source

Meta Staff Eng (IC6) Promotion by 28 | Rahul Pandey

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Cold-open teaser montage of quotes from later in the conversation, 00:00.08 to 00:53.36, omitted. The same material appears in full at its later position.

Host's thanks and the plug for Taro (jointaro.com), Rahul's LinkedIn and show-note links, about 01:09:30 to 01:10:39.60, omitted as promotion.

Host's closing outro asking for feedback, comments and guest requests, 01:10:41.36 to 01:11:10.96, omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 49 · interview

Build promotion support through initiative and delegation

Selected passages on manager support, explicit self-advocacy, delegation, mentorship, and behavioral evidence of scope.

How did you choose your first Meta team?

Evan King and Ryan Peterman

Meta’s boot camp let Evan try tasks for several hiring teams before making a mutual choice. He had expected to join cybersecurity after years of hacking, but the particular teams he met felt less welcoming than he wanted. Content integrity offered machine-learning problems, a mission he found meaningful, and colleagues he related to. He joined a terrorism-content team being established in Seattle, initially with a manager shared across teams and a part-time technical lead.

Ryan selected Instagram infrastructure with much less understanding of the long-term tradeoffs than he has now. He then associated product work with front-end work and infrastructure with technical depth, assumptions he now calls mistaken. Instagram felt exciting, and when the preferred manager lacked headcount, Ryan made an earnest case for joining until the manager found flexibility. Both see agency as a way to convert available opportunities into a better fit; good opportunities may require actively seeking them.

Where did boot camp happen, and did you deliberately choose a technical stack?
Evan King and Ryan Peterman

Evan split boot camp between two two-week stays in Menlo Park and time in Seattle. He gravitated toward backend work without an elaborate stack-selection strategy. Ryan thought more explicitly about product versus infrastructure and which product organization to join, although he stresses how incomplete his knowledge was as a new graduate.

What was surprising about onboarding into content integrity?

Evan King

Evan’s early encounter with a colleague’s monitor displaying explicit content was jarring because it was plainly part of an ordinary working day. The team’s task required examining material that would be extraordinary in most offices; over time, colleagues became accustomed to that exposure. He remembers the team sitting out of the way in the Seattle office, and colleagues said that arrangement reduced accidental exposure to disturbing content. His story is about the unusual context of moderation engineering, including material more troubling than the initial anecdote.

Was the first promotion something you negotiated with your manager?

Evan King

Evan’s first promotion arrived after roughly his first half year and was a surprise. He thought he was doing good work but had not discussed promotion or calibrated himself against colleagues. The manager’s praise, promotion announcement, and compensation change became a major confidence-building moment. He does not recommend relying on that kind of surprise.

An earlier Zillow internship had supplied another important boost. He completed the assigned work quickly, pursued interesting additional work, and received a return offer and unusually strong praise from a manager with substantial experience. That external confidence helped him enter Meta, although it did not instantly eliminate all insecurity.

Had you interned at Facebook first?
Evan King and Ryan Peterman

No. Evan had interned at Zillow. His memories of that internship and the first Meta promotion illustrate how specific encouragement from experienced managers helped him believe he was capable.

What did those managers see in you so early?

Evan King

Evan identifies curiosity and an unwillingness to treat the assigned task as the boundary of his job. At Zillow, after finishing his rental-team work, he turned posters about locking unattended computers into a playful internal security game. Colleagues could record an unattended machine, and leaderboards and graphs encouraged participation. Spending time with security colleagues eventually led to attending Defcon with them, despite security being outside his team’s charter.

He describes a similar pattern at Meta: completing the requested implementation created time to improve it and explore adjacent ideas. He frames this as pursuing useful, interesting work rather than merely doing extra work for its own sake.

How did you finish assigned engineering work fast enough to explore more?

Evan King and Ryan Peterman

Evan initially resists claiming a simple secret, because the reputation for speed feels more grand than his conscious process. Ryan describes deep familiarity with a code area, a practiced editing-and-review workflow, and enough repetitions to know exactly where a requested change belongs. At one coding-heavy period he remembers submitting about ten diffs a day. He also worked very long days and acknowledges that adding working time is one way to create an extra budget for growth.

Evan kept searchable notes whenever he solved a problem so he would not have to solve it from scratch twice. He also became comfortable investigating a blockage for roughly an hour, finding the person who knew the area, asking a focused question, writing down the answer, and continuing. Ryan emphasizes that a well-timed question can save days of blind searching, dwarfing small editor optimizations.

Both highlight code search as a lasting skill. In a large monorepo, someone has usually solved a similar problem already. Guessing likely function or variable names, finding the analogous implementation, and understanding the surrounding context accelerates junior execution and later work on ambiguous cross-system problems.

Does working extra only make sense if you enjoy it?
Evan King and Ryan Peterman

They distinguish the experience of being absorbed in enjoyable work from forcing long hours on work one hates. Ryan enjoyed the novelty and growing fluency; Evan stresses that advice about extra hours becomes dangerous when detached from that motivation. The time-budget explanation describes their experience, not a claim that everyone should work those hours.

What changed between the midlevel and senior promotions?

Evan King and Ryan Peterman

As content integrity expanded, the initially tiny terrorism team acquired senior engineers and eventually split across terrorism, child-exploitation imagery, and graphic violence. Because Evan had arrived first, he held useful context and helped newer colleagues ramp up regardless of their formal level. His manager offered him responsibility for an underinvested graphic-violence area with a junior engineer and a research scientist.

He began setting weekly meetings, shaping the roadmap with management, and holding one-to-ones with teammates. The team improved its detection precision and recall, although he does not remember figures well enough to quote them. Guiding other people and improving a neglected area supplied the senior-level story; the informal tech-lead label mattered less than the responsibilities.

Ryan’s corresponding experience emerged when a cross-client/backend workstream grew around an area he understood deeply. He sometimes felt stretched while leading meetings but did the work anyway. An unusually capable intern showed him that entrusting execution to another person could free him for more scope. Evan similarly needed repeated managerial feedback before delegation clicked: doing everything quickly himself would eventually cap what the team could accomplish.

Why did the manager trust someone so early in their career?
Evan King and Ryan Peterman

Evan credits a strong manager who noticed potential, provided a larger challenge, and coached him through it. The preceding evidence was not just tenure: Evan was helpful in onboarding and willingly answered colleagues’ questions. His knowledge became useful to other people, which made expanded responsibility more plausible.

Did being the original owner create territorial feelings when senior engineers arrived?
Evan King and Ryan Peterman

Yes. Evan initially felt protective of his work when a technically strong senior engineer joined. He recognized that response, discussed it with his manager, and opened himself to the engineer’s feedback. Reviews and design discussions then became a major source of technical growth, and the colleague became a lasting friend.

Ryan recalls senior collaborators similarly improving his documents and projects. He did not know exactly how each person’s performance review divided the credit, but the collaboration produced better work and learning. They advise treating shared scope as an opportunity for growth rather than assuming someone else’s contribution diminishes one’s own.

By the senior promotion, were you openly discussing promotion goals?

Evan King and Ryan Peterman

By then Evan and his supportive manager discussed target timing, requirements, and what still had to happen. Friends from his boot-camp cohort often lacked equally active advocacy. His advice is to state the desired next level and timing, ask whether the manager agrees with the plan, and surface gaps early—even if that feels vulnerable. Hearing bad news before review season is more useful than an unpleasant surprise afterward.

Ryan’s manager was supportive but did not proactively drive promotion dates, so Ryan repeatedly asked what the next level required and advocated for his growth. He sees strong performance and explicit discussion as mutually helpful: the manager has reason to invest in an engineer whose broader contribution helps the team. Evan later adopted more self-advocacy himself. They recognize luck in getting a capable, aligned manager and the engineer’s responsibility to make goals visible.

Why stay on the same team while many peers changed companies?

Evan King and Ryan Peterman

Evan enjoyed both the mission and the people. The organization grew so quickly that staying did not mean doing an unchanged job: terrorism work, child-safety work, graphic violence, managers, and colleagues all changed around him. He was not solely optimizing promotions, although the growth was rewarding. Ryan more deliberately evaluated how to grow fastest and repeatedly decided that another clear promotion opportunity, good colleagues, and enjoyable work made staying attractive.

Both acknowledge a possible trap in always pursuing a next milestone that feels close. It can postpone broader technical experience elsewhere. Nevertheless, they have little regret about staying through a fast staff promotion: that level improved compensation and made direction-setting and working through others possible, activities they found satisfying.

Do you wish you had changed environments sooner?
Evan King and Ryan Peterman

At this point in the conversation Ryan defers the fuller discussion of his recent transition. They agree that a clear, enjoyable staff trajectory made staying reasonable, while recognizing that another environment might have produced broader technical learning. They present that as a tradeoff rather than a universal stay-or-leave rule.

What was the anchor story behind the staff promotion?

Evan King

Evan’s progression took one half year for the first promotion, two halves for senior, and three for staff. During the last stage he led graphic-violence engineering when the Christchurch mosque attack was livestreamed and copies circulated. He describes an emergency response involving integrity leadership and policy colleagues, repeated overnight work, model training, and changes to detection and content-matching systems. He emphasizes the victims and families rather than treating the atrocity as a career opportunity.

The response exposed underinvestment in detecting catastrophic events on live video, which differed from screening existing photos and recordings. The company formed realtime integrity around Evan and a product manager and asked them to determine staffing, scope, and a roadmap. Early progress was slow because the events were rare: training on the handful of known cases risked overfitting, and waiting for another tragedy was an unacceptable way to assess the system.

His golden-set-recall project curated past examples and built an evaluation environment that replayed videos and comments through real production infrastructure while isolating them from users. It tested the complete path rather than only a model. Evan reports that the initial measured recall for the better-represented suicide examples was roughly nine percent.

Looking closely at misses revealed a neglected signal: viewers’ comments often showed they understood the danger before image and audio models did. Adding temporal comment signals raised recall to roughly fifty to fifty-five percent in his recollection, created more detected training examples, and enabled further improvements. He says recall eventually reached the mid-nineties by the time he left, but the staff promotion came earlier, when evaluation and substantial initial improvement had been established. These are his retrospective figures, with some uncertainty in the precise intermediate numbers.

How large did the new team become?
Evan King and Ryan Peterman

At promotion time Evan remembers approximately four or five engineers. Realtime integrity later reached roughly twelve to fourteen before splitting into two teams of eight near his departure. Increased investment followed demonstrated progress and sustained attention from senior leadership; the original project was not assumed successful from day one.

Who decided to give you that scope?
Evan King and Ryan Peterman

He does not know the exact decision maker. At the time he felt he had advocated strongly for the new team after the incident. Later he learned that his manager had done much more advocacy behind the scenes than he appreciated. His own initiative and leadership mattered, but he deliberately corrects a purely self-created-opportunity version of the story.

Which behavior mattered most in the staff story?

Evan King and Ryan Peterman

Evan points to trying the simple, obvious solution and keeping the whole problem in view. His multidisciplinary team crossed infrastructure and modeling boundaries, but technically sophisticated researchers could become absorbed in improving the model itself. With less investment in that particular expertise, he focused on what would move the actual detection number. Comments seemed obvious only after the team had been concentrating on pixels, audio, and complex temporal modeling.

Ryan describes a similar Instagram compute-efficiency project. He explored video-processing efficiency before pandemic usage made capacity critical. After brainstorming with strong engineers, the best improvement was a comparatively trivial removal of redundant work. He values the ratio of useful impact to time, complexity, and maintenance burden: a simple change with a large effect can beat an elaborate year-long project.

They praise the Meta culture they experienced for rewarding realized impact rather than merely implementation difficulty. The practical skill is to identify the important constraint, find what actually improves it, and drive the work even when the solution lacks technical glamour. Their descriptions of reward systems are personal observations of that context.

Were you acting partly as a manager while still an individual contributor?

Evan King and Ryan Peterman

Yes. Evan’s role went beyond the usual technical-direction interpretation of tech lead. Engineers still had formal managers who owned promotion decisions, but he helped those managers understand performance, supported teammates’ growth, and participated in relevant discussions. An attempted invitation to calibration was ultimately rejected by a director; he does not know why.

He took people leadership seriously, observed his manager, and read a management book when given the graphic-violence team. He believes the arrangement worked because colleagues trusted that he was on their side. He qualifies that judgment rather than claiming to speak for them. Someone who feels competitive, aggressive, or inserted between an engineer and their manager could easily undermine the same arrangement.

Because levels were not public on his team, Evan could not rely on a displayed title as authority. He needed to earn credibility through useful technical judgment and supportive behavior. Ryan agrees that influence at staff comes from convincing people who do not report to you that the direction is sound and that they can trust you.

Did you consider switching from the IC path into management?

Evan King and Ryan Peterman

Evan expected to reach staff and then become a manager, but a plausible IC7 path appeared while he had broad organizational context, senior-leadership visibility, and interesting cross-organization projects. Conversations with friends who had become managers also revealed the weight of directly owning people’s issues. He considered reaching IC7 first and perhaps later moving into a more senior management role.

Ryan faced a similar choice. His manager saw a clear continuation to IC7 but warned that management advancement depended more on organizational opportunity. Ryan nevertheless chose management to learn a different set of behaviors and preserve options for the longer term. He worried that a very senior IC career could become specialized to a handful of huge companies, with influence and compensation tied to internal credibility and equity.

Both describe these portability and compensation concerns as their reasoning, not a claim that senior IC skills have no value elsewhere. A fast internal progression may not transfer to an equivalent external title, and rebuilding trust takes time.

What is a tech-lead manager?
Evan King and Ryan Peterman

Ryan first moved into a role he describes approximately as seventy percent IC and thirty percent manager, with a small team focused on a narrow technical area. Contributions were still assessed primarily as IC work. He later moved toward conventional organizational leadership after deciding he wanted to grow further as a manager.

What has been the biggest learning from management?
Evan King and Ryan Peterman

Ryan’s manager had been right about the career dependence: advancement became more closely coupled to team and organizational growth. Moving during an efficiency-focused period reduced that opportunity. He also found the work shifted toward people problems and a solid block of daytime meetings. As an IC he could arrange fragmented meetings and complete technical work later; as a manager, much of the job requires other people being available. Review season adds substantial writing after those meetings.

What is your biggest career regret?

Evan King

He wishes he had slowed down to understand why things worked. Iterating until a metric improved or a system functioned could produce immediate impact without building a durable explanation. The same shortcut appeared during early startup pressure: once something worked, he moved on.

As the company stabilized, he could finish required work with time left over and use that margin for reading engineering explanations and investigating underlying libraries and platforms. He sees a tension in an impact-oriented culture: it can reward shipping and moving on even when understanding the abstraction underneath would improve the engineer’s long-term foundation. He would keep the useful drive for impact while adding that inquiry.

What would you tell yourself when graduating?

Evan King

Invest in friendships, romantic relationships, and life outside work with some of the deliberateness given to career goals. Evan had roadmaps and frequent checks for professional growth but applied much less effort to broader life. Moving to Los Angeles and making more friends outside the technology bubble helped him value mutual investment and everyday support.

He now finds those relationships a major source of fulfillment alongside continuing work. This is not only an hours-allocation lesson: even when there was time, he had not recognized what deserved deliberate attention.

Would you accept slower promotion in exchange for stronger relationships?
Evan King and Ryan Peterman

Given a strict choice, yes: he would prioritize relationships. But he rejects the premise that he actually had to choose. He believes he had enough time to build both and simply did not invest enough in relationships or understand their importance yet.

About this source

25 Year Old Staff Eng @ Meta (Promotion Story)

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening trailer at 00:00–00:39 repeats later material and is not counted as question rounds.

Closing product and channel promotion at 01:54:39–01:57:13 is omitted except for the substantive distinction between professional system design and interview preparation.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 50 · interview

Steve Huynh: Promotion Processes, Performance, and Manager Support

Selected passages on promotion ownership, performance cuts, manager quality, interview impact stories, and role expectations.

Why is most interview prep advice poor?

Steve Huynh

Steve says most interview prep is not optimized. Candidates focus heavily on coding and, lately, on system design. Steve says prep turns the interview into a test. That view is partly right, since a candidate who cannot code or design a system is unlikely to be hired, but Steve says the focus is too narrow.

What would a better balance of interview prep look like?
Steve Huynh

Steve says an interview is more like a date than an SAT, because both sides are deciding whether they want to work together. Prep sources present it as a test because a test is easier to sell.

Steve suggests spending less time on coding and system design and more on behavioral work. A rough split Steve offers is 40 percent coding, 40 percent system design, and 20 percent behavioral. Steve treats the figures as an illustration, not a rule.

How much does the behavioral part of an interview count compared with coding and system design?

Steve Huynh

Steve says coding and system design work like the small and big blinds in poker. They are required to play, but they do not decide the hand. The behavioral round decides the hand. Steve was a bar raiser trainer and trained thousands of Amazon interviewers. Steve says the functional rounds are pass or no pass.

Steve says Amazon will say no to candidates with poor behavioral answers, even when coding and system design are strong. That does not mean the candidate lacks experience. Interviewers can often see early that a candidate will not fit the company. Once a candidate passes, the behavioral answers shape the level.

How can a candidate avoid being down-leveled because of weak behavioral answers?
Steve Huynh

Steve recommends packaging: presenting one's experience as a clear story about what one has done, how one operates, and what one is about. The story does not have to be entertaining, but it should be efficient and honest.

Steve says the core question of an interview is whether the interviewer wants to work with the candidate. Good behavioral answers help the interviewer answer that. Candidates should not misrepresent themselves, but should put their best foot forward.

What does a packaged answer sound like?
Steve Huynh

Steve gives an improvised example for a tell-me-about-yourself question: a focus on backend distributed systems, a love of customer-facing products, a sports interest, and experience building teams and improving engineering culture. Steve says many candidates rush through this question.

Steve says stories betray level. A story about an entry-level task sounds junior when the candidate is aiming for a senior role, and that mismatch can lead to being down-leveled.

Can someone's level be judged in a short conversation?

Steve Huynh

The host suggests a blind test: talk to someone for five minutes and guess their level. Steve says Steve is fairly confident in judging level this way. A junior engineer usually shows it in how they carry themselves and what they talk about.

Steve says judging whether a strong senior engineer could pass as a principal would be harder. Steve believes Steve is well calibrated on level overall.

How can someone stand out before the interview, for example when seeking a referral?

Steve Huynh

Steve says a direct, genuine message to someone on a team with an opening can work. Steve suggests saying you noticed their team has openings, and asking what their day-to-day work is like. The message should not look like spam, an automated DM, or AI-written text.

Steve cites a poll Steve ran in a Discord community. About 90 percent of respondents said they would engage with a genuine message like that, and would refer the sender if asked. Steve presents this as informal, not as evidence.

Steve says real networking means making a connection and offering value. Newcomers who are willing to pick up a useful skill are also more attractive to big tech.

How did Steve move from support engineer to SDE1, SDE2, and SDE3?

Steve Huynh

Steve says the path from support engineer to SDE3 took about three and a half years. At SDE1, the focus is independence: understanding where one's work fits in the development life cycle and taking tasks all the way through, so that the team trusts the person without hand-holding.

Does independence mean never asking for help?
Steve Huynh

Steve says no. Self-contained is not the same as independent. Steve says the real skill is knowing how to unblock oneself, and being comfortable asking questions and raising issues when stuck.

Steve warns that hiding problems becomes a performance issue. A two-week task reported as on track until the Thursday before it is due is more serious than a task that is merely slow.

What changes at SDE2?
Steve Huynh

Steve says the key word at SDE2 is ownership. An SDE2 takes an active part in the development life cycle and acts as a steward of the team's codebase, cleaning up tech debt instead of leaving a mess. Steve likes the image of not littering, and sometimes picking up trash.

Steve says each step up is an argument for more scope. An SDE2 works at team level, understands the codebase's strengths and weaknesses, suggests where it should go, and takes on-call shifts. Steve calls this a meat-and-potatoes role, and says it is what a person needs to show to move from SDE2 to SDE3.

Can an SDE2 stay at that level for a whole career, or is it a terminal level at Amazon?

Steve Huynh

Steve says this is debated at Amazon. Steve sees the SDE2 band as wide, and says many senior engineers at other companies would sit at the upper end of SDE2 at Amazon. Steve says SDE2 could be a terminal level, but Steve does not advise treating it as one.

Is there an up-or-out policy?
Steve Huynh

Steve says SDE1 is clearly up or out. Staying more than about two years brings progressively stronger guidance to move on, though it is not a fixed 24- or 36-month rule. Steve calls it a feel thing.

For SDE2, Steve says the answer depends on upper management and on the individual's manager. A manager who sees an SDE2 as overdue for promotion could make staying very hard. The conversation notes that many people worry Meta could become more like Amazon, which is known for intense performance management.

How many people is Amazon expected to cut each year?

Steve Huynh

Steve will not give an exact number. Steve uses five or six percent as an example. For an organization, that figure used to be a soft recommendation to manage out part of the team over a year. In the past couple of years, Steve says it has become much more of a mandate.

Steve says the pressure grew when backfills were paused. Until recently, Amazon did not backfill many roles, so people felt chased from behind, and Steve does not think that was healthy. As a self-described high performer, Steve says it is hard to speak to what it feels like to fear losing a job.

Is managing out the low end of the curve a relief or a problem?
Steve Huynh

Steve uses a group of 20 people as an example. In normal years, people on the low end of the curve are often not thriving in Amazon's culture. Steve says removing them can feel like a relief, a blessing in disguise, because it ends a poor fit.

Steve is uncomfortable when cuts reach people in the middle of the curve, who would be fine in other years. Repeated cuts of about six percent, with no backfill, push out people who are doing well.

How do senior engineers take part in the meetings where people are discussed for being managed out?

Steve Huynh

Steve says engineers are pulled into these discussions from senior engineer level, and definitely from L7 and above. The meetings can run three days, with people in a room discussing colleagues through measurable results and other people's feedback. Steve says some recent cuts of middle managers surprised Steve, since a 6 percent target makes little sense for a group of four or eight people.

Steve says the process is not linear. In a perfect world, each person would get equal time, but the discussion tends to focus on the edges, the strongest and the weakest. Steve sees this as a matter of the numbers, not a verdict on the decision makers, and says the process strips out some humanity. Steve says it is not a favorite time of year.

Is Meta showing the same intensity as Amazon?

Steve Huynh

Steve says Meta appears to be on a hiring spree, and that a figure of about 5 percent of low performers has been floated around. Steve has a sense that people affected are not having a good time, but thinks most people at Meta are fine.

Steve says that with a large population, someone is always struggling. Meta's inflow of hires is far larger than its outflow, so Steve would not be too worried.

What protects someone who is meeting expectations during a cut cycle?

Steve Huynh

Steve says solidly meeting expectations is the main protection. Steve does not think a 5 percent stack ranking should remove people who meet expectations, and Steve dislikes the label low performer. Steve describes it as a mismatch between a person and the culture around them, not a judgment of ability.

Steve says offers at Meta are hard to get, so the people in that process are not weak. Steve advises people labeled as low performers to find the specific dimension they are judged on, rather than trying to become high performers in general.

What should someone do first when judged to be below expectations?
Steve Huynh

Steve says to crawl before walking and running. Find out exactly what the judgment is about, then check with the manager whether expectations are being met. If they are not, propose a preemptive plan to get back to the median. Steve would avoid the phrase PIP, for performance improvement plan, when asking for one.

Should employees ask managers directly what the expectations are, and when should they report bad news?
Steve Huynh

Steve says most people never ask this. Steve estimates that about 25 percent of software developers have explicitly asked their manager about expectations. Steve recommends asking directly what the expectations are, then asking whether one is meeting them.

Steve credits a friend with the saying that early bad news is just news, while late bad news is terrible news. Steve advises surfacing problems early in the review cycle, not in the month before a review, so there is time to fix them.

How did Steve get principal-level scope at Amazon?

Steve Huynh

Steve says a reorg moved Steve into Prime Video after a team Steve cared about, the Amazon Tickets team, was spun down and its developers scattered. Steve chose a Prime Video team focused on delivering live sports, then saw a large catalog project that principal engineers knew needed doing. Steve decided to take it on and stay on the team.

Steve says the work fell in the gaps between principal areas, such as playback, clients, or catalog. It needed an end-to-end solution, and the other principals were busy with their own areas. The host adds that delivering such work gives principal engineers context to champion the candidate in a promotion packet.

What usually blocks someone from going from senior to principal at Amazon?

Steve Huynh

Steve says Amazon effectively skips a level, and that a staff level could be inserted between senior and principal. Steve says the jump from senior to principal is two levels, so the criteria roughly double. Influencing multiple teams makes it hard to show that in one year.

Steve sees a common failure. People think they are ready, push for promotion, get rejected, and go back to their strengths. Closing the feedback takes a long time, and many give up. Steve knows people who left Amazon and now work at senior staff or principal levels elsewhere, but could not make the jump there.

How can someone get a low performance rating while doing principal-level work?
Steve Huynh

Steve says performance and promotion are decoupled. Reviews run yearly, with a smaller check every six months, and promotion can happen quarterly or every six months. Steve describes an anti-pattern: a senior engineer who stops doing senior work and focuses only on principal-level work.

Steve says senior engineers must code. Principals also code, but less, and they do cross-functional work such as sponsoring projects, acting as a backstop, or evangelizing an initiative across several dev teams. Steve recalls a promotion review that said Steve acted like a TPM, and Steve took offense.

What feedback did Steve get on coding, and why?
Steve Huynh

Steve says the review said to code more. Steve had checked in a lot of code, but in one six-month stretch Steve coded less, and the review looked only at the code delivered in that period. Steve says that gave no credit for time served.

Steve says on-call history was also raised, though Steve had been on call for years, including about four years in a row. Steve also says Steve reached senior in 2012 and principal in 2020, after the promotion process changed three times in four years.

What did Steve learn from becoming an expert in the promotion process?

Steve Huynh

Steve says Steve did not get promoted through ability alone. Steve became an expert in the process of getting promoted, and thinks that skill is useful. Steve had not produced enough tangible evidence for the packet, and needed a manager's support. Steve says the process changed three times in four years.

Steve's first lesson is to start early. Many people wait until a big project lands, but the project landing is often not what a rejection is about. Steve advises submitting the packet early to get real feedback on the gaps.

Steve's second lesson concerns strengths. A packet gives some credit for strengths, but reviewers focus on the delta. Steve advises prioritizing weaknesses and gaps, and keeping strengths from regressing, the way a cook tends one pot of risotto while the other pans rest.

What are Steve's favorite parts of Amazon's culture?

Steve Huynh

Steve says the biggest part is customer obsession. From interns to VPs, people were expected to put the customer first. Steve says working backward from the customer is the right North Star. Optimizing for short-term profit or for competitors can backfire, and Steve credits Jeff Bezos with the idea that long-term profit and customers are the same thing.

Steve calls the writing culture a superpower, and credits a writing background with making a six-page document easier to write. Meetings often begin with about 30 minutes of reading the document, followed by discussion. Steve says writing is learnable and need not be a focus before joining.

What does Steve dislike about the culture?
Steve Huynh

Steve says the inside joke among friends was frugality. Anything cheap or poor, such as the lack of free food or weak hardware, got the label. Steve says free food is a perk and its absence does not mean a company is bad, but frugality can go too far.

Steve recalls begging and pleading for a laptop with enough memory so the fan did not overheat while building code. Steve says a company hiring tens of thousands of developers should give them working computers, and recalls monitors being taken after intern season.

What made a good manager stand out, given the many managers Steve had?

Steve Huynh

Steve says the count was more than 17, closer to the 20s. Steve says the best managers were personal, but Steve resonated with managers who reasoned from principles. Those managers treated the leadership principles as axioms, so decisions followed from them and had implications.

Steve says the best managers held firm on customer obsession and on thinking ahead. They would accept a short-term hack if it fit a future-facing choice. Steve found managers focused only on near-term delivery harder to work with. Steve also notes that some people who complain about micromanagers really need things broken down.

Who were the worst managers, and what made them bad?
Steve Huynh

Steve does not name names. Steve says the worst managers were a mix of style mismatch and a sense that the hiring and promotion processes should have filtered them out. A manager who is caring and engaged for one person may be a poor fit for another.

Steve says it was sometimes hard to see how some managers had reached their roles.

Why did Steve stay at Amazon for 18 years?

Steve Huynh

Steve says Amazon's size allowed many careers inside one company. Steve worked on the first Kindle, on a precursor to Prime Video, back on Prime Video, and in payments. Steve says it did not feel like one team for 18 years.

Did Steve consider leaving, and what is the advice on job hopping?
Steve Huynh

Steve says Steve considered leaving several times. Early in a career, job hopping makes sense to raise total pay, and Steve says that advice works until about the senior level.

Steve says distinguished, principal, and staff engineers at the top usually stayed on the same team, on the same problem, for at least three years and often about five. Steve's rule of thumb for a fast climb is to job hop every two years until about mid-level, then put down roots.

Why did Steve choose to put down roots?
Steve Huynh

Steve says staying made sense without a computer science background. There was a lot to learn in large amounts of code, wikis, and internal videos. Steve felt Steve could grow the way Steve wanted by staying.

What would Steve tell a younger self who had just finished college?

Steve Huynh

Steve says Steve would warn against people pleasing. Steve describes a culture of tracks, such as school, then job, then marriage, and a sense of being ahead or behind. Steve also sought validation after each achievement, and doubts a younger self would have listened.

Steve says the person to please is oneself. Steve asks whether a person is doing what they want or what someone else expects, and whether they are climbing the ladder to reach the top or because it was put in front of them.

About this source

Amazon Principal Engineer (L7): Layoffs, Interviewing & Career Growth | Steve Huynh

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Cold-open teaser, 00:00.08 to 00:55.80: preview clips and questions that the body covers in full.

Channel, newsletter, and Discord calls and the closing thanks, about 1:17:53.60 to 1:18:47.80. The call starts inside a caption block that also holds the last answer, so the exact boundary is not resolved.

Host prompts, filler, and acknowledgements throughout were removed. No sponsor read was found in these six chunks.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 51 · interview

Zach Wilson: Job Hopping to Staff at Airbnb, Interviews, and Internal Brand

Zach Wilson recounts a rapid climb from junior data engineer to staff at Airbnb, arguing that interviews and impact stories outpaced promotions, and counts the cost of long hours.

Interviews and impact stories move a career faster than waiting for a promotion

Zach Wilson describes a path from junior data engineer at Facebook (called Meta by the host) to staff data engineer at Airbnb by age 26. Zach's central argument is that the interview is the highest-leverage part of a career. Two of the level jumps came from changing companies, and in each case the tool was a clear impact story, not hours worked. Zach also lists the costs: roughly 60-hour weeks, a staff-type role taken before the matching behaviors were in place, and a Netflix reorganization that ended in a mental health break. The host adds that companies hold back promotions when someone has impact but not yet the behaviors. Pay figures and company details are Zach's recollection and are not verified.

How did Zach get started in the industry?

Zach Wilson

Zach began at several startups as a data analyst. A plan to become a math professor faded because it meant a lot of school for modest pay. An early job at Think Big Analytics taught Hadoop when it was new, about ten years before the recording, and Zach credits that experience as the main reason Facebook later wanted to hire.

Zach held four jobs in two years. On graduating, Zach was unsure whether to be a mobile engineer, a math professor or a data scientist, and tried several roles before settling on data engineering. With a dual major in computer science and applied math and only math tutoring on the resume, Zach still got four or five interviews and calls this luck.

How did the Facebook offer come about, and why did Zach turn down a counter-offer?
Zach Wilson

After a year in Utah, Zach moved to Washington, DC, to try something new. Six or seven months later a Facebook recruiter reached out on LinkedIn, a site Zach says has been critical since the Think Big job in 2015. Zach had been rejected twice by Google for mobile roles, so the approach felt almost as if Facebook were applying to Zach.

The DC employer countered. Zach recalls about 180 from Facebook against about 200 from the DC company, with units not stated. Zach declined because a request for a 20 percent raise two months earlier had been refused for lack of budget. Money that appears only when someone is leaving, Zach reasoned, signals that growth there would be painful.

What was boot camp like, and how did Zach choose a team?

Zach Wilson

Moving to Silicon Valley also put Zach closer to family in Utah, which had felt distant from DC. Zach says the first month of boot camp felt like Disneyland more than a job. The onboarding sold the company's values, such as moving fast and being bold, and felt like college because no deadlines applied yet.

Zach interviewed for three teams: ads, growth and community support. Ads pitched making Facebook millions through data, community support pitched preventing bad content, and growth pitched having fun. Zach joined core growth and notifications, partly on that pitch and partly because of an entrepreneurial manager who is still a close friend.

Did Zach understand the career ladder on joining?

Zach Wilson

No. Zach did not know what L3, L4 and L5 meant and did not realize the hire was at L3. Zach had two years of big-data pipeline work at startups, yet new Stanford graduates with no experience were paid the same, and Zach found that unfair. Zach concluded the hire was at the wrong level and worked hard to reach the next level, which took about seven months.

Zach says this taught that how someone interviews is the highest-leverage part of a career, more important than the impact made in the role.

What did Zach do to earn the L3 to L4 promotion?
Zach Wilson

Zach could tell early that things were going well: work was clearly tasked out, energy was high and a lot of code shipped. Notifications had a waterfall framework for tracking conversion, click and delivery rates, and Zach found it poor. Fixing it meant XHP and React work, not SQL and Python, so Zach learned both. Zach says the manager took this as proof of someone who solves problems outside the job description, and nobody had asked for it.

Doing only the assigned tasks, Zach says, earns a meets-all rating at L3, so Zach looked for where the impact was.

Was the promotion expected?
Zach Wilson

It came as a surprise. The half lasted five months for Zach because the start date was late July. Zach thinks the company recognized the mis-leveling and skipped the usual steps. The host adds that a promotion within one half usually signals a hiring miss that the company fixes quickly.

Zach contrasts this with Utah, where promotion follows tenure, not impact. In Utah, Zach had thought a software engineer would top out near 200k at about age 35. Facebook offered about that figure at the start, with a route toward a million, and Zach says companies reward business impact because the value created exceeds the pay.

How many hours did Zach work at Facebook?

Zach Wilson

After boot camp, Zach ramped up to roughly 50 to 60 hours a week, usually arriving around 9:30 and leaving near 8 pm, because breakfast, lunch and dinner were all provided. Zach jokes that free meals left a basic life skill, cooking, unlearned.

After L4, why did the next promotion, to L5, not happen?

Zach Wilson

Zach wanted L5 within a year and felt confident while the first manager was in place. That manager left the next summer. The team reported to the director for a while and then to a new manager from Netflix, so Zach had three managers in one year. None had the full context, and Zach had to restate past work again and again. Zach says this disrupted the plan, and that trust takes time to build. Zach says good managers extend trust by default, while others demand proof first.

Zach earned a greatly-exceeds rating in the first half as an L4 and again in the next. The feedback was that Zach was not yet operating as a senior engineer. Zach was taking on too much work, and leadership doubted that delivery at L5 level was sustainable.

The host says a promotion must be sustainable, and a leader may wonder whether someone working long hours can keep it up. Did that match what Zach learned?
Zach Wilson

Zach says it did, and calls it one of the most important lessons from Facebook. Hours worked do not necessarily drive promotion. Extra hours can cover a skill gap, but they do not give leadership confidence that someone is ready for the next level.

The host agrees that promotion committees look for behaviors, meaning the ability to take on more leadership, and not simply extra hours. The host notes this can leave a hard worker bitter.

What did Zach do once the promotion stalled?

Zach Wilson

Promotions at Facebook usually landed around March, and after learning there would be none, Zach decided it was time to take the story to market. Facebook had rated Zach as greatly exceeding expectations, which made it a strong story.

Zach points out that an interviewer does not see hours worked, only what was done, and gets a different vantage point on impact without much of the negative data from the current job. After the notification machine-learning optimizations and other technical work, Zach was sure a senior role was available at any big tech company by describing that work in detail.

How did Zach sell a senior (IC5-level) profile at Netflix while still mid-level with few years of experience?
Zach Wilson

Zach credits luck: the Netflix hiring manager was the former Facebook manager, who had already seen the work and trusted it. Zach says this is why building a network matters.

Zach separates personal brand, such as LinkedIn posts or videos, from internal brand, meaning how colleagues know a person. Zach says a strong internal brand was what worked here, built by working hard with that manager.

What else, besides the stalled promotion, pushed Zach to leave Facebook? (editorial prompt for Zach's unprompted continuation)
Zach Wilson

Zach also wanted to stop being a data engineer. On a team of about 15 data engineers, Zach says they wrote roughly 90 percent of the team's JavaScript. Zach also says data engineers sit off the engineering track and receive 30 to 40 percent less equity, a claim not verified here. Zach asked to switch to software engineering and was told it would mean a down-level to L3, which Zach rejected as absurd given what had already shipped. Zach says the title counted for more than the work, and that a manager who listens to career goals matters a great deal.

Zach adds that down-leveling when moving from data to software engineering was standard practice, but not the reverse. Zach also wanted bigger-data work, not just SQL, and says the role held at Facebook would be called analytics engineering today.

Would a better manager have avoided the down-level?
Zach Wilson

Zach believes so. A friend at Facebook whose manager was supportive made the transition this week, has been there about nine years, and lives, in Zach's words, the life Zach would have had with a better manager.

How did the Netflix hire work, and how much did the old manager's backing count?

Zach Wilson

The former manager said he could not hire Zach as a senior software engineer, given thin software experience, but could hire Zach as a senior data engineer and move Zach into software engineering within six to twelve months. After about six months Zach became a senior software engineer.

Zach recalls that in 2018 Netflix hired only seniors, with levels added about two years before the recording and no staff level. Managers controlled hiring, in line with the freedom-and-responsibility culture, and were also pressed to fire people. Zach contrasts this with Meta's standardized interviews, where a referral counts for less. Zach adds that this part of the culture has downsides.

The host reads this as an internal brand story: the manager had seen Zach deliver as a junior and wanted Zach on the team regardless of level. Zach agrees it matters more than people think, and says not to burn bridges and to find people you click with, since you may work with them again.

What did the move do to pay?
Zach Wilson

Zach says compensation roughly doubled to about 385 to 390, all of it cash. The captions garble the starting figure and give no units, so the numbers are approximate.

What was Zach's plan at Netflix, and how did promotions and reviews work there?

Zach Wilson

At 24, Zach pictured becoming a principal engineer (L7 or L8) by 30, doing deep technical work, and judged that data engineering would not get there. The Netflix work was real-time security threat detection, which Zach calls cutting-edge and hard.

Netflix had no promotions in the Meta sense. Managers gave a quarterly color: green meant fine, yellow meant pick it up, and red meant imminent firing. Once a year came a pay discussion based on what other companies would offer, not on past work, and a manager could adjust pay at any time.

Zach did not mind the lack of levels. Zach expected high pay and still had much to learn from the manager. Zach says to think about the story of impact at every company and to tell it in an exciting way.

What does Zach mean by a story, and how does it support job hopping?

Zach Wilson

Zach tends to leave jobs about every two years, so Zach has to be satisfied with the story first. At Airbnb, Zach felt an urge to quit early but realized there was no good story yet and stayed six more months. A story is a fully delivered package of impact that can be sold: if hired, here is what will be delivered in two years.

What was the Facebook story that Zach sold to Netflix?
Zach Wilson

Zach names three items. The first was a reachability metric for notifications, a counterweight to spam that tracked who was turning off settings and proved more complex than expected. The second was the first growth dashboard that covered WhatsApp, Instagram, Messenger and Facebook in one chart. The third was the pipeline behind Facebook's notification-selection machine-learning algorithm, which Zach made 90 percent cheaper, or ten times more efficient, using sorted merge bucket joins.

How does a job hopper handle the concern about short tenure?
Zach Wilson

Zach says short tenure invites the thought that the person does not play well with others or is a disloyal job hopper. Zach says this must be defeated early in the interview, by showing ambition, hard problems solved and a path toward solving more. Zach has seen interviewers start skeptical and then warm up after a conversation.

What made Zach leave Netflix?

Zach Wilson

Zach says the first manager believed in Zach too much. Zach was on security threat detection when a separate team's asset-inventory role opened after a ten-year engineer left. Zach says it was a staff spot, not a senior one, and took it. Zach went from working with one team to interfacing with 11, was not ready for the volume of conversations, kept answering everyone and overworked. Netflix rewarded the move with a raise from the upper 300s to 550 the next year, by Zach's account.

In 2019 Netflix decided data engineering was no longer a necessary organization and folded it into data science. Zach says the VP, the director and the first manager were fired, and everyone began reporting to data science leaders.

How did Zach respond to the reorganization?
Zach Wilson

It caused so much stress that Zach took a month-long mental health break. Zach did not want to sit in a data science organization, having disliked that at Facebook, and wanted an engineering organization. Zach asked to transfer to the cyber security team, where the asset-inventory work belonged, and was told to stay in the current role.

Zach quit with nothing lined up, planning to travel the world in 2020. The last day was March 6, 2020, and COVID ended the plan. Zach says Netflix would pay a lot but give nothing else Zach wanted.

What lesson did Zach take from that?
Zach Wilson

Zach holds that a career should involve learning, earning or both, and that learning is better than earning, which is why Zach is now an entrepreneur. Zach says boredom at Airbnb came from the same cause: the pay was great, but Zach was not learning.

The host says companies hold back promotions when someone has the impact but not the behaviors. What did Zach learn from being put in a staff role early?

Zach Wilson

Zach agrees that the Netflix case shows the problem the delay is meant to prevent. Zach lists better work boundaries, planning ahead (a lesson Zach is relearning as an entrepreneur), and selling a technical vision. Zach says content creation has helped with the last one, which means presenting an idea so others will back it.

At earlier levels an engineer simply delivers the assigned work and solves the hard problem. At staff level, Zach says, the new behavior is deciding which problem to solve, which Zach found overwhelming at Netflix.

How did Zach go from leaving Netflix to interviewing at Airbnb?

Zach Wilson

By December 2020, Zach had played a lot of video games and felt unfulfilled and depressed. Zach's girlfriend at the time asked what Zach was doing with life, and they broke up. With no job, no partner and a dog to support, Zach decided to take another swing at interviewing.

Zach also started making content on LinkedIn that month, having told Netflix colleagues in March that they would see Zach again as a famous person. Zach regrets not starting during the pandemic, when growth was easier. Zach interviewed at Meta, Google and Airbnb, for software engineering at the first two and data engineering at Airbnb, and received offers from all three.

How did the offers compare?
Zach Wilson

Google and Facebook both offered senior roles. Zach recalls about 400 to 415 from Facebook and a lower Google figure that the captions cut off, similar to what Netflix had paid years earlier. Airbnb offered, by Zach's account, more than $100,000 above that, which made the choice easy even though the offers were not really competing.

Zach also liked how Airbnb does data engineering. The work was about 95 percent Scala and 5 percent Python, with no SQL, and the pipelines had to match online pricing and availability systems. Zach says this blend of pipelines, integrations and optimization was what Zach had wanted at Netflix.

How did Zach get staff-level consideration with six years of experience when the posting asked for ten or more?

Zach Wilson

Zach says Airbnb said the interview itself would decide between senior and staff. Zach credits the impact story from Netflix, including interfacing with 11 teams and solving a range of security problems. Zach also credits Netflix's feedback culture. Immediate, blunt feedback feels harsh at first, but Zach learned that colleagues wanted growth, and says Airbnb interviewers were impressed by that.

Did Zach push for staff?
Zach Wilson

Yes. The recruiter said up front that the result would be senior or staff, which annoyed Zach, who would not take a senior-only offer. Zach told the recruiter about the Facebook and Google interviews and said that if all three came in at senior, Zach would not pick Airbnb and would probably return to Facebook. Airbnb then leaned toward an interview-based middle path. Google and Facebook said they would offer senior only.

Zach's lesson is to interview at more than one company you are excited about, which lets you say what you need and walk away otherwise.

Did the gap in years of experience matter?
Zach Wilson

Zach had six years against a posting that asked for ten or more, and still got the offer. Zach's viral LinkedIn post on this had one message: apply for jobs you do not think you are ready for. Zach agrees that negotiating and selling made the difference.

Some people may wonder whether Zach underperformed in the staff role. How did it go compared with Netflix?

Zach Wilson

Zach thinks the Netflix difficulty came from two changes at once: a move from data to software engineering about a year earlier, and a jump into a staff-level leadership role. Zach had about one year of professional software engineering and says weekend side projects kept that from going badly. Together, the new job and the higher title raised burnout risk.

At Airbnb the staff role was in data engineering, where Zach felt confident. Leadership was present and the learning felt manageable. Zach says to change only one variable at a time. Zach was nervous about repeating the Netflix experience, but the Airbnb role turned out much calmer.

How did the first year at Airbnb go?

Zach Wilson

Zach got exceeds in the first half. Zach upgraded many pricing pipelines and wrote designs, which was higher-level work. The feedback was that Zach was close to greatly exceeds, and the gap was architecture. Airbnb wanted companywide work, while Zach wanted to stay on marketplace. They asked Zach to design best practices for moving data from the data lake back into production systems, the less straightforward direction, and Zach had no desire to do it.

In September 2021, Zach had a moment of clarity and asked whether to want promotion at all. Zach told the manager the work would not be done, though the manager said it was the work that would lead to the next level. Zach says it simply meant too many meetings.

Did Zach's vision of becoming a principal engineer change?
Zach Wilson

Zach says it did. Airbnb was handing over the path, but Zach was gaining traction on LinkedIn at about 50,000 followers and now cared about other things. Zach told the manager the job would still get done, and aimed to put Airbnb on a coasting footing by doing the bare minimum.

Zach had strong managers earlier. How did Zach build an internal brand at Airbnb from zero?

Zach Wilson

Zach tries, in each new job, to do something in three months that makes people say this person is something else. At Airbnb it was the pricing and availability pipeline, which computes prices and availability daily and was among the messiest pipelines Zach had seen. Zach was assigned to move it onto the paved road, Airbnb's approach for building high-quality, platform-compatible pipelines, with a year-end target. Zach finished in the first quarter, and the pipeline then stopped running late and ran smoothly.

Zach says the signal is twofold: the person ramped up fast and also landed big impact fast. It also showed Zach could manage risk, since pricing is vital to Airbnb and Zach followed best practices carefully. Zach looks for systems that everyone knows could be better but nobody touches because the work is risky, complex or painful.

Did Zach know in advance that the work would have impact?
Zach Wilson

No, it was handed over. Three months into a job, Zach says, everything is handed over, and it takes at least six months to develop an internal compass of the company. Zach sees it as a trade-off, and the aim was to build a brand early.

How did colleagues react?
Zach Wilson

Zach says people do not trust a new hire and some actively distrust one. Some senior engineers disliked Zach for being hired at staff, since they had worked four years for that promotion and assumed the level was simply handed to an external hire. Zach also thinks the senior-to-staff promotion is unnecessarily difficult at most companies.

How many hours did Zach work at Airbnb?

Zach Wilson

Zach says Airbnb was far better in 2021, at about 40 hours a week and perhaps a little more, compared with about 60 at Facebook and Netflix. Zach had assumed that exceeds was impossible without long hours and had expected a meets rating, and says that being happy with meets was fine as long as there was no firing.

What about Zach's personality helped across this career?

Zach Wilson

Zach names three traits. The first is a tenacious willingness to keep learning. Even while working about 60 hours a week at Facebook, Zach founded a startup and spent weekends on it, to learn JavaScript and full-stack development. Zach says that was critical to this year's success as an entrepreneur, since the platform is JavaScript-based.

The second is positivity and visible enthusiasm. Showing up excited is contagious, makes others like their jobs more and like Zach, and leads to opportunities. Zach adds that a manager's job is largely to get people to like their jobs.

The third is refusing to tolerate what feels unfair, and changing life instead of enduring it. Zach calls this a double-edged sword that is not always good.

Would staying at Meta have produced a similar path?
Zach Wilson

Zach thinks a similar trajectory was possible by staying and finding a better manager, and would have been less chaotic. Zach says the many health plans and 401(k)s to merge across jobs were a hassle. The host replies that staying would still have meant being dissatisfied and switching teams, which carries risk, and that Zach's first trait explains why the first manager trusted Zach so much.

If Zach started again as an IC3, what would Zach change?

Zach Wilson

Zach would be more open to other perspectives. In the first years Zach focused on becoming the most technical person, and now thinks that matters mostly up to senior engineer. After that, technical skill helps only marginally and other skills are needed.

Zach did not start building soft skills until Netflix, when things were on fire and the skills were urgently needed. Developing them earlier at Facebook, in lower-risk situations where failure felt smaller, would have given better balance and probably faster growth.

Zach also says not to eat dinner at work. Zach calls it a scam: in Zach's view, Facebook and Google offer it to keep people at the office longer. Zach would have used those hours for the gym, since fitness started only in 2018, and for other parts of life.

Given the fast growth, does Zach wish for less work, and was it worth it?
Zach Wilson

Zach says the growth was worth it, and Zach now aims for balance and tranquility. Zach would not repeat the work from age 22 to 25, but does not regret it, because it was what Zach needed to feel powerful and grow. Zach adds that health matters: earning $20 million while stressed and dying at 50 is not a good life, and health, wealth and happiness each matter differently at different times.

Zach also says working hard gave a young person a sense of purpose by making them useful. Zach then asks whether that purpose could have come without so many sleepless nights, nights of feeling out of depth, and a couple of panic attacks. Zach says such costs are rarely discussed.

The host sums up the advice to an IC3-level Zach. What does Zach add?
Zach Wilson

The host sums up the advice as: stop being one-dimensional, keep working hard, look after health and enjoy the ride. Zach agrees on enjoying the ride more and not becoming fixated on getting promoted, and says things come in time for those who put in the hours daily. Zach believes the universe gives people what they want if they are willing to pay the price.

About this source

Job Hopping to Staff at Airbnb by Age 26 | Zach Wilson

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Cold-open teaser lines and the host's introduction to the episode (00:00.04 to 00:53.80); the same teasers repeat at about 08:17, 16:28 and 01:01:02 and are represented once.

Closing thanks, the note about the new career-story podcast series, the comment on smartphone recording quality, and the request for viewer feedback (01:05:52.04 to 01:06:40.68).

Small asides: banter about asking for a share of the value saved (12:54.88 to 13:35.80) and the aside naming a LinkedIn AI influencer as an example of 2020 growth (40:50.84 to 41:35.60).

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 52 · interview

Lead through managers and compare the scope behind titles

Selected passages on managing managers, trust, organizational growth, leadership relationships, and comparing actual role scope.

How did the director opportunity at Square arise?

He corrects the host’s premise: he joined Square with a director offer rather than receiving an internal promotion from frontline manager. The team grew from approximately twenty-five to more than fifty people in about a year. Building machine-learning and data infrastructure teams exposed him to a new job: directing through managers rather than directly managing engineers.

What was the biggest skill gap in moving from manager to director?

At Facebook he had become a manager after being an IC, so knowing the team’s technical details gave him authority. At a new company, his reports had longer tenure and knew more than he did. He could no longer justify the extra leadership layer by being the most informed person in the room.

He thinks he performed poorly during roughly the first half-year. Reflection led him toward strategic direction, cross-department resource coordination, and the organization’s hardest problems. The job was to guide an organization toward a better future, rather than reproduce the frontline managers’ work.

Another turning point was understanding what each manager wanted from him. He tried to identify missing capabilities and help them grow toward the next level. That reframed him as someone adding value to their careers.

How did you handle managers who hoped to receive the role you were hired into?

He recognized the natural disappointment and tried to demonstrate that his arrival could help their prospects rather than block them. Building trust came first, followed by concrete help with growth and obstacles they could not remove alone. He credits The Five Dysfunctions of a Team with emphasizing trust as the foundation beneath other team behavior.

Is changing companies the best way to move up management levels?

He does not think so; former Facebook colleagues reached very senior roles by staying. His own moves followed a different goal: eventually becoming CTO of an AI company. The intended outcome revealed gaps in infrastructure, frontend work, products, and how an industry business operates.

At Snapchat he could lead data or camera. He deliberately chose camera despite a data and machine-learning background, learning iOS and Android work and spending about two months on iOS study. The product role forced collaboration with product managers and designers that he might not have gained by staying in a familiar backend specialty.

He recalls those first two years as especially happy because he was expanding his knowledge every day. The lesson is to choose an opportunity for the capability it supplies, rather than infer that any external title increase is a sound strategy.

How much must an engineering leader know the team’s details?

Facebook’s bootcamp impressed him: even a newly hired VP fixed bugs and submitted code alongside other hires. He adopted the belief that engineering leadership should remain technical. He still writes and reviews code, mentioning several pull requests a week, and wants enough detail to make sound strategic judgments rather than speak without understanding.

How do you balance technical depth with higher-leverage leadership work?

At the start of a week, he identifies the three most important outcomes and concentrates there. Sometimes learning implementation detail is one of those outcomes; other weeks it is not. Recalibrating priorities toward his broader goal matters more than repeating the same activity or simply adding hours. Time is finite, so the key is allocation.

What drove your organization’s growth to about 250 engineers?

He relates the team’s growth to Snapchat’s overall expansion from approximately one hundred employees to three thousand in two years, while crediting recruiting and interviewer effort. Rapid growth was also painful: a culture that works for one hundred people differs from one for three thousand. He likens each doubling to building a new company. Leaders need to adapt instead of insisting that an earlier organizational answer remain right indefinitely.

What did you learn from working with Evan Spiegel?

He recalls an unusually high product-quality bar, down to pixel-level issues in demos. His team learned to bring a genuinely polished demonstration, and he compares that attention with the familiar image of Steve Jobs.

He also describes a leader who valued personal relationships and kept promises. One story is Spiegel telling another leader not to fire the first fifteen engineers because of their founding contribution. Another is returning to the small house associated with Snapchat’s beginnings for board meetings. These are the guest’s accounts of leadership and loyalty, not a recommended universal employment rule.

How were you recruited into later leadership roles?

He says opportunities came inbound through recruiters or personal connections rather than an active search. He preferred people he knew because companies inevitably face both good and difficult periods. He wanted partners he could trust and think with through downturns. Building a professional network early made those later opportunities possible, though his personal inbound experience should not be assumed for every candidate.

How do you compare leadership offers when company size and titles differ?

He does not primarily rank valuation or reporting headcount. In fact, he says he would welcome fewer direct reports. The central test is whether the work brings him closer to the product-building outcome he wants.

Titles belong to a company’s structure and can lose significance when someone leaves. He would rather be known for making a useful product than for holding a senior label. He imagines a very small team building an extremely valuable company, but presents that as an aspiration and prediction rather than an established requirement.

When hiring for his startup, he wants candidates both to believe a large outcome is possible and understand that its probability may be very low. The small probability is a candid framing of startup risk, not a measured forecast.

Why tell candidates that the chance of success is low?

He wants people to choose the challenge consciously so normal difficulties do not immediately overturn their expectations. Transparency helps identify the subset of engineers who want the journey, rather than persuade everyone. His battlefield analogy emphasizes preparation for uncertainty and shared commitment.

How much management growth is situational rather than controllable?

Management roles are constrained by the organization’s needs and structure, which depend on company strategy. He increasingly accepts that he cannot control much of the timing. Doing excellent work in the current role is within his control; promotion is a later signal shaped by other conditions.

He criticizes treating the next level’s bullet points as a contract guaranteeing promotion once checked. That makes happiness dependent on an outcome the person cannot fully command. His alternative is impact now and movement toward work one wants over the long term, while remaining open to later opportunities or founding a company.

What would you tell yourself just after your PhD?

Conventional wisdom need not decide a unique person’s path. He recalls choosing Carnegie Mellon over more broadly prestigious alternatives because of computer science, and leaving research for a small Facebook when few research peers would have done so. An unfamiliar route is less comfortable, but he believes independent thinking can reveal opportunities others miss. The advice follows from his goals rather than asserting that every unconventional choice wins.

About this source

Frontline Manager at Meta to Senior Director at Snapchat in 3 Years (Career Story)

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening trailer at 0:00–0:41 repeats later exchanges and is represented once.

Closing podcast support and guest requests at 41:53–42:27 omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 53 · interview

Jay Jo: Recognition, Mentoring, and Team Growth

Selected passages on promotion/recognition mismatch, domain ownership, mentoring, and maintaining culture as teams grow.

Did growth at Robinhood match what Jay expected?

Jay Jo

Jay says Jay joined a bit too late for the fast growth earlier hires got, and by then the company was already moving toward a more conventional big-company path. Jay missed the first review because of a late start, and went through the process at nine months, after long hours that sometimes ran until 2 a.m.

Jay also describes a painful on-call rotation, centered on an overnight batch process that ran after market close and sometimes went until 4 or 5 a.m., close to a business problem.

Did that leave Jay jaded about big tech?
Jay Jo

Jay says the time put in did not match the reward. Jay considered becoming more checked out and going through the motions, a pattern Jay saw in many colleagues. That made Jay jaded about the big-tech environment and convinced Jay there was something bigger to work toward.

Was Jay promoted while doing only the minimum?

Jay Jo

Jay says Jay was promoted in the second performance cycle and was technically up for another promotion before leaving. By then Jay was putting in the bare minimum to stay close to average and spending time elsewhere.

Jay says that at a company that grew about tenfold, being a competent engineer made Jay the only person who knew many systems. That turned Jay into a domain expert and an engineering lead for several systems.

In a fast-growing company, does competence alone make someone load-bearing?
Jay Jo

Jay agrees that when both the team and the workload grow, competence is rewarded almost automatically. Jay also mentored three people, the first about a year and a half into the job, which Jay says is much less common at larger companies.

How has the company's team grown since it started?

Jay Jo

Jay says the company started in 2022 with five to seven people and now has around 60 full-time staff across its entities. Jay calls that lean growth relative to places like Robinhood and says it was the right decision, because slow growth keeps the culture intact and avoids bureaucracy and confusion about what to do.

About this source

Robinhood SWE Turned $1B+ Founder: Non-Linear Careers, Being Jaded About Promos, Startup Learnings

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening teaser and host introduction, 00:00.08 to 00:40.24. The opening hook about being too scared to leave a job is represented in the overview and in the answer at 26:15.

Host recap of earlier answers about growth and choosing people, 18:19.20 to 18:58.48, condensed as repetition.

Closing thanks and the guest's plug for a social account, 41:44.32 to 41:56.96.

Host channel call asking for support, reviews and guest suggestions, 41:57.76 to 42:33.52.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Part

Lead through trust, delegation, and mentoring

Develop other people, share ownership, communicate decisions, and help teams achieve more than individual effort can produce.

Section 54 · interview

Review with trust and constructive judgment

Selected passages on trust-based review, coaching/autonomy, separating risk from personal preferences, and constructive acceptance.

How do you decide how deeply to review a code change?

Guest

The guest allocates review effort according to risk. Live production code and the core architecture receive close examination. A gated, noncritical leaf component may receive only a high-level review, including a check for serious problems such as security risks, because the blast radius and cost of rewriting it are smaller.

His trust in a known teammate is part of the calculation. This is not a philosophy he applies automatically to a new colleague, nor one he claims all Meta engineers share. He separates correctness and architectural risk from forcing every implementation to match his personal style.

Do colleagues push back on quick approvals?

Yes. His team knows it can explicitly request a deep review in the description or test plan, or return an approved change to review. The author may know that a superficially small component has a subtle performance or design issue. That signal changes the reviewer’s time allocation even if the component is still peripheral.

Why ask how to accept a change instead of how to reject it?

Guest

He wants to identify what truly prevents safe progress: major architectural problems and critical bugs. He is less interested in making another engineer write the code exactly as he would. Greater experience can make reviewers more comfortable with several valid approaches.

He takes conditional approval unusually far. If he spots a bug that would break production, he may leave a clear warning and approve while explicitly requiring the author to fix it first. He says trusted colleagues have not landed such a known defect in his experience. For someone new, or a fix he doubts they can make correctly, he asks to be contacted again before landing.

The title and opening excerpt can obscure that condition. He is not claiming that deliberately shipping a known production-breaking bug is acceptable; he is relying on the author to resolve it before shipping. His reported track record does not prove that this convention is safe in every workflow.

About this source

Instagram Principal Eng (IC8) On Why He Accepts Broken Code

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening excerpt repeats the later conditional-approval exchange and is represented once.

Closing clip and feedback request (7:36 onward) omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 55 · interview

David Malan: Mentoring, Clear Explanations, and Collaboration

Selected passages on mentoring, explaining difficult ideas, cross-institution collaboration, pride, and contribution beyond authored code.

Make explanations memorable

David J. Malan

Malan’s team creates memorable demonstrations tied to the ideas being taught. The aim is a memory anchor: an overwhelmed beginner may forget terminology but remember a concrete scene and reconstruct the idea from it. Malan wants at least one such moment in a class, for remote and in-person students alike.

Why not share the strongest teaching materials across institutions instead of duplicating every course?

David J. Malan

Malan sees substantial duplication in preparing lectures, assignments and grading systems. Sharing that work could free educators for the more personal parts of education: mentoring, supporting and interacting with students. His aim is not to eliminate educators but to make their effort more valuable.

He describes collaborations with Yale and Oxford as exceptions rather than the normal structure of higher education. During pandemic teaching, he hoped institutions would let students take one another’s courses more freely, but found little appetite for it.

He does not propose one monopoly introductory course. Healthy competition and different modes of instruction remain useful. He imagines a smaller collection of strong shared resources that other teachers can adopt and adapt as an educational buffet, instead of repeatedly recreating all the same material.

What prevents a college from using another institution’s better resources?

David J. Malan

He suspects a combination of institutional pride and fear of making one’s own work seem unnecessary, while acknowledging that others could explain their motivations better. He encountered a desire for Harvard to offer only what Harvard itself created, even when nearby institutions had richer catalogs in some areas.

Research collaboration across campuses is normal; educational collaboration can feel more personal or threatening. Malan would rather let institutions specialize, share resources and provide different local support experiences. In that model, borrowing a strong course is a way to improve service, not an admission of failure.

How do you help someone understand a difficult concept?

David J. Malan

Use a familiar metaphor or a memorable physical example. A phone book, a contacts application or doors with hidden numbers can make search behavior visible. The learner may discover that an apparently arcane algorithm resembles something they already do.

What is your biggest career regret?

David J. Malan

Professionally, he wishes he had spent more time in industry before remaining in academia. A later semester as a professor in residence at GitHub let him observe team meetings, issues, feature requests and design conversations. He found it rewarding to experience the working environment his teaching discussed. The regret is about missed exploration, alongside appreciation for the career he did have.

Did you ship code during the GitHub residency?

He does not think he contributed production code. His role was an educational voice, supplying issues, bug reports and feature requests and explaining what teachers and students needed from the products. Contribution can take that form even when it does not appear as an authored code change.

About this source

Harvard Professor: CS50, What Matters More Than Programming Now, Lecturing Well | David J Malan

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening montage and sponsor/channel/keyboard segments are omitted; repeated excerpts are represented once. Source ranges: 0–49 seconds, 1571–1625 seconds, 2956–3001 seconds, 3771–3826 seconds.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 56 · interview

Earn adoption, listen to feedback, and own the outcome

Selected passages on iC influence, handling pushback, manager feedback, owning failure, role fit, and clear stakeholder communication.

Why was adoption difficult?

Core products such as feed had obvious performance gains, but the remaining teams sometimes saw little benefit compared with their other priorities. Some iOS engineers also strongly preferred built-in Apple frameworks. Ernst had to repeatedly explain the particular limits at Facebook’s scale rather than assume everyone valued replacement for its own sake.

How can an IC influence other engineers without formal authority?

Speak in person or over video when possible; nuance and tone can be easier to convey than in writing. Begin sympathetically: he too would prefer standard Apple frameworks if they solved the problem. Then provide concrete evidence of why they do not.

The team investigated Core Data’s otherwise opaque implementation, including disassembly, to explain initialization costs. Research gave the argument more substance than a preference for a new framework.

He also often performed migration work himself. Asking someone to approve a completed improvement is easier than asking them to spend their own time adopting scaffolding. He qualifies the tactic: Meta’s later codebase became too large for one person to finish such migrations, making broader alignment more necessary.

Why spend so much time reviewing code?

Code review supplies a concrete opening for influencing engineering habits. Ernst can discuss an actual design rather than issue an abstract company-wide message. He tries to explain concerns flexibly, allowing a reasonable differing choice or helping the author make a necessary change. Authors who understand the reasoning may carry it into their future work and their own reviews, spreading the influence organically.

What makes a good review comment?

Explain why a change matters instead of merely ordering X to become Y. Admit that context may be missing and ask whether it would change the recommendation. If it does, encourage including that context in the diff summary so others can review the decision on its merits. Flexibility does not mean abandoning concerns; it means making them intelligible and revisable.

How did you convince engineers to adopt an unfamiliar declarative model?

Examples showed much less code; performance demonstrations showed work moving off the main thread. Some engineers remained unconvinced, so more senior engineers helped mediate. React’s established reputation internally also helped. Ernst acknowledged awkwardness in the Objective-C++ approach rather than deny its costs, and repeatedly explained the benefits for this application.

What general lessons did the disagreements teach?

Allies could persuade in ways his own style could not. Compromise also mattered: another team’s Panels framework was meant to be the next UI direction, and the overlap was painful. Incorporating part of its data-source technology into ComponentKit created a shared win. He recommends bringing people into the solution rather than insist on every detail being his own.

Did strong pushback make you doubt ComponentKit?

He remained convinced for news feed, while rejecting it as the only acceptable UI architecture. A mostly static scrolling list with complicated nested content suited declarative rendering. A highly dynamic drag-and-drop interface might feel much less natural. Conviction about the intended application coexisted with awareness of paradigm tradeoffs.

Why publish such a candid retrospective?

Writing it was cathartic, answered repeated questions about the project, and explained the failure once without continually reliving the conversation. He hoped others would recognize the same traps before repeating them. He does not clearly remember whether someone also encouraged him to write it.

How did the failure affect performance reviews?

A “meets most” rating helped him realize that the project needed to stop. He thinks a new manager’s fresh view was useful and that the performance process did its job.

He then helped every dependent team move to native code, React Native, or another chosen option, and deleted the framework completely. He did not leave a permanent remnant for someone else to maintain. He believes taking responsibility and publishing lessons gained goodwill afterward.

His advice is qualified: responsibly winding down a failed project can be better received than indefinitely dragging it out. This is his experience, not a guarantee about another organization’s evaluation.

Were there signs you could have acted on earlier?

For the last year he sensed that the project was going badly and sometimes lost sleep over it. His habitual response was to write more code and migrate more features. In retrospect, that treated an adoption and strategy problem as a coding shortage. He wishes he had accepted the signal earlier and found another useful problem.

How did you know management was wrong for you?

He strongly prefers writing code and thinks he is better at communication tied to a concrete technical problem than at broader direction, documents, or organizational alignment. Managing would distance him from the part of the work he enjoys most. He describes himself as an extreme example and says the choice depends on the individual.

How do you make sure your coding meets IC9 expectations?

He stopped trying to judge each piece of code by its level. Instead, he regularly checks with his manager that he is solving important organizational problems and does work he enjoys. ComponentScript is his reminder that he can become attached to a direction that no longer matters; feedback should then cause him to listen and adjust. He does not advocate ignoring business relevance or management input.

What makes other senior engineers exceptional?

Ernst admires several different strengths rather than one archetype: high-volume implementation, diagnosing unexplained metrics deep in unfamiliar systems, repeatedly starting complete useful projects, clear writing, and cross-team or cross-company alignment.

One colleague’s project-starting ability included not just code but deployment, documentation, naming, and multiple platforms. Other colleagues made complicated messages clear enough to become examples for engineers improving communication. He particularly respects a collaborator who manages the difficult Apple relationship—work Ernst lacks patience for himself.

The examples make complementarity explicit. A senior engineer who writes little code may still contribute through coordination that a productive implementer cannot supply. Several names are unclear in the captions, so the summary preserves their roles and contributions without inventing identities.

What would you tell yourself just after graduation?

He would avoid changing a path that worked well for him. He nearly applied to Facebook in 2010 but discarded its puzzle-style process; joining later meant arriving at the native rewrite instead. He cannot know whether joining earlier would have been better. His broader advice is to find work one enjoys that intersects with industry needs, while recognizing the luck involved. Enjoying problem-solving does not mean every moment of debugging is pleasant; it supplies motivation for difficult work.

About this source

Meta Distinguished Eng (IC9): Influencing Engs, Failures, and Learnings | Adam Ernst

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening trailer at 0:00–0:50 repeats later exchanges and is represented once.

Closing podcast and keyboard promotion at 39:52–40:44 omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 57 · interview

Mike Stonebraker: Evaluate Accomplishment and Real Understanding

Selected passages on evaluating engineers through real accomplishments and probing claimed project understanding.

How do you identify extraordinary engineers?

Stonebraker judges accomplishment against his understanding of the difficulty of the work. A student who completes roughly three times what he considers a reasonable amount is conspicuous. This is a personal screening heuristic, dependent on an informed evaluator’s technical judgment.

How do you evaluate whether someone understands technical work deeply?

He asks progressively specific questions about a candidate’s own thesis or project: what was built, exactly how it worked, how errors were handled, how many processes were used, and why threads were not chosen. The useful method beneath his blunt language is to test understanding through implementation choices and failure conditions, rather than accept impressive project labels.

About this source

Turing Award Winner: Disagreeing with Google, Postgres, Future Problems | Mike Stonebraker

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening trailer at 0:00–0:39 repeats later exchanges and is represented once at the full discussion.

Closing keyboard promotion, requests for comments, and podcast housekeeping at 55:57–56:49 omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 58 · interview

Boris Cherny: Cross-Team Influence, Sponsorship, and Trust

Selected passages on cross-org culture, executive communication, manager sponsorship, disagreement, delegation, and rebuilding credibility.

What work led to your senior-engineer promotion at Meta?

Boris Cherny

Cherny recalls a project connecting Messenger chats with Facebook groups, after several earlier attempts to bring the products closer. The product hypothesis was that interaction was moving from public social spaces toward more casual, real-time conversation. He picked up a PM’s idea, built an early version, then recruited a few engineers and design and data-science support as it showed promise.

The small team did work beyond coding. Without dedicated user research, they showed features to cafeteria workers and watched whether they could accomplish tasks without much prompting. He taught teammates the same method. The rough early experience still helped test whether the core idea worked.

He values that generalist approach at Anthropic too: engineers with product sense, design interest, and willingness to speak with users, plus other functions willing to code. His own background in small companies taught him to own the whole outcome. He says the initial half brought his promotion and the next half brought promotions for the rest of the early engineering team.

How do you work across organizations with very different cultures?

Boris Cherny

His Facebook product team prioritized rapid releases and engagement, while Messenger prioritized reliability and performance. The clash was built into goals, incentives, and organizational design, not just personalities. Messenger engineers had reason to fear changes that would damage the metrics they were responsible for.

He believes a version of the project failed partly because the benefit was much clearer for Facebook than for Messenger. Find a goal, hypothesis, or interest that both groups can genuinely share; simply expecting collaboration despite divergent rewards is weak.

What would you change if you could revisit that project?

He would seek an organizational arrangement with a closer common manager and better-aligned incentives, potentially bringing Messenger into the Facebook organization for the effort. He is describing a hindsight proposal, not a reorganization he carried out then.

Why do you think entering Meta underleveled was fortunate?

Boris Cherny

Lower expectations gave him space to explore and build things without immediately satisfying a larger set of project and people requirements. The host suggests that exceeding an initially lower bar can also create momentum and a strong first impression; Cherny agrees. He sees a downside to seeking a higher title at every move if it raises pressure before the person understands the new organization. This is his personal benefit from one circumstance, not a universal recommendation to accept lower compensation or responsibility.

What work led to the staff-engineer promotion?

Boris Cherny

He wanted a better JavaScript-based web experience for Facebook groups, which still relied heavily on PHP with fragmented interactive state. Leadership initially resisted because supporting infrastructure was not ready. When the broader Facebook desktop rewrite, Comet, began, he offered groups as an early customer and helped argue that participating would let the team get ahead of required migration work.

The effort grew from an initial group of roughly a dozen engineers into a substantially larger migration. By helping build the platform rather than merely consume it, his product team could shape abstractions other teams would later use.

One example involved optimistic button updates and server responses arriving out of order. He built queuing around mutations to preserve consistent state. He recalls choosing a consistency tradeoff suited to the problem, and the shared work built relationships with the infrastructure team. His broader lesson is that product engineers can go a layer deeper into infrastructure and infrastructure engineers can talk to users.

What additional opportunities came from being early?

Besides shared infrastructure, the team helped define what product quality should mean on the new platform. Cherny wrote notes and gave talks about lessons others could reuse. Getting ahead of the migration gave the team a chance to set standards rather than only comply with them.

Why did you joke that VPs usually pick the middle of three options?

Boris Cherny

It was deliberately tongue-in-cheek. He thinks a distant decision maker wants evidence that the team explored options and tradeoffs, while also wanting to contribute a decision. A middle option can provide that. He qualifies the observation: some leaders investigate for themselves, and leaders differ in how much they trust teams. The “80%” framing is a joke from his story rather than a reliable statistic or a reason to manipulate every review.

How did reporting to a very senior manager affect your opportunities?

Boris Cherny

Cherny treats this as company-dependent. At Meta, access to leaders could help an engineer find scope and navigate an impact-focused review system. At Anthropic, he sees highly senior people reporting to line managers, so reporting level says less about authority or capability.

He also likes common titles because they make it easier to do useful work outside a narrow role. He describes Meta engineering titles and Anthropic’s broader member-of-technical-staff convention as supporting that culture.

Do common titles make it harder for another team to know how seriously to take you?

Yes, but he thinks the upside is stronger: people must earn trust rather than assume a prior title gives them authority in a new setting. Everyone deserves respect, yet authority over a particular decision still requires evidence and relationships. He recognizes the lost shorthand and considers it an acceptable tradeoff.

How did you scope work for hundreds of engineers?

Boris Cherny

Cherny recalls a large investment in Facebook groups as a community platform, leaving leaders to determine what newly allocated engineers would do. He produced many rough scoping documents with options and staffing estimates. In hindsight, he would have added people more gradually as specific products found fit: solving users’ problems is not made easier simply by distributing a huge allocation all at once.

A difficult groups-and-pages data-model problem stalled despite senior involvement. He brought technical leads into a short architecture exercise, split them into two groups, and gave both the same requirements. After a few hours, the designs overlapped substantially. Agreement showed where execution could begin; differences exposed risks to investigate with small technical spikes.

This let the team stop treating the whole problem as unknowable. The exercise created a concrete comparison without requiring one person to understand every detail in advance.

Did people accept the unusual design competition?

He scheduled it and made it appealing as an engineering problem. He thinks a leader sometimes needs to act to create a process through which consensus can form, while at other times acting without consensus would be wrong. Here the uncertain path made convening people useful.

What helps a technical lead produce a quick scope?

Boris Cherny

Start at a high level and time-box the initial pass rather than disappear into unlimited detail. Cherny suggests roughly half an hour for a very rough view, or a few hours when code investigation is needed. Identify experts and show them a strawman instead of only asking open-ended questions; a concrete proposal makes feedback easier. He now sees coding agents as another way to explore relevant systems, but that is a tool-assisted extension of the same need to expose a reviewable first plan.

What made the public-groups project a senior-staff-level challenge?

Boris Cherny

The visible change sounded simple: allow people to read, and in some cases comment in, public groups without first becoming approved members. The downstream changes were much harder. Following without reciprocal approval raised questions about how to represent membership, what admins needed, and how to handle more spam.

A senior engineer argued for separate data-model representations, and the team undertook a lengthy migration. Cherny also used a simple simulation of comment quality and spam to make moderation risk concrete, helping bring an integrity team into comment ranking. The work involved many experienced engineers whom he initially felt awkward directing because they shared his nominal level.

After auditing many call sites, he concluded the migration had mostly added branching without changing substantive logic. The old member field could support the needed behaviors. He pushed to reverse the migration, asking the senior engineer with the most context to help undo it. That engineer accepted the evidence and later supported Cherny’s leadership. The reversal was costly but reduced confusion for future developers.

His eventual judgment is that level does not reliably determine who has the best result. The achievement was not simply leading a large migration; it included recognizing when its premise was wrong and earning the trust to correct it.

How can a strong technical disagreement improve rather than damage a relationship?

Boris Cherny

Earn trust first. Cherny initially disagreed but committed to implementing the senior engineer’s decision, then developed evidence and showed technical judgment. A relationship in which both people know you will execute honestly makes later pushback easier to hear. His recommendation is to invest in that trust before assuming a correct argument alone will carry the disagreement.

How did you deal with imposter syndrome while leading strong peers?

Boris Cherny

He says not to assume that others at any level have everything figured out. His confidence did not arrive in one dramatic moment; it grew with experience. He regards some discomfort as a possible sign of stretching into unfamiliar work. This is encouragement grounded in his trajectory, not a complete technique that instantly removes anxiety.

When should an engineer fill a product-management gap versus ask for more PM support?

Boris Cherny

Understand the decision maker’s tradeoffs before arguing for a preferred answer. A project may be hard to hire for, PMs may be needed on something more important, or an organization may have spare PM capacity that could sensibly be reassigned.

The same request therefore means different things in different settings. Think about what leadership values, what work your request displaces, and whether the proposed allocation helps them succeed. He does not give a universal rule that engineers should always absorb another function’s work.

How do you find useful engineering opportunities and give them to others?

Boris Cherny

He looks for repeated friction in his own coding and asks how to eliminate it. During review he kept a list of recurring comments with examples; once the same issue appeared repeatedly, he wrote a lint rule rather than continue to police it manually. Automation freed his own time and could improve work for many engineers.

He did basic validation on ideas, then connected engineers who wanted those opportunities. He thinks understanding their goals is better than simply ordering them to do a project. At Meta, better-engineering work helped an evaluation dimension many people struggled to demonstrate, so a useful project could meet both a system need and an engineer’s growth goal.

He also warns that prolonged distance from code weakens a technical leader’s intuition. Hands-on experience anchored the opportunities in actual constraints. His very large approximate count of people involved in side projects is a recollection, not a precise audit of his personal influence.

What is a concrete way to source repeated, high-value side projects?

Boris Cherny

He gives large-data testing as an example. Ordinary tests did not cover a group with millions of members, a highly followed profile, or a very large event, so scale failures appeared only in production. Seeing the same pattern across products, he proposed infrastructure for creating and testing large objects; another engineer took it on and recruited help. The pattern is to notice recurring pain, check whether others share it, and build an abstraction that prevents a whole class of incidents.

How did you rebuild credibility in a new organization from far away?

Boris Cherny

Leaders and colleagues helped him connect with people working on code quality and technical debt, but he still had to earn trust. He spent early weeks meeting people, mapping goals and the organization, and writing code to understand the codebase.

The severe time-zone gap made meetings difficult, but unexpectedly restored time for coding after years of documents and conversations had left him unhappy. He says he still avoids standing one-on-ones. That made it possible to do work others wanted done but could not fit around their obligations.

He explored migrating parts of Instagram’s Python environment toward Hack and Meta’s infrastructure. He considered the original simple choice sensible at small scale but less suitable after years of product growth and a much larger engineering group. This is his contextual assessment; his praise of the alternative serving stack is not a universal language ranking.

He began with the people most likely to disagree, building personal trust before debating the migration. Supporters who had been reluctant to speak then joined the discussion. In a product-led organization, creating space for an engineering-led investment required those relationships as well as technical scope.

When did you delegate the large migration, and how did you decide to trust another lead?

Boris Cherny

Cherny saw a colleague closer to the relevant organization as an excellent owner. He recommends delegating something you understand and care about so you can judge progress, rather than treating delegation as a way to dump disliked work. He cites High Output Management as an influence. Check more at first and less as evidence of reliability grows; with a proactive and technically strong lead, he needed little intervention. The handoff matched the project’s needs rather than preserving personal ownership for its own sake.

What happened around the principal-engineer promotion?

Boris Cherny

His manager proposed putting him up for IC8, and he agreed. He had not been campaigning for it. He credits the manager’s willingness to notice readiness and advocate for people, with large modernization projects providing the context. He does not offer a detailed promotion packet or claim that a simple conversation alone caused the result.

Did levels guide how you sought more impact and leverage?

Boris Cherny

Cherny sees levels as company tools for communicating expectations, comparing people in reviews, and planning costs. His own motivation was interesting problems, useful products, and making people’s experience better, rather than the next level itself.

He pitched ideas from his earliest weeks as IC4; several were rejected and one appeared in another form later. The point is a willingness to seek useful work without waiting for a higher title. His career happened to reward that approach, while he does not claim every company will do so automatically.

What felt different about Anthropic’s engineering culture?

Boris Cherny

He values a startup’s shorter distance between decisions and consequences: useful changes can seem obvious enough that less effort goes into persuading multiple layers. Mission is also personally powerful. He had felt it in Facebook groups’ community work, felt less of it in Instagram, and felt it strongly again at Anthropic. He acknowledges that geography or his own experience could have influenced the difference. He is describing what motivates him, not a ranking of how meaningful every employee’s work is.

What would you tell yourself at the start of your career?

Boris Cherny

Use and develop common sense. Organizational history and misaligned incentives can pull people away from what users and a business actually need. In startups as well as large companies, he would trust practical judgment, examine assumptions, and build toward the real market or user problem. The advice ties his generalist work, side projects, migrations, and product choices back to the same habit.

About this source

Boris Cherny (Creator of Claude Code) On What Grew His Career And Building at Anthropic

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening montage (0:00–about 1:00) repeats later exchanges and is represented once.

Closing thanks and channel requests (1:23:51 onward) omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 59 · interview

Choose valuable problems and support the people doing the work

Selected passages on selecting higher-value problems, delegation, approachable leadership, management support, and senior promotion.

Which experiences changed your idea of how an individual contributor creates value?

Dwayne Reeves

The first was a broader PHP-to-Hack migration. He spent much of a half talking to engineers, identifying useful work, and helping people contribute, while writing less code himself. At first he thought this was his worst period. His manager initially suggested he find more time to code, then revised that advice to focus on the outcome.

Adoption grew from roughly 20–30% to 60–70% of the codebase in his recollection, and Hack became a default choice. He received his highest review so far and a promotion to IC5. The result challenged his assumption that personal code volume defined his contribution: the job was to identify and solve problems, sometimes through clarity and coordination.

The second came after he joined the Hack team as technical lead. With much of the previous team gone, he was learning what that role meant. He designed changes to the collection system, secured runtime-team agreement, and saw implementation begin. He wanted to finish the project himself as a route to IC6.

His manager asked him to hand it off. The analogy was a staged rocket: Reeves had done the work of getting the effort moving; another person could carry the next stage. He reluctantly delegated and moved to another problem, then learned he had already been promoted. In both cases, his mental model of the next level lagged the work the organization actually valued.

A good manager relationship is a through-line he sees in his career. Connection and clarity helped him do his best work; disconnects were associated with frustration. The lesson combines choosing the right direction with being willing to release direct control of every implementation step.

Editorial synthesis

How his contribution changed

  1. Find the problemRecognize a migration or language issue worth solving.
  2. Create a directionExplain the need, design an approach, and secure alignment.
  3. Enable executionGive others the context and ownership to carry it forward.
  4. Move to the next needApply judgment where the organization next needs it.
An editorial outline of the two promotion stories; it does not make their timing a universal ladder rule.

Why did you try management?

Dwayne Reeves

It was not his original plan. As the team grew, his manager suggested he become a manager; he initially declined. A technical-lead-manager role sounded like a way to retain technical involvement while experimenting with management.

His manager first warned that it could mean two jobs, then supported trying it. Reeves had noticed that several useful career changes came from doing something outside his comfort zone, so he accepted the chance to learn.

Did combining technical leadership and management work?

Initially it did. His reporting group grew from a few people to roughly a dozen, and he began supporting other managers while still giving technical direction.

As the organization expanded, the best use of his technical leadership for a group of around 35–40 people could differ from what his six or seven direct reports needed from a manager. He was doing strong technical leadership and adequate management, but was not optimizing those individuals’ development as a focused manager might.

The conflict was therefore about responsibilities and organizational health as much as workload. He could replace himself as technical lead and focus on management, or return to the IC path and focus on broad technical needs. Finding a manager for the smaller reporting group seemed easier than replacing the broader technical role, so he returned to being an IC.

What differs between supporting an IC and supporting an engineering manager?

Dwayne Reeves

The center of attention shifts from technical problems toward people and organizational problems. Both coaching relationships have a longer feedback loop than coding: advice might not visibly help for six or nine months. The manager-of-managers loop can be even less immediate.

He admits that he remained focused on whether the organization was operating adequately so he could continue technical work. A more intentional organizational leader would also examine the structure, how managers coach their teams, what opportunities they should create, and whether the role is still right for each person.

He enjoyed one-on-one coaching, particularly helping people with their technical challenges. But switching from a day dominated by technical direction to a smaller portion focused on organizational design did not come naturally. His reflection is about where his attention and strengths were, rather than a claim that managing managers is merely more delegation.

What led to the senior staff-equivalent promotion?

Dwayne Reeves

The uncanny-valley argument became a shared technical vision. As the organization executed it and results accumulated, the effect became attributable to his direction. This time he discussed the path more actively with his manager; they needed to see enough progress against that vision.

He was still a manager when promoted and returned to the IC path afterward. He believes the promotion reflected technical contribution more than organizational leadership.

The scale was substantial. When he joined in 2015, there was a mixture of PHP and Hack, and only a small fraction of Hack files used strict mode. By the later period he describes, the relevant codebase was more or less strict Hack, alongside runtime and language improvements. The adoption and strict-mode percentages refer to the codebase and times he discusses, not all programming at Meta.

Which colleagues helped you develop?

Dwayne Reeves

He credits a colleague who brought the product developer’s perspective to changes Reeves saw from the language side. That perspective helped the team plan migrations around what engineers actually needed to build.

Another colleague was a patient sounding board for language and compiler questions. Reeves had little prior compiler experience when he joined Hack and remembers not knowing what a lexer was. The ability to ask basic questions safely was crucial.

He also describes learning from Andrew Kennedy, whose foundational type-theory work initially made Reeves feel junior by comparison. Kennedy’s humility and willingness to consider a practical viewpoint helped Reeves recognize that different strengths can each contribute. He could offer useful insight without possessing the same background.

Did that experience make accomplished engineers feel more approachable?

Yes, and he wants to pass that experience on. He does not want newer engineers to see his years on Hack as a reason to withhold their ideas. Past accomplishments do not make him always right, and he wants to keep learning. Senior colleagues who explained concepts patiently set the example he thinks others should follow.

Why have you stayed at Meta for so long?

Dwayne Reeves

He has considered leaving and interviewed elsewhere. Before accepting a move, he asks whether it would solve the fundamental issue or merely react to a temporary period of discomfort.

He values the influence he has earned, opportunities to help bring in diverse talent, an unusual chance to work on a programming language, and a strong team. In several cases, the temporary issue improved without leaving.

He does not treat staying as an unconditional rule. Feeling fundamentally unvalued, no longer believing in the mission, or being in a toxic management environment would be different. Those were not his circumstances. He emphasizes the good fortune of his experience and the difference between solvable frustration and a persistent mismatch.

What would you tell yourself at graduation?

Dwayne Reeves

When asked to write some code, first ask how the requester knows that it is the right code to write. Aim to participate in deciding what should be done. He wanted his earlier self to see the value of his ideas and judgment beyond keyboard output, especially when impostor feelings made that value harder to recognize.

About this source

Tech Lead for Meta's Most-Used Programming Language (Promotion Story)

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening teaser montage (00:00–00:32) repeats later material.

Closing thanks and audience-support request (45:28–46:08) omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 60 · interview

James Cowling: Leadership Credibility and Clear Accountability

Selected passages on promotion incentives, mission-based teams, management credibility, explicit accountability, and senior mentoring.

Engineers I know have had promotions rejected because their work was not complex enough. What do you make of incentives that reward complexity?

James Cowling

Cowling says it nearly angers him and is partly why he started his own company. His ideal is to be appreciated for solving the problem. He uses a farming analogy: there was no incentive to make milking a cow complicated, because the reward was milk. A startup works the same way. At a large company, with many layers, people build alternative incentives such as green checks on an OKR plan, and he finds it maddening when people chase artificial goals. He accepts some people have no choice, but says working where you are appreciated for problem solving makes you a much better engineer.

From interviewing, he says some engineers at big companies, with Google as his example, describe building a system but cannot say why or how it is used, only that a VP asked. He calls this a caricature, and says it allows competent engineering but the best engineering comes from a deep understanding of why. At Convex everything exists for a reason; you should not build a fancy load balancer unless needed, though he notes the team now does need one.

To cynical juniors he says to fight the system a little. His happiest times were spent dedicating himself to a cause and trusting that promotion would follow, or he would go elsewhere. He suggests finding a team that wants to do good work, which he calls being true to yourself, not selling out.

Your writing on system bias argues for orienting teams around missions, not systems. How do you do that?

James Cowling

Cowling says one of his least fun but most impactful jobs at Dropbox was shutting down projects, such as one with 60 people working for two years that did not seem to make sense. In private the team often doubted it too, but inertia and fear of trouble kept them going. He tells a story about the storage team. While building the system it was called the Magic Pocket team, after a silly code name. As soon as it shipped, he renamed it the storage team, which took real work across emails, channels and repositories.

His argument was that the storage team's job is to meet the organisation's storage needs, not to advocate for Magic Pocket. If moving back to S3 were better, the storage team should be the one to say so. A team named for the system would find that threatening to its identity and career, but a storage team would see a new product. He says it sounds like a silly management philosophy, but a team's identity should be built around solving a problem, not defending a system.

If inertia is so strong, how did you fight it and close those projects?
James Cowling

Cowling credits some luck. He was there early and worked 16-hour days, which he does not recommend, and people saw that he cared. That gave him what he calls confidence capital. He was afraid for wrong decisions, not for his career.

When staff-plus engineers he mentored complained about an inefficiency, he asked whether it should be solved right now, and if so what lower priority work should stop. Often nothing was lower priority, and then, he says, you accept it. He sums it up as you break it, you bought it. Shutting a product meant redirecting it, not causing problems, and he credits his success to ownership: instead of complaining he wanted to fix things. When infra had seven to nine people, a new hire from Google would say someone must build a logging framework, and he would ask who, since it was only them. Complaining that an idea is dumb does not work, he says, but offering another idea and owning it is a recipe for success.

You asked people whether a project would still be the best use of time. How does that help a tech lead?
James Cowling

Cowling says almost nothing is a yes or no question; it is a question of prioritisation. Redesigning the database may be fine in principle, but if it is not the most important thing now, you do not do it. When people say a VP will not let them do something, he notes the VP probably has different priorities, not that the VP is dumb.

He applies the same view to the career ladder. He disputes that becoming senior means getting better at programming, and says his own peaked around level four. What grew was the scope he cared about. A first-year engineer should not try to redirect company strategy for lack of wisdom, but IC6, 7 and 8 engineers are not necessarily the best programmers; they have broader perspective.

Would you choose doing the wrong thing and getting promoted, or doing the right thing and not being promoted?

James Cowling

Cowling picks the second without hesitation. He calls his argument tacky: above a certain level of skill and seniority, he says, pay is high enough that money stops mattering, so junior engineers over-optimise for promotion and salary when they should invest in themselves. He notes it is easy for an older person to say this.

He says that for a long time Dropbox had no proper level system, and he believes that as tech lead he earned the least on his team, which he knew as a technical manager. It worked out. He would take working with the best people over 20 percent more money. There is no shame in a regular job, he says, but anyone maximising career growth should maximise skills, and he believes talent correlates with pay and growth. His advice to early-career engineers is to land at the best company, with the best people, on the most important problems.

Many people face the same incentives and conclude differently. What motivates you to do the right thing when the system does not reward it?
James Cowling

Cowling says the system does reward it, but not visibly at first. People who job-hop less grow the most, he argues: if you do not stay around three years, you do not see whether your decisions were good, and you cannot become a very talented senior engineer without owning their consequences. He compares leaving early to leaving a basketball game before the end. If the job is bad, he says, leave it.

He left academia because he disliked inventing a problem and a solution and then writing a paper to persuade others; he wanted to build and ship and see whether it worked. Readers living paycheck to paycheck may reasonably ignore his advice, he adds. For others, enjoying work every day matters more to quality of life than a fancier car, and he says he loves cars. He and his co-founder can only do work they care about, which he calls a bigger luxury than a first-class flight, and which takes very active effort.

Your profile calls you an occasional manager. How did you decide to dip into management?

James Cowling

Cowling says most people should not want to be managers and he sees too much desire for it as a bit of a red flag. Each time he did it, a team needed a manager. He enjoys accountability and having weight on his shoulders, but returned to engineering whenever someone else could take over.

He calls management educational, because you see that companies and engineers are more complicated than you thought. But he cautions strongly against going in too early, as well-meaning people push it as career advancement. In his view people should generally not manage in their first three years, and ideally should reach staff engineer first, because management before becoming an excellent technician limits later influence on strategy.

How does that play out for someone who goes into management too early?
James Cowling

Cowling says they become people managers who see the job as keeping a team happy, coordinating it or handling day-to-day issues, but are not organisational leaders pushing the team toward excellence or shaping technical strategy. He says the best companies have managers who are very technical, since a non-technical manager cannot evaluate the team's work. The host adds that this may feed complaints that a manager does not understand the team, and Cowling suggests a manager may not, if they have not spent enough time developing technical skills.

Tech workers can be anti-authoritarian. How does a tech lead keep credibility?

James Cowling

Cowling says command-and-control companies, where a manager just tells people what to do, are typically not excellent. To get engineers who feel personally responsible for good decisions, they must believe in what the team is doing. As founder and CTO of Convex he cannot just tell someone to do something; they might because they like him, but they would ask why. He spends time explaining where the market is trending and where the product has gaps.

He describes a hierarchy of values, then why, then what, then how. Engineers often debate the how, but he says most organisational conflict comes from well-meaning people who disagree on why: one team thinks the priority is more features to grow, another thinks it is reliability. He wants everyone to have 100 percent alignment on why, and then trusts the team.

At Dropbox one of his jobs was resolving cases where one team called another an idiot. In his telling the other team was not, and once he learned their motivations they chose to do the project, not out of fear. A tech lead has little authority, he says, and leading by authority produces a culture where people do as they are told and good ideas do not arise.

Meta technically has no titles. Is Convex run the same way?
James Cowling

Cowling says Convex is very flat but has tech lead roles. He does not fully buy that everyone is just a software engineer; at a company where everyone is a member of technical staff, people still notice when the most senior person comes to their desk. What matters is a culture where no one acts only because a senior person said so. Reputation counts, and an experienced person's explanation probably holds wisdom, but even the most senior should win hearts and minds. A principal engineer who orders a database deleted without saying why is not empowering, he says; one who offers to talk through where the product is trending is.

Your article is titled “don't lead by example.” Why not?
James Cowling

Cowling says leading by example is passive, and engineers are passive people at the best of times. When he first became a leader he tried to model on-call ownership: first to answer pages, writing the reports, jumping on bugs. The team just saw the lead doing many jobs, and might think it was his job, that he knew how and they did not, or that he liked it. He says he was actually just figuring it out. Leadership, he concludes, means understanding human psychology: act with integrity, but also explain what you expect.

He describes a common path for high-achieving tech leads. They care so much that they review every line and join every decision, become the bottleneck, are told to let go, take their hands off the wheel, and the team falls apart. His alternative is a slider between oversight and accountability. With newcomers you check the work. Over time you dial down oversight and dial up accountability by asking about plans, dates and how they will know it is correct, and saying it is theirs. He has found most people like accountability, so long as the lead still shares responsibility. A tech lead should be developing team members so they can take the lead's job.

Editorial synthesis

Moving someone from oversight to accountability

  1. Start with oversightA new or junior engineer has their work checked.
  2. Name the projectGive the person a specific project instead of silently stepping back.
  3. Ask for the plan and the dateCowling's example is asking when it will be done, for instance next Thursday, and what the plan is.
  4. Ask how they will know it is correctThe person defines how they will check their own work.
  5. Make the ownership explicitTell them it is theirs, while the lead still takes shared responsibility.
  6. Stay availableAsk them to say if there are issues, and keep developing them so they can take the lead's role.
Editorial summary of the hand-off Cowling describes. The steps and wording are the editor's paraphrase of his example, not a framework he names.

What if you give someone accountability and they blow it?

James Cowling

Cowling says that is part of growth and it does not always work. He recalls writing about paper cuts: low-stakes decisions where a mistake costs about a week. These are good candidates for giving accountability. If the decision fails, the person feels it, which he says is good as long as they are not demoralised, and they learn from it. What he would not allow is for someone to lose an arm, such as a junior person designing a core replication system. He says one of the arts of being a CTO or tech lead is judging how far to trust someone with ownership, and putting safeguards in place.

How do you mentor someone who is already a senior staff or principal engineer?

James Cowling

Cowling says there are two parts. Many senior engineers still share common problems, such as delivering harsh feedback. And at that level there is no single archetype, so each person has to find their own brand. He describes himself as a strategic engineer of collaboration, simplicity and abstraction whose coding fell off a cliff, and others as deep science-and-problem-solving engineers. His mentoring helps people become more spiky in the area that makes them special, and works on the personal side: understanding people and the why.

One thing he tells senior engineers is that you cannot change someone's mind in a meeting. Changing a mind takes processes that do not happen live in front of ten people, and forced agreement only bruises the ego. Meetings are generally not for decisions, he says. State the disagreement and reasons, give enough information, let the person reflect, and return a week later.

He compares the alternative to a capitalist attitude toward interpersonal behaviour, where good intentions do not count if you did not convince anyone. You can be the smartest person in the world, he says, but if you cannot change minds you are kind of useless. At that level, effectiveness includes interpersonal dynamics, because hard problems usually need ten or twenty people working together.

About this source

Dropbox’s Former Most Senior Eng: Building Great Systems and Advice for the AI Era | James Cowling

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Cold-open teasers and the repeated episode preview, 00:00.00 to 00:53.84, are folded into the overview.

Host remarks on the length of the PhD thesis, 00:59.76 to 01:10.28, and laughter markers omitted.

Sponsor read for WorkOS, 59:29.28 to 01:00:13.52, omitted.

Closing thanks and sign-off between host and guest, 02:00:36.84 to 02:00:56.12, omitted.

Host's channel requests, guest suggestions, and promotion of the host's own ergonomic keyboard and its Kickstarter, 02:00:57.76 to 02:01:52.52, omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 61 · interview

Ryan Olsen: Small Teams, Promotion, and Executive Tension

Selected passages on small-team leadership, strong collaboration, mentor visibility, promotion calibration, and executive turf tension.

Dylan Field of Figma and Devon Finzer, a later OpenSea founder, were both interns. Did Olsen notice traits that foreshadowed their success?

Ryan Olsen

Olsen says both were plainly determined to start companies, unlike his university classmates, whose highest aspiration was a job at big tech. There was a lot of talk about ideas.

On Figma's early days, he says the founders had one real insight: WebGL was a new technology that would enable new things on the web, and Dylan's co-founder was a skilled early WebGL engineer. They went through iterations not aimed at designers, including, as Dylan once described it, a meme generator app for about a week. Olsen's view is that it took time to find the use case and customer, but they stuck to the belief that the technology would change things.

What was the Instagram iOS team like when Olsen joined, and what did he do first?

Ryan Olsen

About ten iOS engineers worked on Instagram when Olsen arrived. As the story was told to him, the team had been about twenty before an internal war over the codebase. The manager, Scott Goodson, had built Async Display Kit for Facebook's Paper app; some engineers backed it, others wanted vanilla iOS. Olsen says the factions fought until nobody won and many left, so few engineers had been there more than six months to a year, and there was low-hanging fruit.

His first move was profiling cold start with Xcode's time profiler. The startup path did work for the profile tab that most people never open, and deferring it cut cold start by about 20 percent. Next, AFNetworking was built with assertions on and so crashed the app on benign failures such as a network error. A one-line change to block assertions cut the crash rate by 80 percent, he says.

That earned him the axe, a weekly award for outsized impact open to any function, in the form of a large physical axe carried around for a week.

Where did the axe tradition come from?
Ryan Olsen

Olsen's account is that a men's magazine asked the founders for a holiday gift guide, they listed a bespoke axe, and an investor read it and sent them a huge one. Facebook security disliked a weapon in the office, so it was mounted on a plaque.

Later in his time there the tradition was ended deliberately, apparently because people felt excluded by a weapon being passed around. Olsen was sad, since the founders were gone and it felt like early Instagram culture being swept under the rug.

The host notes that Olsen credited finding an amazing designer. How did he find one, and what makes a designer great?

Ryan Olsen

Olsen says he has tried to be the engineer that top designers want to work with. At companies like this, designers' work can flow through you, and a product engineer's impact is multiplied by building a good working relationship with a strong designer.

Why a designer rather than a very senior engineer?
Ryan Olsen

Olsen distinguishes roles. For product engineers building user-facing features, the best pairing is a designer. In an infrastructure role the analogy is a super-senior engineer with great ideas, and being the engineer they want to work with.

White Out was in 2016, the same year Olsen helped build Stories. What is the story of building Stories?

Ryan Olsen

After the redesign, Olsen's team moved to New York and he declined to relocate, so he joined Search and Explore. Within weeks a friend who led the creation team and the project that became Stories quit, and his manager said it was an important effort and a good opportunity. Olsen believed in it because Instagram felt, in some ways, like it was dying: everyday sharing among normal people was evaporating, replaced by creators and influencers, with some going to Snapchat's ephemeral format. The task was to make normal people comfortable sharing on Instagram again.

One of his first moves as iOS lead was to cut the team substantially. The project had churned through directions that did not feel good, and there was too little real work for the people on it. The core was Olsen and one other iOS engineer, plus help from other iOS engineers, two Android engineers, and only half the time of someone from infrastructure. Full ownership meant no stepping on toes and faster decisions. His summary: to go fast, go small.

They built it in two to three months. Olsen says he worked 16 to 18 hour days, seven days a week, driving home to San Francisco at 1 or 2 a.m. rather than sleeping in the office, which he now calls silly. It was intense but fun, the team bonded, and the product manager is now his co-founder. They felt like the underdog against Snapchat.

What did the Instagram version do better than Snapchat?
Ryan Olsen

Olsen says Instagram had an unfair advantage: people already had their friends there but lacked the right outlet to share with them. Once that existed, the outflow of everyday sharing to Snapchat stopped. He gives Snapchat full credit for the container, a 24-hour, full-screen, immersive format, but says Instagram added touches such as tapping left to go back.

He also built hold-to-pause after using an early autoplaying build that moved too fast and instinctively pressing his thumb to stop it. His advice to engineers he mentors is that product engineers can build their own ideas, so they should build and put them in front of people.

The host asks about the 16 to 18 hour days. Did he ever feel a person could not survive that?
Ryan Olsen

Olsen says it probably was not 16 to 18 every day, but it was a lot, and he sacrificed other parts of life. A serious rock climber who had competed in World Cups on the US team, he effectively gave that up. It was a unique chance to build something going to hundreds of millions of people, and he loved seeing someone on the Caltrain using a feature he had built a week earlier. He calls the pace unsustainable but says it can make sense in stints.

Olsen thinks Stories was better executed than the efforts at Facebook and Messenger, partly from the team's care. He feared it would crash and burn and was surprised when people called it polished. Delivering on a tight timeline with that craft, he says, helped him get onto the most interesting projects afterward.

Olsen went from IC4 to IC6 in two consecutive halves. What happened?

Ryan Olsen

Olsen says the promotion cycle was in July while Stories shipped in early August, so calibrations took place mid-crunch. He believes managers were cautious, and he felt fairly confident he had been underleveled when hired, having not known much about levels. His Android counterpart, Will Bailey, who he says was tech lead for Stories and an IC8, got him into meetings with Mike and Kevin and set an example of a successful product engineer. Seeing IC4 beside IC8 on similar roles opened his eyes to leveling.

He told his manager, Eddie, a director to whom he reported directly because of the project, that he had been misleveled and should go from four to six that cycle. Olsen credits him with not brushing it off: he checked with HR, who said it had been done twice in company history and both people left quickly. Olsen says he mainly wanted to seed the idea that his correct level was higher. He got IC5 for White Out and infrastructure work, then IC6 for Stories.

His broader point is that levels and promotions are an incentive system. He thinks there is a real effort to make them fair, but promotions can be delayed so two do not come in quick succession, because it is a carrot dangled in front of people.

The host asks how strong performance gave Olsen the freedom to choose projects.
Ryan Olsen

Olsen says it showed that if he is put on a project he will do well, so when a new effort starts the company picks people who did well on earlier ones. He calls himself lucky, with good execution setting him up for later chances. When the host notes that Threads reused this model of pulling proven people into a small team, Olsen agrees it is a fun environment.

The next promotion, to IC7, came through IGTV. What was that project?

Ryan Olsen

Olsen says IGTV began with Kevin, the CEO, and a designer, Ian, who unveiled a vision for longer-form, mobile-native vertical video at an end-of-year all-hands. Olsen wanted to work on it. He says recent antitrust litigation against Facebook shows tensions between the two companies then; his team was told for a while not to work on it, and he sees it as roughly the end of the founders' time.

The team was small: Olsen, Will Bailey and Thomas Dimson as iOS, Android and server leads, each with one or two others per platform. The product no longer exists and did not do well. Olsen thinks it held part of the future, since vertical video is now central, but it tried to put YouTube-style long-form content in a vertical format and people were not producing high-quality long-form vertical video.

The team tried AI techniques to reformat landscape video for vertical, on which Olsen holds a patent, but creators were horrified. Pushing creators to make original vertical long-form never produced the inventory, and Olsen sees some hubris in assuming Instagram could change what creators make. He believes it informed what shipped as Reels.

The host asks what the antitrust angle is that Olsen mentioned.

Ryan Olsen

Olsen says internal communications made public through the antitrust suit, in which he understands the Justice Department is trying to unwind the Instagram acquisition, made some confusing events less confusing. His reading is that Instagram, small when acquired, grew into a peer of Facebook and the new popular kid. Stories was received better than Facebook's Stories, creating tension between the leaderships and concern that Instagram would cannibalize Facebook, which he says guided some strategy decisions.

The host recalls confusion at the time about cross-sharing from Facebook to Instagram being turned off and says Mark Zuckerberg's internal memo explains it. Olsen says he read the same material.

How might Mark Zuckerberg view it today?
Ryan Olsen

Olsen wonders, since the communications suggest an understandable emotional attachment to Facebook, which Zuckerberg created, while Instagram was less his own thing. Olsen's own view is that the best outcome for a company owning both is to let them compete and improve each other, since stifling competition makes it likelier an outsider builds something better. He adds that he is armchair CEOing about someone running a multi-trillion-dollar company.

What is the story behind IG Labs, and how did it lead to the IC8 promotion?

Ryan Olsen

After IGTV, Olsen says he spent time in what Thomas Dimson calls the impact desert and was close to leaving. Reels was the new effort, and although his manager worked on it, he was fairly sure he did not want to work on passive video consumption.

Culture was changing too: the founders had left, new leadership came from Facebook, and old Instagram culture felt pushed out. Olsen pitched the new head of engineering on bringing back small teams, attention to craft and a wider scope, arguing the brand could support things beyond the existing app, such as location, maps and places ideas.

He started the group with a designer, Vivian Wong, at first just the two of them, as a Delta Force-style small, high-talent-density team for initiatives that did not fit cleanly into the org. By his account Instagram had grown so large that projects outside its structure were underinvested. The group tried many things, and much of it never shipped. He points to collaborative posts, with multiple authors on one post, as a lasting result and another of his patents. The group could also be pulled onto a major new initiative, which he says ended up being Threads.

Olsen tried the rare tech lead director role. What was his thinking, and how did it go?

Ryan Olsen

Olsen says the role was rare at Facebook. It happened mostly because he had started the group, and it made more sense for him to manage the people than for his manager over Reels, who was less connected to their work. He was already representing them in calibrations, so the role was a formal recognition.

He says Facebook keeps individual contributors and management separate, and he disagrees. He cites Tesla as more flexible, with ICs often having reports and managers expected to be competent technical contributors. He holds what he calls a controversial opinion that senior engineers should code, citing Nassim Taleb's skin in the game: a senior IC who codes will not hand off an architecture as someone else's problem, and a manager close to day-to-day work operates better.

He also found an upside to a visible title. Facebook levels are private, which he likes for engineering debates because nobody can pull rank. In cross-functional work, such as shipping collaborative posts across many teams' PMs, a higher title gave a better baseline of credibility, since in a huge company you keep re-establishing reputation. He supported at least a public senior designation.

The host says people warn that doing two jobs means you drown and neither career flourishes. What does Olsen say?
Ryan Olsen

Olsen says the criticism is probably correct. He was not optimizing for career and never intended to stay long: on Facebook's sentiment survey asking how long you plan to stay, he never put more than one year. He had no aspiration to reach IC9, which freed him to do what suited the team, and he knew he would not be fired for performance.

He also saw the cost firsthand: he believes his ratings were lower than they would have been as an IC, since he was exceeding as an IC but only meeting as a manager.

Would the company be better off if half the people were laid off?

Ryan Olsen

Olsen says yes. His team used to discuss a Thanos-style thought experiment in which half the company vanishes at random, and they often felt things would go better. He acknowledges that at Instagram's scale a 0.1 percent improvement can be worth hundreds of millions of dollars, but thinks the cost of each added person is underappreciated.

He cites organizational overhead of stakeholders, meetings and coordination, and the weight of more code. Just before leaving, a tool showed him spending more than four hours a day waiting for the app to build, because tooling had not kept up with how fast people wrote code. With a thousand engineers that slows everyone, though it is not noticeable per added person. When the team was ten and the app small, things were far easier, and he says White Out would be a massive project at Instagram today.

The host raises Twitter's post-layoff experience as a case study. How does Olsen see it?
Ryan Olsen

Olsen says projections were that Twitter would fall over entirely after the cuts. His experience of it is somewhat buggy, but it keeps running, and he says he saw that its economics improved and it is now profitable, whereas it lost money through most of its history. Editorial note: these are Olsen's impressions, not verified figures.

What stories show what made the founders and other colleagues exceptional?

Ryan Olsen

Olsen calls Mike Krieger something of a hero and says much of his thinking about engineering leadership came from him, including a simple-thing-first approach and attention to detail and craft. He describes a lead-from-the-front style in which Krieger never put himself above the team and jumped in wherever help was needed. At the end of Stories, a friend Olsen had borrowed from another Facebook team to build the drawing tools was pulled back partway through. Krieger said he would finish it, coded the neon brush, worked the same insane hours, and was up at 2 a.m. reviewing Olsen's diffs. Olsen says that informs how he leads teams.

Of Will Bailey, Olsen describes a strong product vision. During the dark days when Stories was spinning in circles, Bailey wrote a document outlining how the product should work, which Olsen later saw as essentially the five-year roadmap. He was an example of how a product-focused engineer can succeed and influence product direction, which Olsen says was valued more at Instagram than at Facebook, where he recalls bootcamp talk that juniors go to product teams and seniors to infrastructure.

He calls Thomas Dimson probably the smartest person he has met, and not in a savant way, since Dimson has social skills and understands people. Dimson started ranking at Instagram, with infrastructure skill but a product mindset. Olsen says he is interested in technology only as a means to create things for people, and sees Bailey and Dimson as similarly human-oriented, thinking about psychology and how products make people feel.

About this source

Instagram iOS Principal Eng (IC8): Building IG Stories, 1 Promo Per Half, Small Teams

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening teaser montage (00:00.08 to 00:43.36) repeats lines that appear later in the interview; kept once in context.

Host aside about working on video infrastructure at the time (53:27.92 to 53:41.12), and a short exchange about asking Mark Zuckerberg on the podcast (57:30.24 to 57:35.28), omitted as chat.

Appeal to try Retro (01:13:21.60 to 01:13:56.24) and the host and guest exchange praising the mission (01:18:11.28 to 01:18:28.16) omitted as product promotion and pleasantries.

Closing thanks, Retro recruiting and product-studio pitch, and revenue-share promotion (01:33:12.48 to 01:34:44.24) omitted.

Host outro asking listeners to engage, review, and suggest guests (01:34:45.52 to 01:35:19.52) omitted as channel promotion.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 62 · interview

Principal work begins by defining the problem

Ilya Grigorik describes senior technical agency, versatility across execution styles, and the resilience of a broad skill portfolio.

What distinguishes principal and distinguished engineering?

Grigorik resists a fixed checklist for principal engineers. At that level, defining useful work is part of the job. He expects someone entering an unfamiliar organization to understand its landscape, locate problems, form relationships with directors and other partners, and determine where their skills can help. His seven-day reconnaissance analogy emphasizes agency rather than a literal universal deadline.

Distinguished work adds evidence of dynamic range. Technically, someone must be able to reconstruct constraints from low-level implementation while also understanding business requirements and translating them into useful changes. Equally important is choosing an execution style that matches the problem.

At a frontier, rapid experiments reveal what is unknown: act, observe, adjust, and repeat. A platform API with consequences for a partner ecosystem years later needs slower, more deliberate analysis. Even there, divergent exploration must converge into an actionable recommendation. He compares distinguished expectations to a VP’s responsibility for difficult, irregular problems that lower layers could not resolve.

His broader career philosophy is to become the only person able to combine a useful portfolio of skills, rather than always compete to be the best at one specialty. He respects specialists, but thinks broad combinations can be more resilient when a field, company, or market changes.

Does “be the only” mean combining multiple skills to handle ambiguous situations?

Yes. He illustrates it with his own ability to combine modest design, sales, support, hosting, security, and engineering skills to create something useful without assembling a large team. When a true specialist joins, he can hand over that component and redirect his attention.

Learning enough of another domain to understand its language can make cross-functional work possible. He recalls reading many marketing books to converse with marketing colleagues, while writing experience helped with PR. His estimates about acquiring a high fraction of competence quickly express a heuristic rather than a measured universal learning curve.

The senior person need not be the most knowledgeable. Grigorik’s role can be to understand platform fundamentals and business needs, identify the people who know the implementation details, and help them navigate the decision. Pattern recognition, knowing where to find answers, and facilitating the right expertise are different from memorizing every API.

Management experience provides another usable skill: an IC can temporarily coach or give feedback with an understanding of managers’ concerns. The portfolio matters because it lets someone change how they contribute as the problem changes.

Should ICs try management, and can they return?

He encourages a team-lead role as a way to learn, and management itself if it suits the person. He rejects treating the transition as one-way or viewing a return to IC work as a demotion. Managers sometimes remember being happiest before taking the next role, even while valuing what management taught them. Organizations should let people carry those skills across roles without penalty.

Editorial synthesis
Different uncertainty requires a different execution style
SituationUseful mode
New product or frontier with unknown constraintsRun quick experiments, observe results, and redirect.
Platform decision with lasting ecosystem effectsExplore consequences deliberately, then converge on a recommendation.
About this source

Shopify Distinguished Eng (L10) on What Principal+ Engineering Looks Like

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Closing clip promotion and feedback request at approximately 13:12–13:24 omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 63 · interview

Scope quickly enough to learn, and concretely enough to get feedback

Boris Cherny recalls planning a rapidly expanding organization and using parallel designs to expose risk.

How can one person scope projects for hundreds of engineers?

Boris Cherny

Cherny describes a period when Facebook Groups grew from roughly 150–200 people to roughly 600–800 as leadership invested in a communities strategy. Executive support created resources quickly, and technical leads then had to decide what those engineers would actually build. He repeatedly produced rough scoping documents that compared several technical options and matched an approximate team size to the selected approach.

In hindsight, he would have added fewer people at first. He thinks the important work was solving people’s problems and finding product fit, then gradually increasing investment. Headcount could not create that learning all at once. The distinction is between an executive’s capacity to fund a priority and the product team’s need to discover a good direction.

For a particularly large migration merging group and page data models, the problem spanned product, integrity, advertising, and data layers. Rather than wait indefinitely for a decision, Cherny gathered technical leads, divided them into two teams, and gave both the same requirements and roughly three hours to design a solution. The independently produced designs were about 80 percent alike. Their shared core offered a direction for execution; the differences made the uncertainty visible and suggested targeted technical spikes.

How did people react to the internal design competition?

Boris Cherny

Cherny says it was an unusual idea and he largely acted by scheduling the session. The unclear path required action, but because he did not already know the answer, it also required gathering people to build agreement. He treats leadership as balancing those two modes: sometimes a leader must create the conditions for a decision instead of first obtaining consensus on every part of the process.

What advice would you give a technical lead who needs to scope work quickly?

Boris Cherny

His main warning is spending too long in details. Start at a high level and time-box a rough plan—he suggests about 30 minutes for an initial pass, or a couple of hours when the code needs investigation. Scoping cannot eliminate every detail before work begins.

Find the experts and present a straw-man design rather than only asking an open-ended question. A concrete proposal gives them something to correct. He also says the AI tools available in his interview context could help explore a codebase and identify systems involved, a task that previously demanded more manual investigation. That tool example is part of his account, not a requirement to adopt a particular product.

Editorial synthesis

Turn uncertainty into a plan people can review

  1. Start with a rough proposalIdentify the main systems and options.
  2. Make alternatives concreteUse independent designs when the direction is unclear.
  3. Compare agreement and differencesSeparate a common core from unresolved risks.
  4. Test the risky partsUse expert feedback and targeted spikes before scaling.
Arrows show an editorial synthesis of Cherny’s examples, not a prescription to organize a competition for every project.
About this source

Boris Cherny (Creator of Claude Code) On Scoping Work for 100s of Engineers

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Closing channel promotion omitted (05:46–05:59).

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 64 · interview

Brendan Burns: Earn Leadership Buy-In and Build Coalitions

Selected passages on prototypes for leadership buy-in, persuasion, governance, coalition-building, and independent community leadership.

What would Burns have told Google's leadership about the impact of building Kubernetes for the industry?

Brendan Burns

Burns says the hardest early task was persuading people inside Google, though the team was clear on the goal. Burns gave three arguments. The first drew on MapReduce and the big data wave. Google had written the original white paper, but Hadoop re-implemented the ideas as an open source project, and Google got no credit.

The second argument was about containers. Burns says reliable software needs systems that act like autopilots for applications. The third was open source, which Burns calls the most interesting part. People accepted that the system should be built, then asked why it should not stay on Google's own platform.

Why would it not work to keep Kubernetes only on Google's platform?
Brendan Burns

Burns says many people were on other clouds or on premises, and an exclusive product would shut them out. They would build an alternative. Burns compares this with Linux, which won because it could run anywhere. Most people were not on the leading platform, and Google Cloud was not the leader.

Burns's answer is to build for everyone, and make the system strongest on Google's platform. Burns also says that if nearly everything else was open, a closed project would need to be so differentiated that people wanted it anyway.

Was the idea to take market share from AWS, so developers would migrate to GCP?
Brendan Burns

Burns describes AWS as dominant and first, and GCP as up and coming. Burns agrees the aim was attention, but adds that copying an existing model, such as virtual machines, is hard to sell. Creating a new field where Google was the thought leader gave it a voice, even among people who did not use its platform.

Burns says the strategy did not fully work, because GCP was still third. Burns would not call it a failure. Kubernetes consolidated across the cloud market and is now a utility everywhere.

Did leadership understand the visibility benefits when they agreed to the project?
Brendan Burns

Burns says the team explicitly wanted to be front and center in thought leadership. That value is hard to quantify. The effort was cheap, with about eight or nine engineers.

Burns calls the separate Kubernetes brand a blessing and a curse. It gave the team freedom to fail without damaging Google Cloud's reputation. Moving to the Linux Foundation let companies such as Red Hat, Azure, and AWS bet on it with confidence. Burns calls the structure an insurance policy, and says it made the team more agile than startups such as Docker.

Many engineers think they cannot build something like this beside their existing responsibilities. What advice would you give?

Brendan Burns

Burns gives two answers. The first is advice Burns has given everyone who worked for Burns: hide about 10 percent of your effort from management. Everyone has slack, and as an organization grows, that 10 percent can do more. Burns says many influential ideas came from it. The aim is to let people make local decisions without asking permission up the chain.

Burns warns that some ideas will fail, and the failures waste time. Still, one success may separate exceeding expectations from meeting them. A person has to accept betting on several ideas. Burns says this is not everyone's path.

Burns's second answer is that the time has to come from somewhere. Burns asks what people give up, since most have 10 to 20 hours a week outside work, spent on games, streaming, or YouTube. Burns says the returns were exponential: two times the time for a year could bring 20 times the impact.

Burns also found the work addictive. Once users filed issues on GitHub, Burns wanted to keep closing them, and kept going until falling asleep at the laptop. Burns was not thinking about a career payoff.

It seems it took a while to get leadership buy-in. How did that happen?

Brendan Burns

Burns says it took a solid six months to go from a very hacky prototype to something a team could use. Many early hires had built similar systems, so the project felt like a clean-room chance to rebuild with better ideas. Burns says that is rare for an engineer.

There were no users yet, so the team did not have to fix bugs for a paying customer. The people involved had long thought about what the system could look like, and could now build it.

What does hiding 10 percent of effort from management look like in practice?

Brendan Burns

Burns says a person should always have a side project that nobody assigned but that matters. The host compares this to Google's 20 percent time, and Burns agrees the idea is similar.

Burns says hide is meant literally: do not ask permission at first. A project may need a couple of months before it can be shown. Burns says a running system is far more persuasive than a document or slide deck. The manager then decides whether the built idea is good, not whether to spend time on it.

What if nobody cares when you launch, or it is not as good as you hoped?
Brendan Burns

Burns says that is the flip side. Some time will be wasted, possibly including a promotion that did not come because the work was not the breakthrough the person expected. Burns says this is a risk, like a startup. A person should enter thinking the idea is good, worth trying, and acceptable to fail.

Do senior engineers need to take that kind of risk to be promoted?
Brendan Burns

The host says senior engineers who ask how to get promoted are often told to find the project, since the work has become too ambiguous to hand over. Burns agrees this becomes a necessity at higher levels, where people must come up with good ideas, not only execute them.

Burns says the project helped Burns's own career. Credit for an idea you create entirely is obvious, while credit for a bigger project or someone else's idea is harder to attribute. Burns calls it a roll of the dice, and says timing matters too.

Borg looked like a competitive advantage for Google. How did you convince people it was acceptable to share part of it?

Brendan Burns

Burns says people who leave Google are not wiped like the characters in Men in Black. The team also talked to Facebook, Twitter, and other scale-out companies building similar systems, so the technology was not really a secret. Mesos was similar, so an open source option was coming.

Burns says the team reframed the choice. The question was not whether an open source version would exist, but whether Google wanted to influence it or see someone else control it. A proprietary option was not viable.

How did you get companies such as Red Hat, with OpenShift, to bet on Kubernetes?

Brendan Burns

Burns says many early partners were building a platform or a reliable web service anyway. For them, building the same layer together beat building it alone, because their value was not in that layer.

Burns says partners had to be equals. Taking a dependency also means depending on someone's roadmap, so the team offered a seat at the design table. Later, networking and storage providers joined, because their users were moving to Kubernetes.

How did you keep Google from dominating the roadmap, when Google started and largely funded the project?

Brendan Burns

Burns says independence was critical to adoption. The first step was a foundation. About a year in, the team donated all of Kubernetes to the Cloud Native Computing Foundation, under the Linux Foundation, because partners cannot easily collaborate when one company holds the trademarks.

The second step came later. The project had no written governance for its first few years, which Burns calls a mistake. In 2016 the team wrote rules so that no single company could take control, with a distributed, democratic model rather than a benevolent dictator. The host says contributors would not join without good governance, and Burns agrees.

Do you mean a constitution? Did you write it yourselves, or did lawyers?
Brendan Burns

Burns says the team wrote it. About seven or eight people met in a couple of intense sessions, looked at other communities, and codified loose arrangements that already existed informally. They also created a steering committee, which had never existed before.

Burns says the group was called the bootstrap committee. Its members were respected leaders who did not fight with each other. Burns credits Sarah Novotny, the community leader at the time, with bringing them together.

What share of contributions comes from the community, and what share from the main companies?

Brendan Burns

Burns does not have Kubernetes numbers. From general open source experience, core contributors make up roughly 80 to 90 percent of the work, and less than 10 percent comes from other people. Companies such as Microsoft commit to upstream teams, but for many users, technology is a means to an end.

Burns says it is hard to justify putting 10 percent of staff into upstream work at a bank or retailer, especially when leaders did not grow up in open source. Legal teams also block some contributions, because they fear liability for bugs. Burns says that worry does not hold water, and the Linux Foundation can supply case law, but it can still be enough to stop a contribution.

Would someone actually be sued for adding a bug?
Brendan Burns

Burns says the chain of logic is easy to imagine, such as an open source JPEG library in a smoke detector causing a fire. Burns does not think it holds, since many open source licenses include indemnification language. Burns says a developer in a non-tech company may not be able to argue with legal, so the contribution fades away.

Is there a book that most affected your career?

Brendan Burns

Burns says the biggest early influence was the Gang of Four book on design patterns, from the late 1990s or mid-1990s. The host names it as Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software, and Burns agrees. Later, Leadership on the Line mattered as Burns became a large organization leader, and The Five Dysfunctions of Teams is good for how teams operate, though Burns is unsure of that title.

So engineers should read the first book, and managers the other two?
Brendan Burns

The host sums it up that way, and Burns says that is about right, though a career evolves and a person may read both.

About this source

The Co-Creator of Kubernetes: Engineering-Led Direction and Convincing Management | Brendan Burns

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Teaser clips and intro narration, 00:00.00 to 00:37.68, preview lines from later in the episode. The first real question begins at 00:37.68 and is covered by the first round.

Closing thanks, the host pitch for a separate ergonomic keyboard project, requests for channel feedback, and the guest mentions, 1:06:18.20 to 1:07:14.68, omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 65 · interview

Lead across teams while earning trust and adoption

Selected passages on cross-team scope, approachable leadership, earning adoption, autonomy, and protecting time to lead.

What was your path from joining Meta to principal engineer?

Bolam joined at IC6 in Facebook Groups during early pandemic remote onboarding. With election work limiting teammates’ availability, he had a slow start. His manager helped represent that context in reviews. He later moved to Instagram Web, closer to the UI and React work he had intended to do, and could contribute immediately.

Was your performance at risk during the slow onboarding?

He remembers a satisfactory rather than exceptional rating and thinks his manager’s explanation of the slow onboarding mattered. He does not claim that every slow ramp is automatically protected.

What was your background before Meta?

He began with frontend work but repeatedly moved into frontend and then backend infrastructure. He hoped a large company would let him specialize in product UI; the same pattern recurred. Experience made infrastructure easier for him to influence, and the larger server platform offered a greater impact surface.

Why did your managers offer you leadership across several teams?

He had already told them he wanted career growth and had led several teams before Meta. The organization needed coordination during a stack migration, and a strong first month demonstrated readiness. He was offered an opportunity to stretch from one team to multiple teams; he still had to deliver the project rather than treat the assignment itself as a promotion.

What do IC7 and IC8 scope mean in your kind of work?

In his lens, IC6 often leads one team and IC7 works across teams or a broader area; IC8 extends the reach further. The significance of the problem also matters. Framework work affecting thousands of engineers can have substantial scope even without a corresponding reporting structure. He explicitly recognizes another path through deep specialists whose small code changes produce very large savings. These are examples, not fixed team-size rules.

Did you deliberately choose a leadership archetype?

Not especially. He tries to do what the project needs while leaning on strengths in communication, coordination, and creating a team people enjoy working with. He wants others to succeed and thinks that can compound across a long project. He does not usually think in the host’s “force multiplier” label.

Why not management?

He has tried short management stints but wants the option to write a large amount of code when needed. He also prefers having managers who can check his occasional careless remarks. His preference combines the technical work he enjoys with awareness of interpersonal responsibilities.

Why remain available to colleagues despite senior responsibilities?

Accessibility reveals ideas and problems that might otherwise remain invisible and helps people move forward. He may have to defer a meeting when overloaded, but tries to find a route to help.

How do you decide whom to give time?

He tries to ignore levels, including for interns. Genuine questions and acting on advice encourage further investment. When he lacks time, he may defer or connect someone to a better-informed colleague. This is an attempt to balance access with limited capacity.

What makes a good question?

Be sincere about what you want to understand rather than script an impressive interaction. A real question makes it easier to identify the right person, including someone else with more time or expertise.

What work drove the IC7 and IC8 promotions?

For IC7, a migration originally thought to take roughly two years achieved most of its work in about six months. That freed most resources for other work, including ads on Instagram Web. He credits the team rather than claim individual ownership of the speedup.

For IC8, leadership trusted him with the much harder move of Instagram’s backend into the main Meta stack. Many engineers initially saw no reason to leave a familiar, effective environment. Instead of beginning with a demanded migration, the team improved developer experience between the stacks, then added missing Instagram capabilities to the destination.

Over several years, crossing the boundary became easier, more surfaces moved for their own benefit, and demand shifted toward completing the migration. Major surface and traffic milestones demonstrated scope before the entire program was finished. He describes approximately one hundred fifty involved teams and meaningful performance or development improvements, while leaving exact credit and promotion decisions to their broader context.

How did a two-year migration become a six-month effort?

They cut scope, changed the strategy, and developed team momentum. Moving pages in larger batches rather than one at a time created difficult initial integration work but then allowed compounding progress. The team played to individual strengths and became convinced it could move sooner.

How did you make the team excited?

He cannot fully explain an organic process or take all the credit. He brought energy, colleagues reinforced one another, and people enjoyed shared progress. Finishing earlier benefited the whole team and enabled valuable subsequent work.

How did you keep developers satisfied during the infrastructure change?

A server-champions group connected representatives from across the organization, with product engineers making up most of the participants. That kept infrastructure grounded in everyday development. A continuing feedback channel often revealed trouble within hours, earlier than broad complaint groups where issues had to become severe before someone posted. Metrics complemented, rather than replaced, those relationships.

How did your work hours change as responsibility increased?

Hours fluctuate with excitement and the project: he sometimes works sixty or seventy hours, then deliberately returns toward forty or less during another period. He wants a life beyond work and attributes recent balance to systems developed across his career. The pattern is personal, not an assertion that a particular average guarantees principal-level impact.

Which systems protect that time?

He reserves roughly half the week for focus, avoids morning meetings because mornings suit him, aims for no meetings on Wednesdays and Fridays, and groups one-on-ones on Monday afternoons. Tuesday and Thursday afternoons can then hold project discussions. Exceptions occur; the value is a protected default, not rigid adherence.

What changes during a concentrated coding period?

He cancels many meetings for a few weeks once work has momentum and people know the plan. His projects may have necessary workstream meetings without layers of central recurring syncs. Lead coordination happens when needed through direct conversations or broader forums, and he remains reachable for urgent questions.

Do you also review code during those periods?

Yes. He checks pending reviews before his own coding and revisits them frequently because waiting for approval can block another engineer. Review is part of moving the project forward, rather than an interruption to personal output.

How do you decide the depth of a code review?

He scales effort to risk. Core architecture, live production changes, and system-wide decisions receive thorough attention. A gated, isolated leaf component can receive a much lighter review because its failure or rewrite is contained. He still looks for conspicuous hazards. He calls this controversial and acknowledges that it differs from many colleagues’ expectations.

What if someone actually wants a deeper review?

Authors can flag that in the summary or return an approved change for more scrutiny. Their signal can correct his assessment of risk or indicate a desired design discussion. The approach also depends on team trust; new colleagues do not immediately receive the same assumptions.

Why ask how to accept rather than how to reject?

He wants to identify real blockers rather than require code to match his personal style. Experienced engineers can recognize multiple workable forms. His unusual extension is to approve with a clear warning even when a fix is mandatory, trusting known colleagues to correct it before landing. He says that has not caused the feared production failure in his experience, while asking unfamiliar authors to return when ready. This is an attributed team practice, not a recommendation to treat known defects as safe.

How do you judge whether you are moving too quickly?

He uses production feedback and metrics to adjust. If a rollout is healthy and brings little negative signal, he may increase exposure faster than conventional increments; if problems appear, he pulls back. The host and Bolam agree that some risk accompanies speed, while daily breakage suggests too much. The transcript does not establish that absence of complaints proves absence of harm; it records the signal-based judgment he describes.

What is a tech lead responsible for?

The project’s success, in his view. Usually the most useful action is aligning people and ensuring they contribute in the right direction, but the lead may need to write code or debug a problem no one else can resolve. He gives an example of spending weeks tracing an elusive bug. The role is flexible contribution to the outcome rather than a single activity.

What mistake do new technical leaders make?

They can become absorbed in daily operations and lose sight of the goal, especially when the surrounding direction changes. The lead must notice and redirect the team rather than continue executing an obsolete plan.

How do you balance coding with wider leadership?

He usually writes some code weekly to stay in the complete toolchain, often taking a task he can finish far faster than someone else. Focus blocks help. But he may stop coding for weeks when reviews, resource planning, or another activity offers greater value. The aim is useful allocation, not preserving a coding quota.

How do you learn what is worth your time?

Experience helps. An earlier heuristic was to seek work he believed important that nobody else would do. He now recognizes that neglected work can also be neglected because it is unwise, so the judgment still needs scrutiny. He also reserves time for useful contributions that may not appear in performance-review credit, including helping colleagues and maintaining technical contact.

What is your note-taking system?

A separate VS Code window contains plain-text files in one large folder, named for people, projects, and priorities. He navigates by fast filename search, adds dates and times through shortcuts, and writes frequent notes because memory is unreliable. He avoids elaborate filing. Links between files provide connections; a graph view is interesting but not central. The archive includes work and personal thoughts accumulated for years.

Do you maintain an achievement diary for reviews?

Not consistently. He did so for one year but usually reconstructs achievements later, acknowledging the cost of spending a day on that reconstruction. His existing notes serve current thinking more than daily credit accounting. The host suggests launch posts as another record because they already need to be written, and Bolam likes that idea.

What advice would you give a new graduate version of yourself?

Go where your strengths are valued. Someone good at frontend, debugging, or frameworks can be ineffective in a role whose leaders need a different contribution. A poor review does not automatically mean those strengths are worthless; recognizing the mismatch and moving can change both performance and enjoyment. He also advises being kind, simple, and able to enjoy work as oneself.

What is the cost of bringing an informal personality to work?

He sometimes says something unwise. He tries to acknowledge it and apologize promptly, while relying on an established reputation for good intent. He does not treat authenticity as permission for extreme or harmful remarks.

About this source

Instagram Principal Engineer (IC8): Promotions, Breaking Prod, Tech Leading | Jake Bolam

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening trailer at 0:00–0:48 repeats later exchanges and is represented once.

Closing podcast support and guest requests at approximately 49:53–50:24 omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 66 · interview

James Everingham: Relationships, Role Clarity, and Right-Sized Teams

Selected passages on useful networking, leadership role boundaries, right-sized teams, relationships, and avoiding overcontrol.

What does useful networking look like for an engineer?

Ask questions, show curiosity about others’ work, offer help, and participate in discussions. He credits a colleague’s advice to seek mentorship by being useful rather than opening with a request to be mentored. Avoid burning bridges: the people beside you may occupy very different roles twenty years later. He views lasting working relationships as the foundation, rather than networking as a schedule of transactional coffee meetings.

How did you become Instagram’s head of engineering?

He spent six and a half years on Luminate, a product he likens to shopping functionality for publishers, without finding the desired success. A sale to Yahoo, a board relationship, and a prior Instagram acquisition conversation later connected him to Instagram. Although he had verbally accepted another opportunity, meeting the team clarified his enthusiasm: he actually used and cared about Instagram. He credits network, timing, and relevant image-product experience, including lessons from a company that had not become a breakout success.

Can founding a startup let someone return to big tech at a much higher level?

It can, but a company still needs evidence that the person can do the job. His own move from a small startup into a much larger Yahoo organization relied on previous experience leading substantial teams at Netscape and Tellme. Founding alone did not substitute for demonstrated leadership capability.

Why reduce the initial Instagram Stories team?

A competitive threat does not always call for more people. He wanted a small group of highly capable, proactive engineers with clear ownership and few dependencies. With the founders closely involved, the team could get a product working quickly, then integrate and scale it. Larger teams can create federated components and dependencies that slow the same work. He connects the roughly three-month effort to Instagram’s principle of doing the simplest thing first to test a thesis before committing the whole company.

How did the CTO and head-of-engineering roles differ?

Mike Krieger wanted to focus on technology and coding, while Everingham took responsibility for people and execution as engineering approached one hundred employees. They published job descriptions and decision-routing examples to prevent conflicting expectations. Technology experiments and roadmap questions went to the CTO; headcount, hiring, structure, and reviews went to the engineering head. He often finds companies asking for a CTO when the actual difficulties concern engineering management.

What else did Instagram teach you?

He initially expected familiar communication failures around one hundred engineers but found the team functioning well longer than expected. Problems appeared later, around one hundred fifty to two hundred. He attributes the delay to talented people maintaining a great deal of shared context. He also values builders being power users of their product; an intern’s quick hackathon project became a highly engaging feature. These examples explain his appreciation of the team rather than define universal organization-size thresholds.

What do you think of management that stays deeply in every detail?

Different environments call for different tools. His normal style is to support capable people, focus them on outcomes, remove obstacles, ask questions, and let them create the solution. He has temporarily intervened more closely with failing teams, then stepped back. He worries that permanent micromanagement drives talented people away, but does not claim enough knowledge to judge every public leader’s circumstances. Management detail is one intervention rather than his only mode.

What regrets or lessons would you share?

He recommends going where capable people and mentors are, which helped him almost by accident. He also wishes he had appreciated that time eventually becomes the scarce resource: years of unproductive struggle are costly, and doing work one loves matters.

What would you tell yourself at the beginning?

Speak up even when afraid of appearing uninformed, ask more questions, and build relationships. He also wishes he had deliberately moved earlier to a place offering the opportunities and resources relevant to his field. Being recruited to California changed his career; he compares waiting in Pennsylvania to an actor not considering Hollywood. This is his own geographic experience rather than a claim that everyone must make the same move.

About this source

Ex-Head of Eng at Instagram: Career Regrets and Learnings | James Everingham

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening trailer at 0:00–0:51 repeats later material and is represented once.

Closing podcast and keyboard promotion at approximately 57:36–58:34 omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 67 · lesson

Recognize bottlenecks and keep work moving through interruptions

Selected passages on recognizing an individual bottleneck and keeping work moving through interruptions.

The founder was the bottleneck

He personally researched guests, reviewed all the footage, and handled production. Despite working more than before, he struggled to maintain one episode per week. If he stopped, production stopped: his personal effort had become the bottleneck.

Create room for interruptions

Illness made the fragility concrete. A nearly finished episode allowed him to publish during a week when he could not work. The experience pushed him to build a backlog and make recording more efficient so he could produce two episodes a week when needed.

About this source

Update on Quitting My Job at Meta

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Promotional requests for podcast ratings, subscriptions, and project links are condensed; the operational changes and product status are retained.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Part

Handle conflict and difficult workplaces

Disagree constructively, surface problems with evidence, and decide when a relationship or environment needs to change.

Section 68 · interview

Bjarne Stroustrup: Consensus and Diplomacy Across Teams

Selected passages on consensus-building, committee stakeholder constraints, and shuttle diplomacy between disagreeing specialists.

What would you change if you had sole control instead of a standards committee?

He rejects the premise that he once had unrestricted control: users create obligations of stability. Standardization became necessary when major vendors said they could not rely on an unstandardized language owned by a potential competitor, however much they trusted him personally. He initially resisted because experimentation continued, then accepted that the computing community needed a vendor-neutral foundation.

His annotated reference manual documented both language definitions and rationale, supplying the basis for standards work. The governance compromise enabled wider use while making unilateral changes harder.

What if you had refused?

He suspects C++ would have remained a small academic language and faded from mainstream use. This is a counterfactual opinion. He regards independence from one corporation and a published standard as major adoption strengths.

How did adoption happen with so little marketing?

He recalls a tiny marketing budget and contrasts it with Java’s corporate promotion. Standards work still suffers from limited funding for experimentation and implementation. He points to a large committee that seeks broad consensus to avoid dialects. He does not need the host’s unsupported claim of a precise adoption ranking to make that point.

Does consensus mean unanimity?

No. He prefers a very large majority, but there is no fixed numerical threshold that settles every case. A ninety-five-percent vote against all major implementers could still fail to represent usable consensus. The convenor consults national representatives, implementers, and other essential participants when disagreement matters. Judgment can be wrong, yet he sees it as necessary because votes alone do not encode feasibility or informed commitment.

What was the shuttle diplomacy between hardware representatives?

Different machine models and cache-coordination requirements collided with large bodies of existing code. Rewriting one side’s low-level assumptions was impractical, including code whose original authors had left. Stroustrup walked between two groups, asking for the actual constraint and translating it to the other side. Agreement entered C++11; later, both sides adopted combinations of the approaches. The outcome was cross-pollination rather than one winner.

Why not gather everyone in one conversation?

They had already tried that without progress. He could ask questions and translate despite not being the deepest expert in either hardware model. The useful contribution was communication across expertise and constraints.

About this source

Creator of C++: Bell Labs, Negative Overhead Abstraction, Mistakes | Bjarne Stroustrup

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening trailer at 0:00–0:50 repeats later exchanges and is represented once.

Cursor and WorkOS sponsor messages at approximately 60:05–61:44 and closing support/keyboard promotion at 118:07–119:02 omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 69 · interview

David Patterson: Disagree with Courage and Care

Selected passages on constructive disagreement with company leaders, courage, and avoiding needless personal conflict.

Why do you consider courage important in a career?

He traces some personal confidence to wrestling as a smaller young student. Professionally, he believes safety does not eliminate failure, while a meaningful chance can make success possible. Courage also includes challenging arguments he believes are wrong.

He feels an intellectual responsibility to object when weak reasoning drives decisions, even from a company leader. Debate can improve ideas if participants share the goal of finding the best answer. He tempers this with an older colleague’s warning that enemies can endure longer than friendships: stand up when it matters, while being careful about unnecessary personal conflict.

Do you mean confronting technical errors?

Yes, along with weak political or organizational arguments. He wants a marketplace of ideas in which criticism strengthens the result. He extends the principle to public life, where he has written about issues he believes require correction. The point is a shared purpose and stronger ideas, rather than confrontation for its own sake.

About this source

Turing Award Winner: TPU vs GPU vs CPU, Computer Architecture, RISC vs CISC | David Patterson

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening trailer at 0:00–0:36 repeats later exchanges and is represented once at their full discussion.

Closing podcast and keyboard promotion at 58:15–59:10 omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 70 · interview

Michael Bolin: Influence, Promotion, and Clear Writing

Selected passages on aligning impact with employer needs, influence/conflict that delayed promotion, and effective writing.

What drew Bolin to Google and to Google Calendar, and what was the culture like?

Michael Bolin

Bolin says he got online in the 1990s, when finding anything meant trying five search engines. A roommate pointed him to a newer search engine in March 2000, which struck him as better. He contrasts Yahoo's cluttered pages with Google's sparse, principled design, and he noticed that good people were taking jobs there.

In Bolin's account, Google understood the web better than Microsoft did at the time, since Microsoft had dismantled the Internet Explorer project while Google was web-forward. With the engineering quality and impact, it was the place he most wanted to go coming out of school.

What was the culture like, in terms of product versus infrastructure?
Michael Bolin

Bolin says founders keep a soft spot for whatever the company was first good at, which at Google meant information retrieval and infrastructure. Products such as Gmail were what drew him in, but they did not carry the same standing inside the company as search.

Calendar, he says, was mostly consumer-facing and was also sold to enterprises, though his team was not the one making the money. He compares the team to a call center.

Why did Bolin leave Google after four years, given that the departure read as bittersweet?

Michael Bolin

Bolin says the financial picture changed once the four-year mark passed. The deeper problem, he says, was a bad habit of working hard on things that mattered to him but not to Google. He lists Calendar, which was important, Google Tasks, a small feature with two to three orders of magnitude fewer users, and the JavaScript infrastructure and Closure toolset. He wrote the book on Closure out of motivation.

He is proud of that work, but says it was not the best career move, since others were being recognized while he was working hard on the wrong things. He calls it the harder-not-smarter mistake, and decided to look for a place where what excited him matched what the company cared about.

How did he influence people at a new company where he had no credibility?

Michael Bolin
Michael Bolin

Bolin says one prolific senior Android engineer, also ex-Google, advised him to do it fast before anyone cancelled the work, and promised support if it succeeded. That engineer welcomed a faster development cycle and was among the first to praise it.

Bolin also admits a mistake. Coming from Google, he thought of Facebook as a bunch of college kids and several times argued that Google did things a certain way. People told him they did not care, and he says they were mostly right: what worked at Google would not necessarily work there.

Earn credibility and make the case for an initiative

Michael Bolin

Bolin saw a developer-tools problem with real business value and scoped his proposed editor narrowly rather than trying to serve every platform at once. Another team already had users, but leadership supported his approach. He attributes that decision partly to his argument about how the tool should fit the company’s needs and partly to the credibility he had earned with Buck.

How did Bolin react to the promotion to E8, described by the host as principal level in the industry?

Michael Bolin

Bolin says he was very excited. Having felt out of step with his employer at Google, he saw the promotion as validation that he was growing in more than technical skill: he was learning what it means to do work that is in line with the employer. That was as satisfying to him as the promotion itself.

After the promotion, what did Bolin do next, and what is the "hero quest"?

Michael Bolin

Bolin says he got a little over his skis by trying to help with web speed. Load time on facebook.com was poor and the architecture stale, and many colleagues had worked on web for a long time while he had been in mobile and dev tools. He and another engineer compiled V8 from source to see whether generating JavaScript differently would help. None of it panned out.

He concluded that different people suit different projects. He is better when a project involves writing a lot of code from the beginning, whereas this effort was about looking at data and talking to many people, which is not his strength.

What does hero quest mean?
Michael Bolin

Bolin calls it embarrassing, because it involves ego. Engineers say that if only someone would come in and cut this Gordian knot, and he assumed that since he knew JavaScript, he could be that person. He says he did not succeed, and that he has had to relearn the lesson at least once since.

He can do many things, but a smaller subset is what he genuinely enjoys, and he will be much more successful staying within that subset while trying to expand it over time. In his words, people do not all have to be the best at everything, and should accept and embrace that.

What did Bolin learn about influence and conflict that delayed a promotion?

Michael Bolin

Bolin says most people at the E8 level and above do not write code. They spend their time on influence, writing the large document and getting teams on board. For a senior engineer who writes code, he says, reaching the expected impact means spending at least some time influencing others.

His problem was that he was so confident in his insights that he came down too hard. When Microsoft acquired GitHub, the editor he had built relied on GitHub technology, and he feared it would be replaced because VS Code would not let it stay a project. He says that turned out to be true. But he was anxious, pushed people, and did not account for people being happy with what they were doing and not wanting their cheese moved. He received a talking-to, and his promotion waited.

From the coaching that followed, Bolin says, he became more aware of what triggers him, including technical decisions, and tries to notice that and not act in the moment. If he is not in the best place to have the conversation, he might talk to the person's manager rather than charge in like a bull in a china shop.

He was right about the editor in hindsight but told to calm down. How does he feel about that?
Michael Bolin

Bolin says that about a year later he had conversations in which he asked to balance the ledger a little, and they worked it out. He agrees with the host that the learning was about how he went about it, not what he was right about.

How does Bolin think about the very high expectations at senior-staff levels and above, and is it stressful?

Michael Bolin

Bolin says it was never not stressful. He sat in calibrations, discussing others' levels and impact and wanting to be fair, and he imagined someone doing the same for him. At E8, one is compared to a director who may have over a hundred people, and it is hard to match that impact.

Many senior engineers, he says, do it through a different form of people management, writing the right document and aligning people. They remain individual contributors because technical credibility makes their words land differently than a director's. Influencing 50 to 100 people that way is, in his words, director-level impact.

For those who mostly code, project choice matters, and it cannot be one that is merely fun. Bolin often decided not to write a fun feature himself and let someone else do it. On Codex he asks which code he personally should write to maximize impact, and if someone else could do it about 80 percent as well, he lets them. He looks for force multipliers such as the virtual file system, which he knew would unlock things later.

He also says senior managers do not get enough recognition for pairing the right senior engineer with the right project. Some senior engineers are excellent fixers and coders but not idea generators, and a manager can see that a hard project needs a person who would never have chosen it.

A former colleague praised Bolin's ability to start projects. What advice does he have for engineers who want to build something from scratch?

Michael Bolin

Bolin says good projects often come from being a bit dissatisfied with something. He admits he often charged ahead without thinking about the best way to build it. His example is weather icons in Google Calendar: he mostly knew JavaScript, cobbled together the backend, and stored the weather data as a blob of XML. His tech lead asked why he had not discussed protocol buffers and binary formats. He had been so set on the feature that he never asked anyone whether there was a better way.

The host notes many people simply wait on a slow build. What gave Bolin the confidence he could make it better?
Michael Bolin

Bolin credits his time at Google. He never worked on the Blaze team or touched its code, but he knew a tool with that shape existed and was much better, which he calls an existence proof. Whether he could build it was still to be seen. He says prior art gives him confidence, and that he thinks of himself as a coding machine who can build a prototype and test the basic hypothesis that a way forward should exist. If you are determined, he says, you find a way. The host adds that people who see world-class infrastructure at big companies often go elsewhere and rebuild it.

What advice does Bolin have for engineers who want to write better, given how clear his technical writing is?

Michael Bolin

Bolin says reading good writing is a start, since patterns get picked up consciously or not. He then stresses thinking at a high level about what he is trying to convey and what readers would really want to know, and outlining a lot up front. He asks whether the points follow linearly, and whether any jump from one point to the next is too big, such as something a reader could reasonably miss. He feels he has a reasonable sense of where such gaps arise, and says that for technical writing, anticipating them and adding the example the reader needs to make the jump matters a great deal.

Can Bolin explain the three-step plan for impact from his career note?

Michael Bolin

Bolin says step one is figuring out what you really like to do. It is good to broaden that, but also to be honest with yourself, and he ties this to his hero quest, which failed because he was working on things he did not truly love. Step two is working out what is really valuable to your employer, and he says that at Google he did not do this well. He did work he was excited about, but it was not AdWords for Google. Step three is finding the intersection and leaning into it.

He says the more you can do that, the more successful you will be, but the intersection is not always there. If it is not, you may have to find somewhere else to make it happen.

Knowing everything he knows now, what advice would Bolin give himself at the start of his career?

Michael Bolin

Bolin says he should have been open to learning more things sooner and been gentler with himself, as many beginners should. He observes that people have a soft spot for their first programming language, since it first let them do something, and that this is also a hazard. Having finally become productive, a person is tempted to hold on, not knowing how long the next foothold will take.

In his case he thinks he went too deep on JavaScript, and it took a long time before he wrote C++. Being more curious and flexible about project types and what he was willing to learn would have been the biggest shift. The host points out that Bolin's later stories, such as Objective-C and C++ for Miles, show deliberate effort to learn rather than openness, and suggests that Codex may lower the hurdle, for example by asking it to write something in Rust from JavaScript knowledge. Bolin agrees that it opens many doors.

About this source

OpenAI Codex Tech Lead: How His Career Grew And How He Uses Codex | Michael Bolin

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening teaser montage that previews later answers (00:00.08 to 00:44.72), represented once in the overview and the relevant rounds.

Garbled exchange about candidates and who wrote the CLI (58:21.20 to 58:36.64) omitted because the captions are unclear.

Host aside about blank test plans in diffs (56:45.28 to 56:56.88) omitted as banter.

Closing thanks and sign-off (01:19:06.32 to 01:19:09.60) omitted.

Host's closing promotion of an ergonomic keyboard project and requests for comments and feedback on the show (01:19:10.80 to 01:20:02.48) omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 71 · interview

Bryan Cantrill: Recognition, Team Trust, and Leadership Responsibility

Selected passages on stack ranking, recognition, team trust, role boundaries, leadership accountability, and interpersonal regrets.

Your goodbye post said you did not particularly want to work for Sun. What changed your mind?

Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill says the people he met in other Sun groups were fine but not energizing. He was used to being the youngest person in a group, but he wanted colleagues who shared his passion. Meeting Kevin Clark and Jeff Bonwick was, in his words, a bolt of lightning. Both were energized and saw the same potential for operating systems to be innovative. Both wanted to rip out broken code and replace it with beautiful code.

He remembers coming back from that trip certain that he would take an offer from Sun.

What was the career ladder at Sun like?

Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill describes the ladder as member of technical staff, staff engineer, senior staff engineer and distinguished engineer. He thinks Sun may have originated these titles, though Xerox PARC is another possibility. He is not sure.

He tells a story about business cards. Early on he did not know his rank and assumed that an engineer on staff was a staff engineer. Colleagues soon told him that would be like claiming tenure. He was an MTS3. Most college hires started at MTS2, but he says he was an unusual hire. He had done kernel development at a company in Canada for two summers. After school in the Northeast and work in Canada, he wanted to come out to Silicon Valley.

What stands out in your growth from MTS3 to distinguished engineer?

Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill says he never focused on grade, rank or promotion. He would rather be underpromoted than overpromoted, and he did not want to do work performatively. He did what he judged most important: solving customers' problems and making the operating system what he believed it could be. Sun, he says, was accommodating of headstrong engineers. In 1996 he thought Sun was the only company still invested in its own operating system, and work on the Solaris kernel was energizing. Promotions simply happened along the way.

He also reports a plain finding about formal reviews: they never made him perform better. In his view a review measures performance, while it should be about feedback that helps everyone be the best they can. He found the annual cadence broken. His reviews looked like his own self-review with grammatical errors added. The highlights of his career were never promotions. They were a significant body of work, a hard bug, or working with someone on something they thought impossible.

He describes Sun's rating tiers as superlative, excellent and good, with a rough split he recalls as about 70, 20 and 10 percent. A superlative rating forced a promotion, and Sun did not want promotions faster than every 18 months. So managers gave apologetic reviews that rated clearly better work as merely excellent. Cantrill says he did not care. He was promoted to staff engineer, by his estimate around 2001, just as the dot-com crash hit. The company bonus, which depended on company performance, was zero from then on.

Cantrill calls the process for becoming a distinguished engineer regrettable and stupid, though he is not describing his own promotion. He says there were two routes. One was a vote by existing distinguished engineers, which he calls a political process and a country club, and a bad place for democracy. The other was an acqui-hire in which the acquired company's CTO arrived with the title. He says people could tell the homegrown ones from the acqui-hired ones.

His own case, as he understands it second-hand, was presented by Sun's CTO, Greg Papadopoulos, who had chartered the Fishworks group that built a storage product. Papadopoulos reportedly said he expected no one to vote against it, and the vote was unanimous. Cantrill says he is grateful and did not want to deal with the politics. He sees ranks as corrosive, and Oxide has none.

If an ambitious new graduate wants to become a distinguished engineer, should they focus on the work or ask their manager what the next level needs?

Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill would steer them to a third path. He would ask why they want the title, since reaching it does not give meaning, and he calls it a recipe for a midlife crisis. He would try to find what drives meaning for that person and what fuels them. His aim is to stop them depending on external validation. He would introduce them to miserable distinguished engineers, and to miserable wealthy people, to show that the title or the money cannot be the answer. In his view, once the person finds the real driver, the work and the promotions follow.

What if the mentee says they want financial independence?
Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill first asks what that means in such a well-paid field. He points out that anyone in San Francisco can buy an excellent six-dollar coffee. If it means never needing to work for money again, he asks, what then? If the meaningful thing does not pay, he says to balance it with a career. He thinks it is a mistake to plan to reach independence first and pursue meaning afterwards.

He draws on the dot-com boom and bust. Most people around him made money on paper and lost it. He argues the bust helped, because people who had come for the money left and the rest had to remember why they came. He knew people who made fortunes in the boom, were not much interested in tech, and struggled in the next decade, wondering what to do. One bought several houses and found them a pain. He says too many people work in the industry only to leave it. His advice is to go and do the thing you would do after leaving. His example was quitting a job at Meta to become a podcaster, and the host answers that they did just that.

Does that match the posts from people who say they reached financial independence and do not know what to do now?
Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill says the same problem appears in engineering even when the goal has meaning. He calls it postpartum engineering. When a team is focused on shipping something, shipping becomes the lens for everything. He feared this after Oxide shipped its first rack, when people who had pulled hard for a long time might ask what comes next. He adds that some people respond to the emptiness by chasing even more money. He names Larry Ellison as an example of a result people should not aspire to.

What about someone who is genuinely happy doing nothing?
Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill jokes that anyone with a billion dollars would simply do that every day. He then tells a story about one of the earliest Yahoo employees he knew. This person was hired as a web surfer to help curate Yahoo's directory of links, in the era before search engines. The person received an equity grant on joining, never got another, and made a fortune. Cantrill says the person was never promoted, complained that the job was awful, and by the end owned only one topic, snowboarding in Northern California. He concludes that whatever this person found meaningful, it was not the work.

Sun's ratings had no bad tier. Why not, and what do you think of stack ranking?

Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill says Sun did not use performance improvement plans or the rank-and-yank approach Intel was known for, which is stack ranking. He calls stack ranking organizational cancer, especially when a bottom percentage is terminated. In his view it rewards managers for keeping dead weight on their teams, so that someone always ranks last.

He says this happened at Sun anyway. Someone once took him aside and said that a weak colleague was in his interest, because that person always received a good rating, which left room for others to receive excellent or superlative ones. Cantrill calls this a set of perverse incentives. His main objection is that stack ranking teaches people their teammates are adversaries. He believes teams do extraordinary things, that everyone should want to serve the team, and that stack ranking works against that.

Sun's stock fell 98 percent. Was there no push for mass layoffs?
Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill says the stock traded below the company's cash at one point. Sun resisted layoffs for a while, and Scott McNealy famously did not want to lay people off. Cantrill calls that a mistake and says McNealy waited too long. Once layoffs began, Cantrill recalls counting about 35 rounds over roughly eight years. Some were small, some large.

Employees could pull the staff directory programmatically from the internal organization tool. They ran a daily script they called the obits, which showed who had left. Some days it showed 1,500 or 3,000 people.

Was the company aware that you had that data?
Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill says Sun's strength and weakness was that no one was truly in charge, so it would not have surprised him if people knew. He thinks Sun was a transparent company and that using the organization tool broke no policy. It was a way of knowing what was happening.

He adds that the whole industry was in the same position. He dates the dot-com collapse to the end of 2000, says September 11 made it worse, and says tech was basically dead for about five years. He places the founding of Y Combinator around 2006 and suggests it reflected a capital deficit, though he defers to Paul Graham on that. He calls the period bleak.

Were top engineers confiding in one another that they had to leave Sun?

Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill says it was less like confiding and more like running from a burning building. Before the deal closed, some employees were not going to become Oracle employees and would be laid off with rich severance. He describes a line of people wanting to be on the list. He says he was not one of them. He says some people still resent colleagues who left that way. He was at the Fishworks group in San Francisco and was somewhat optimistic that the best of both companies could be combined. He quit after about 45 days because he could not work there in good conscience.

What did you see that made you leave so quickly?
Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill says it was clear this was a very different company. After he decided to leave, he says, Oracle gave him several more reasons. The one he stresses is customer trust. Sun, for all its faults, had its customers' trust. They rooted for Sun to prevail because Sun was straight with them even when that did not serve its own interest. He says Oracle does not have that trust.

He realized he could not work for a company with such profound distrust. It eroded his sense of meaning. He felt ashamed to work at Oracle. At Sun he had sometimes felt embarrassed, but never ashamed.

How do you get yourself laid off?
Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill says there is no web form. You tell your manager to put you on the list, or you whisper around to learn what is going on. He says it was not about underperformance. It was about saying that Oracle had no interest in your work. Then, he jokes, if Oracle shows interest in what you do, you are upset.

What is the difference between VP of engineering and CTO?

Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill gave a talk at Joyent on this contrast, but he is not sure how much he buys the difference now. In both roles you are an engineering leader. He says a CTO is more outward-looking, spending a lot of time on the road with customers, and jokes that the title could stand for chief travel officer. A VP of engineering tends to focus more on the mechanics of an engineering organization.

He joined Joyent as VP of engineering because the company already had a CTO, and he says he did not particularly care about titles, as at Sun. When the founding CTO left, he did care that the company not hire externally for the role. He later became CTO.

Why not hire externally?
Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill says an outside CTO was not what the company needed at that point. The company had removed its CEO and needed a terrific CEO, which he says it later got.

In 1996, as a new graduate, you replied to a long technical post by David S. Miller with a personal jibe. What was the context, and what do you think now?

Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill puts it firmly in the regret column. He says he has few regrets in his career. He was about 22 and had no idea the post would last 30 years. He explains that the jibe referred to an obscure Saturday Night Live sketch in which William Shatner, at a Star Trek convention, tells fans to get a life. He says that does not make it better, and he is not defending it. It was a mistake.

Miller had plenty to say in reply. Cantrill says he wrote a longer post taking Miller's points apart one by one. He has never met or talked to Miller, whom he calls a very talented person. He recalls reading in a book about Linux that Miller said a Sun engineer had put him back in his place. If that is Miller's account, Cantrill says it is generous to him. He hopes both of them regret it a little, as young and excitable people. He calls it a life lesson.

In 2022 you tweeted that failure at a startup is almost always bad leadership, not the team. Does that apply to Sun, which ultimately failed?

Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill does not remember writing the tweet, though he likes it and cannot recall what he was responding to. On Sun, he rejects the premise. Sun was founded in 1983 and was acquired around 2008 to 2009, by his dating. It was a public company in the Fortune 200. Many children went to college because their parents worked there. He says it did not succeed to the scope of its own ambition, but he regards Sun as a success, not a failure.

Could different leadership have changed how Sun ended?
Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill thinks so. He lists several reasons Sun did not survive as an independent company. It had become strung out on the high margins of the dot-com boom and never fully got off them. It embraced x86 too late. The company became fractured, and the layoffs did not help. He thought Fishworks could have been an exemplar of the products an independent Sun might develop, but that would have required leadership strongly interested in that change, and Sun did not have it.

In hindsight, he says, it was probably time for a change. He compares it to a forest fire in a healthy forest, which is part of the life cycle and allows rebirth. He concludes that Sun had succeeded, had run its course, and had its time.

If you could go back to the start of your career, what advice would you give yourself?

Bryan Cantrill

Cantrill's answer is essentially not to mess anything up. He says he has been very lucky, in the right place at the right time many times, and that he trusted his gut when that was controversial. He would be scared to give his younger self advice, since he might tamper with a lucky career in which he worked with extraordinary colleagues. He says those colleagues have been essential to everything he has done.

He admits he made mistakes. He says the mistakes became load-bearing and important, and he would not want to remove them.

About this source

Distinguished Eng: Stack Ranking, Competing with Bezos, Regrets | Bryan Cantrill

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Cold-open teaser reel and host introduction (00:00.16 to 00:24.64) omitted; the first question is kept from 00:24.64.

Aside about Paul Graham blocking Cantrill on Twitter, and Cantrill's remarks about Richard Stallman and Graham (34:50.40 to 36:00.40) omitted as off-topic.

Host's remarks on how Twitter, xAI and SpaceX are now organized (01:10:07.28 to 01:10:28.40) omitted; they are unverified current facts from the host, not Cantrill's claims.

Host's closing thanks, ergonomic keyboard promotion, and request for comments (01:20:41.60 to 01:21:49.36) omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Section 72 · interview

Neetcode: Recognize Team Culture and Role Expectations

Selected passages on recognizing cutthroat versus supportive teams, manager signals, realistic agency expectations, and exit caution.

What happened after the first full-time job offer at Amazon, and why did Neetcode leave so quickly?

Neetcode

The Amazon role came soon after college, around age 22. Neetcode had expected a hard environment but found the culture a shock. The team had about five new grads who joined in the same month, and several burnt-out mid-level and senior engineers. Neetcode says the team was unfriendly and that most people left within about a year.

Neetcode says the decision to quit after a couple of months was a poor one, made without a backup plan or savings, though it worked out. Neetcode would not recommend it to most people.

What did you see at Amazon that made you want to quit so quickly?
Neetcode

Neetcode separates intense high-performing teams, where people compete and still root for each other, from cutthroat teams where people do not. The Amazon team felt like the second kind. Icebreakers were cold, and nobody seemed to be rooting for anyone else.

Neetcode stresses the limit of that judgment. Neetcode was there for only a short time and cannot say whether people tried to harm each other.

What gave you the confidence to quit so quickly?
Neetcode

Neetcode calls the decision uncharacteristic. Shortly before starting at Amazon, Neetcode had been broke and felt on top of the world. Within the first day, the manager signalled that the team was burnt out, and the situation seemed to get worse steadily.

Role expectations and honest self-presentation

Neetcode

The leadership-principles interview was the harder filter. Neetcode admits giving answers that matched the company’s picture of a high-agency, risk-taking employee, although Neetcode is naturally risk-averse and careful about mistakes.

The real work at Amazon asked for much higher initiative than expected, and adjusting to that took time.

About this source

Neetcode: Google vs Amazon, Programming Interviews, Quitting Big Tech

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Teaser lines and the opening lead-in are represented once in the overview and the first question.

Sponsor read about 21:52 to 22:40 omitted.

Closing thanks, channel requests, and keyboard product promotion from 33:42 to the end omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.
Part

Tell leadership stories with evidence

Make influence, ownership, judgment, and impact legible in career conversations and behavioral interviews.

Section 73 · interview

Navigate client incentives and explain your work clearly

Selected passages on consultant/client incentives, navigating a new company’s culture, mentorship, and clear explanations of work.

What does software engineering consulting actually involve?

Asian Dad Energy

A consulting firm supplies skills such as content-management systems, ecommerce, backend integration, or digital transformation. Teams enter a client’s environment to build systems, working alongside the client’s technical staff and often other vendors.

The environment can be dynamic and chaotic. A consultant has to find a place among several actors, learn quickly, build as well as possible, and then move to another project. He enjoyed the pace and the need to adapt.

Who maintains the software after the initial build?

There are different arrangements. A retainer can support a relationship lasting years, with continued maintenance, enhancement, and accumulated knowledge of the system. He preferred that continuity, especially when the firm had built the platform from the beginning.

A short build-and-exit engagement can have different incentives: the agency needs a pipeline to keep consultants employed. Across multiple vendors, the client can accumulate redundant and incompatible systems. A later integration project then has to stitch together the resulting patchwork. He has encountered both models, with their different technical challenges and anxieties.

What is it like to be dropped into another company’s culture?

Asian Dad Energy

It depends on the client. He has seen rigid hierarchies, cooperative environments, and internal startups. Technical skill alone is insufficient: a consultant must understand how client teams relate to one another and to outside vendors.

As seniority grows, navigating that environment and opening space for the firm’s next engagement can become part of the job. His own work gradually shifted from hands-on system design toward selling a vision to executives. The earlier learning and adaptation were enjoyable; the later shift eventually burned him out.

What caused the burnout?

The gap between the smooth vision sold to executives and the implementation reality. Diagrams promised a clean path from customer insight to decisions and revenue, while the underlying work involved incompatible systems, unmaintained code, broken integrations, and teams struggling to communicate. As the technical director responsible for making those worlds meet, he found the gap exhausting.

Does a consultancy still get paid when the implementation is poor?

Asian Dad Energy

He frames the answer around the early digital-transformation period he experienced. Executives could see visible improvements, such as replacing an analog workflow with a mobile experience and delivery notifications, while having little visibility into the workarounds beneath the surface.

Moving from no digital workflow to a working one could produce substantial value even with an imperfect implementation. That did not mean the architecture or operational quality was good; it meant a visible business result could be enough to make the engagement look successful initially.

What prevents a consultant from overstating the quality of the work?

Asian Dad Energy

The guest emphasizes engineering integrity: tell the client the truth about quality, even when a large investment has produced a poor result. Personal boundaries and pride in the work matter when the client cannot fully judge the implementation.

Peterman raises reputation and incentives. A firm that repeatedly delivers bad work can lose future customers. He also contrasts the client’s limited technical visibility with an engineering organization where technically informed leaders assess operational quality and reward it.

The guest agrees that poor work can be hidden temporarily, but describes a strong culture of care among the mentors, colleagues, and leaders he knew. His answer relies on both a human commitment to craft and the longer-term consequences for the firm, rather than claiming that the incentive problem disappears.

Why do some employees react negatively to consultants?

Asian Dad Energy

He thinks some of that reaction comes from management consulting associated with organizational cuts, rather than technical consulting itself. A study of people and processes can lead to redundancy decisions and layoffs, making a consulting team’s arrival feel threatening.

In his own technical engagements, most relationships became positive once people knew one another. He distinguishes the fear created by the situation from a belief that the individuals involved are necessarily unhelpful.

Which period of your career produced the most growth?

Asian Dad Energy

The progression from senior software engineer to senior enterprise architect was the period he valued most. It expanded his work from coding into design, integration, and understanding multiple applications. Strong mentors guided that growth. After director-level work became more about helping leads and selling to executives, he found less enjoyment and less personal growth.

What lesson from a mentor stayed with you?

Asian Dad Energy

Stay flexible. Adapt to the technology stack, delivery pipeline, client teams, and changing conditions in front of you. In consulting, that ability was a survival skill as well as a way to keep learning.

When did keeping up start to feel harder?

For him, learning new frameworks became slower after about forty. He explicitly recognizes that others have different experiences, including people learning quickly in their fifties. This is his personal account of frustration and adaptation, rather than a general claim about the abilities of older engineers.

How can an engineer explain their work more clearly?

Asian Dad Energy

Relax the connection between your identity and the topic. He remembers a technically brilliant engineer whose intense attachment to a cache-optimization project made it difficult to explain to a less technical audience.

Take a step back and choose the level of explanation the listener can use. Speaking in the same detail as your own technical thinking can obscure the point. A simpler explanation should help the audience understand what matters and the decision or support you need.

What would you tell yourself at the beginning?

Asian Dad Energy

Work hard, keep learning, and stay flexible. Those habits connect the earlier consulting career with an uncertain next chapter.

About this source

Honest Big Tech Layoff Story After 25 Year Career, Anxiety, and Untold Reality

This section paraphrases the source transcript. Auto-generated captions may contain errors.

Watch the source video ↗

Opening teaser montage (00:00–00:49) repeats later discussion.

Closing thanks, channel feedback and keyboard promotion (49:28–50:27) omitted.

This curated section retains the workplace, leadership, and career passages from the source. Technical and unrelated discussions are omitted.

My notesSaved in this browser when local storage is available.